i

ii
 Foreword

The Census of Population (POPCEN) refers to the complete process of collecting, compiling,
evaluating, analyzing, publishing, and disseminating data about the population in the country.
The POPCEN is designed to take an inventory of the total population in the Philippines.

The Community-Based Monitoring System (CBMS), on the other hand, is an organized technology-
based system of collecting, processing, and validating necessary disaggregated data at the local level.
These data may be used as a basis in targeting Philippine households in the planning, budgeting, and
implementation of government programs geared towards poverty alleviation and economic
development.

In July to September 2024, the Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) will simultaneously conduct the
2024 Census of Population and Community-Based Monitoring System (2024 POPCEN-CBMS) data
collection.

For POPCEN, the activity entails collection, analysis, and dissemination of data on population count,
demographic characteristics, and other relevant data in each barangay, city/municipality, province, and
region in the country. For CBMS, the activity entails a comprehensive data collection of household-level
information, as well as geotagging of household buildings, service facilities, and government projects
in all local government units (LGUs) under 1st to 6th income classification, and those LGUs with no
income classification.

This Enumerator’s Manual was prepared primarily to serve as a reference in carrying out various
mapping, listing, and interviewing tasks properly. It contains the instructions and procedures for filling
out the various POPCEN-CBMS questionnaires/forms and maps and the detailed discussions on
concepts and operational definitions used in the POPCEN-CBMS operation. It also provides solutions
to some common problems that may be encountered during the conduct of the fieldwork. Familiarization
with the concepts, procedures, and instructions discussed in this manual will enable the enumerator
(EN) to become fully prepared in carrying out their tasks.

The role of an EN is important in ensuring the good quality and timely release of POPCEN-CBMS data.
It is their responsibility to collect accurate and reliable information, following the instructions laid out in
this manual. The significance of the EN's work in this nationwide undertaking is hoped to inspire them
to perform the tasks assigned with utmost dedication.

Quezon City, Philippines

July 2024

iii
iv
 Table of Contents

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1. The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS ..................................................................................................... 1
1.2. Objectives of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS .............................................................................. 2
1.3. Uses and Importance of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS ............................................................ 3
1.4. Scope and Coverage ............................................................................................................. 5
Enumeration Units ........................................................................................................................ 5
Data Collected .............................................................................................................................. 5
1.5. Implementation and Coverage ............................................................................................. 5
1.6. CBMS-HUC Operations ......................................................................................................... 6
1.7. Reference Period ................................................................................................................... 6
1.8. Enumeration Period .............................................................................................................. 6
1.9. Authority for the Conduct of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS..................................................... 6
1.10. Organizational Setup for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS ........................................................... 7
1.11. Data Privacy ......................................................................................................................... 10
1.12. Obligation of the Respondents to Provide Truthful Information .................................... 11
1.13. Confidentiality of Information ............................................................................................ 11
1.14. Managing and Mitigating Risks .......................................................................................... 12
1.15. Gender Sensitivity and Ethics in the Operations ............................................................. 15
Role of the POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator .......................................................................................... 17
2.1. 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator ..................................................................................... 17
2.2. Designation of a 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator ........................................................ 17
2.3. Training ................................................................................................................................ 18
2.4. Working Time ....................................................................................................................... 18
2.5. Area of Assignment............................................................................................................. 19
2.6. Duties and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 19
Pre-enumeration ....................................................................................................................... 19
Enumeration .............................................................................................................................. 19
Post-Enumeration ..................................................................................................................... 21
2.7. Working Relationship with your Team Supervisor (TS) .................................................. 21
POPCEN-CBMS Forms, Materials, and Enumeration Procedure ................................................... 22
3.1. Methods of Data Collection ................................................................................................ 22
3.2. 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Forms .............................................................................................. 23
3.3. POPCEN-CBMS Materials ................................................................................................... 25
3.4. Google Authenticator and OpenVPN Installation ............................................................ 26
3.4.1. Google Authenticator Installation and Setup (Mobile Device) ............................... 26
3.4.2. Installation of OpenVPN (Desktop, Laptop) ............................................................. 28
3.4.3. OpenVPN Setup and Configuration on Android Tablets ......................................... 34
3.5. CBMS Resources................................................................................................................. 39
3.4.4. Accessing the CBMSr ................................................................................................. 39

v
 3.4.5. Contents and Features of the CBMS Resources Application ................................ 39
3.4.6. Navigating the CBMS Resources Home Page ............ Error! Bookmark not defined.
3.4.7. Navigating the POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator’s Manual Using the Application Error!
Bookmark not defined.
3.4.8. Navigating the Age Calculator of the CBMS ResourcesError! Bookmark not
defined.
3.4.9. Navigating the CBMS Training Workbook .................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
3.4.10. Other Important Features of the CBMS ResourcesError! Bookmark not defined.
3.6. Navigation Through the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application............................................ 40
3.7. Process Flow ....................................................................................................................... 46
3.8. General Enumeration Procedures ..................................................................................... 54
3.9. How to Enumerate ............................................................................................................... 56
3.6.1. Whom to Interview ...................................................................................................... 56
3.6.2. How to Conduct an Interview ..................................................................................... 56
3.6.3. How to Ask Questions ................................................................................................ 59
3.6.4. How to Record Answers ............................................................................................. 60
3.10. Types of Questions ............................................................................................................. 61
3.11. Types of Responses in CAPI .............................................................................................. 62
3.12. Types of Responses in PAPI .............................................................................................. 64
68
Concepts and Definitions ................................................................................................................... 68
4.1. Building ................................................................................................................................ 68
Definition of a Building ............................................................................................................ 68
Buildings to be Listed .............................................................................................................. 68
4.2. Housing Unit ........................................................................................................................ 69
Definition of a Housing Unit .................................................................................................... 69
How to Identify Housing Units in a Building .......................................................................... 69
Housing Units to be Listed ...................................................................................................... 72
4.3. Household ............................................................................................................................ 73
Definition of a Household ........................................................................................................ 73
4.4. Family ................................................................................................................................... 74
4.5. Household Population ........................................................................................................ 75
Definition of Household Population ....................................................................................... 75
Members of a Household ......................................................................................................... 75
4.6. Homeless .............................................................................................................................. 76
4.7. Household Head .................................................................................................................. 76
4.8. Respondent .......................................................................................................................... 77
4.9. Institutional Living Quarter ................................................................................................ 77
Definition of an Institutional Living Quarter .......................................................................... 77
Institutional Living Quarters to be Listed .............................................................................. 77
4.10. Institutional Population....................................................................................................... 78
Definition of Institutional Population ...................................................................................... 78

vi
 Members of Institutional Population ...................................................................................... 78
4.11. Whom to Enumerate ............................................................................................................ 79
Persons to be Included in the Enumeration .......................................................................... 79
Persons to be Excluded from the Enumeration .................................................................... 80
Tablet-Based Geotagging Procedures .............................................................................................. 82
5.1. Geotagging and Basic GIS Concepts ................................................................................ 82
5.2. Reading and Navigating Maps Using QField .................................................................... 83
5.3. Process Flow ....................................................................................................................... 87
5.4. Ocular Inspection ................................................................................................................ 88
5.5. Canvassing .......................................................................................................................... 89
5.5.1 General Procedures on Canvassing an EA .............................................................. 89
5.5.2 Canvassing an EA in Rural Areas ............................................................................. 89
5.5.3 Canvassing a Multi-Story Building ............................................................................ 90
5.6. General Geotagging Procedures ....................................................................................... 90
5.6.1 Assigning Serial Numbers (BSN, HUSN, HSN, and ISN) ......................................... 90
5.6.2 Accessing QField Through the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application .............. 94
5.6.3. Geotagging Points in QField ......................................................................................... 96
5.7.4 Data Items in the QField ........................................................................................... 100
5.7. Geotagging Scenarios ...................................................................................................... 106
5.7.1 Geotagging of Regular Housing Units .................................................................... 106
5.7.2 Geotagging of Relocation Area/Evacuation Center ............................................... 107
5.7.3 Geotagging of Homeless Households .................................................................... 108
5.7.4 Geotagging of Institutional Living Quarter (ILQ) ................................................... 109
5.7.5 Geotagging of Institutional Living Quarter (ILQ) with Household ....................... 110
5.7.6 Geotagging of Demolished/Destroyed, Dilapidated, Out-of-scope, and Purely
Commercial/Industrial/Agricultural Building with Existing BSNs ..................................... 112
5.7.7 Geotagging of Gated Subdivisions or Villages ...................................................... 113
5.7.8 Geotagging of Military Camps ................................................................................. 114
5.8. Moving Points in the QField Projects .............................................................................. 115
5.9. Adding Household in a Previously Geotagged Building .................................................. 117
5.10 Geotagging Protocols ......................................................................................................... 118
5.11 Submission ........................................................................................................................ 119
Paper-Based Geotagging Procedures ............................................................................................ 120
6.1. Reading the Barangay/EA/Block Map ............................................................................. 120
6.2. Ocular Inspection .............................................................................................................. 124
6.3. Canvassing ........................................................................................................................ 126
6.3.2 Canvassing Barangay/EA/Block Not Bounded by Visible Features ........................ 129
6.3.1 Canvassing a Multi-Story Building .......................................................................... 130
6.4. Geotagging Using Paper Maps ........................................................................................ 131
6.4.1 General Procedures for Paper-Based Mapping ..................................................... 131
6.4.2 Indicating Proper Building Symbols in the EA/Block Map ................................... 132
6.4.3 Taking Good Care of the Map .................................................................................. 137

vii
How to Proceed from Geotagging to Data Collection ................................................................... 139
7.1. POPCEN-CBMS Form 2..................................................................................................... 139
Instructions in Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 ............................................................... 141
8.1. Reference Period ............................................................................................................... 141
8.2. Components of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 .................................................................. 142
8.3. CAPI .................................................................................................................................... 143
8.3.1 Address of the Household ....................................................................................... 143
8.3.2 Mode of Data Collection ........................................................................................... 144
8.3.3 Summary of Visit ....................................................................................................... 144
8.3.4 Number of visit/s made ............................................................................................. 144
8.3.5 Number of Household Members, Number of Males, and Number of Females ... 144
8.3.6 Number of Nuclear Families ..................................................................................... 144
8.4. Title Panel (for PAPI only) ................................................................................................ 145
8.5. Certification Panel (for PAPI only) ................................................................................... 145
8.6. Geographic Identification Panel (for PAPI only) ............................................................ 146
8.6.1 Booklet Number......................................................................................................... 146
8.6.2 Geographic Identification (Geo-ID).......................................................................... 147
8.7. Other Information of the Household ................................................................................ 147
8.7.1 Line Number of the Respondent .............................................................................. 148
8.7.2 Name and Address of the Household Head ........................................................... 149
8.8. Interview Record ................................................................................................................ 150
8.8.1 Record of visit ........................................................................................................... 151
8.8.2 Interview Time ........................................................................................................... 151
8.8.3 Result of visit ............................................................................................................. 151
8.8.4 Appointment for next visit ........................................................................................ 152
8.8.5 Summary of visit ....................................................................................................... 153
8.8.6 Number of visit/s made ............................................................................................. 153
8.8.7 Result of final visit .................................................................................................... 153
8.8.8 Number of Household Members, Number of Males, and Number of Females ... 154
8.8.9 Number of Nuclear Families ..................................................................................... 154
8.8.10 Mode of data collection ........................................................................................ 154
8.8.11 Signed CBMS Form 3 ............................................................................................ 154
8.8.12 Geotagged X-Y Coordinates ................................................................................ 155
8.9. Instructions in Filling Out the Form 2 Data Items .......................................................... 158
8.9.1 Line Number (FOR PAPI ONLY) ............................................................................... 158
8.9.2 SECTION A – Core Demographic Characteristics ................................................. 159
8.9.3 Questions for Households in HUCs that Will Not Participate in CBMS ............... 192
8.9.4 Request for Consent to be Interviewed in CBMS (Sections B to O) .................... 192
8.9.5 Refusal Case .............................................................................................................. 196
8.9.6 SECTION B – Other Demographic Characteristics ................................................ 196
8.9.7 SECTION C – Migration ............................................................................................ 224
8.9.8 SECTION D – Education ........................................................................................... 232

viii
 8.9.9 SECTION E – Economic Characteristics ................................................................ 243
8.9.10 SECTION F – Health .............................................................................................. 266
8.9.11 SECTION G – Food Security ................................................................................ 273
8.9.12 SECTION H – Access to Public Transportation ................................................. 278
8.9.13 SECTION I – Formal Financial Account .............................................................. 279
8.9.14 SECTION J – Negative Shocks and Disaster Preparedness ............................. 282
8.9.15 SECTION K – Internet Access .............................................................................. 289
8.9.16 SECTION L – Public Safety .................................................................................. 292
8.9.17 SECTION M – Social Protection Programs ......................................................... 293
8.9.18 SECTION N – Water, Sanitation, and Hygiene .................................................... 298
8.9.19 SECTION O – Housing Characteristics ............................................................... 315
8.10. Common Concerns During Enumeration and its Recommended Actions .................. 336
8.11. Households Responding via Paper-and-Pencil Interview ............................................. 337
8.12. Households Responding Thru Self-Administered Questionnaire ................................ 340
Instructions in Accomplishing CBMS Form 3: Consent Form/Waiver ........................................ 343
9.1 Objectives of the CBMS Form 3 ....................................................................................... 343
9.2 Contents of the CBMS Form 3 ......................................................................................... 343
9.3 Legal Basis for the Consent Form/Waiver ...................................................................... 344
9.4 Procedure on How to Administer the Consent Form/Waiver........................................ 345
9.5 Special Cases in Administering the CBMS Form 3 ........................................................ 351
9.6 Closing the Interview ........................................................................................................ 353
9.7 Reviewing and Submitting the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 and CBMS Form 3 ................ 354
Instruction in Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS Form 1: Listing Record ...................................... 356
10.1 Title Panel ........................................................................................................................... 356
10.2 Geographic Identification Panel ...................................................................................... 356
10.3 Certification Panel ............................................................................................................. 359
10.4 Listing Record ................................................................................................................... 359
Column 01 – Line Number ..................................................................................................... 359
Column 02 – Date of Visit....................................................................................................... 359
Column 03 – Number of Visit ................................................................................................. 360
Column 04 – Building Serial Number (BSN) ........................................................................ 360
Column 05 – Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) .............................................................. 361
Column 06 – Household Serial Number (HSN) .................................................................... 362
Column 07 – Institutional Serial Number (ISN) .................................................................... 363
Column 08 – Name of the Household Head or Name/Type of the ILQ and Address ....... 363
Column 09, 10, 11 – Population Count ................................................................................. 364
Column 12 – Geotagged......................................................................................................... 365
Column 13 & 14 – Time Began and Time Ended ................................................................. 365
Column 15 – Result of Visit ................................................................................................... 365
Column 16 – Name of Respondent ....................................................................................... 366
Column 17 – Contact Number ............................................................................................... 366
Column 18 – Signed the Consent Form/Waiver .................................................................. 366

ix
 Column 19 – Remarks ............................................................................................................ 366
10.5 Page Totals ........................................................................................................................ 369
10.6 Instructions in Listing Households in Temporary Evacuation Centers or Relocation
Areas 370
10.7 Submission of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1........................................................................... 371
Scrutinizing POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 and CBMS Form 3 ............................................................ 372
11.1 Completeness Checking of POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 ................................................... 372
11.2 Completeness Checking of POPCEN-CBMS Forms 3 ................................................... 373
11.3 Completeness and Consistency of Responses in POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 ................ 373
11.4 Addressing Inconsistencies and Adding of Notes ........................................................ 375
11.5 Adding, Reviewing, and Deleting of Notes ..................................................................... 376
Instructions in Enumerating Institutional Population in ILQs ...................................................... 381
12.1 Persons to be Enumerated as Members of the Institutional Population ..................... 381
12.2 Strategies for Enumerating Institutional Population ..................................................... 383
12.3 General Process Flow for Enumerating Institutional Population ................................. 384
12.4 POPCEN Form 11 .............................................................................................................. 385
12.5 Step-by-Step Instructions in Listing and Enumeration of ILQs ................................... 389
Instruction in Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS Form 12: Notice of Listing/ Enumeration ........ 393
Enumeration Scenarios .................................................................................................................... 397
14.1. Enumeration Scenarios .................................................................................................... 397
14.2. How to Handle Enumeration Problems ........................................................................... 410
Instructions in Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS Forms 13, 14, and 15 ........................................ 413
15.1 Instructions in Filling Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 13 - Transmittal/Receipt Form ....... 413
15.2 Instructions in Filling Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 – Appointment Slip to the
Household/ILQ ............................................................................................................................. 417
15.3 Instructions in Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS FORM 15 – Daily Accomplishment
Report of Enumerator .................................................................................................................. 418
Data Protection and Data Breach Notification ............................................................................... 425
16.1 Personal Information (PI) .................................................................................................. 425
16.2 How to Protect POPCEN-CBMS Data .............................................................................. 425
16.3 Data Breach Notification ................................................................................................... 426
16.4 Penalty for Data Privacy Act Violations .......................................................................... 427
Administrative and Financial Matters ............................................................................................. 428
17.1 Reporting and Submission of Forms to Your Team Supervisor .................................. 428
17.2 Review Of Your Completed Work by Your Team Supervisor ....................................... 428
17.3 Important Prerequisite to Consider Your Work as Completed ..................................... 428
17.4 Submitting Your Completed Work ................................................................................... 429
17.5 Daily Time Record (CSC Form 48) ................................................................................... 429
17.6 Issuance of Certificate of Appearance ............................................................................ 430
17.7 Daily Output and Remuneration ...................................................................................... 431
17.7.1 Daily Output ........................................................................................................... 431
17.7.2 Wages Of Hired Personnel ................................................................................... 431

x
Appendices ........................................................................................................................................ 433

xi
 Introduction
1
This chapter introduces the 2024 Census of Population (POPCEN) and Community-Based
Monitoring System (CBMS) or the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. It explains its general and specific objectives,
uses and importance, scope and coverage, and other relevant facts such as the implementation and
coverage, CBMS-HUC operations, reference period, enumeration period, legal bases, data privacy,
confidentiality of information, obligation of the respondents to give truthful and complete information,
organizational setup, managing and mitigating risks, and gender sensitivity and ethics in the operations.

1.1. The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS

Census of Population refers to the complete process of collecting, compiling, evaluating, analyzing,
publishing, and disseminating data about the population in the country. It entails the listing and recording
of the characteristics of each individual and each institutional living quarter (ILQ) as of a specified time
and within a specified territory. POPCEN aims to provide government planners, policy makers, and
administrators with data on the size, distribution, and composition of the population, on which to base
their social and economic development plans and programs.

Meanwhile, CBMS refers to an organized technology-based system of collecting, processing, and

validating disaggregated data that may be used for planning, program implementation, and impact
monitoring at the local level. It entails the enumeration of all households in the community. Through the
CBMS, several local-level key development indicators that capture the various aspects of quality of life
can be generated, particularly on health, nutrition, housing, water and sanitation, basic education,
income, employment, and peace and order.

Specifically, the CBMS aims to generate relevant and locally disaggregated statistics on poverty to
be used in computation of the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI). Under Republic Act (RA)
No. 11315 or the “Community-Based Monitoring System Act”, the Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA)
is tasked to spearhead the implementation of the CBMS.

The PSA will conduct the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS in all local government units (LGUs) under 1st to
6th income classification, and those LGUs with no income classification. While it is mandatory that the
POPCEN be conducted in all highly urbanized cities (HUCs), they are encouraged to fund their own
CBMS implementation with technical assistance from the PSA.

The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS will be the 4th CBMS and the 16th population census to be undertaken
in the country since the first census in 1903. The 1st CBMS, which was implemented in 2021 covering
nine (9) LGUs, which was conducted primarily to fine-tune the CBMS tools, applications, and systems.
The 2nd CBMS was conducted in 635 LGUs in 2022, while the 3rd CBMS was conducted in 46 LGUs in
2023 for the nationwide rollout.

The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS will adopt the Computer-Assisted Personal Interview (CAPI) technique,
which will involve the gathering of information using digital Household Profile Questionnaire (HPQ)
contained in an electronic gadget (tablet) to cover households. As the need arises, the 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS will also adopt the traditional Paper and Pencil Interview (PAPI) technique for the HPQ. Self-
Administered Questionnaire (SAQ) will likewise be used to enumerate households and ILQs.

The POPCEN-CBMS focal persons in the regions and provinces will make use of the 2024
POPCEN-CBMS Management Information System (MIS) to assist in the monitoring and management
of 2024 POPCEN-CBMS operations.

1
1.2. Objectives of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS

The general objective of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is to provide government executives, policy and
decision makers, and planners with updated population and housing data in all barangays nationwide
and to ensure that social registries of national government agencies and local government units (LGUs)
are comprehensive and updated for evidence-based project development and program implementation.

Specifically, the POPCEN-CBMS aims to gather and produce data on:

1. demographic characteristics, such as the size, composition (sex, age, and marital status),
and geographic distribution of the population;

2. socio-economic characteristics of the population and households, such as birth, PhilID

registration, religious affiliation, ethnicity, solo parenthood, disability and functional difficulty,
citizenship, presence of overseas Filipinos in the household, previous place of residence
of households, internal displacement, literacy, highest grade/year completed and current
school attendance, attendance to alternative learning system program and technical-
vocational education and training program, occupation, location of work, nature of
employment, class of worker, and number of hours rendered by employed persons,
farmers and farmworkers, fisherfolk and fish workers, financial account ownership of
households, experience of calamities and disasters, knowledge of community’s evacuation
area and emergency contact numbers, access to internet, types of internet connection,
perception on safety of the neighborhood, and social protection and assistance programs
that provided support to households;

3. health-related characteristics of the population and households, such as pregnant and

lactating mothers/women, availment of medical treatment to resolve illness/sickness/injury
of household members, measurement of children under Operation Timbang Plus, death of
persons under below 5 years old in the past three years, experience of food insecurity,
main source of water supply for drinking and general purposes, main toilet facility, and
presence of hand washing facility in the housing unit;

4. characteristics of housing units, buildings and locations where the households reside such
as type of building, number of floors and bedrooms, floor area, construction materials of
the roof, walls and floor, tenure status of the household, fuel/energy sources for lighting
and cooking, household conveniences and information and communications technology
(ICT) devices available to households, and access of households to public transportation;

5. barangay characteristics, including the presence of selected facilities and number of

establishments by employment size, which will be used as basis for urban-rural
classification of barangays, presence of barangay-based committees, desks and offices,
extension services offered in the barangays, disaster risk reduction and management
measures, solid waste management practices, ICT facilities in the barangay, and barangay
support to food security and agriculture/fishery activities; and

6. geospatial location and status of government facilities and government projects.

NOTE:
The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is STRICTLY non-partisan and not an election-related
activity. To maintain the focus on the advocacy and purpose of the data collection
activity, all POPCEN-CBMS personnel must NOT utilize PSA materials on POPCEN-
CBMS for political gains.

2
1.3. Uses and Importance of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS

Every country needs information on its residents for purposes of planning, development, and
improvement of quality of life. Effective planning necessitates the use of reliable, up-to-date, accurate,
complete, detailed, and disaggregated information about the population. Such information enables both
the public and private sectors to plan for better services, improve the quality of life, and solve existing
problems. Data gathered in this census will be compiled, evaluated, analyzed, published, and
disseminated for the use of government, businesses, industries, social scientists, research
communities, academe, the general public, and other data stakeholders.

The Philippine Statistical Development Program (PSDP) 2023-2029 includes the Mid-Decade
Census of Population and CBMS as key data collection activities of the Philippines. The population
census is the necessary to generate updated population counts necessary for planning and program
implementation of the Philippine government. Meanwhile, through the CBMS, it is envisioned that there
will be more locally disaggregated statistics available for ready use of the government in finding who
and where the poor and vulnerable are in the country.

As cited in the Department of Interior and Local Government – National Economic and
Development Authority (DILG-NEDA) Joint Memorandum Circular No. 01, s. 2018, the CBMS has great
potential in providing statistics on Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and indicators on the
Philippine Development Plan (PDP) 2023-2028 and its regional counterpart at the local level. The PDP
also cites the importance of local-level data to provide a basis for mainstreaming social protection
systems, strengthening health-related programs, supporting micro, small, and medium enterprises, and
enhancing the efficiency of public goods and service delivery. Such development programs relate to
the 10-Point Socioeconomic Agenda of the current administration, particularly on increasing
competitiveness of cities and municipalities, increasing investments in human capital development,
improving social protection programs, and empowering families through financial planning and widened
access to health facilities.

The implementation of the CBMS by the PSA starting 2021 among the poorest municipalities of the
country is essential and indispensable to be done the soonest. Obtaining the community-level data
from the CBMS at the earliest possible time will greatly enhance local level planning and development,
programming of socio-economic interventions and correctly hitting the program-purposed beneficiaries.
Recognizing this undeniable importance and the figured outcome, the CBMS has been declared a
designated statistical activity under the System of Designated Statistics in the Implementing Rules and
Regulations (IRR) of RA 11315.

The following are the expected outputs from the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS:

POPCEN

1. Updated population counts in all barangays nationwide

2. Basic demographic and socio-economic characteristics of the population
3. POPCEN anonymized microdata

CBMS

1. Data and statistics on other statistical indicators at the city/municipality level

2. CBMS anonymized microdata
3. CBMS database lodged at the respective Local Government Units (LGUs)
4. Inputs to the Annual Accomplishment Report for submission to the Offices of the
Senate President and Speaker of the House of Representatives

3
 Moreover, the data that will be gathered on the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS are also important to LGUs,
National Government Agencies (NGAs), and PSA for various reasons as follows:

Data Users Possible POPCEN-CBMS Data Uses

LGUs and ● Delivery of public services

NGAs ● Allocation of resources, revenues, and infrastructure for the cities,
municipalities, and barangays
● Identification and location of beneficiaries for social development programs
● Formulation of LGU and NGA policies and plans concerning various
segments of the population (i.e., children, youth, elderly, women, persons with
disability, among others)
● Development, monitoring and improvement of programs and processes
relative to the delivery of basic services, such as health, education,
employment, housing, infrastructure, disaster risk response and
management, and other socio-economic concerns
● Tracking progress and local data governance
● Monitoring of status of their constituents and area of jurisdiction vis-à-vis the
national/local development plans, SDGs inputs to registries maintained by the
LGUs and NGAs
● Providing inputs to monitor and evaluate the Philippine Development Plan
(PDP) and monitoring the country’s attainment of Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs)
● Creation/conversion of political and administrative units (barangay, city,
municipality, or province)
● Redistricting and apportionment of congressional seats

PSA ● Statistical coordination

● Nationwide promotion of the use of statistical standards and strengthen the
statistical capacity of the LGUs
● Integration of geospatial information with statistical information
● Updating of the sampling frame for use in household-based surveys, and
inputs to frame used for establishment-based surveys.
● Compilation of more locally disaggregated statistics that can address a variety
of data needs of the policymakers and development planners and program
implementers

Business and ● Identification of sites for establishing businesses

Industry ● Determination of consumer demands for various goods and services
● Improvement of supply of labor for the production and distribution of goods
and services

Researchers ● Conduct of research on population, and related disciplines

and academic ● Study of population growth and geographic distribution as bases in preparing
institutions projections at the national and subnational levels

Statistics from the CBMS can also be used by the private sector. But the extent of the use of the
CBMS data by the researchers is to be defined by the data sharing protocol, which will be approved by
the CBMS Council.

Another vital piece of information which can be obtained from the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS operation
is the generation of digitized maps of all households, ILQs, and government services. Geotagging is
the process of creating vector data by marking building structures such as housing units, ILQs, service
facilities, and government projects as points, lines, and polygons in the digitized maps. This enables

4
the mapping of all areas in the Philippines and allows the government, the citizenry, and other
stakeholders to be informed on the progress of projects.

1.4. Scope and Coverage

Enumeration Units

The enumeration units for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS are the households, housing units, and
institutional living quarters (ILQs). Thus, all these units in all barangays nationwide will be listed and
enumerated. Homeless and households in temporary shelter (or evacuation centers) will be covered
as well. Moreover, Filipinos assigned/stationed in Philippine embassies, missions, and consulates
abroad will also be enumerated through close coordination with the Department of Foreign Affairs
(DFA).

Data Collected

The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS aims to list buildings, housing units, households, and ILQs through
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (Listing Record). Meanwhile, data on the demographic and socio-economic
characteristics of the households, as well as selected housing characteristics, will be collected through
POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (Household Profile Questionnaire). The core demographic characteristics
(Section A of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2), composed of data items such as name of the household
head/member, relationship to the household head, sex, date of birth, age, birth registration, marital
status, religious affiliation, ethnicity, basic literacy, and highest grade/year completed, form part the
POPCEN data. The remaining data items, consisting of Sections B to O, constitute the CBMS part. The
CBMS Form 3 (Waiver/Consent Form) will also be administered to solicit the consent of the household
representative in sharing their personal and household data to national government agencies with
social development programs.

Moreover, data on the characteristics of institutional population will be gathered using POPCEN
Form 11 (Self-Administered Questionnaire for Institutional Population). Location data of households
and ILQs will also be recorded.

1.5. Implementation and Coverage

Funding Response

Census of Population All LGUS: National government Required. The POPCEN module will
(POPCEN) (through the PSA) be asked to all households

Community-Based Non-HUCs: National government Voluntary. Although voluntary, it

Monitoring System (through the PSA) should be stress to the respondents
(CBMS) that the CBMS will be used in
HUCs: HUC-funding or identifying beneficiaries of
cost-shared (HUC and national government projects.
government funding)

5
1.6. CBMS-HUC Operations

Case Strategy

PSA-Implemented • HUC transfers funds to the PSA Central Office;

• PSA implements the CBMS; and
• Costs are shared between the PSA and HC (lower cost for the HUC).

Third Party Implemented • HUC through a third party conducts the CBMS with technical
assistance of the PSA;
• Strict supervision by the PSA;
• Conduct may be simultaneous (HUC-CBMS and PSA-POPCEN); and
• Data to be evaluated by PSA.

HUC-Implemented • HUC conducts the CBMS with technical assistance of the PSA;
• Strict supervision by the PSA;
• Conduct may be simultaneous (HUC-CBMS and PSA-POPCEN); and
• Data to be evaluated by PSA

No funding by the HUC • PSA conducts the CBMS in 20% of households;

• PSA to identify CBMS area; and
• CBMS area will be poor households.

1.7. Reference Period

July 01, 2024 (Monday) at 12:01 A.M. will be the reference date and time for the 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS, on which the enumeration of the population and collection of pertinent data on housing in the
areas will refer.

Furthermore, there are other reference dates (such as past week, past six months, past 12 months,
and past three years) that will be considered, which may be moving or fixed, in the different sections of
the Household Profile Questionnaire.

1.8. Enumeration Period

The period of enumeration for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is from July 15, 2024 (Monday) to
September 16, 2024 (Monday), composing of 50 working days including Saturdays and holidays.

1.9. Authority for the Conduct of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS

The authority and mandate of the PSA to conduct the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS emanate primarily
from Republic Act (RA) No. 10625, Executive Order (EO) No. 352, and RA No. 11315.

RA No. 10625, also known as the Philippine Statistical Act of 2013, states that “The PSA shall be
primarily responsible for all national censuses and surveys, sectoral statistics, consolidation of the
administrative recording system, and compilation of national accounts.” Specifically, Section 6(b) of this
Act mandates the PSA to “prepare and conduct periodic censuses on population, housing, agriculture,
fisheries, business, industry, and other sectors of the economy”.

6
 EO No. 352 or the Designation of Statistical Activities That Will Generate Critical Data for Decision-
Making of the Government and Private Sector stipulates the conduct of a mid-decade census primarily
to update the population count in all barangays nationwide.

RA No. 11315, also known as the Community-Based Monitoring System Act, which was signed
into law on April 17, 2019, mandates that the PSA shall serve as the lead agency in the implementation
of the CBMS. Key functions of the PSA include the setting of standards, review, and development of
data collection forms; capacitating the cities and municipalities in the collection of the poverty data at
the local level; monitoring of data collection activities of the LGUs; act as the national repository of
poverty data collected from the CBMS; and processing and generation of poverty statistics using CBMS
data collected from the POPCEN-CBMS, among others. The Act also provides for the regular and
synchronized conduct of the CBMS every three (3) years.

Section 3(b) of RA No. 11315 also stipulates that the CBMS involves geotagging activities.
“Geotagging refers to the process of adding metadata about government projects, households/housing
units, service facilities, and natural resources to various media and of uploading to a web-based
application. This enables the mapping of all areas in the Philippines and allows the government, the
citizenry, and other stakeholders to check the progress of projects in real-time”. The PSA through its
Geospatial Management Division (GMD) “shall be in charge of the development and implementation of
operational plans for the creation, continuous updating, and improvement of CBMS digital maps and
data visualizations. It shall likewise manage and maintain the geospatial information system for CBMS”.

Per Section 4 of RA 11315, each city/municipality is the primary data collecting authority within its
locality. For 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, the city/municipal LGUs will have an active role in the POPCEN-
CBMS operations, but PSA will still be in charge in the entire data operation. Their POPCEN-CBMS
focal teams in the LGUs will closely collaborate with the PSA to undertake the various training programs,
provision of spaces for POPCEN-CBMS local headquarters, and other materials and ICT equipment
necessary in the conduct of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.

An executive order will be issued declaring July 2024 as the POPCEN-CBMS month.

1.10. Organizational Setup for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS

The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is quite a complex undertaking and entails use of large manpower and
financial resources. Hence, an organizational setup designed primarily to cater to the needs of the
2024 POPCEN-CBMS is necessary.

The PSA, headed by the National Statistician and Civil Registrar General (NSCRG), is the agency
mandated to lead the implementation of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. All directives pertaining to this
undertaking will emanate from the Office of the National Statistician (ONS). The NSCRG is the
Chairperson of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Steering Committee (SC). Under the SC are various working
groups. The SC is responsible for the overall guidance of the conduct of the POPCEN-CBMS.

The NSCRG will be assisted by the Deputy National Statistician (DNS) of the Censuses and Technical
Coordination Office (CTCO). Specific instructions and orders shall be delegated to the field supervisors
through a chain of command shown in Illustration 1.1.

The DNS of the CTCO, together with the Assistant National Statisticians (ANSs) of the Community-
Based Statistics Service (CBSS) and National Censuses Service (NCS) will supervise the entire
operations of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. Under the supervision of the ANS of the CBSS are the
CBMS-Planning and Coordination Division (CBMS-PCD), Community-Based Statistics Division
(CBSD), Geospatial Management Division (GMD), and Partnerships and Use Cases Unit (PUCU) while
under the supervision of the ANS of NCS are the Population and Housing Census Division (PHCD) and
Census Planning and Coordination Division (CPCD). These divisions will be responsible for the

7
planning, implementation, mapping, and technical supervision of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS operations.
The CBSS and NCS thus make up the National Census-CBMS Core Team (NCCT) that spearheads
collaboration with various government agencies and stakeholders at the national level.

The ANS of the Information Technology and Dissemination Service (ITDS), on the other hand, will
oversee the operations of the Systems Development Division (SDD), the unit responsible for the
development of the electronic data gathering and processing systems of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.
Quality checks in the applications to be used shall be undertaken by the Systems Quality Assurance
Division (SQAD), whereas assistance for the inputs to the geotagging exercise and allocation of tablets,
desktop computers, data servers, and other ICT equipment to all PSA personnel for the 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS shall be extended by the Systems Operation and Infrastructure Division (SOID). In addition, the
Information and Cybersecurity Division (ICD) of the Systems and Information Security Service (SISS)
shall be responsible for the cybersecurity concerns of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.

The ANS of the Finance and Administrative Service (FAS), under the Civil Registration and Central
Support Office (CRCSO), meanwhile, will be responsible for the transfer of funds from the Central Office
(CO) to the Field Offices (FOs) and other logistical requirements. Both the ITDS and FAS will closely
coordinate with the CBSS and NCS on all 2024 POPCEN-CBMS concerns to ensure the smooth flow
of operation.

As mandated by RA 11315, the CBMS Council, composed of the PSA, the Department of the
Interior and Local Government (DILG), and the Department of Information and Communications
Technology (DICT), shall serve as the decision and policy-making body for the implementation of the
CBMS.

Through the CBMS Council, Technical Working Groups (TWGs) shall be created to assist in
resolving issues related to the overall implementation of the CBMS. Moreover, a pool of resource
agencies from both the private and public sectors shall be consulted by the said deliberative body to
provide relevant information and other considerations to be covered in the data collection and
implementation initiative.

The PSA Regional Statistical Services Office (RSSO) and Provincial Statistical Office (PSO),
through their designated members of the Regional/Provincial Census-CBMS Core Team (R/PCCT) will
be responsible for the coordination, implementation, and monitoring of the entire POPCEN-CBMS
operation in the areas under their jurisdiction, including data review and evaluation, and issuance of
certification pass. The Regional Census-CBMS Core Team (RCCT) shall include the RSSO Chief
Statistical Specialist (CSS), designate/alternate POPCEN-CBMS Focal Person and other relevant
personnel (such as Senior Statistical Specialist, and Statistical Specialist II), and other relevant PSA
Regional Office personnel (e.g., Information Systems Analyst II, Accounting Clerk).

The PSO Chief Statistical Specialist (CSS) and/or the PSO POPCEN-CBMS focal person/team will
also supervise the operations in the Provincial Processing Center (PPC). He/she will have direct
supervision over the operations, encoding, coding, field verification, and archiving of the questionnaires,
forms, and maps. The Provincial Census-CBMS Core Team (PCCT) shall include the PSO CSS,
POPCEN-CBMS Focal Person/Senior Statistical Specialist, and other relevant PSA Provincial Office
personnel (e.g., Statistical Specialist II, Information Systems Analyst II, Accounting Clerk).

Alongside with the respective organized actors in the regional, provincial, and city/municipal levels,
the Regional/Provincial/City/Municipal Census Coordinating Boards (R/P/C/MCCBs) will be created to
play an instrumental role in providing guidance and direction to local statistical activities, and to serve
as policy-making body on logistical issues and matters within their jurisdiction.

On 16 February 2024, the PSA Board approved the creation of the Regional/Provincial/City/
Municipal Census Coordinating Boards, per PSA Board Resolution No. 5, series of 2024. These
R/P/C/MPCCBs will be responsible in ensuring logistical and other requirements are in place prior and

8
during the POPCEN-CBMS operations, as well as in resolving provincial/city/ municipal-wide issues
and concerns encountered in the conduct of POPCEN-CBMS in their areas of jurisdiction.

The Head Census-CBMS Area Supervisor (HCAS), who should be a regular PSA employee, will
be responsible, on a full-time basis, for the supervision, monitoring, and coordination of POPCEN-
CBMS activities in big cities or clusters of smaller cities/municipalities within a district. He/She will
supervise all the Census-CBMS Area Supervisors (CAS) assigned in his/her area/s of assignment.

The CAS, will be responsible, on a full-time basis, for the supervision, monitoring, and coordination
of 2024 POPCEN-CBMS activities in big cities or clusters of smaller cities/municipalities within a district.
He/she will supervise all the Team Supervisors (TSs) assigned in his/her area/s of assignment.

The CAS will be responsible for a group of five (5) teams, with each team consisting of one (1) TS,
and six (6) Enumerators (ENs). Generally, his/her teams will cover a city/municipality. However, in big
cities or municipalities, two (2) or more CASs may be assigned.

The TS will take charge of the supervision of six (6) ENs. He/she will update his/her CAS about the
problems encountered and the progress of enumeration in the areas assigned to him/her.

The EN, meanwhile, will be responsible for the complete enumeration in the barangay or
enumeration area/s (EA) assigned to him/her. He/she will seek the help of his/her TS regarding the
problems which he/she himself/herself cannot resolve.

Prior to the start of the enumeration, the EN together with his/her TS and or CAS will conduct an
ocular inspection in his/her area/s of assignment. They will pay a courtesy call to the Punong Barangay
and other incumbent barangay officials and ask for their cooperation and assistance in the
2024 POPCEN-CBMS activity. A short briefing will also be organized to orient the barangay officials
and staff about the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS and its operations.

9
 ILLUSTRATION 1.1
2024 POPCEN-CBMS ORGANIZATIONAL SETUP

1.11. Data Privacy

RA No. 10173, also known as Data Privacy Act of 2012, stipulates that “It is the policy of the State
to protect the fundamental human right of privacy, of communication while ensuring free flow of
information to promote innovation and growth. The State recognizes the vital role of information and
communications technology in nation-building and its inherent obligation to ensure that personal data
in information and communications systems in the government and the private sector are secured and
protected”.

Corollary to the above, Section 4(e) of RA 10173 states that the right of privacy does not apply to
“information necessary in order to carry out the functions of public authority, which includes the
processing of personal data for the performance by the independent agencies of their constitutionally
and statutorily mandated functions”. Moreover, Section 12(e) of this Act states that the processing of
personal information shall be permitted only if not otherwise prohibited by law, and when the processing
is necessary to fulfill functions of public authority, which necessarily includes the processing of personal
data for the fulfillment of its mandate.

Further, Section 19 of RA 10173 provides for the non-applicability of the rights of the data subject
if the processed personal information are used only for the needs of scientific and statistical research
and on the basis of such, no activities are carried out and no decision are taken regarding the data.

10
 The PSA is mandated by the law, through RA No. 10625, to conduct the mid-decade census of
population. Hence, the collection of the POPCEN data through the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is mandatory.

Consequently, Section 10 of RA No. 11315 recognizes that “the right to privacy of every respondent
remains inviolable. The citizen participating in the data collection shall be fully informed of the nature
and extent of processing intended for his or her personal data. Participation in all data collection
activities (of CBMS) is purely voluntary. Notwithstanding Section 4 of this Act, respondents may refuse
to answer any question or reveal any information at any point or terminate data collection activities with
no further action needed”.

In this respect, the data collectors who will cover households will describe the purpose of the
POPCEN-CBMS before the conduct of interview and will administer the CBMS Form 3 after the
household respondent accomplishes the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. If the respondent signs the CBMS
Form 3, it signifies that he or she is making an explicit waiver to authorize the PSA and the LGU to
disclose their identity and other relevant information about their household to the government entities
which provide social protection programs for them. The administration of the waiver/consent form is
done under Section 10 of RA No. 11315.

1.12. Obligation of the Respondents to Provide Truthful Information

Participation in the conduct of POPCEN in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is compulsory as

stipulated in Paragraph 1 of Section 27 of RA 10625, which states that “respondents of primary data
collection activities such as censuses and sample surveys are obliged to give truthful and complete
answers to statistical inquiries. The gathering, consolidation, and analysis of such data shall likewise
be done in the most truthful and credible manner". Moreover, Paragraph 2 of Section 27 of RA 10625
states that “any individual who refuses or fails to give truthful and complete answers to statistical
inquiries will be imposed a penalty of one (1) year imprisonment and a fine of one hundred thousand
pesos (PhP 100,000.00)".

On the other hand, participation in the conduct of CBMS in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is purely
voluntary. The right to privacy of every respondent remains inviolable. The citizen participating in the
data collection shall be fully informed of the nature and extent of processing intended for his or her
personal data.

Truthful and complete responses to the POPCEN-CBMS data collection forms are important for
the LGUs and NGAs to craft appropriate policies and programs for inclusive and equitable development.
Thus, notwithstanding Section 10 of RA No. 11315, POPCEN-CBMS enumerators must establish trust
and confidence from the respondent prior to and during the interview to draw in truthful and
comprehensive information.

1.13. Confidentiality of Information

All personnel involved in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS are required to keep in STRICT CONFIDENCE
any information obtained during the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS that pertains to any household or individual
person.

Section 26 of RA No. 10625 stipulates that “individual data furnished by a respondent to statistical
inquiries, surveys, and censuses conducted by the PSA shall be considered PRIVILEGED
COMMUNICATION and as such shall be inadmissible as evidence in any proceeding”. Section 3(k) of
RA No. 10173 defines privileged information as “to any and all forms of data which under the Rules of
Court and other pertinent laws constitute privileged communication”.

11
 Paragraph 3 of Section 27 of RA 10625 further states that “a person, including parties within the
PSA Board and the PSA, who breach the confidentiality of information, whether by carelessness,
improper behavior, behavior with malicious intent, and use of confidential information for profit shall be
liable to a fine of five thousand pesos (PhP 5,000.00) to not more than ten thousand pesos
(PhP 10,000.00) and/or imprisonment of three (3) months but not to exceed one (1) year, subject to the
degree of breach of information”.

Meanwhile, Section 19 of RA No. 10173 states that “the personal information shall be held under
STRICT CONFIDENTIALITY and shall be used only for the declared purpose. Likewise, the provisions
on data privacy are not applicable to processing of personal information gathered for the purpose of
investigations in relation to any criminal, administrative or tax liabilities of a data subject”.

Moreover, Section 20(e) of RA No. 10173 stipulates that “the employees, agents or representatives
of a personal information controller who are involved in the processing of personal information shall
operate and hold personal information under STRICT CONFIDENTIALITY if the personal information
are not intended for public disclosure. This obligation shall continue even after leaving the public
service, transfer to another position or upon termination of employment or contractual relations”.

Sections 26 to 29 of RA No. 10173 also assert that the breach in the confidentiality of information,
whether negligence, improper disposal, behavior with malicious intent, unauthorized access or
intentional breach, and unauthorized disclosure, shall be penalized by imprisonment ranging from six
(6) months to seven (7) years and a fine of not less than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP 100,000.00)
but not more than seven (7) million pesos (PhP 7,000,000.00), depending on the acts defined in these
Sections.

Moreover, ONLY those households whose respondents have signed the 2024 CBMS Form 3
will have their data shared with the NGA that provides social protection programs for them, as
provided under Section 10 of RA No. 11315. Otherwise, those data collected from households whose
respondents have not signed the CBMS Form 3 will be processed only for purposes of generating
statistics aggregated at the city/municipal and barangay levels.

Oath of Data Privacy shall be accomplished by the PSA regular personnel, hired enumerators, and
supervisors before they proceed to collect data using the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI applications and tools.
Penalties will be applied according to the contract and based on pertinent laws that sanction negligence,
breach of confidentiality of information, improper disposal, behavior with malicious intent, unauthorized
access or the intentional breach, and unauthorized disclosure of POPCEN-CBMS data.

1.14. Managing and Mitigating Risks

Census risks refer to potential dangers or challenges that may arise during the process of conducting
a census, which is a systematic collection of demographic and social data within a specific population.

12
 ILLUSTRATION 1.2
KNOWN/UNKNOWN MATRIX

Source: US Census Bureau. (October 2022). Risk Management in a Census: Select Topics in International Censuses. Accessible
through https://www.census.gov/content/dam/Census/library/working-papers/2022/demo/risk-management-in-a-census.pdf

The following are the identified risks and mitigation strategies:

Risk Mitigation
1. Undercounting It is important to conduct thorough outreach and
engagement efforts to ensure that all individuals
Certain groups within the population are not are aware of the census and encouraged to
accurately counted, leading to an incomplete or participate. Utilize multiple methods of data
inaccurate representation of the population. collection, such as online surveys, phone
interviews, and in-person visits, can also help
Undercounting of marginalized populations: reach diverse populations.
Certain marginalized groups such as indigenous
peoples, informal settlers, and urban poor • Implement targeted outreach and
communities, may be at risk of being engagement strategies to reach
undercounted in the census. This can lead to a marginalized communities and encourage
lack of representation and inadequate allocation their participation in the census.
of resources for these populations.
• Collaborate with community leaders, civil
society organizations, and local authorities
to ensure that all segments of the
population are included in the census.

• Use multiple data collection methods, such

as mobile data collection units, community-
based surveys, and participatory mapping,
to reach marginalized populations in hard-
to-reach areas

13
 Risk Mitigation
2. Data Security and Privacy Breaches Implementing robust data security measures,
such as encryption, firewalls, and secure data
With the increasing use of technology in census storage protocols, can help protect census data
data collection, there is a risk of data breaches from security threats. Ensuring compliance with
and unauthorized access to sensitive data privacy regulations and obtaining informed
information. consent from participants can help maintain
data confidentiality.

• Implement robust data security measures,

such as encryption, secure data storage,
and access controls, to protect census data
from unauthorized access and breaches.

• Conduct regular security audits and

assessments to identify and address
vulnerabilities in the census data collection
and storage systems.

• Ensure compliance with data privacy

regulations and ethical guidelines to
safeguard the confidentiality and integrity
of census data.

3. Geographic Challenges • Utilize innovative technologies, such as

satellite imagery, geographic information
The Philippines is an archipelago with diverse systems (GIS), and drones, to overcome
geographical features, including remote and geographic barriers and improve data
hard-to-reach areas. Conducting a collection in remote areas.
comprehensive census in these areas may pose
logistical challenges and require innovative • Train and deploy field enumerators and
approaches to ensure accurate data collection. data collectors who are familiar with the
local geography and can navigate
challenging terrain to reach all households
for enumeration.

• Establish coordination mechanisms with

local government units and community
organizations to facilitate data collection in
hard-to-reach areas and ensure
comprehensive census coverage.

4. Political Interference It is important to maintain the independence and

integrity of the census process. Establishing
Census data is often used for political decision- transparent and accountable governance
making, and there is a risk of political structures, involving independent oversight
interference in the collection, analysis, or bodies, and adhering to international standards
dissemination of census data. of statistical practice can help safeguard the
credibility of census data.

• Establish an independent governance

structure for the census process, with clear
roles and responsibilities for all
stakeholders involved.

14
 Risk Mitigation

• Ensure the autonomy of the PSA to

conduct the census in accordance with
international standards and best practices.

• Engage with civil society organizations,

media, and international partners to
monitor and advocate for the integrity and
credibility of the census process, and to
raise awareness about the importance of
data accuracy and independence.

5. Decreased Morale and Motivation Regular, transparent communication about

payment schedules and delays. Recognize and
Census personnel may feel undervalued and appreciate the work of census personnel
demotivated if their wages are delayed, which through non-monetary incentives and public
can affect the quality and accuracy of data acknowledgment.
collection.

6. Attrition of Personnel Create a backup pool of trained census workers

who can be called upon if primary workers
Delays in wages can lead to high turnover rates resign.
as census workers seek other employment
opportunities to meet their financial needs.

7. Negative Public Perception Engage with the media to provide clear

explanations and updates about payment
Wage delays can lead to public distrust in the delays. Use social media and other
Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) and the communication channels to keep the public
overall census process. informed.

8. Operational Disruptions Develop contingency plans, including the ability

to deploy additional resources or personnel if
Potential strikes or work stoppages can disruptions occur. Establish clear protocols for
severely disrupt the census schedule, leading rapid response to operational issues.
to incomplete or inaccurate data collection.

1.15. Gender Sensitivity and Ethics in the Operations

All personnel involved in the census operations shall observe gender sensitivity and ensure ethical
standards are followed. Outlined below are the tips and guidance for enumerators.

A. Conduct of Interviews
a. Do NOT assume that the eldest male adult is the household head.
b. Confirm the sex of household member, and not just depend on the name or
appearance.
c. Do not refute respondent’s answers (e.g. same-sex relations, marital status,
etc.). Include notes as necessary.
d. Pregnancy and lactation are natural bodily functions. While there is a need to
practice care in asking these questions in certain situations (e.g. young
mothers, lost pregnancies), in general, there is no need for you to feel shy to
ask these questions.

15
 e. Provide introduction to sensitive questions that might trigger respondents’
negative feelings. Introduce the purpose of the question before asking the
question.
f. Note that there are differences in household and family relations (e.g. multiple
spouses, same-sex relations, stepchildren, adopted children, etc.).
Do NOT make unnecessary comments about their relations during interview.
More importantly, keep every bit of information confidential.
g. Maintain a professional attitude. Do NOT keep and use information collected
for personal use (e.g. courtship, selling goods/services, etc.).

B. Sexual Harassment
a. If safety or security is threatened, do NOT continue with the interview.
b. Report the incident immediately to the supervisor or person of authority in PSA.
c. PSO to file incident report, and report updates on the status of the case.
d. PSO to assist in supporting the affected party (hired personnel or respondent)
in going to the barangay to report the incident.

C. Transacting with the Public and with Colleagues

a. Act impartially and respectfully to the public, colleagues and supervisors.
b. Do NOT knowingly make unauthorized commitments or promises of any kind.
c. Do NOT accept or solicit any gift or item of monetary value from any person or
entity seeking services or return beyond the bounds of your contract.
d. Do NOT engage in financial and/or unauthorized transactions involving
sharing or improper use of information collected from census.

D. Performance of Duties
a. Exemplify honesty in the performance of all tasks assigned.
b. Report to PSA management any observation of waste of resources, fraud and
tampering, abuse of position, and corruption.
c. Do NOT engage in outside employment activities that conflict with the contract
official duties in the census.
d. Adhere to all laws, policies, rules and regulations in line with the performance
of duties as POPCEN-CBMS personnel.
e. Use government resources allocated for POPCEN-CBMS for the performance
of official duties.

16
 Role of the POPCEN-CBMS
2 Enumerator
This chapter discusses your specific duties and responsibilities as an Enumerator (EN) in the 2024
POPCEN-CBMS. It also provides information on your designation as an EN, training and working time,
and the role of the Team Supervisor (TS) in relation to your tasks.

2.1. 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator

As an EN in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, you play a very vital role in ensuring the success of this
undertaking, particularly the completeness of POPCEN-CBMS coverage, accuracy of population count,
and key data items markedly related to poverty information. The level of quality of the data that you will
collect in this data collection activity will highly depend on how well you understand the POPCEN-CBMS
concepts and how well you execute the interview techniques and procedures that will be discussed
during this training. You will be trained to gather information that is accurate, complete, and strictly in
accordance with the instructions, concepts, and definitions laid out in this manual. Your acceptance of
the job as an EN entails a commitment on your part to perform your job with the utmost diligence,
sincerity, and dedication. Your work as an EN requires tact in approaching people, attention to the
smallest detail, and a sense of responsibility to keep all the information confidential that you will obtain
from individuals and households during your interview. As an EN, you shall always bear in mind that
the data that you will gather in this POPCEN-CBMS data collection will be used as a basis in the
formulation of plans and policies for the benefit of the entire Filipino nation.

2.2. Designation of a 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator

As an EN, you will sign a Contract of Service stipulating the scope of your service, the schedule
and documentary requirements for wages, the obligations of the PSA, duration of the contract,
termination clause, and other conditions. You will also be issued a 2024 POPCEN-CBMS identification
(ID) card (See Illustration 2.1).

The Contract of Service and ID card will attest to your legitimacy as an POPCEN-CBMS fieldworker.
You are required to wear your ID card whenever you are at work. This will help you not only in soliciting
the help and cooperation of local officials but more importantly in convincing the respondent to grant an
interview. All hired POPCEN-CBMS personnel will also sign an Oath of Data Privacy as proof of their
commitment and responsibility in maintaining data confidentiality and data privacy.

Your contract as an EN will be effective officially at the start of the training. As an EN, you are
required to undergo training before going out on fieldwork. You are expected to complete the tasks
assigned to you within the specified enumeration period. Being designated as an EN means that you
will be the one who will perform all the work that will be assigned to you. Allowing any unauthorized
person to do the listing and interviewing on your behalf is strictly prohibited. In no instance, therefore,
should you ask anybody else to do the listing and interviewing for you. Violation of this rule is a ground
for dismissal from POPCEN-CBMS work or termination of your contract.

You are likewise cautioned that: (a) copying or reproduction of data in the questionnaires,
(b) allowing unauthorized persons to accompany you during your data collection, which provides other
persons with access to the information that you are gathering, or (c) administering other forms other
than the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS questionnaires are deemed violations of the confidentiality provision in
Section 26 of RA 10625 and in the Section 10 of RA 11315. Such violations are grounds for dismissal/

17
termination of your contract and/or prosecution in proper court. In case you fail to perform your duties
as an EN, the PSA management has the right to terminate your services.

As an EN, you are also expected to work harmoniously with your other co-workers and to perform
other POPCEN-CBMS-related duties that are assigned to you from time to time by your supervisors.

ILLUSTRATION 2.1
2024 POPCEN-CBMS ENUMERATOR’S ID

2.3. Training

As an EN, you are required to undergo the training for enumeration for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.
It is important to note that you shall always be physically and mentally present and punctual during the
training so that you will not miss the discussion of any topic and/or concept. To understand the various
concepts and operational procedures in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, you shall actively participate in the
class discussions and perform the exercises. You are also expected to actively participate in the mock
interview and field practice interview that will be conducted on the latter part of the training. Aside from
providing you with the knowledge and instilling confidence in conducting the listing/enumeration, the
training will also prepare you to handle enumeration problems that may arise during the actual field
operations.

2.4. Working Time

For the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS operations, you are required to work from Monday to Saturday
(including holidays), until you fully cover the area/s assigned to you. You may schedule your visit to the
households when the respondents are most likely at home, that is, early in the morning, at noon, late in
the afternoon, or even in the evening, if the situation calls for it. You may also visit the respondent on
Sunday if it is the only day that the respondent is available for an interview. See to it, however, that you
do not interview the respondents at inconvenient hours.

18
2.5. Area of Assignment

During the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, you will be assigned to cover an entire barangay or just a portion
of it, that is, an Enumeration Area (EA). It is also possible that you will be assigned to more than one
EA or barangay.

Your specific area of assignment will be given to you by your TS. As an EN, you should finish your
work in the area/s assigned to you within the prescribed enumeration period. In case you are unable to
finish your work on time due to justifiable reasons such as a health problem, accident, or peace and
order problem, it is your duty to immediately inform your supervisor about such an incident so that
remedial actions to complete your work could be done. Make sure also to familiarize your area of
assignment during the ocular visit so that you can plan and manage your workload or tasks efficiently.

2.6. Duties and Responsibilities

As an EN, you play a vital role in the success of the data collection. Your primary task is to gather
correct, accurate, and complete information according to the instructions discussed in this manual.
There are four main tasks that you need to accomplish:

1. Interview the responsible household member (e.g., asking the questions, noting down
responses given to you, checking each response, and ensuring that they are complete,
clear, reasonable, and consistent with the other responses) using the POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 (Household Profile Questionnaire).

2. Administer the Self-Administered Questionnaire (SAQ) to institutional living quarters

(ILQs).

3. Correctly record the geolocation and list all the buildings/housing units/ILQs based on the
guidelines provided in Chapters 5 and 6 of this manual.

4. Conduct field editing in cases when inconsistencies are found in the questionnaires/forms
submitted.

Specifically, your duties and responsibilities as an EN are as follows:

Pre-enumeration

1. Attend the training to gain knowledge on the various POPCEN-CBMS concepts, definitions,
and instructions as discussed in this manual.

2. Meet with your TS to discuss your workload/assignments.

3. Before the enumeration in the barangay/EA, pay a courtesy call (together with the TS) to
the Punong Barangay or any barangay official.

4. Conduct an ocular inspection of the boundaries and other physical features/characteristics

of the barangay/EA.

5. Plan for an enumeration route.

Enumeration

19
 1. Visit each building and determine if it is qualified to be listed following the criteria on the
buildings that need to be listed. In each building, determine the number of housing units
and in each housing unit, determine the number of households residing in it;

2. Identify and select appropriate forms that you will use based on the unit of enumeration,
e.g., POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for households or POPCEN Form 11 (Self-Administered
Questionnaire for Institution Population) for ILQs.

3. Ensure that the buildings to be listed (housing units and ILQs) have a corresponding
geolocation record.

4. Interview personally the head of the household, his/her spouse, or any adult responsible
household member and record the characteristics of the household members, housing unit,
and household using POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

o If in case the respondent refuses to be interviewed for CBMS data items, make
sure to accomplish a set of refusal questions including data items on housing
characteristics.

o Administer the CBMS Form 3 (Waiver/Consent Form) for the households that
you were able to interview completely.

o After completing the interview, review the questionnaire for completeness and
consistency of entries.

5. Accomplish the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 (Notice of Listing/Enumeration) sticker and post

it on the door or any part of the building/housing unit/ILQ where it can easily be seen or
noticed.

6. Administer the POPCEN Form 11 for ILQ.

7. Distribute, collect, and encode POPCEN-CBMS Forms 10 of the households that opted for
SAQ.

8. Accomplish POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (Listing Record), following strictly the rules on the
listing of buildings, housing units, households, and ILQs.

9. Encode the POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 of households that were interviewed thru PAPI.

10. Address the concerns or observations flagged by your TS by correcting the entries in the
forms or reinterviewing the household.

11. Submit (or upload) your accomplished questionnaires (data) daily, if possible, to the PSA
server 1 (if Computer-Assisted Personal Interview (CAPI) is implemented) or Team
Supervisor (if Paper-and-Pencil Interview (PAPI) is implemented).

12. Accomplish the POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 (Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator).

13. Back up your accomplished questionnaires every two weeks using the POPCEN-CBMS
CAPI Application.

1 Daily uploads are encouraged also in order to regularly update the PSA on the progress of data collection.
If CAPI will be implemented, the TS will review POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 following standards or give instructions to
EN on how to edit/reinterview households if necessary. After TS certification using MIS, the CAS will review.

20
 14. Meet with your TS once a week. In this meeting, submit all the accomplished
questionnaires and computation sheets to your TS. Take the opportunity to submit the
electronic files to the server. You can also discuss with him/her the problems that you have
encountered during your fieldwork. The TS will also discuss his/her assessment of your
work and suggest recommendations on your POPCEN-CBMS-related problems. Go to the
POPCEN-CBMS headquarters for urgent concerns in relation to data.

15. Report any untoward incidents or problems that you encounter to your supervisor. He/she
will encode your incident encountered through the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application.

16. Perform other POPCEN-CBMS-related duties that may be assigned from time to time by
your supervisor.

Post-Enumeration

1. Report to TS that the enumeration was completed in your assigned EA.

2. Address the remaining concerns or observations flagged from RCBMS by correcting the
entries in the forms or reinterviewing the household.

3. Return the accomplished and unused POPCEN-CBMS questionnaires as well as the

devices and materials after the completion of the enumeration in your area/s of assignment.

4. Perform other administrative tasks and other administrative reports/forms to complete your
engagement as EN for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS data collection.

When performing your duties as an EN, adhere strictly to the instructions in this manual, specifically
when listing buildings, housing units, households, and ILQs; conducting an interview; mapping;
reviewing the completed questionnaires for correctness, completeness, and consistency of entries;
submitting the accomplished questionnaires, and returning the POPCEN-CBMS forms and other
supplies and materials to the TS after the enumeration.

2.7. Working Relationship with your Team Supervisor (TS)

You will be assigned to work with your TS. It is essential that you should know and understand
his/her duties and responsibilities to maintain a harmonious working relationship with him/her.

As an EN, you are required to report to your TS for your area/s of assignment, EN's code,
POPCEN-CBMS forms, and supplies and materials that you will use in your fieldwork. Discuss with your
TS the best route and strategy to cover your area. You may need his/her assistance in gathering
information on the boundaries, travel, and terrain of the area/s assigned to you.

Your TS will ensure that you follow the procedures in listing, enumeration, and mapping. As such,
he/she will review your accomplished POPCEN-CBMS forms. He/she will accompany you to observe
how you conduct an interview of a household. He/she will also do spot check and re-interview some of
the households that you have already interviewed to check and ensure the quality of your work.

During the weekly meeting with your TS, preferably every Wednesday, your TS will assess the
progress of your work and recommend solutions to your POPCEN-CBMS data collection problems.
This will also be the time when you will submit your accomplished questionnaires and accomplishment
report to your TS.

21
 3 POPCEN-CBMS Forms, Materials,
and Enumeration Procedure

This chapter discusses the different modes of data collection to be used for the 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS operation and describes the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS forms and materials that you will use during
field enumeration. It also includes general enumeration procedures and ways to handle enumeration
problems.

3.1. Methods of Data Collection

Using tablets and available technologies, the POPCEN-CBMS will implement primarily Computer-
Assisted Personal Interviewing (CAPI), among other methods of data collection. It is envisioned that
through this implementation, there will be faster collection and generation of quality statistics, and less
need to print and to utilize printed forms.

The PSA will involve more than 50,000 enumerators and more than 20,000 supervisors for the
2024 POPCEN-CBMS field operations. This will be the largest CAPI implementation of PSA in
household data collection since the 2022 CBMS, which covered at least 5.2 million households. In
some cases that CAPI cannot be implemented, you as an enumerator are expected to interview using
Paper and Pencil Interview (PAPI) or Self-Administered Questionnaire (SAQ).

A. Computer-Assisted Personal Interview

You will interview the respondent personally and record the responses in your assigned
tablet. The following are some of the features of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application:

• Validation checks: Error messages will appear for missing and invalid
responses. Data consistency check will also be done for accomplished
questionnaires.
• Electronic submission of files: Submission of files are allowed by uploading to
CS Web server.
• Generation of accomplishment report: Printable version of your
accomplishment report can be generated.
• Encoding of SAQ and PAPI forms: Responses from SAQs and PAPI forms will
be encoded and submitted through the CAPI application.

B. Paper-and-Pencil Interview

The respondent is personally interviewed and the responses are recorded in a printed
questionnaire. It will be implemented in selected enumeration areas in approximately 50 cities
and municipalities covering around 190,000 households.

C. Self-Administered Questionnaire

In this mode, the respondent is the one to accomplish the form. There is an SAQ for the
HPQ (or POPCEN-CBMS Form 10) and for the ILQ (or POPCEN-CBMS Form 11).

22
 The possible SAQ areas are condominiums, gated subdivisions, and areas with peace and
security concerns.

3.2. 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Forms

Listed below are the POPCEN-CBMS questionnaires and forms that you will use as an POPCEN-
CBMS Enumerator during the field enumeration. The main data collection forms are already included
in your tablet through the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, an Android application that is already
installed in the tablet which will be provided to you as you perform the enumeration via CAPI. The paper-
based format of these questionnaires and forms are shown in the appendices while copies of the actual
questionnaires and forms are included in your training kit.

TABLE 3.1
POPCEN-CBMS FORMS
PSA
implementation in
1st to 6th income
PSA
class cities and
POPCEN-CBMS Forms implementation Description
municipalities, and
HUCs that in HUC areas
designated PSA to
implement CBMS
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 – ✓ ✓ This record lists down the
Listing Record summary of the buildings
geotagged, households, housing
units, and institutional living
quarters covered, status of
interview, and other information
from the POPCEN-CBMS Forms
2, 10, and 11 that are relevant for
monitoring. You are required to
accomplish the paper-based listing
record. There is also a digital
version of the Form 1 which is
automatically generated based on
entries in Forms 2, 10 and 11.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 – ✓ ✓ This is the questionnaire or main

Household Profile data collection tool for the
Questionnaire household interview.
It contains 15 sections, namely:
core demographic characteristics,
other demographic characteristics,
migration, education, economic
characteristics, health, food
security, access to public
transportation, formal financial
account, negative shocks and
disaster preparedness, internet
access, public safety, social
protection programs, water,
sanitation, and hygiene, and
housing characteristics.

23
 PSA
implementation in
1st to 6th income
PSA
class cities and
POPCEN-CBMS Forms implementation Description
municipalities, and
HUCs that in HUC areas
designated PSA to
implement CBMS
CBMS Form 3 – Consent Only for those households that agreed This form solicits the signature
Form/ Waiver to participate in the CBMS and/or consent of the household’s
representative that serves as a
waiver and gives consent or
authority to PSA in sharing their
personal and household
information to selected agencies
through a data sharing agreement.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 ✓ ✓ This is the form that you will give to

– Self-Administered a household if the respondent opts
Questionnaire for not to be personally interviewed.
Household It contains the POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 and general information
about the POPCEN-CBMS, some
concepts and definitions, and
instructions on how to fill out this
form.

POPCEN Form 11 – ✓ ✓ This is the form that you will give to

Self-Administered the manager/administrator or
Questionnaire for respondent of the ILQ. It contains
Institutional Population the general information about the
POPCEN-CBMS, some concepts
and definitions, instructions on
how to fill out this form, and the
data items to be filled in by the
respondent.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 ✓ ✓ This form/sticker will be posted on

– Notice of Listing/ a conspicuous part of the building/
Enumeration housing unit/ILQ, preferably on the
wall in front of the house or gate of
the building. This sticker indicates
that the building, housing unit,
household and ILQ have already
been listed and/or enumerated.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 13 ✓ ✓ This form is to be accomplished

– Transmittal/Receipt whenever transmitting the
Form POPCEN-CBMS forms, supplies,
materials, and equipment to/from
the TS or POPCEN-CBMS focal
personnel.

24
 PSA
implementation in
1st to 6th income
PSA
class cities and
POPCEN-CBMS Forms implementation Description
municipalities, and
HUCs that in HUC areas
designated PSA to
implement CBMS
POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 ✓ ✓ This form allows you to leave a
– Appointment Slip to the message and set a schedule for
Household/ILQ the call back/interview with the
household and ILQ. The date and
time of the next visit as well as
contact numbers will have to be
provided to the respondent using
this form.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 ✓ ✓ This form records your daily

– Daily Accomplishment accomplishments, monitors your
Report of the Enumerator progress in your assigned
enumeration area, and is to be
submitted to your TS during their
weekly meetings.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 23 ✓ ✓ This form serves as

– Certification of Punong documentation that the barangay
Barangay was fully covered, and the
enumerator performed the field
enumeration in the area.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 24 ✓ ✓ This form serves as proof that you

– Certificate of Work have satisfactorily completed the
Completed work assigned to you. It is also
used as a supporting document for
the payment of your wages/
honorarium and other financial
claims. This is also used to certify
that you have been cleared of all
your duties, responsibilities, and
accountabilities in the census/
office.

3.3. POPCEN-CBMS Materials

1. EA/Block Map
2. Tablet, power bank, tablet charger, and protective case
3. Printed POPCEN-CBMS Forms
a. POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 – Listing Record
b. POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 – Household Profile Questionnaire
c. CBMS Form 3 – Waiver/Consent Form
d. POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 – Self-Administered Questionnaire for
Household
e. POPCEN Form 11 – Self-Administered Questionnaire for Institutional
Population

25
 f. POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 – Notice of Listing/Enumeration
g. POPCEN-CBMS Form 13 – Transmittal/Receipt Form
h. POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 – Appointment Slip to the Household/ILQ
i. POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 – Daily Accomplishment Report of the
Enumerator

4. Letter from LGU or LGU Executive Order endorsing the POPCEN-CBMS Activity
(if available)
5. Electronic files
a. List of common occupations and industries in the province
b. List of common indigenous peoples (IPs) and non-IP groups/ethnicity of
persons in the area
c. List of religious affiliations
d. List of rare diseases
e. Barangay, and EA/block maps of the corresponding area/s of assignment
f. Forms and manuals (in PDF)
g. CAPI Applications needed for mapping/data collection/listing of
households, ILQs, housing units, and buildings
▪ PSA POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application
▪ PSA E-Classification CAPI Application
▪ QField v1.10.0
▪ QField reader v2.0 (as of 27 February 2024)
▪ CSEntry v7.7.2
▪ CBMS Resources
6. Identification (ID) Card
7. CSC Form No. 48 – Daily Time Record
8. Itinerary of Travel
9. EN’s kit/bag contains the following supplies: t-shirt, umbrella, pencil, sharpener, eraser,
and permanent marker.

REMINDER:
You MUST return ALL the POPCEN-CBMS materials (such as EA/block maps, your ID
card, EN Manual, tablet and its accessories, stickers, and/or all unused
questionnaires/forms) to the PSA upon the completion of the work assigned to you.

3.4. Google Authenticator and OpenVPN Installation

The use of Google Authenticator and OpenVPN is a continuous effort to enhance the layers of
security in the PSA. It aims to ease the problem of end-users configuring VPN accounts for specific
gateways for their accounts. Below are the steps on how to install Google Authenticator on your mobile
phone and OpenVPN on your personal computer (e.g., desktop, laptop) and Android tablet.

The Google Authenticator for your mobile device requires an operating system (OS) of Android 4.4
and up for Android devices, or iOS 14.0 for iPhone. Meanwhile, OpenVPN requires an OS of Windows
7, 8, 10, or 11, with 4GB RAM and 5-10 Mbps.

3.4.1. Google Authenticator Installation and Setup (Mobile Device)

1. Go to Google Play Store or Apple App Store , then download Google

Authenticator.

26
 For Android: https://bit.ly/Google-Authn
FOR IOS: https://bit.ly/Google-Authn2

2. Once installed, open the Google Authenticator app, and start setting up your
code.

3. Click the + button on the lower right corner of the screen.

4. From the two choices, select “Enter a setup key”.

Input the given username and setup key and then
click Add.

5. After successful setup, you may now receive

time-based 6-digit code in the Google Authenticator app.

27
3.4.2. Installation of OpenVPN (Desktop, Laptop)

1. Download the OpenVPN installer in the Google Drive link provided below:
https://bit.ly/OpenVPN-Installer

2. After Google Drive scanning the file, a pop-up dialog message box will appear
after clicking Download. Then, click Download anyway to begin.

3. Browser will try to block the application file you downloaded because it is
categorized as “Unknown Apps”. Ignore it and hover your mouse in the three
dots on right side to view more actions.

4. After clicking more options, select Keep from the

list.

5. A dialog box will ask if you still want to Keep or

Delete the application. Click Keep Anyway to save
it to your download folder.

28
6. Click Open file to begin the installation or you can click the folder icon to show
the location of the installer.

7. In some cases, if Windows Smart Screen is enabled, Smart Screen will appear
and try to prevent the installation process. Click More Info to view the options,
then click Run anyway to start.

8. After initializing the application, Windows will ask you if you want to allow the
application to install. Select Yes to continue.

29
9. After clicking Yes, you will now be able to access the Setup menu. Click Install
Now.

10. Close the installation.

11. Windows User Account Control (UAC) will ask you again, click Yes to proceed.

30
12. After clicking Yes, OpenVPN Configuration Setup will appear. Click Install to
begin.

13. Once the installation process is complete, close the installation window.

31
14. A dialog box might appear just click OK.

15. Go to the system tray icon to check the OpenVPN GUI icon.

16. Right-click the OpenVPN GUI icon and select Connect on the list.

32
17. After clicking Connect, a window will appear on your screen. Input your
Username and Password (4-digit pin + Google Authenticator 6-digit code).
Then, click OK.

Example: 1234777999

18. A Windows notification will notify you that you are successfully connected.

33
3.4.3. OpenVPN Setup and Configuration on Android Tablets

1. Click the OpenVPN Connect app on your tablet.

2. Click Allow.

34
3. Click Agree to proceed.

4. Click the Upload File tab on the right side of the URL tab.

35
5. Click the Browse button to import the .OVPN file.

6. Go to the Downloads folder and select the “pfSense-UDP4-1194.ovpn” file to

import the configuration.

36
7. A dialog box will appear. Click OK to continue.

8. Enter your given username and then click Connect.

37
9. Enter your VPN password (assigned 4-digit pin + Google Authenticator 6-digit
code).

Example: 1234777999

10. Wait until the status changed to “Connected”. Once connected, you will be able
to view more information about your VPN connection indicating that you have
successfully connected.

38
3.5. CBMS Resources

The CBMS Resources (CBMSr) is the centralized information resources for the PSA-led 2024
POPCEN-CBMS implementation. It mainly contains manuals, references, and training exercises.

The CBMSr is a progressive web application (PWA) which can be installed in a device. It can be
accessed both online and offline. Moreover, it is compatible with any operating system, and has a
mobile-responsive design.

3.4.1. Accessing the CBMSr

The CBMSr can be accessed through the following:

1. Web browser via URL: cbmsr.psa.gov.ph

2. 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Management Information System website
3. 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application
4. RCBMS Application

Note that CBMSr must be accessed first using a VPN and internet connection.

3.4.2. Contents and Features of the CBMS Resources Application

The CBMS Resources (CBMSr) is the centralized information resources for the PSA-led 2024
POPCEN-CBMS implementation. The following are list of contents of the application:

1. Manuals
• Enumerator’s Manual
• Supervisor’s Manual
• Data Processing Manual

39
 • Field Operations Manual (limited access for PSA only)
2. System User Guides
• Management Information System (MIS)
• POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application
• Data Processing System
• RCBMS
3. Frequenty Asked Questions (FAQs)
4. References
• Codebook
• RCBMS Validation
• CAPI Validation
• Translations
• Age Calculator
• Advisories
• Announcements
5. Training Exercises

New information resources may be added to the abovementioned list as the need arises.
Thus, it is advised that you check the application once in a while.

3.6. Navigation Through the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application

To navigate the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, do the following steps:

1. To log in to the CAPI Application, type your username then click the Login button.

2. If your login is successful, you will be directed to the Dashboard.

40
3. Click the Hamburger icon at the upper left corner of your screen to go to the Menu.

41
Under the Menu, the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application have various features you
may choose from depending on what activity you will do.

a. Main Forms – This includes the Form 1, Form 2, and Form 11.
b. Reports – This generates the Form 15 and Error List, a batch data
validation of the EA assigned to you.
c. Data Management – This feature allows you to download and upload the
data.
d. Resources – This feature allows you to view announcements, CBMS
materials, and showcards. It also leads you to the CBMS Resources, and
allows you to contact PSA.
e. Utilities – This allows you to back up the data you have already collected
and to update CAPI application’s system during the enumeration. You can
also log out from your account under this feature.

42
4. To interview using the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2, click the Form 2 button in the Main Forms.
5. Then, the QField will automatically launch. Proceed to geotagging. Refer to Chapters 5
and 6 of this manual for the detailed instructions on geotagging.

6. After geotagging, the GeoID will appear. Check if the data from the QField are correct.
Then, proceed to the interview. Refer to Chapter 8 of this manual for the detailed
instructions in conducting an interview.

7. After completing the interview, the Data Consistency Check will run so you can address
any inconsistencies in the data you gathered.

43
8. Click the Form 1 button in the Main Forms to view and to check your previous case.

You can see all your interviews and special cases in the Form 1. These cases are grouped
if they are ongoing, completed, uploaded, or still for updating.

a. Ongoing – the cases here are either for callback or partially saved.
b. Completed – the cases here are already completed.
c. Uploaded – the cases here are already uploaded.
d. For Updating – you can check here the cases your TS tagged as for return and
for your appropriate action.

There are also additional utility features under Form 1. These are:

44
 a. Download Error List – Click this feature to download the cases your TS tagged
as for return. You will see them in the For Updating tab.
b. Upload Form 1 – to upload your Form 1 data files.
c. Batch Upload (Form 2) – to batch upload your Forms 2 ONLY (per EA)
d. Batch Upload (ILQ) – to batch upload your Forms 11 ONLY (per EA)
e. Close – to close the Form 1 feature

9. To administer the POPCEN-CBMS Form 11 for institutional population, click the Form 11
button in the Main Forms.
10. Then, the QField will automatically launch. Proceed to geotagging. Refer to Chapter 12 of
this manual for the detailed instructions on administering Form 11.

11. After geotagging, the GeoID will appear. Check if the data from the QField are correct.
Then, proceed to the interview. Refer to Chapter 12 of this manual for the detailed
instructions in administering Form 11.

45
 12. Click the Form 15 button under the Reports to generate your accomplishment report.

3.7. Process Flow

Illustration 3.1 presents the step-by-step procedures from pre-enumeration, enumeration, and post-
enumeration procedures.

Pre-Enumeration

46
1. Check all materials provided if these are complete and in good working condition
2. Record important contact details (PSO focal person/HCAS, CAS and TS).
3. Record (and memorize) enumeration area code, barangay code, city/municipal code,
province/HUC code, region code in the printed forms.
4. Meet with supervisor to get instructions and additional information on assigned
workload/area.
5. Conduct a courtesy call in the barangay.

Enumeration (PCAPI)

1. Conduct an ocular inspection of the barangay/EA. Plan for an efficient route.

2. Carry out a door-to-door visit in the entire barangay/EA to look for buildings that shall be
covered. Check the boundaries in the map provided.
3. Open the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application * in the tablet. Select Form 2 (for housing unit/
household/ vacant building) or select Form 11 (for ILQ).
4. Geotag the building/housing unit, household, and ILQ using the QField application. Record
housing characteristics. For HUCs, record details about the location of the household (i.e.,
11 questions).
5. Introduce yourself to the respondent. Explain the purpose of POPCEN-CBMS. Note that
there are two parts of the interview.
6. Ask the respondent if he or she is available for interview. Record his or her response.
7. For Form 2, select the appropriate Type of Housing Unit and Household (for housing units
only).

Type of Housing Unit Type of Household

Regular (Incremental HUSN) Regular (Incremental HSN)
77777 - NUR
88888 - Excluded
88889 - Vacation/ Rest House
99999 – Vacant
55555 – Evacuation/ Relocation Regular (Incremental HSN)
60000 series – Homeless Regular

8. Type of Housing Unit (Regular) and Type of Household (Regular - incremental HSN, NUR
- 77777, Excluded - 88888, Vacation/Rest House - 88889, Vacant - 99999)
9. Type of Housing Unit (Evacuation/Relocation - 55555) and Type of Household (Regular -
Incremental HSN)
10. Type of housing Unit (Homeless - 60000-series) and Type of Household (Regular -
Incremental HSN)
11. Confirm if GeoID is correct. Select the mode of data collection, i.e., CAPI or SAQ. Then,
proceed with the interview if CAPI.
12. Ask the respondent’s name and other details for contact purposes.
13. Fill in the fields for the initial Household Summary: number of males, females, and number
of household members
14. Ask the respondent if the household members were already given their PhilID cards. Ask
consent for these to be scanned using the application.
15. Scan only the PhilID cards whose owners provided consent at the time of visit. Otherwise,
choose the appropriate category.
16. Proceed with the conduct of interview (Section A). Probe if necessary.
17. Thank the respondent for answering your questions in Section A. Implement the three
questions to request for consent to be interviewed in Sections B onwards. Probe if
necessary.

47
18. Proceed with the interview from Sections B to P, if the respondent agrees to be interviewed.
19. Thank the respondent for answering your questions from Sections B to OP. Explain the
purpose of CBMS Form 3.
20. Administer CBMS Form 3. Give time for the respondent to read the form. If the respondent
agrees to sign the form, let him/her sign over his/her printed name on the tablet.
21. Record the Result of Visit. Write Remarks if necessary. Check Summary of Visit. Accept
the case.
22. Thank the respondent for answering the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (and signing the
POPCEN-CBMS Form 3).
23. The Data Consistency Check will run. The Data Consistency Check Report will appear.
Skim through and address key findings if any.
24. Fill out the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 or sticker.
25. In the printed POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, record the household and its key information.
26. Set aside a few hours a day to review the interviews done and address remaining data
inconsistencies found.
27. Submit data at least once a week. Secure a back-up by pressing the Backup button in the
application at least once every two weeks.
28. Address all instructions and suggestions for review/edit provided by the Team Supervisor
from MIS and CAS/HCAS/Clerk via RCBMS.
29. Record hours of work in DTR. Check daily accomplishments. Strategize with TS on how to
cover areas that cannot be easily penetrated.
30. Request the Punong Barangay to sign the certification for complete enumeration in the
barangay (POPCEN-CBMS Form 23).

After covering all households and buildings

1. Review all work completed. Submit all outputs to TS for a detailed check on the POPCEN-
CBMS Forms 1, 2, 3, 15, and remaining inconsistencies and/or justifications/notes provided.
2. Submit or return all materials and gadgets to the TS.
a. All accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Forms
b. All unused questionnaires, forms, and other materials
c. Certification of Punong Barangay
d. Certificate of Work Completed
e. Barangay/EA/Block Maps
f. POPCEN-CBMS Identification Card
g. Tablet, power bank, and other accessories
3. Fill out and submit to PSA administrative forms for final claim of wages and transportation
expense.
a. Daily Time Record
b. Certificate of Work Completed
c. Clearance
d. Certification of Punong Barangay
e. Itinerary of Travel

48
 After completing the training, there are several activities to be undertaken by the enumerator for
household data collection prior to enumeration, during enumeration and after enumeration.

Reference chapter/
Activity
section in the manual
Prior to Enumeration
1. Check all materials provided if these are complete and in good Section 3.2
working condition.

Memorize and keep in a secure place your login credentials. Sections 3.1, 3.7 to 3.9,
Get used to the features of the application and the Sections 5.6 and 5.7,
questionnaires/forms Chapters 7, 8 and 15.2
2. Record important contact details (PSO focal person/HCAS, Section 3.4
CAS and TS).

49
 Reference chapter/
Activity
section in the manual
a. These details should include office address,
telephone number and email address.
b. Record as well the location of the headquarters.
c. It is also useful to keep a record of the emergency
LGU contact details as well as evacuation area in the
city/municipality/barangay/area of assignment.

Record (and memorize) enumeration area code, barangay code, Section 5.6
city/municipal code, province/HUC code, region code in the
printed forms.
Memorize (and rehearse) introduction to respondent and Section 3.6
enumeration scenarios.
Meet with supervisor to get instructions and additional information Sections 2.5 and 2.6
on assigned workload/area.
Conduct a courtesy call in the barangay. Section 3.5
During Enumeration (CAPI)
Conduct an ocular inspection of the barangay/EA. Plan for an Chapter 5
efficient route.
Carry out a door-to-door visit in the entire barangay/EA to look
for buildings that shall be covered. Check the boundaries in the
map provided.
Open the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application * in the tablet.
Select Form 2 (for housing unit/ household/ vacant building) or
select Form 11 (for ILQ).
Geotag the building/housing unit, household, and ILQ using the
QField application. Record housing characteristics. For HUCs,
record details about the location of the household (i.e., 11
questions).
Introduce yourself to the respondent. Explain the purpose of Section 3.6.2
POPCEN-CBMS. Note that there are two parts of the interview.
Ask the respondent if he or she is available for interview.
Record his or her response.
For Form 2, select the appropriate Type of Housing Unit and Sections 5.6.2 to 5.7., and
Household (for housing units only). 7.1
Confirm if GeoID is correct. Select the mode of data collection,
i.e., CAPI or SAQ. Then, proceed with the interview if CAPI.
Ask the respondent’s name and other details for contact Sections 7.1 and 8.1
purposes.
Fill in the fields for the initial Household Summary: number of
males, females, and number of household members
Ask the respondent if the household members were already
given their PhilID cards. Ask consent for these to be scanned
using the application.
Scan only the PhilID cards whose owners provided consent at
the time of visit. Otherwise, choose the appropriate category.
Proceed with the conduct of interview (Section A). Probe if Sections 7.1 and 8.10.2
necessary.
Thank the respondent for answering your questions in Section Sections 7.1 and 8.10.3
A. Implement the three questions to request for consent to be
interviewed in Sections B onwards. Probe if necessary.
Proceed with the interview from Sections B to O, if the Sections 7.1 and 8.10
respondent agrees to be interviewed.

50
 Reference chapter/
Activity
section in the manual
Thank the respondent for answering your questions from Sections 7.1 and Chapter 9
Sections B to O. Explain the purpose of CBMS Form 3.
Administer CBMS Form 3. Give time for the respondent to read
the form. If the respondent agrees to sign the form, let him/her
sign over his/her printed name on the tablet.
Record the Result of Visit. Write Remarks if necessary. Sections 7.1 and 8.9
Check Summary of Visit. Accept the case.
Thank the respondent for answering the POPCEN-CBMS Sections 7.1 and Chapter 9
Form 2 (and signing the POPCEN-CBMS Form 3).
The Data Consistency Check will run. The Data Section 7.1
Consistency Check Report will appear. Skim through and
address key findings if any.
Fill out the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 or sticker. Section 9.6 and Chapter 13
In the printed POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, record the household Chapter 10
and its key information.
Set aside a few hours a day to review the interviews done and Section 9.7 and Chapter 11
address remaining data inconsistencies found.
Submit data at least once a week. Secure a back-up by
pressing the Backup button in the application at least once
every two weeks.
Address all instructions and suggestions for review/edit
provided by the Team Supervisor from MIS and
CAS/HCAS/Clerk via RCBMS.
Record hours of work in DTR. Check daily accomplishments. Chapter 16
Strategize with TS on how to cover areas that cannot be easily
penetrated.
Request the Punong Barangay to sign the certification for
complete enumeration in the barangay (POPCEN-CBMS Form
23).
After covering all households and buildings in your area of assignment
Review all work completed. Submit all outputs to TS for a Chapter 16
detailed check on the POPCEN-CBMS Forms 1, 2, 3, 10, 11,
and 15, and remaining inconsistencies and/or
justifications/notes provided.
1. Submit or return all materials and gadgets to the TS.
• All accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Forms
• All unused questionnaires, forms, and other
materials
• Copy of Certification of Punong Barangay
• Copy of Certificate of Work Completed
• Barangay/EA/Block Maps
• POPCEN-CBMS Identification Card
Tablet, power bank, and other accessories
2. Fill out and submit to PSA administrative forms for final claim
of wages and transportation expense.
• Daily time record
• Copy of Certificate of Work Completed
• Clearance
• Copy of Certification of Punong Barangay
• Itinerary of travel
Accomplishment Report

51
 Meanwhile, for PAPI and SAQ implementation, kindly refer to Sections 8.12 and 8.13 of this
manual, respectively.

Pre-Enumeration

6. Check all materials provided if these are complete and in good working condition
7. Record important contact details (PSO focal person/HCAS, CAS and TS).
8. Record (and memorize) enumeration area code, barangay code, city/municipal code,
province/HUC code, region code in the printed forms.
9. Meet with supervisor to get instructions and additional information on assigned workload/area.
10. Conduct a courtesy call in the barangay.

Enumeration (PCAPI)

4. Conduct an ocular inspection of the barangay/EA. Plan for an efficient route.

5. Carry out a door-to-door visit in the entire barangay/EA to look for buildings that shall be
covered. Check the boundaries in the map provided.
6. Open the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application * in the tablet. Select Form 2 (for housing unit/
household/ vacant building) or select Form 11 (for ILQ).
7. Geotag the building/housing unit, household, and ILQ using the QField application. Record
housing characteristics. For HUCs, record details about the location of the household (i.e., 11
questions).
8. Introduce yourself to the respondent. Explain the purpose of POPCEN-CBMS. Note that
there are two parts of the interview.
9. Ask the respondent if he or she is available for interview. Record his or her response.
10. For Form 2, select the appropriate Type of Housing Unit and Household (for housing units
only).

52
 ILLUSTRATION 3.1
Flow for Data Collection

53
3.8. General Enumeration Procedures

Prior to the actual enumeration, you shall familiarize yourself with the barangay/EA assigned to you.
The barangay officials, particularly the Punong Barangay, can give you the best information on the
barangay boundaries, prominent features and landmarks, congested areas, hard-to-reach households,
areas with peace and order problems, and relocation/evacuation areas, if any.

Together with your TS, you shall pay a courtesy call to the Punong Barangay and/or other barangay
officials and introduce yourselves to them as the EN/supervisor assigned in their barangay. Ask them
for assistance in conducting an ocular inspection of the boundaries of the barangay and in planning for
the best route and strategy in conducting the enumeration in the barangay/EA.

You are required to perform the following major field enumeration activities for the 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS:

1. Ocular inspection of the barangay/EA – you will conduct an ocular inspection of the
barangay/EA to familiarize yourself with its physical features and boundaries and to note
which buildings are occupied or vacant and which are qualified for listing. This will be
discussed in detail in Chapter 5.

2. Canvassing – you will carry out a door-to-door visit in the entire barangay/EA to look for
buildings that shall be listed/covered. Canvassing will help ensure complete coverage of
the area. This will be discussed in detail in Chapter 5.

3. Mapping/Geotagging – you will ensure that the boundaries are correct in the
barangay/EA/block maps and that all buildings that should be listed have corresponding
building point and BSN on the map. You will also geotag all buildings/housing units,
households, and ILQs using the QField application. This will be discussed in detail in
Chapter 5.

4. Interviewing – Generally, you will conduct an interview using POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for
all households in the barangay. You will also administer CBMS Form 3 to all households
to seek their consent to share their information to NGAs.

If some households opt to answer through the SAQ, you are responsible to distribute and
to collect the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 from these households.

For ILQs, you are also responsible to distribute the POPCEN Form 11 in the ILQs. 2

5. Posting of Notice of Listing/Enumeration – you will post the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12

on a conspicuous part of the building or housing unit after an interview.

6. Listing – you will record/account all geotagged buildings/housing units, households, and
ILQs in the EA using the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

After you finish all the enumeration in your area of assignment and submit and address the
comments and issues raised by your supervisors regarding the data, you will need to accomplish
administrative tasks to conclude your engagement for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.

2 The TS will be responsible in collecting POPCEN Form 11 from the ILQs.

54
 ILLUSTRATION 7.1
General Enumeration Flow for 2024 POPCEN-CBMS

55
3.9. How to Enumerate

3.9.1. Whom to Interview

The respondent shall be any responsible member of the household who can provide
accurate answers to the questions and give correct information about all the household
members. The head of the household or his/her spouse is often the most qualified respondent.
Household helpers or boarders usually cannot give accurate information about the household
and its members.

3.9.2. How to Conduct an Interview

Obtaining accurate and complete information is the prime objective of every data gathering
activity. As an EN, you can attain this by being polite yet authoritative to win the trust and
confidence of the respondent. Different people will react to you in different manners. Hence,
you must always maintain composure and remain cordial and polite when dealing with your
respondents. Always smile.

The good impression that you will project upon the respondent will contribute to the
success of your interview. As such, make a good impression by dressing appropriately and
neatly. Some people may not open the door for someone who appears messy or untidy.

After collecting the geographic coordinates of the household and selected housing
characteristics, proceed to interviewing the household. The following are some interviewing
techniques that you should apply:

1. Introduce yourself and the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. Your introduction is very

important. As an example of an introduction, you may say the following:

Good morning/afternoon/evening. I am (STATE YOUR NAME), an enumerator of the Philippine

Statistics Authority. Here is my identification card. We are currently conducting the 2024 Census of
Population and Community-Based Monitoring System or POPCEN-CBMS in your barangay. I would
appreciate very much your cooperation in answering the questions that I am going to ask for this
activity.

Magandang umaga/tanghali/gabi. Ako si (SABIHIN ANG PANGALAN), isang enumerator ng

Philippine Statistics Authority. Narito ang aking ID. Isinasagawa ngayon ang 2024 Census of
Population and Community-Based Monitoring System o POPCEN-CBMS sa inyong barangay. Labis
kong ikalulugod ang inyong kooperasyon sa pagsagot sa aking mga katanungan para sa gawaing
ito.

2. Assure the respondent that the information that he/she will give will be
treated with utmost confidentiality.

All the personal information collected will remain strictly confidential and will not be used for the
purpose of investigations in relation to any criminal, administrative or tax liabilities of a data subject,
pursuant to the CBMS Act and the Data Privacy Act of 2012.

Lahat ng personal na impormasyon na makokolekta dito ay mananatiling kumpidensyal at hindi

maaaring gamitin para imbestigasyon ukol sa kahit na anong criminal, administratibo, o
pananagutan sa buwis alinsunod sa CBMS Act at Data Privacy Act of 2012.

56
 3. Explain the importance and objectives of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. It is
necessary to explain the objectives of the census to gain the cooperation of the
respondent. Explain to him/her the objectives and the uses/importance of the 2024
POPCEN-CBMS as discussed in Chapter 1 of this manual. Be prepared to give
honest answers to all types of questions. An example of how you will explain the
objectives is:

The objective of the POPCEN is to update the population count in all barangays nationwide.
Meanwhile, the CBMS gathers data that will serve as bases in policies and plans for the
government’s social protection programs, among others.

There are two parts in this interview. One for the POPCEN, and one for the CBMS. It is mandatory
for all households in the country to respond to POPCEN.

Layunin ng POPCEN ang pag-update ng bilang ng populasyon sa lahat ng barangay sa buong

bansa. Samantala, nangangalap ang CBMS ng impormasyon na magiging basehan sa mga polisiya
at plano ng ating gobyerno para sa mga programa sa proteksyong panlipunan at iba pa.

May dalawang bahagi ang interbyu. Una ay sa POPCEN, at susunod po dito ang CBMS. Mandatory
po ang lahat ng sambahayan na sumagot sa POPCEN.

4. Ask all the questions in Section A: Core Demographic Characteristics. Ask

the question even if you think you already know the answer to it. What you think
may not be the answer of the respondent.

5. Whenever you are listing down names of household members, make sure to
carefully encode the text or write legibly, if using PAPI. Whenever possible,
show the tablet or the questionnaire page where you list the names of household
members. Clarify if any response is unclear. In PAPI, make sure to follow the
standards in writing text and data.

It is important to encode correctly spelled names and details as CBMS information

will be used by the NGAs with social protection programs as well as LGUs in
identifying target beneficiaries of social protection programs. CBMS may also be
used to update registries. Thus, correctly entered names and other information is
necessary.

6. Reiterate the importance of the 2024 CBMS. It is necessary to explain the

objectives of the CBMS data collection to gain the cooperation of the respondent.
Explain to him/her the objectives of the CBMS as discussed in Chapter 1 of this
manual. Inform the respondent that he/she shall be prepared to give honest
answers to all types of questions. An example of how you will explain the objectives
is:

In the next questions, I will ask you about education, employment, health, disaster preparedness,
internet access, public safety, social protection programs, water, sanitation, and shelter.
The information gathered from this activity will help policymakers and officials in your
city/municipality and various national government agencies to create programs and projects for the
betterment of the community such as selecting possible beneficiaries of the government’s social
protection programs. The CBMS is being conducted by the PSA and the local government unit.

57
 Sa mga susunod na section ng ating questionnaire, itatanong po naman namin sa inyo ang mga
characteristics po ng mga miyembro ng sambahayan particular dito ang sa edukasyon, kalusugan,
kahandaan sa kalamidad, kaayusan sa inyong lugar, mga programa sa social protection na inyong
natanggap, access sa tubig, palikuran, at tirahan. Ang mga impormasyong makakalap ay
makatutulong para sa inyong lungsod/munisipalidad at sa national government agencies sa
paggawa ng mga polisiya at maabot ang mga nangangailangan. Kaisa ng PSA ang inyong local
government unit sa pagpapatupad ng CBMS.

7. Seek consent for the CBMS interview. To request for the respondent’s consent
to be interviewed for the 2024 CBMS, you need to ask the following questions.

a. Do you agree to participate in the CBMS interview?

b. IF THERE ARE HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS AGED 18 YEARS OLD AND

OVER OTHER THAN THE RESPONDENT, ask the following: As the
Household Head or Representative of those 18 years and above residing
in your household, do you agree to share their information with CBMS? 3

c. Do you agree to share your information to the national government

agencies with social protection programs?

If the respondent agrees to the first two questions, i.e., the respondent agrees to
participate in the CBMS interview AND share their information to the CBMS, you
may proceed to ask Sections B to P. Otherwise, ask O01 to O04 to households
that refused.

Detailed discussion on how to administer these questions is in Chapter 7 of this

manual.

8. Ask all the questions (Sections B to P) listed in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

Ask the question even if you think you already know the answer to it. What you
think may not be the answer of the respondent.

Moreover, ask the questions word per word as was written in the questionnaire.
Remember that your role as EN is to record the answer provided by the
respondent. Translations are also provided in some local languages in case the
need for it arises. These translations may be built-in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application or copies of which will be provided by the PSA provincial offices if
available.

9. Do not settle for an unsatisfactory answer. The concepts and definitions that
will be used in this data collection will be explained to you so that you may assess
the response provided by the respondent. Occasionally, a respondent’s answer
may be confusing or unclear. In this case, do not settle for an unsatisfactory
answer. Probe for more information by asking follow-up questions or clarifications.

3In cases when the respondent cannot ask all adult household members at the time of visit, the
enumerator can tell him/her that the adult household members not present at the time of interview can
contact the PSA after the interview at [email protected] or the nearest PSA office if they have
queries.
58
 A probing question is a follow-up question to obtain the desired information.
The probing questions shall be neutral and must not lead the respondent to answer
in a predictable manner.

The following are some helpful tips in asking probing questions:

▪ Repeating the question. Asking the same question several times often
helps the respondent in providing accurate information, which he/she
needs to recall from memory.

▪ Asking for more information. Asking the respondent to elaborate or

explain more clearly his/her answers.

▪ Asking for an estimate, if appropriate. If the respondent cannot recall,

for example, the age of his/her sister, try to ask for an estimate. Help
him/her calculate the required information.

▪ Giving the respondent enough time to think. Do not hurry the

respondent. Give him/her sufficient time to think of the answers.

10. Seek consent by signing the CBMS Form 3. Request for the respondent’s
consent to authorize their city/municipality LGU and PSA to disclose their identities
and other relevant information about their household to the government agencies
which provide social protection programs for them.

Detailed discussion on how to administer the CBMS Form 3 is in Chapter 8 of this

manual.

11. Thank the respondent for his/her cooperation. Always try to leave the
respondent with a good feeling towards the POPCEN-CBMS. After each interview,
express your thanks and appreciation for the respondent’s cooperation.

3.9.3. How to Ask Questions

The POPCEN-CBMS questionnaires/forms are designed in such a way that you, as an EN,
will be able to ask the questions with ease. The questions to be asked are placed before the
response categories or line, while the instructions for you are printed in CAPITAL LETTERS.
In asking the questions, you shall observe the following rules:

1. Ask all the questions exactly as they are worded in the questionnaire. Changing
the wording of a question may change its meaning and, thereby, elicit a different
answer.

2. The questions may be available in other dialects/languages based on your area of

assignment. The questionnaire is printed in English. Assess if the respondent will
be comfortable with or will be able to understand the English language. Otherwise,
use the appropriate language that your respondent will be comfortable in
answering your questions. If there is no translation or language available, you can
translate the questions into the local language, which both of you can understand.
Make sure, however, that the context or meaning of the questions is not changed.
Furthermore, you may seek advice from your supervisor on this case.

59
 3. Ask all the questions in the order that they are shown in the questionnaire. Details
of the skipping of each question will be provided in Chapter 9 of this manual. Follow
strictly the “skipping” instructions to avoid asking questions, which are
unnecessary or not applicable for the household or a particular household
member. Some instructions on the restrictions (e.g., for certain members of the
household only) are indicated as well.

4. Never ask a leading question. A leading question is the one that suggests the
answer desired by the enumerator. By asking a leading question, the respondent’s
mind is set into believing that the answer suggested by the EN is the right one.

Example of a leading question: “Are you the head of this household?”

The right question shall be: “Who is the head of this household?”

5. Ask probing questions, whenever necessary to obtain the desired information.

6. Do NOT interrupt the respondent while he/she is answering a question.

7. Finish recording an answer first before asking the next question.

3.9.4. How to Record Answers

Observe the following rules in recording answers on the POPCEN-CBMS digital HPQ using
the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application:

1. Fill out the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application during the actual interview. Do NOT
write the answers on a separate sheet of paper with the intention of transcribing
the answers to the questionnaire at some other time.

2. Complete all required information before moving on to the next question/section;

otherwise, a prompt stating “<Item> is required” / “Out of range! Please enter a
valid value.” Will be displayed. After answering the required sections, that will be
the time you can proceed with the next applicable questions.

3. If there are corrections for write-in entries, delete and change the response to
reflect the new/revised answer.

4. DO NOT press the Back button several times. Doing such an act will likely result
in data loss. Instead, let the application load after pressing the appropriate button
once.

5. Correctly enter the answers in the space provided for write-in entries (i.e., name,
“specify”). Do NOT leave this blank.

6. Note that there are data items that require codes to be entered such as the highest
grade/year completed, kind of industry, and occupation, among others. Use the
preloaded reference list, e.g., Philippine Standard Classification of Education
(PSCED), Philippine Standard Industrial Classification (PSIC), and Philippine
Standard Occupational Classification (PSOC), as basis. As an alternative
reference, the codes in the POPCEN-CBMS Codebook uploaded in the PSA
POPCEN-CBMS Resources to be made available online
(https://cbmsr.psa.gov.ph) can also be used.

60
 Observe the following rules in recording answers on the questionnaires in PAPI:

1. Fill out the questionnaire during the actual interview. Do NOT write the answers on
a separate sheet of paper with the intention of transcribing the answers to the
questionnaire at some other time.

2. Complete all required information to maintain data accuracy and consistency.

3. Use a pencil when filling out the questionnaires. Never use a pen, ballpen, or
marker.

4. Use an eraser in case you need to correct an entry. Make sure that the entry to be
corrected is properly erased.

5. Write neatly and legibly in print. Use capital letters for write-in entries.

6. Boxes are also found all throughout the questionnaire. Each box requires an
alphanumeric response. Each box corresponds to only one alphanumeric
character.

7. Some questions require answers to be specified. A line is provided for this

purpose. Make sure that the answers are all legibly written, in capital letters, on
the line provided.

8. Do NOT make unnecessary marks or comments on the form. If an answer needs

further explanation or clarification, write it down in the Remarks portion of the
POPCEN-CBMS Forms 1 or 2. Do NOT forget to indicate the section and item
number being referred to.

9. If the household member listed is found to be not a member of the household and
should be excluded from the list, line out that particular row or line number.
Renumber the line number following the last member listed.

3.10. Types of Questions

There are two types of questions in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS: questions that have precoded
responses; and questions that do not have precoded responses, i.e., those that are “open-ended”.

1. Questions with precoded responses. For some questions, the types of answers a
respondent will give can be predicted. The responses to these questions are listed in the
questionnaire. To record a respondent’s answer, you write the number (or code) that
corresponds to the reply in the box provided.
Example:

In some cases, precoded responses will include ‘OTHER’. The OTHER code should be
selected only when the respondent’s answer is not included in any of the precoded
responses listed for the question. Before using the OTHER code, you should make sure

61
 the answer does not fit in any of the specified categories. When you select the OTHER
code for a particular question you must always write the respondent’s answer in the space
provided.

Example:

2. Questions with no precoded responses. The answers to some questions are not
precoded but require that you write the respondent’s answer in the space provided.

A. Recording numbers or dates in boxes. In some questions, you will record a

number or date in the boxes provided. Whenever boxes are present without codes
in front of them, you must enter information in all of the boxes.

Example: For a child born on 05 February 2023, you must record the day,
month, and year.

When a response has fewer digits than the number of boxes provided, you
should fill in leading zeroes. For example, a response of ‘5’ is recorded ‘05’
in two boxes, or if three boxes had been provided, you would record ‘005’.

B. Recording the answer exactly as given. There are questions where you must
write down the response in the respondent’s own words. Try to record those
answers exactly as they are given; if you need to shorten a lengthy description, be
careful to keep the meaning accurate.

Example:

3.11. Types of Responses in CAPI

A. Type-in entries
Some questions require type-in entries.
Enter the responses for these questions by
encoding in the appropriate boxes. An example
of which is A01 where the names of the
household members are to be encoded.

B. Radio button
Radio button responses allow the EN to choose only one answer by ticking, based
on the response provided. An example of which is A02 where the relationship of the
head of the household is to be selected.

62
C. Tick boxes
It allows the EN to select multiple answers
based on the response provided.

D. Date picker
It allows the EN to select the date by scrolling to
reflect the date provided by the respondent.

E. Combination of write-in entry and special responses

It allows the EN to encode the answer or choose special responses.

63
3.12. Types of Responses in PAPI

A. Underlined
Some questions require write-in entries. Indicate the responses (may be alpha or
numeric) for these questions by writing on the line provided.

B. Numeric-coded
Questions with number-coded responses imply
that the questions require a single response.
For this case, write the numeric code that
corresponds to the respondent’s reply. It also
includes codes from PSIC, PSOC and PSCED.

C. Letter-coded
Questions with letter-coded answers allow
multiple responses. Write all the letter codes that
correspond to the answers given by the respondent. Possible responses should NOT
be enumerated if they are printed in capital letters. In such case, wait for the
respondent to answer then write the corresponding code/s of their responses in the
box provided.

64
D. Date/Time
It allows respondents to indicate date (Month, Day,
and/or Year) and time (military/ 24-hour format).

E. Special responses
Refer to the tables below showing the appropriate
special response codes.

Special Response Codes

Special Response Codes
(for writing in printed
Responses (for encoding in CAPI application
questionnaires to facilitate writing
and in DPS)
in code boxes during interview)
Don’t Know 8 8
98998 98998
----9998 99999998
-------------------9998 9999999999999998
Prefer not to answer; 9 9
Refused to answer; -------------------9997 9999999999999997
or Not open to share

Not applicable BLANK (for items that should BLANK (for items that should not be
not be asked based on asked based on skipping pattern)
skipping pattern)
000 (for N05 – Length of time to
000 (for N05 – Length of time collect water)
to collect water)

i. DON’T KNOW Response

With some questions, the respondent may not know the answer. In
general, ‘DON'T KNOW’ answers are NOT encouraged and shall not be
offered to the respondent. If the respondent is having difficulty answering, you
should probe or clarify the question. However, if the respondent is still not able
to answer then tick the ‘DON'T KNOW’ option. In PAPI, ‘DON'T KNOW’ shall
be coded as ‘8’, ‘99’, ‘9999’, ‘99999997’, ‘99999998’, ‘9999999999999998’,
depending on the question or width of the field.

65
ii. PREFER NOT TO ANSWER, REFUSED TO ANSWER, or NOT OPEN TO
SHARE RESPONSE
Given the voluntary nature of provision of data to the CBMS, there are
data items which the respondent might find to be too personal to share.
After exhausting efforts to request their response to these data items, this
option can be selected.

iii. NOT APPLICABLE Response

Some questions may not be applicable or relevant for the respondent.
For example, if the respondent is not collecting water as seen in the illustration,
the interviewer shall write ‘000’ in the boxes.

66
F. Specify/Others, specify
The EN should indicate/specify in the space provided
the answer of the respondent. For specify fields on
occupation, industry, HGC and current grade, specific
answers are required to facilitate proper coding in
CAPI/DPS.

67
 Concepts and Definitions
4
This chapter presents and discusses the important concepts that will be used in the integrated
POPCEN-CBMS data collection. A clear understanding of the concepts is required for everyone
involved in the POPCEN-CBMS, particularly those tasked with data collection. Adherence to the
concepts ensures that the data to be collected is reliable.

Refer to this chapter as often as necessary for you to fully understand the concepts, terms used,
and data requirements for the POPCEN-CBMS.

4.1. Building

Definition of a Building

A building is defined as any structure built, designed, or intended for the enclosure, shelter, or
protection of any person, animal, or property. It consists of one or more rooms and/or other spaces,
covered by a roof, and usually enclosed within external walls or with common dividing walls with
adjacent buildings, which usually extend from the foundation to the roof.

Buildings to be Listed

Each building within the barangay/enumeration area (EA) will be visited, but not all buildings will
be included in the listing. For the purposes of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS data collection, only those
buildings that contain living quarters, whether occupied or vacant are to be listed.

Living quarters are structurally separate and independent places of abode. Considered as living
quarters are the following:

1. Those which have been constructed, built, converted, or arranged for human habitation,
provided that they are not at the time of the data collection used wholly for other purposes;
or

2. Those which have been constructed for purposes other than human habitation but being
used as living quarters at the time of the data collection.

More specifically, the buildings to be listed as living quarters are the following:

1. Residential building that is presently occupied by a household;

Residential building is a building, which has been designed or constructed, and is

intended for abode such as a single house, duplex house, apartment, condominium, or
other multi-unit residential building;

2. Vacant residential building, except that which is open to elements, that is, the roofs, walls,
windows, and/or doors no longer protect the interior of the building from wind and rain as
a result of fire, deterioration, or vandalism;

3. Vacant deteriorated residential building, which shows some signs that deterioration is being
prevented to some extent, such as when the windows and/or doors are covered with wood,
68
 metal, or other materials to keep them from being destroyed or to prevent entry into the
building, or when secondary posts are added to prevent the building from collapsing;

4. New residential building, which is still not occupied or still under construction, if at the time
of the visit, the roofs and walls are already in place;

5. Residential building, which is presently not occupied by a household but used for purposes
other than residential, provided that it still has one or more vacant housing units (VHU);

Example: An apartment building with three units, two of which are used as business offices
and the other one is vacant.

6. Institutional Living Quarters (ILQ) in operation such as a dormitory, residential care

facilities, seminary, mental hospital, and others;

7. Nonresidential building presently occupied by a household;

Nonresidential building is a building that has been designed or constructed for purposes
other than residential. This includes commercial, industrial, and agricultural buildings such as
an office, rice mill, and barn; and other nonresidential buildings such as a church, school,
and others;

8. Nonresidential building, which has one or more VHUs with complete facilities for cooking,
dining, and sleeping, with or without inner partitions; and

9. Other structures not intended for human habitation but are presently occupied by a
household, such as a cart (kariton), abandoned railroad car, dilapidated bus, culvert, trailer,
barge, boat, cemetery, and others.

4.2. Housing Unit

Definition of a Housing Unit

A housing unit is a structurally separate and independent place of abode which has been
constructed, converted, or arranged, and is intended for habitation by one, or more households.

Structures that are not intended for habitation, such as commercial, industrial, and agricultural
buildings, or natural and man-made shelters such as a boat, abandoned truck, culvert, and others, but
which are used as living quarters by households are also considered as housing units. In the same
manner, parts of structures of residential and nonresidential buildings that are used as living quarters
by households such as a garage, stock room, and others shall be considered as housing units if they
meet the requirements in the discussion below.

The place of abode of an institutional population is not called a housing unit; it is referred to as an
ILQ.

How to Identify Housing Units in a Building

Normally, a housing unit is intended for habitation by one household. However, in some cases, two
or more households may share the same building or the same housing unit as their place of habitation.
The building may have more than one housing unit but from its physical layout, the different housing
units may not be discernible.

69
 Discussed below are the guidelines on how to identify and count the housing units in a building.

A portion of a building (a room or a group of rooms) qualifies as a separate housing unit if it meets
both the following requirements:

1. Separateness – the portion of a building must have facilities for sleeping, preparing, and
taking meals, and its occupants must be isolated from the other households in the building
by means of walls or permanent partitions; and

2. Direct access – the portion of the building can be accessed directly from the outside of
the building, that is, the occupants can come into the portion of the building without passing
through anybody else’s premises from the street, pathway, alley, road, yard, catwalk, public
or communal staircase, passage, gallery, grounds or through a common hall.

If the portion of the building is vacant, the aforementioned guidelines will apply to the intended
occupants. Illustration 6.1 shows two examples of the direct access criterion.

ILLUSTRATION 4.1
EXAMPLES OF HOUSING UNITS WITH DIRECT ACCESS

70
 Discussions and illustrations of housing units are given for a better understanding of the guidelines
in identifying housing units in a building.

1. A single house has been modified, the structure of which is shown in the foregoing
illustration:

The modified structure has four

rooms, a common hallway,
a common toilet, and bath, and one
main entrance from the outside.
The individual rooms can be
accessed from a common hallway.
The occupants take their meals and
sleep in their respective rooms. This
building has four housing units.

2. A house has two rooms

The occupants of the rooms share

all the other areas in the house,
including the kitchen and dining
area. Since the occupants of the
rooms have no private area for
dining and have to pass through the
common premises to reach their
own room, this structure contains
only a single housing unit.

71
 3. A house has two storeys

The first floor of the house is subdivided into two units, each having a separate
entrance from the outside. The access to the second floor is the stairs in the living room
of one of the units on the first floor. This house has two housing units:

1. one is the unit on the ground floor covering only the shaded area, which
has a living room, bedroom, dining room, kitchen, and toilet and bath; and

2. the other one is the unit covering the rest of the ground floor and the entire
second floor. In this case, the second floor cannot be considered as a
separate housing unit even though it has its own facilities for sleeping and
preparing/taking meals, because its access is only through the premises
of the ground floor.

Housing Units to be Listed

The housing units identified in the barangay/EA will be listed. The following housing units to be
listed are:

1. Occupied housing unit and VHU in a single residential building;

2. Occupied housing unit and VHU in a multi-unit residential building such as a duplex,
rowhouse/townhouse, condominium, tenement house, and others;

3. Occupied barong-barong or shanty;

4. VHU in a residential building with one or more housing units presently used for purposes
other than residential;

72
 5. Housing unit that is still under construction, but the roof and walls are already in place;

6. Occupied housing unit in institutional living quarters (ILQs) such as a hotel, motel,
dormitory, lodging house, seminary, mental hospital, prison, and others;

7. Occupied housing unit in a nonresidential building such as an office, rice mill, barn, church,
school, and others;

7. VHU with complete facilities for cooking, dining, and sleeping in non-residential buildings
and selected ILQs identified in Section 4.9;

9. Occupied mobile housing units such as a boat, trailer, cart (kariton), and others; and

10. Occupied improvised housing units in a structure such as a culvert, abandoned truck,
container van, tent, railroad car, and others.

NOTE:
A housing unit used only during certain times of the year, vacation, or weekends is
considered a vacation/rest house even though at the time of your visit, somebody is
occupying it. This housing unit is to be listed.

The persons using them should be enumerated in their usual place of residence.

The following are to be EXCLUDED FROM THE LISTING of housing units:

1. Housing unit that is still under construction with walls and roof not yet in place;

2. VHU that is open to elements, that is, the roof and walls are no longer provide protection from
the wind and rain, and there are no signs that deterioration is being prevented;

3. VHU that is being demolished;

4. Structure, such as a boat, trailer, culvert, abandoned truck, container van, tent, railroad car,
and others, which had been used as an improvised housing unit or place of abode in the past
but is vacant at the time of visit; and

5. All housing units in residential buildings are used entirely for purposes other than residential.

NOTE:
If a housing unit appears to be vacant because nobody responds to your call, ascertain
from the neighbors whether it is indeed vacant.

4.3. Household

Definition of a Household

A household is a social unit consisting of a person living alone or a group of persons who sleep in
the same housing unit and have a common arrangement in the preparation and consumption of food.

73
 In most cases, a household consists of persons who are related by kinship ties, such as parents
and their children. In some instances, several generations of familial ties are represented in one
household while, still in others, even more, distant relatives are included as members of the household.

Some household members may have no relationship with the head of the household, for example,
household helpers, boarders, and nonrelatives. They are considered as members of the household
provided that they sleep in the same housing unit and have a common arrangement for the preparation
and consumption of food with the household and that they do not go home to their family at least once
a week.

A group of unrelated individuals, as in the case of a group of students or workers who decide to
rent a place and make common arrangements for the preparation and consumption of their food,
constitutes one household.

Usually, a household is an entire group of persons who customarily live in the same housing unit.
However, there are cases when two or more distinct family groups or groups of unrelated persons
maintain separate food arrangements even though they share one housing unit. Each of these two or
more distinct groups constitutes a household.

A person who shares a housing unit with a household but separately cooks his/her meals or
consumes his/her food elsewhere is not considered a member of that household. This person shall be
listed as a separate (one-member) household.

As a rule, if two groups of individuals prepare and consume their meals together but sleep in
separate housing units, then the two groups constitute two different households. An exception is that of
sons/daughters who are still economically dependent on their parents but live in a separate but adjacent
housing unit for convenience; they are considered members of their parent’s household. However, if
the sons/daughters are economically independent of their parents, they shall be listed as a separate
household.

Economically dependent children are those who still derive/need financial support from their
parents or other benefactors and whose decision-making rests on their parents/benefactors.

NOTE:
A household is different from a family. Household helpers, boarders, and
nonrelatives are NOT considered as family members. They are considered
household members for as long as they share the same housing unit with the
household and have a common arrangement in the preparation and consumption
of food.

4.4. Family

For the purpose of POPCEN-CBMS data collection, a family is regarded as a group of persons
usually living together and composed of the family head and other persons related to the head by blood,
marriage or adoption.

Domestic helpers and boarders are considered as nonrelative members of the household. Detailed
discussion on family is in the Chapter 8 of this manual.

74
4.5. Household Population

Definition of Household Population

Household population comprises of persons who BASIC CRITERION

belong to a household. In determining the household IN LISTING HOUSEHOLD
membership, the basic criterion is the usual place of
MEMBERS
residence or the place where the person usually resides.
This may be the same or different from the place where
he/she is found at the time of the data collection. As a rule, Usual place of residence.
it is the place where he/she usually sleeps.

Members of a Household

The following individuals are to be included as members of a household:

a. Those who are present at the time of the visit and whose usual place of residence is the
housing unit where the household lives.

b. Family members who are overseas workers that are away at the time of the data collection
but expected to return within five years from the date of the last departure.

A household member who is an overseas worker is one who is currently out of the country
due to an overseas employment. He/she may or may not have a specific work contract or
maybe present at home for vacation but has existing overseas employment to return to.
Undocumented overseas workers are still considered as members of the household as
long as they have been away for not more than five years. Immigrants, however, are
excluded from the data collection.

c. Those whose usual place of residence is the place where the household lives but are
temporarily away at the time of the data collection for any of the following reasons:

• on vacation, business/pleasure trip, or training somewhere in the Philippines

and are expected to be back within six months from the date of departure. An
example is a person on training with the Armed Forces of the Philippines for
not more than six months;

• on vacation, business/pleasure trip, or study/training abroad and are expected

to be back within a year from the date of departure;

• working or attending school outside their usual place of residence but usually
come home at least once a week;

• confined in a hospital for a period of not more than six months as of the time
of enumeration, except when they are confined as patients in a mental
hospital, leprosarium/leper colony, or drug rehabilitation center, regardless of
the duration of their confinement;

• detained in a provincial/city/municipal jail or military camp for a period of not

more than six months as of the time of enumeration, except when their
sentence or detention is expected to exceed six months;

• on board, a coastal, interisland, or fishing vessel within Philippine territories;

and

75
 • onboard, an oceangoing vessel but are expected to be back within five years
from the date of departure.

d. Boarders/lodgers of the household or employees of a household-operated business who

do not usually return/go to their respective homes weekly.

e. Citizens of a foreign country who have resided or are expected to reside in the Philippines
for at least a year from their arrival, except members of a diplomatic mission and non-
Filipino members of an international organization.

f. Filipino balikbayans with a usual place of residence in a foreign country but have resided
or are expected to reside in the Philippines for at least a year from their arrival.

g. Persons temporarily staying with the household who have no usual place of residence or
who are not certain to be enumerated elsewhere.

Take note of the following special cases:

a. Boarders in the household will be included as members of the household with whom they
live. In the case of 10 or more boarders, they will be extracted from the household during
data processing to become members of institutional population.

b. A person who lodges with a household but makes arrangements for his/her own meals or
takes his/her meals outside (for instance, a bed spacer) is not considered a member of that
household. He/she constitutes a one-member household.

c. Two or more families who share the same housing unit are considered as one household
if they have a common arrangement for the preparation and consumption of food.
They comprise different households if they prepare their food separately.

d. Two or more unrelated individuals who share the same housing unit also constitute one
household if they have a common arrangement for the preparation and consumption of
food. If each of them prepares/consumes his/her own meal separately, then each one is
considered a one-member household.

e. Persons who take their meals with a household but sleep elsewhere are not considered
members of that household.

4.6. Homeless

Homeless refers to individuals or households living in the streets or public spaces (such as parks
and sidewalks) and all those without any form of shelter.

For 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, those homeless or persons living in the streets or public spaces who
have no usual place of residence or are not certain to be enumerated elsewhere shall be listed where
they are found.

4.7. Household Head

The household head is an adult member of the household, male or female, who is responsible for
the organization and care of the household, or who is regarded as such by the members of the
household.

76
 NOTE:
Please be reminded of the concepts and definitions of household and household
membership to avoid cases of household members not being listed or non-household
members being included.

4.8. Respondent

The respondent is the household head or the spouse of the head. In the absence of the household
head or his/her spouse, the respondent can be any responsible adult member who can provide reliable
answers to questions asked by the EN about the household and its members.

4.9. Institutional Living Quarter

Definition of an Institutional Living Quarter

Institutional living quarter (ILQ) is a structurally separate and independent place of abode
intended for habitation by large groups of individuals. Such a quarter usually has certain common
facilities such as a kitchen and dining room, toilet and bath, and lounging area which are shared by the
occupants.

The occupants of an ILQ are usually subject to a common authority or management or are bound
by either a common public objective or a common personal interest.

Institutional Living Quarters to be Listed

Each ILQ in operation within the barangay/EA will be listed. Among the common ILQs to be listed
are the following:

1. Hotel, motel, inn, dormitory, pension house, and other lodging house which provide lodging on
a fee basis

2. Hospital, sanitarium, and rehabilitation center

3. Residential care facilities and home for the aged

4. Seminary, convent, boarding school, and other religious training centers

5. Corrective, penal institution, and custodial facilities

6. Military camp and barrack

7. Logging, mining, and construction/public work camp

8. Oceangoing and interisland/coastal vessel at port

The following ILQs, which are in operation but at the time of the census have no residents who
qualify for enumeration are also to be listed: (a) dormitory and non-household based boarding houses,
(b) mental hospitals, leprosaria, tuberculosis sanitaria, and drug rehab centers, (c) welfare institutions,
(d) district, city/municipal, and provincial jails, and (e) convent nunnery, seminary, and boarding schools.

Do not list buildings previously used as ILQs if they are no longer used as such or are already
abandoned at the time of the census.
77
4.10. Institutional Population

Definition of Institutional Population

Institutional population comprises of persons who are found living in ILQs. They may have their
own families or households elsewhere but at the time of the census, they are committed or confined in
ILQ, wherein they are usually subject to a common authority or management, or bound by either a
common public objective or a common personal interest.

Members of Institutional Population

The following persons are to be considered as members of the institutional population:

1. Permanent lodger in a boarding house

2. Dormitory resident who does not usually go home to his/her household at least once a
week

3. Hotel resident who has stayed in the hotel for more than six months at the time of the
census
4. Boarders in a residential house provided that their number is ten (10) or more. If the number
of boarders in a housing unit is less than ten (10), they will be considered as members of
a regular household, not of the ILQ.

5. Patient in a hospital who is confined for more than six months

6. Patient confined in a mental hospital and drug rehabilitation center, regardless of the length
of his/her confinement

7. Resident in a residential care facility, home for the aged, and other welfare institutions

8. Prisoner in a corrective, penal institution, and custodial facilities

9. Seminarian, nun, monk, and postulant

A postulant is a person who aspires to become a member of a religious organization, but

has not yet been admitted into any particular order such as a pupil of an apostolic school
or a person who has decided to enter the religious state, but remains as guest in the
monastery while waiting for his/her admission.

10. Soldier in a military camp that stayed for more than six months

11. Worker in a mining and similar camp that stayed more than six months

The following persons are NOT considered as members of the institutional population and should
be included in the households to which they belong:

a. Military official/enlisted man or draftee and members of his/her household who has a
housing unit within a military installation or camp

b. Manager and members of his/her household of dormitory, hotel, hospital, and others, who
occupies and regularly uses as his/her place of abode a living quarter in the institution that
he/she manages

78
 c. Priest, Pastor, or Imam who, together with his/her relatives and/or household help,
occupies and regularly uses as his/her place of abode a living quarter in the church or
seminary.

4.11. Whom to Enumerate

Persons to be Included in the Enumeration

ALL living persons as of 12:01 a.m. of July 01, 2024 will be enumerated.

Specifically, these are the following:

a. Filipino national permanently residing in the Philippines;

b. Filipino national who, as of July 01, 2024, is temporarily at the Philippine Sea or on vacation
or business/pleasure trip somewhere in the Philippines and is expected to be back within
six months from the date of departure;

c. Filipino national who, as of July 01, 2024, is temporarily on vacation, business/pleasure

trip or studying/training abroad and is expected to be back within a year from the date of
departure;

d. Filipino overseas worker, including those on-board an ocean-going vessel, who is away as
of July 01, 2024, but is expected to be back within five years from the date of his/her last
departure;

e. Philippine government official, military or civilian, including Philippine diplomatic personnel

and his/her family, assigned abroad5; and

f. Civilian citizen of a foreign country who has his/her usual residence in the Philippines, or a
foreign visitor who has stayed or is expected to stay for at least a year from the date of
his/her arrival in the country.

Take note of the following cases:

1. A person who died after 12:01 a.m., July 01, 2024, should be INCLUDED in the
enumeration.

Example:

The EN interviewed the Perez household on July 20, 2024 and was told that Ms.
Jenny died on July 05, 2024. The EN should include Ms. Jenny as a member of the
household because she was still alive on July 01, 2024, which is the reference date of the
POPCEN-CBMS data collection.

2. A person who died before or exactly 12:01 a.m., July 01, 2024 should be EXCLUDED
from the enumeration.

5 Through coordination with the Department of Foreign Affairs (DFA)

79
 Example:

Mr. Robert Cruz died of a heart attack at 10:00 p.m. on June 30, 2024. The EN should
exclude Robert from the enumeration of Cruz's household because he was no longer alive
at 12:01 a.m. on July 01, 2024.

3. A baby born alive before or exactly 12:01 a.m., July 01, 2024 should be INCLUDED in the
enumeration.

4. A baby born alive after 12:01 a.m., July 01, 2024 should be EXCLUDED from the
enumeration.

Below is a guide in including or excluding newly-born children and persons who died around the
POPCEN-CBMS data collection reference date.

Reference Period: Include/Exclude in the

July 01, 2024 enumeration?
A baby born before or exactly 12:01 a.m. Include
A baby born after 12:01 a.m. Exclude
A person died after 12:01 a.m. Include
A person died before or exactly 12:01 a.m. Exclude

Persons to be Excluded from the Enumeration

You should EXCLUDE the following persons from enumeration although they happen to be within
the territorial jurisdiction of the Philippines at the time of the POPCEN-CBMS enumeration:

1. Foreign ambassador, minister, consul or other diplomatic representatives, and members

of their families;

2. Citizen of a foreign country living within the premises of an embassy, legation, chancellery
or consulate;

3. Citizen of a foreign country who is a chief or official of an international organization, who is

subject to reassignment to other country after his/her tour of duty in the Philippines, and
members of their families. Examples of these international organizations are United
Nations (UN), International Labor Organization (ILO), Asian Development Bank (ADB),
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) or the United States Agency for International
Development (USAID);

4. Citizen of a foreign country, together with non-Filipino members of his/her families, who is
a student or who is employed or has a business in the Philippines, but who has stayed or
is expected to stay in the country for less than a year from his/her arrival;

5. Citizen of a foreign country or Filipino with usual place of residence in a foreign country,
who is visiting the Philippines and who has stayed or is expected to stay in the country for
less than a year from his/her arrival. An example is a balikbayan who will return to his/her
usual place of residence abroad after a short vacation or visit in the Philippines; and

6. Resident of the Philippines on vacation, pleasure or business trip, study, or training abroad
who has been away or expected to be away from the Philippines for more than one year
from his/her departure.

80
 Although the persons listed above are not to be enumerated, you should still visit their households.
Persons working for them or living with them may be among those who shall be included according to
the rules of enumeration. An example is a Filipino working in a foreign embassy in the Philippines.
He/she shall be included in the enumeration but not as an overseas worker.

81
 5 Tablet-Based Geotagging
Procedures

For the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, geotagging is necessary to achieve the efficient implementation of
the entire census field operation. The outputs of this activity will be used to generate thematic maps,
poverty maps, and statistical tables which will be shared to stakeholders such as LGUs and NGAs.
These maps and tables will also serve as significant references in the conduct of future PSA
undertakings.

In this chapter, the POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator is required to learn how to read an EA map using
the QField CAPI Application, conduct an ocular inspection, carry out canvassing, geotagging
procedures and protocols, and submission of outputs to ensure complete coverage of the assigned EA.

5.1. Geotagging and Basic GIS Concepts

Geotagging is one of the essential components of POPCEN-CBMS which refers to the process of
adding metadata about government projects, households/housing units, and service facilities to various
media and uploading to a web-based application (per Rule II (g) of the IRR of RA 11315). This enables
the mapping of all areas in the Philippines and allows the government, the citizenry, and other
stakeholders to check the projects in real time.

As an important aspect of geotagging activities, Geographic Information System (GIS) refers to

a system designed to capture, store, manipulate, analyze, manage, and present all types of geospatial
and/or geographical representation of real-world features along with information provided by the
database. In GIS, there are two types of geospatial data namely vector and raster data.

For vector data, the following data models are:

a. Points represent address location, GPS coordinates, location of small

features such as buildings, houses, electric poles, mountain peaks,
etc. In POPCEN-CBMS, household buildings, and institutional living
quarters (ILQ) will be represented by points on the map.

b. Lines/Polylines represent street, streams, contours boundaries.

Lines are usually used to depict features that have length but no area.
Some government projects will be represented by lines such as
construction of roads and bridges on the map.

c. Polygons represent features that are enclosed and have areas such as regions, provinces,
municipalities, barangays, parcels, and land use zones.

On the other hand, raster data is any type of digital image represented by pixels consisting of rows
and columns with each cell storing a single value. An example of a raster image file type is the satellite
image loaded in the QField Project (QP).

82
5.2. Reading and Navigating Maps Using QField

QField is an open-source mobile application that will be used for POPCEN-CBMS geotagging. It is
compatible with the QGIS desktop allowing a QGIS-based project to be loaded for more efficient
fieldwork. Its interface is based on QGIS making the project appear the same way as it does on the
desktop. QField allows the user to perform basic functions such as digitization where points can be
added, modified, and deleted (if necessary) on the map. The preparation and configuration of a project
is done via QGIS, permitting its users to work on the ground more effectively.

NOTE:
For this geotagging operation, deletion of points is not allowed.

Points subject for deletion must be indicated with proper remarks and shall be corrected
during data processing.

Using QField, all personnel involved in the POPCEN-CBMS field operation, especially the ENs, are
required to familiarize themselves with the features of the geotagging application, and the map itself
before going to the field. Likewise, the ENs must learn how to read maps using QField to effectively
carry out the canvassing and geotagging tasks.

NOTE:
Loading of QField Projects in the tablet shall be done by the Information Systems
Analyst (ISA) or Statistical Specialist (SS) II at the PSO. Instructions are discussed
in the Supervisor’s Manual.

Opening the QField Project

1. Search for the QField application on the tablet screen and tap the icon to run the
application.

2. To open the project, tap the Open Local File.

83
3. Tap Internal Storage and search for the PSA-GIS folder.

4. Click the PSA_GIS folder, then open the pppmmbbbeeeeee folder.

wherein:

ppp = 3-digit province code

mm = 2-digit city/municipality code
bbb = 3-digit barangay code
eeeeee = 6-digit EA code

5. Select the pppmmbbbeeeeee_qfield.qgs file.

NOTE:
The QPs loaded in the tablets must be based on the EA assignments. The ENs

84
 shall coordinate immediately with TS or CAS if the files are not available in the
tablet, or if the QP does not load properly.

Upon opening the QP, the map should be loaded. It is composed of the satellite image as the
reference image, which shows real-world features of the area such as roads, streets, pathways, alleys,
rivers, streams, and building roofs. The vector layers representing the real-world features are also
displayed on the map such as roads, building points, and landmarks, as well as barangay and EA
boundaries which constitute the base layers of the QP.

Example of a QP loaded in QField

The figure above shows an example of a QP which will be used during the POPCEN-CBMS

enumeration and geotagging activities. Meanwhile, tapping the Menu button will show the Layers
Panel on the left side of the screen.

QField Project Base Layers

85
 NOTE:
In case the QField interface does not show the layers upon opening the QP, the map
might have been panned to a different map area that is outside the assigned EA of the
EN. To go back to the map view showing the EA’s area of assignment, press and hold
the EA layer (e.g., pppmmbbbeeeeee_ea layer) in the Layers Panel. In the dialog box
that will appear, make sure that Show on map is checked, then click Zoom to Layer.

The geographic symbols that can be seen in the QP are shown below:

Geographic Symbols of POPCEN-CBMS vector layers.

Features Symbols

Barangay Boundary

Enumeration Area Boundary

Block Boundary
Road

Reference Building Point

Geotagged Points

86
 Aside from the geographic symbols, it is also important to be familiar with the functionalities of
QField application to guide in the conduct of the geotagging activities.

QField
QField Buttons Functions Functions
Buttons

Open local file – This appears in Menu – This opens the layers
the window after QField is panel and provides access to
launched. This allows users to tools and functions that can be
access and load a QGIS-based performed in QField.
project in QField.

Browse Mode – This is the Digitize Mode – This enables

default mode of QField allowing digitization, editing of features
visualization and query of the and filling out the attribute form.
layers of the map project.

Search – This allows the user to GPS – Enables the use of GPS in
search for specific features and determining real-time location of
attributes based on the available the user with respect to the
and searchable layers. project loaded in the tablet

Zoom in – This is the button to Zoom out – This is the button to

zoom in the map view. zoom out the map view.

5.3. Process Flow

Hired personnel, specifically the ENs, are involved in both enumeration and geotagging activities
of households. Using the tablet for CAPI, the process of geotagging includes the preparation of QPs,
familiarization and canvassing, data collection, and submission before it undergoes map processing.

Before proceeding with the conduct of the actual enumeration and geotagging, the ENs are tasked
to be familiar with the area assignment and to check if the loaded QP is correct based on the
assigned EA workload. During the geotagging, PSGC codes, and Building Serial Number (BSN) will
be recorded in the QField. Meanwhile, the Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) and Household Serial
Number (HSN) or Institutional Serial Number (ISN) will be recorded in the POPCEN-CBMS mobile
application. Uploading of the shapefiles for post processing will be done using the POPCEN-CBMS
mobile application and will be subject for scrutiny and quality checking during the map data processing.

Geotagging Activity Process Flow

87
5.4. Ocular Inspection

Ocular inspection refers to the conduct of a familiarization visit to the area of assignment by going
around and through it. Using the tablet, exact boundaries of the area/s of assignment must be
established to completely cover the area and not to go beyond it. The Punong Barangay or any
barangay official may provide the necessary information on the exact location of the EA assignment,
the best route to take during the actual field enumeration, and the location of households in the EA.

Using the EA map provided, the ENs shall be oriented with the prominent ground features such as
streets, landmarks, and known institutions such as schools, barangay halls, day-care centers, purok
centers, chapels, among others; and locate the position on the map based on these features.

The barangay officials may also be consulted during the conduct of the ocular inspection and map
orientation, especially for those who are not familiar with their area of assignment. The residents of the
area may also provide additional information pertaining to prominent features and landmarks.

EXAMPLE OF MAP FOR OCULAR INSPECTION

88
5.5. Canvassing

Canvassing refers to the door-to-door visit in the entire EA to look for buildings and households to
enumerate and ensure complete coverage of the area. The ENs shall canvass the EA during the actual
conduct of enumeration, including multi-story buildings, depending on the actual structure of the EA.

The EN shall plan out the canvassing of their assigned EA using the QP as reference. In planning
a strategy in canvassing a designated EA, the following guidelines must be observed:

5.5.1 General Procedures on Canvassing an EA

Using the map loaded in QField, the EN must be familiar with the assigned EA workload to
start canvassing. In the most convenient location in the EA, apply the following canvassing
procedures:

1. Enable GPS location in your tablet to determine your exact position before
canvassing. Wait at least a minute to enable GPS to locate your exact position.

2. Start canvassing from a corner and go around the EA preferably in a clockwise

direction (KEEP RIGHT), along the inner side of the bounding streets until the
starting point has been reached. In case of a dead end, canvas the area in a
serpentine manner.

3. In enumerating along the street or road, never go from one side of the street or
road to the other side. Complete the enumeration first on one side before going to
the other.

4. If a street or road cuts through the middle of an EA, canvass on one side of the
street or road first, before canvassing the other side.

5. When near the boundary of the EA, determine whether the

area still belongs to the assigned EA before canvassing.
DO NOT GEOTAG NOR ENUMERATE HOUSEHOLDS
OUTSIDE THE ASSIGNED EA WORKLOAD.

6. Verify areas with no buildings/structures on the map such

as vacant lots, and public parks. If verified, do NOT canvass
these areas.

5.5.2 Canvassing an EA in Rural Areas

When geotagging households in rural areas, apply the following canvassing procedures:

1. Canvass the EA from one end of the area to the other end, particularly when
buildings/housing units are along the roads, riverbanks, shorelines, or
hills/mountains.

2. Canvass also the EA from one outer sitio, purok or village to the next, and so on,
until the whole EA has been completely covered.

3. For areas with buildings that are far from blocks of buildings, determine the best
routes to follow to efficiently canvass the whole area.

89
 4. In an EA where the buildings are relatively dispersed, consult with the barangay
officials or other knowledgeable persons in the barangay on the best way to cover
the area. While enumerating, always inquire about buildings in the vicinity that are
hidden from view, the best routes to follow, and other helpful information.

5.5.3 Canvassing a Multi-Story Building

A story is the space in a building between two adjacent floor levels or between a floor and
the roof, where a multi-story building has two or more stories. In a multi-story building, apply
the following canvassing procedures:

1. Inquire from the building administrator/caretaker about the

number of vacant and/or occupied units in the building.

2. Canvass the building from the ground floor to the highest

floor.

3. Starting from the ground, canvass the building with housing

units from one entrance and stairway to another, including
those rooms with living quarters on the ground floor.

4. In a multi-story residential building, watch out for separate

entrances and stairways leading to individual housing units.

5.6. General Geotagging Procedures

Geotagging involves identification of appropriate serial numbers, location of household buildings

and updating of the EA map by plotting the building point and indicating necessary data in the QField
attribute form. This should be done simultaneously with listing and enumeration of households. It aims
to accurately collect data on location that will be used for the generation of maps. For reference, the
following must be geotagged in this operation:

5.6.1 Assigning Serial Numbers (BSN, HUSN, HSN, and ISN)

As part of geotagging, the EN must be familiar with the assignment of the following serial
numbers: Building Serial Number (BSN), Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN), Household
Serial Number (HSN), and Institutional Serial Number (ISN). Refer to Chapter 4 for the
definition of building, housing unit, household, and institutional living quarter (ILQ).

A. Building Serial Number

The Building Serial Number (BSN) is a unique five-digit number assigned to every
geotagged building in an EA.

For BSNs, the serial number is primarily based on the reference building points
layer loaded in the QField Project. Likewise, assigning BSN values shall be based on
the following:

i. Regular cases

90
 Once the building is identified on the map, identify if the building does not
fall on any of the following cases:

a. Demolished/destroyed, dilapidated, out-of-scope, or purely

commercial/agricultural/industrial buildings with existing BSN
in the reference map at the time of visit; or
b. Buildings and housing units located in temporary evacuation
centers or relocation areas

NOTE: For the abovementioned cases, different BSN values shall

be assigned. Instructions will be discussed in the next section.

Once the condition stated above is satisfied, check if the building has an
existing BSN:

a. For buildings with existing BSN: use the same BSN

b. For buildings without existing BSN: assign a BSN based on
the 70000-series, starting from 70001 and must be
incremental for the succeeding buildings without existing BSN
to be geotagged.

NOTE: (1) Households living in stationary structures not usually

intended for human habitation such as abandoned railroad cars,
dilapidated buses, trailers, etc., or (2) households occupying mobile
housing units shall also be assigned with 70000-series BSN. In such
cases, put 66666 in the Remarks field of the geotagging layer.

Meanwhile, an ILQ shall only be geotagged once regardless of the number

of its building structures. In effect, only one (1) BSN shall be used for the
said ILQ, which can be the:

(1) BSN of the main building (i.e., existing BSN or based on the 70000-
series), or
(2) The lowest BSN value of the buildings if there is no main building, or
if the main building cannot be determined.

Once the BSN has been assigned to the ILQ, indicate the BSNs of the
remaining building structures in the Remarks portion of the attribute form
of the geotagging layer.

The following scenarios can be used as a guide in assigning BSNs and indicating
necessary remarks for ILQs with multiple buildings:

Scenario Instructions

An ILQ has three (3) buildings: Building A (BSN: Assign BSN 00026 for the whole ILQ
00026), which serves as the main building, since it is the existing BSN of the main
building.

91
 Scenario Instructions

Building B (BSN: 00025), and Building C (BSN:

00024). In the Remarks field of the geotagging
layer, indicate “BSN 00024, 00025”.

An ILQ has three (3) buildings: Building A (BSN: Use BSN 00024 as it is the lowest BSN
00026), Building B (BSN: 00025), and Building C value since there is no main building.
(BSN: 00024). The main building cannot be
determined. In the Remarks field of the geotagging
layer, indicate “BSN 00025, 00026”.

An ILQ has three (3) buildings: Building A (newly The main building has no assigned BSN
built, no BSN), which serves as the main building, yet; thus, the EN shall assign a new
Building B (BSN: 00025), and Building C (BSN: BSN based on the 70000-series.
00026).
In the Remarks field of the geotagging
layer, indicate “BSN 00025, 00026”.

Similarly, assign a single BSN value (either the existing BSN or based on
the 70000-series) in a rowhouse in a subdivision. The individual housing
units included therein shall likewise be captured accordingly in QField and
in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application. Instructions will be discussed
in the later part of this Manual.

ii. Special Cases

The following are considered as special cases and the corresponding BSN
values to be assigned:

BSN Value to be
Case
Assigned
For demolished/destroyed, dilapidated, out-of-scope,
or purely commercial/agricultural/industrial buildings
with existing BSN in the reference map at the time of 00000
visit

92
 For buildings and housing units located in temporary 55555
evacuation centers or relocation areas, with or
without existing BSN in the reference map NOTE: Indicate the existing
BSN (if any) in the Remarks
field of the geotagging layer
For homeless or persons living in the streets or public
places (such as parks and sidewalks) and all those
60000
without any form of shelter

B. Housing Unit Serial Number and Household Serial Number

The Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) shall be assigned to every housing unit
geotagged in the EA. Meanwhile, Household Serial Number (HSN) shall be assigned
to every household occupying the housing unit. Both the HUSN and HSN must be
incremental starting from 00001, and shall be based according to the last digit recorded
in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application.

NOTE:
Only BSNs are assigned in QField. HUSN and HSN values are automatically assigned
in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application upon selecting the correct housing unit and
household type in the application.

Meanwhile, the following are the special cases for assigning HUSNs:

BSN/HUSN
Case Value to be
Assigned
For buildings and housing units located in temporary
Assign 55555 for
evacuation centers or relocation areas, with or without
both BSN and
existing BSN in the reference map
HUSN.

For homeless or persons living in the streets or public places

Assign 60000 for
(such as parks and sidewalks) and all those without any form
both BSN and
of shelter
HUSN.

The following are special cases for assigning HSNs:

BSN Value to
Case
be Assigned
For buildings or housing units that are vacant 99999
For buildings or housing units used only as a rest house or
88889
vacation house
For buildings or housing units whose occupants are excluded
88888
in the enumeration (e.g., foreign ambassadors)
For buildings or housing units which are occupied by non-
77777
usual residents (NUR) (e.g., students)

C. Institutional Serial Number

93
 Institutional Serial Number (ISN) shall be assigned to Institutional Living Quarter
(ILQ) and shall be incremental starting from 00001. Each ILQ will be assigned a unique
serial number.

NOTE:
Only BSNs are assigned in QField. ISN values are automatically assigned in the
POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application upon selecting Form 11 in the application prior to
geotagging.

5.6.2 Accessing QField Through the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application

Geotagging households and ILQs through QField requires the EN to login and access the
2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application first. This will allow the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application to read the data, specifically the geographic data and the BSN from the geotagged
points.

Geotagging of Households/ILQ Diagram

These are the general procedures that the enumerator should follow during the conduct of
the activity:

1. Open the CSEntry application.

2. Click the 2024 Census of Population and Community-Based Monitoring

System in the Entry Applications.

3. Click Start Interview.

94
4. Input the corresponding username and password. Make sure that the tablet is
connected to the VPN during login.

5. A prompt will show the area of enumeration, from its region, province/HUC,
city/municipality, barangay, and EA. Click Proceed.

6. The dashboard of the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application will be shown on the

screen.

95
7. Tap the hamburger button icon at the upper leftmost part of the screen to open the
Menu.

8. Under the Main Forms, select Form 2 (for housing unit/household) or Form 11
(for ILQ). Once the form is selected, QField will automatically be launched. The EN
may now proceed on geotagging.

5.6.3. Geotagging Points in QField

1. Once QField has been launched through the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application, Click Open local file.

96
2. Select Internal Storage > PSA-GIS, then the pppmmbbbeeeeee folder.

3. Inside the pppmmbbbeeeeee folder, click pppmmbbbeeeeee_qfield.qgs to

open the QP.

4. To begin geotagging, tap the Menu button . The Layers Panel will appear on
the uppermost left of the screen.

Select the POPCEN-CBMS Geotagging layer by tapping the pppmmbbbeeeeee

layer name (e.g., 01408002001000). Make sure that layer is highlighted.

97
5. Activate Digitize Mode by tapping the Pencil Icon to be able to add points.

Close the Layers Panel by clicking the back arrow .

6. As the image of the basemap comes into full view, take note that the crosshairs
will only appear at the center after you enable digitize mode (circle with the black
lines intersecting inside) at the center of the screen. The crosshair is fixed at the
center and serves as a guide when conducting geotagging activity.

7. Determine the EN’s position with respect to the location of the feature to be
geotagged on the map by activating the GPS function of the tablet and QField.
Similarly, the EN may also observe and check landmarks and other prominent
features or structures in the area to locate features to be geotagged.

98
8. Once determined, turn-off the GPS functionality of tablets to avoid discrepancy in
accuracy and position. Long press the location icon and uncheck Enable
Positioning.

9. To start digitizing, navigate the crosshair in the center of the screen at the desired
building reference point. If the building does not have a reference building point,
plot the point at the center of the roof of the building.

99
 10. Click the plus button at the lower right portion of the map.

11. After placing the point, the attribute form will appear. Fill out the necessary fields
on the form. Save by tapping the check icon on the upper left part of the attribute
form.

NOTE:
If the background color of Add feature on the geotagging layer, pppmmbbbeeeeee,
label is GREEN, this means that all required fields are filled out completely. Otherwise,
it is RED.

12. Return to the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application by clicking the Back button
of the tablet twice.

13. In the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, click OK in the Reading QField
Data and Successfully Read QField Data dialog boxes.

Once done, proceed to the interview. Refer to Chapter 7 for the detailed instructions.

5.7.4 Data Items in the QField

As the EN conducts geotagging using QField, it is his/her duty to accomplish the data items
that are associated with the building structures to be geotagged. This must be accomplished

100
after he/she located and geotagged the point on the map. The necessary data fields in QField
are as follows:

1. APP GEOID

This pertains to the GEOID of the geotagged household. This field automatically
gets populated once the BSN has been encoded (to be discussed in the next item).

Verify if the GEOID pasted is similar to the assigned workload and reflected serial
numbers are correct.

2. BUILDING SERIAL NUMBER

Assign the correct 5-digit BSN for the building. Make sure to follow the guidelines
in assigning BSN. Refer to Section 5.6.1 Assigning BSN, HUSN, HSN, ILQ and
Instructions in Listing Different Household/ILQ Setup for the correct BSN value
assignment.

Data Items No. 3 to 7 are applicable for the Address. The address is based on the
BSN imputed in the Building Serial Number (Data Item No. 2). For buildings with
existing BSN, New buildings, Relocation, and Vacant Buildings, indicate the required
address for each data item.

3. BLDG NO./HOUSE NO./LOT NO.

Indicate the Building No., House No., and/or Lot No. of the address of the
household. This data item is a constraint expression, put NA if not applicable.

4. BLOCK NO.

Indicate the block number of the household’s residence. This data item is a
constraint expression, put NA if not applicable.

101
5. STREET NAME

Indicate the Street name where the household is residing. This data item is a
constraint expression, put NA if not applicable.

6. SITIO or PUROK

Indicate the sitio or purok number or name of the address of the household.
This data item is a constraint expression, put NA if not applicable.

7. SUBDIVISION or VILLAGE

Indicate the subdivision or village of the address of the household. This data item
is a constraint expression, put NA if not applicable.

Data items 8 to 12 pertain to the housing characteristics of the household’s

building. These can be readily accomplished through observation or by asking
caretakers, especially in case of vacation/rest houses (VRHs).

For the concepts and definitions of the housing characteristics, refer to Chapter 8.

8. HOW MANY FLOORS ARE THERE IN THIS BUILDING?

Through observation, count the number of floors starting from bottom to top.
This data item is a constraint expression and needs input.

102
 NOTE: Attics, basements, and mezzanines are considered as floors of a
building provided that any household member uses that floor (i.e., not just used
as mere storage area/room)

9. WHAT IS THE TYPE OF BUILDING?

Select the type of the building from the dropdown options. This data item is a
constraint expression and needs an input. If the type of building is not in the choices,
select 99_Other Type of Building and specify the type of building in the next data tab,
Other Type of Building.

NOTE: The category 08_None (Homeless) will not be used anymore

during geotagging since this type of household will already be captured upon
assignment of BSN 60000.

10. WHAT IS THE PRIMARY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OF THIS BUILDING’S ROOF?

Select the primary construction material of the building’s roof from the dropdown
options. This data item is a constraint expression and needs an input. If the
construction material is not in the choices, select 99_Others and specify the material
in the Other Type of Roof data item.

103
11. WHAT IS THE PRIMARY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OF THIS BUILDING’S WALL?

Select the primary construction material of the wall of the building from the
dropdown options. This data item is a constraint expression and needs input. If the
construction material is not in the choices, select 99_Others and specify the material
in the Other Type of Wall data tab.

12. WHAT IS THE PRIMARY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OF THIS HOUSING UNIT’S

FLOOR?

Select the primary construction material of the floor of the housing unit from the
dropdown options. This data item is a constraint expression and needs input. If the
construction material is not in the choices, select 99_Others and specify the material
in the Other Construction Material of the Floor data tab.

NOTE: Use 08_Not Observed in case the flooring of the building cannot
be observed or there is no one to ask regarding this information.

13. DATE

104
 The date and time are automatically generated based on the date and time on the
tablet.

14. UPDATE FEATURE

This shall be used when geotagging a different household living in the same
building, or in the case of individual housing units/housing units in a rowhouse in a
subdivision (i.e., same BSN, different HUSNs/HSNs). Click the “+” button to tag
another household within the same building. Consequently, this will increment the HSN
value of the geotagged building automatically.

NOTE: This item shall only be updated once the interview for the first
household has been completed (i.e., finish the interview with the first
household before tagging the succeeding households in the same building.
Instructions shall be discussed at the later part of the manual.

15. LONGITUDE

Pertains to the x-coordinate of the geotagged building point. This is automatically

generated based on the location of the point on the map.

16. LATITUDE

Pertains to the y-coordinate of the geotagged building point. This is automatically

generated based on the location of the point on the map.

17. REMARKS

Indicate necessary remarks such as 66666 for those households living in

stationary structures not intended for human habitation, mobile housing, as well as the
name of administrators whom SAQ will be given in the case of ILQs and gated
subdivisions/villages that did not permit geotagging.

105
5.7. Geotagging Scenarios

5.7.1 Geotagging of Regular Housing Units

This section includes instructions for geotagging regular housing units to be enumerated
using POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 or Form 10.

1. Under the Main Forms in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, select Form 2.

2. In QField, geotag the building. Assign the correct BSN value [e.g., (1) same BSN
if the geotagged point is on an existing reference building point with a BSN value,
or (2) based on 70000-series if without a reference BSN].

3. Fill in the required fields then click the check button on the left side of the attribute
form to save the geotagged point.

NOTE: When geotagging households living in stationary structures not usually

intended for human habitation such as abandoned railroad cars, dilapidated buses,
trailers, as well as those households occupying mobile housing units, put 66666 in
the Remarks field of the geotagging layer.

106
 4. Once geotagging is done, the geotagged point shall appear on the map as an
orange circle for those with the same BSN value as with the reference building
point, or a cyan circle for those assigned with a BSN based on the 70000-series.

5. Press the Back button of the tablet twice to return to the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application. Refer to Chapter 7 for further instructions.

5.7.2 Geotagging of Relocation Area/Evacuation Center

1. Under the Main Forms in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app, select Form 2.

2. In QField, geotag the building. Indicate 55555 as the BSN and fill in the required
fields.

3. In the Remarks, indicate the existing BSN (if any) of the geotagged point. Click
the check button on the left side of the title bar of the attribute form to save the
geotagged point.

107
 4. Once geotagging is done, the geotagged point shall appear in the map as a red
square with assigned BSN value of 55555.

5. Press the Back button of the tablet twice to return to the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
app. Refer to Chapter 7 for further instructions.

5.7.3 Geotagging of Homeless Households

1. Under the Main Forms in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app, select Form 2.

2. In QField, geotag the approximate location where the homeless household is

interviewed. Indicate 60000 as the BSN then click the check button on the left side
of the title bar of the attribute form to save the geotagged point.

108
 3. Once geotagging is done, the geotagged point shall appear in the map as a green
diamond with the assigned BSN value.

4. Press the Back button of the tablet twice to return to the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
app. Refer to Chapter 7 for further instructions.

5.7.4 Geotagging of Institutional Living Quarter (ILQ)

NOTE:
a. The instructions indicated herein includes welfare/corrective/penal institutions
and corrective facilities.

b. However, for household-based residential boarding houses, refer to Section

5.7.5 for further instructions.

1. Inquire with the manager or the person in charge of the ILQ.

2. Under the Main Forms in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app, select Form 11.

3. In QField, geotag the approximate location of the admin office/main gate. Indicate
the corresponding BSN.

109
 4. Accomplish the succeeding data items in QField. Specifically indicate code ‘07’ for
Institutional Living Quarter in the Type of Building. Click the check button on
the left side of the title bar of the attribute form to save the geotagged point.

5. Once geotagging is done, the geotagged point shall appear in the map as a circle
(orange if with existing BSN, cyan if BSN is based on the 70000-series) inside in
a white triangle with the corresponding BSN.

6. Press the Back button of the tablet twice to return to the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
app.

7. Refer to Chapter 12 – Instructions for Enumerating Institutional Population

for further instructions on enumerating ILQs using Strategies 1 and 3.

5.7.5 Geotagging of Institutional Living Quarter (ILQ) with Household

NOTE: The following procedures shall apply to household-based residential boarding houses
only. Refer to the section on Scenarios for Boarders in Residential Houses in Chapter 11
for the proper identification of the number of households to be geotagged in a household-based
residential boarding house.

1. Inquire with the manager or the person in charge of the ILQ.

2. Under the Main Forms in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app, select Form 2.

110
3. In QField, geotag the location of the household building. Indicate the corresponding BSN.

4. Accomplish the succeeding data items in QField. Specifically indicate code 07 - Institutional
Living Quarter in the type of building. Click the check button on the left side of the title bar
of the attribute form to save the geotagged point.

5. Once geotagging is done, the geotagged point shall appear in the map as a circle (orange
if with existing BSN, cyan if BSN is based on the 70000-series) inside in a white triangle
with the corresponding BSN.

111
6. Press the Back button of the tablet twice to return to the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application.

7. Refer to Chapter 12 – Instructions for Enumerating Institutional Population for

further instructions on enumerating ILQs using Strategy 2.

5.7.6 Geotagging of Demolished/Destroyed, Dilapidated, Out-of-scope, and Purely

Commercial/Industrial/Agricultural Building with Existing BSNs

1. Open QField directly (not through the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application).

2. Geotag the existing reference point and indicate 00000 in the Building Serial Number field.

3. In the Remarks field, indicate if the building falls into the following categories:

● Demolished/Destroyed Building
● Dilapidated Building
● Out-of-Scope
● Purely Commercial/Industrial/Agricultural Building

4. Click the check button on the left side of the attribute form to save the geotagged point. Once
geotagging is done, the geotagged point shall appear in the map as a gray “X” mark with
assigned BSN value of 00000.

112
 5. The EN shall take note of the number of building points tagged with BSN 00000 as this shall
be used as reference in filling out the POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 - Accomplishment Report of
the Enumerator.

NOTE: During the weekly meetings, the TS shall review the total number of geotagged points
with BSN 00000 in QField and compare it with the uploaded/submitted POPCEN-CBMS Form
15 - Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator.

5.7.7 Geotagging of Gated Subdivisions or Villages

Inquire with the Homeowners Association (HOA) about the possibility of geotagging the
village/subdivision.
If geotagging is allowed, conduct geotagging accordingly using the scenarios discussed above
(regular households, ILQs with households, etc.)
If geotagging is not allowed, geotag the village/subdivision at the main gate or the admin office and
assign a 70000-series BSN. In the drop-down fields of the housing characteristics (primary construction
material of the building’s roof, wall, and floor) choose 99_others then type NA for the other fields (Other
Type of Roof, Wall, and Floor). Also, indicate the name of the administrator or the recipient of the
forms in the Remarks field and proceed with administering SAQ.

113
 The same procedure shall also be followed when there is another gated subdivision/village
inside a subdivision/village.

For an instance, Subdivision B is located inside Subdivision A. The HOA of Subdivision A

allowed geotagging within its premises, but the HOA of Subdivision B did not allow it. In such cases,
the EN shall proceed on conducting geotagging in Subdivision A. However, for Subdivision B, the EN
shall geotag at Subdivision B’s main gate only.

5.7.8 Geotagging of Military Camps

Inquire and secure permission from the Camp Commandant if the military camp can be geotagged.

If geotagging is permitted:

1. Inquire if households inside the camp can also be geotagged. If permission is

granted, proceed with geotagging using the procedure in Section 5.7.1 –
Geotagging of Regular Housing Units.
2. If geotagging the households inside the camp is not allowed, geotag the camp at the
main gate using the procedure in Section 5.7.4 – Geotagging of Institutional
Living Quarter (ILQ). Proceed with providing POPCEN-CBMS Form 11 (Self
Administered Questionnaire for Institutional Population). Record the name of the
Administrator or Commandant in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

If geotagging is not permitted:

1. DO NOT geotag the military camp. Proceed with providing POPCEN-CBMS Form
11 (Self Administered Questionnaire for Institutional Population).
2. Record the name of the Administrator or Commandant in the POPCEN-CBMS Form
1.

114
5.8. Moving Points in the QField Projects
There might be instances when the EN geotagged a point in the wrong location and needs to be moved
to a different location. Instructions on moving the point to a different location in the map are as
follows:

1. Determine, and tap the building point on the map to be moved. If using a stylus, long press
the point.

NOTE:
Make sure to select the layer (e.g., 0140800200100000069) and activate the Browse
Mode.

2. As the name of the selected features appears, tap the Geocode of the geotagged point to be
moved.

3. At the upper right corner of the form, tap the vertical ellipsis icon to start editing and select
Move Feature.

4. To move the point, position the green point to the desired position at the center of the roof of
the building.

115
5. Tap the check button on the lower right portion to save the edit. The point is now
positioned on the desired location.

6. To edit the data items, activate Digitize Mode by tapping the Pencil icon. In case a point is to
be deleted, select the geotagged point and hover to the Remarks portion, then encode “FOR
DELETION”. Click the Browse Mode on (beside the pencil icon) to stop editing mode. Points
with “FOR DELETION” remarks shall be removed during data processing.

116
 REMINDER:
Review first the details of the feature or point to be moved or deleted. In case a point is
incorrectly geotagged, the EN shall add a new point instead, and ensure that there is a
“FOR DELETION” in the Remarks portion of the incorrect point.

5.9. Adding Household in a Previously Geotagged Building

This should be done only if there are multiple households in the same building. Likewise, this
shall be done after completing the interview for the first household being interviewed (i.e., finish
the interview first or save the current progress (in case of a callback) for the previous household
before proceeding to the succeeding households in the same building).

1. In the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, click Start interview, then add Form 2.
2. Make sure that the geotagging layer is in Browse mode.
3. Locate and tap the building point of the previously tagged building on the map. The
Features Menu shall appear.

4. Tap the Geocode of the geotagged point to be updated. Ensure that the BSN and other data
fields are the same.

5. At the upper right corner of the form, tap the icon to start editing.

6. In the Update Feature field, click the “+” button to allow the HSN to increment automatically.

7. After editing the Update Feature field, save by tapping the check icon on the upper left part of
the form. Verify if the date and time was updated to ensure that the building point record was
successfully saved.

117
8. Return to the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application by tapping the Back button of the tablet
twice. Proceed with the interview.

5.10 Geotagging Protocols

There might be instances when the EN geotagged a point in the wrong location and needs to
be moved to a different location. Instructions on moving the point to a different location in
the map are as follows:
1. ONLY ONE POINT must appear on a building.

2. The points MUST BE PLACED AT THE CENTER OF THE ROOF OF THE BUILDING. If
the existing point on the reference map is not plotted on its desired location, place the
geotagged point at the center.

3. GEOTAG BUILDINGS ONLY INSIDE THE EA BOUNDARY

ASSIGNED. Take note of the adjustments in the EA delineation.
Make sure to geotag and enumerate only the assigned area.

4. In several cases, if the buildings or households are in coastal

areas and are not covered in any of the EA boundary, the ENs
covering the adjacent or nearest EA are responsible for
conducting the geotagging and enumeration.

5. Homeless persons living in the streets, public spaces and those occupying mobile housing
units who have no usual place of residence or not certain to be enumerated elsewhere shall
be listed and geotagged where they are found.

Refer to the previous section on the procedure of geotagging homeless households.

118
 5.11 Submission

The submission of outputs for geotagging is in the form of shapefiles. The submission
will be done once the EA has been completely enumerated. For areas with limited internet
connection, uploading of shapefiles may be on a weekly basis. The ENs must ensure the
timeliness and completeness of shapefiles to be uploaded.

1. Using the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app CAPI Application, Click the burger menu in the upper left
corner to open the side bar menu.

2. In the side bar menu, select the Data Management. Then Click Upload.

3. In the Upload Module interface. Click the Upload Form 2 (HPQ) SHP Files to upload the
shapefiles.

119
 Paper-Based Geotagging
6 Procedures

Paper-based geotagging is another procedure in gathering household location data during the
enumeration activities of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. The use of paper-based maps as an alternative
to tablet-based geotagging aims to accurately achieve the efficient implementation of the entire census
field operation. Like the tablet-based procedure, the outputs will be shared to stakeholders such as
LGUs and NGAs and will also serve as significant references in the conduct of future PSA undertakings.

In this chapter, the ENs are required to learn how to read enumeration area (EA), conduct an ocular
inspection of the assigned area, and carry out canvassing, and geotagging procedures using paper-
based maps.

6.1. Reading the Barangay/EA/Block Map

Similar to tablet-based geotagging, all personnel involved in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Rollout Data
Collection, especially the ENs, are required to familiarize themselves with the features of the paper
maps that will be used for geotagging. The paper maps are composed of two parts: the Area Map
Section and Geographic Information Section.

The Area Map Section shows the image/shape of the area for enumeration defined by boundaries
with the adjacent areas. This section features the identifiable characteristics of the area such as roads,
streets, pathways, alleys, rivers, streams, landmarks, building roofs, geotagged points, and other area
features.

On the other hand, the Geographic Information Section is located at the bottom part of the map
with the POPCEN-CBMS and PSA logos placed on the lowermost left portion of the section. Beside the
logos are the province, city/municipality, and barangay name and code, EA number, block number,
legends or reference symbols, sheet number, and the certification portion.

120
 SECTIONS OF POPCEN-CBMS PAPER MAPS

To effectively carry out canvassing and geotagging during the enumeration, the ENs should learn how
to read the Barangay/EA/Block map provided by familiarizing first with the basic mapping
symbols and their definitions used during the data collection.

Another important thing to know is the general location of the barangay hall, its boundaries, and/or
the proper EA boundaries. The following types of boundary indicators that can be found on the map
are:

1. A barangay boundary represented by a green dash line.

2. An EA boundary represented by a red dash line.
3. A block boundary represented by a blue dash line.

The standard geographic and cartographic symbols are presented in Figure 6.2. Use these symbols
as guides in reading the barangay /EA/Block map.

121
 STANDARD GEOGRAPHIC AND CARTOGRAPHIC SYMBOLS

Cardinal Direction

The four directions or cardinal points, which are the north, east, south, and west directions, are
commonly denoted by their initials N, E, S, and W, respectively. East and west are perpendicular (at
right angles) to north and south, with east being in the clockwise direction of rotation from north and
west being directly opposite east. In general, maps are oriented to the North by an arrow pointing
upward as indicated in the upper right portion of the EA/barangay/ block map. Use the position of the
sun to determine the true north.

Barangay/EA/Block Map

Before the conduct of enumeration, a set of maps including barangay, EA, and block maps (if
applicable) depending on the area of assignment must be provided to the ENs.

● Barangay map

122
 A barangay map is a graphical representation of the barangay covered. Basically, it
shows the general topographic features of the area, boundaries with the adjacent
barangay, and prominent landmarks and other area features.

● Enumeration Area map within the barangay

An enumeration area (EA) map is the graphical representation of a portion of the

barangay covered for the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Rollout. If a barangay is subdivided
into EAs, each map shows its boundaries with other EAs within the barangay.
Generally, each EN is assigned with a specific EA assignment.

● Block map/s within the enumeration area

A block map is the geographical representation of a portion of an EA covered for the

2024 POPCEN-CBMS Rollout. If an EA is subdivided into smaller portions called
blocks, each block map boundary shows its boundaries with other blocks within the EA.

NOTE:
For a barangay with only one EA barangay, an EA map will be provided as one map.
For EA with no block maps, EA and block map will be provided as one map.

Use these maps during the conduct of the ocular inspection, canvassing and geotagging. Thr
following are illustrations of a barangay map, an EA map, and a block map, respectively.

EXAMPLE OF A BARANGAY MAP

EXAMPLE OF AN ENUMERATION AREA MAP

123
 EXAMPLE OF A BLOCK MAP

6.2. Ocular Inspection

Ocular inspection refers to the conduct of a familiarization visit to the area of assignment by going
around it and through it. Exact boundaries of the area/s of assignment must be established to
completely cover the area and not to go beyond it. The punong barangay or any official may provide
the necessary information on the boundaries, exact location of the EA assignment, barangay available

124
maps and other necessary information such as the best route to take during the actual field
enumeration, location of the blocked households in the EA.

Using the barangay/EA map provided, the ENs shall be oriented with the prominent ground features
such as streets, prominent landmarks, and known institutions such as schools, and barangay halls
during the conduct of the ocular inspection and map orientation, especially for those who are not familiar
with the area of assignment. The residents of the area can also provide additional information pertaining
to boundaries, prominent features and landmarks, and others.

125
Finding the True North

In general, maps are oriented to the North by an arrow pointing upward as indicated in the
upper right portion of the barangay, EA, and block map.

The position of the sun can help determine the true north. As an example, if the sun is in
the east during sunrise, the opposite direction automatically registers as west. From the four
cardinal directions, east and west are perpendicular to the north. From there, the location of
the true north can be easily approximated.

6.3. Canvassing

Canvassing refers to the procedure of door-to-door visit in the entire barangay/EA to look for
buildings and households to list, ensuring complete coverage of the area. The
barangay/EA/block shall be canvassed during the actual conduct of enumeration. Canvassing

126
the barangay/EA/block depends on the actual structure of the barangay/EA/block. Moreover,
canvassing shall also be done in multistorey buildings.

During the actual conduct of enumeration, the canvassing activity of the area of assignment
should be carried out using the map provided as a reference guide.

It is important to observe the following procedures when canvassing the barangay/EA

6.3.1 Canvassing a Barangay/EA with Blocks

Block map is a portion of the assigned EA. Block map may be any of the following:

● an area bounded on all sides by visible features such as streets, roads, railroad tracks,
rivers, and others;

● a subdivided area of an EA that may be composed of two (2) or more subblocks; and

● an enlarged portion of a clustered area.

If assigned to a barangay/EA composed of blocks, apply the following canvassing procedures:

1. Using the barangay/EA map, locate a block to conveniently start the canvassing activity.

2. Canvass the area BLOCK BY BLOCK, beginning from the most convenient block.
Then completely canvass one block at a time until the last block in the assigned EA is
completed.

For each block, start canvassing from a corner and go around the block preferably in
clockwise direction (KEEP RIGHT), along the inner side of the bounding streets until the
starting point has been reached. If in case of a dead end, canvas the area in a serpentine
manner.

Refer to the illustration below. Arrows in the illustrations are used to show the direction for
the systematic canvassing of an EA with blocks.

127
 x

3. In enumerating along the street or road, never go from one side of the street or road to the
other side. Complete the enumeration first on one side before going to the other side.

• When near the boundary of the barangay/EA, determine whether the block still
belongs to the area before proceeding to canvas the said block.

• Encircle the block number on the barangay/EA map when the canvassing of the
block is already finished in order to keep track of the progress.

128
• Verify areas with no buildings/structures in the map such as vacant lots. Public parks,
basketball, court, and others. If verified, do not canvass these areas.

6.3.2 Canvassing Barangay/EA/Block Not Bounded by Visible Features

If the barangay/EA/block is not bounded by visible features such as roads, rivers, railroads, and
other similar features, canvass the area as systematically as possible. If a street or road cuts through
the middle of a barangay/EA, canvass on one side of the street or road first, before canvassing the
other side.

In rural areas, canvass the barangay/EA/block from one end of the area to the other end, particularly
when buildings/housing units are along the roads, riverbanks, shorelines, or hills/mountains. Canvass
also the barangay/ EA from one outer sitio, purok or village to the next, and so on, until the whole
barangay/EA has been completely covered. For areas with buildings that are far from clusters of
buildings, determine the best routes to follow in order to efficiently canvass the whole area.

In a barangay/EA where the buildings are relatively dispersed, consult with the barangay officials
or other knowledgeable persons in the barangay on the best way to cover the area. While enumerating,
always inquire about buildings in the vicinity that are hidden from view, the best routes to follow, and
other helpful information.

The illustration below shows the directions in the systematic canvassing of an EA/block not
bounded by visible features. Arrows are used to show the direction for the systematic canvassing of an
EA not bounded by visible features. During enumeration, arrows are not required to be indicated on the
map.

Canvassing of an EA or Blocks Not Bounded by Visible Features

129
 6.3.1 Canvassing a Multi-Story Building

A story is the space in a building between two adjacent floor levels or between a floor and the roof.

A building is a multi-story if it has two or more stories. In a multi-story building, canvass the building
from the ground floor to the highest floor. Inquire from the building administrator/caretaker about the
number of vacant and/or occupied units in the building.

In a multi-story residential building, watch out for separate entrances and stairways leading to
individual housing units. Canvass the building for housing units from one entrance and stairway to
another, including those rooms with living quarters on the ground floor.

Moreover, after considering the following scenarios and cases on how to canvass an area, the
illustration below shows a canvassed portion of a block map.

Canvassed Portion of a Block Map

130
6.4. Geotagging Using Paper Maps

Geotagging using paper maps involves identification of the location of household buildings and
updating the barangay/EA/block map by indicating the proper building symbols and plotting of
building point and writing the building serial number (BSN) for newly identified buildings on the
barangay/EA/block map. This should be done simultaneous with listing and enumeration of
households.

6.4.1 General Procedures for Paper-Based Mapping

The ENs must be provided with the map of the barangay/EA/ block from the Team Supervisor
(TS). The map will help in identifying the exact location of buildings on the actual ground and each
building’s corresponding BSN that should be reflected in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. To
accomplish this geotagging task, follow the procedures below:

131
 1. For every building, determine whether it is a new building without a BSN, an existing
building with corresponding BSN, or special cases such as homeless or temporary
evacuation.

2. Indicate proper building symbols or BSNs on the map.

3. Reflect the correct BSNs of the buildings identified to POPCEN-CBMS Forms.

4. Print and sign the name on the spaces provided at the lower right portion of the
barangay/EA/block maps. Fill out the information in the Prepared by and Verified by
portion, as well as the date after completing the enumeration.

6.4.2 Indicating Proper Building Symbols in the EA/Block Map

During geotagging, identify on the map the approximate location of each building and the
corresponding symbols for each type. Use the proper building symbols to indicate on the map that
the building has been canvassed.

Using the proper symbols, plot on the barangay/EA/block map for the building that qualifies for
listing using POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. The table shows the lists of symbols to be used in paper-
based mapping for POPCEN-CBMS with the corresponding descriptions and examples for each.

Map Symbols for Paper Maps

Symbol Example Description

Existing buildings

New buildings

Homeless

Temporary Dwelling with Existing BSN Temporary Evacuation/

Relocation

Temporary Dwelling without BSN

(Shanty)

Institutional Living Quarter

ILQ with Existing BSN

ILQ without BSN

Demolished/destroyed,
dilapidated, out-of-scope
and purely commercial/
industrial/agricultural

132
 Ideally all buildings to be listed should have corresponding BSNs on the map. However, during
the enumeration, some buildings that have no BSNs indicated may be encountered. This situation
occurs if these buildings are newly constructed, or the building points and BSNs for these structures
were not assigned during the previous geo-tagging activity. Other possible cases include buildings
that serve as temporary evacuation or relocation and homeless households which should be
covered during the enumeration period.

Case 1. Procedures on how to indicate listed buildings with existing BSN

For EAs with existing geo-tagged building structures, i.e., each geotagged building has
corresponding BSN during the actual visit. The following are the procedures that should be
followed when a building is identified with corresponding BSN on the map.

Plot on the barangay/EA/Block map the symbol “ ” for each existing building with living
quarters, whether occupied or vacant.

Case 2. Procedures on how to indicate new buildings

However, some buildings have no BSNs indicated. This situation occurs if these buildings
are newly constructed, or the building points and BSNs for these structures were not assigned
during the previous geotagging activity. For EAs with no geotagged building point on the map,
i.e., each geotagged building is identified as new, or had not been covered in the geotagging
activity, treat the newly identified building structure as a new building on the map.

Assign and write the 70000-series BSN, starting from 70001, near the building point “ ”
that has been plotted on the map. The sequential 70000-series BSN must be unique for every
building and sequential with the EA.

Repeat these procedures for each newly identified residential building in the EA.

Example:

133
 Identify the building structures, either newly constructed or not tagged, on the
barangay/EA/block map. Plot the symbol “ ” on the identified new building structure. For
the first building, write 70001, for the second, 70002, and so on.

Case 3. Procedures on how to indicate BSN of ILQs with multiple building structures

An ILQ shall only be geotagged once regardless of the number of its building structures. In
effect, only one (1) BSN shall be used for the said ILQ, which can be the:

(1) BSN of the main building (i.e., existing BSN or based on the 70000-
series), or
(2) the lowest BSN value of the buildings if there is no main building, or if the
main building cannot be determined

Once the BSN has been assigned to the ILQ, indicate the BSNs of the remaining
building structures in the Remarks portion of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. The following
scenarios can be used as a guide in assigning BSNs and indicating necessary remarks for
ILQs with multiple buildings:

Scenario Instructions

An ILQ has three (3) buildings: Building A Assign BSN 00026 for the whole ILQ
(BSN: 00026), which serves as the main since it is the existing BSN of the main
building, Building B (BSN: 00025), and Building building.
C (BSN: 00024).
In the Remarks portion of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1, indicate “BSN 00024,
00025”.

An ILQ has three (3) buildings: Building A Use BSN 00024 as it is the lowest BSN
(BSN: 00026), Building B (BSN: 00025), and value since there is no main building.
Building C (BSN: 00024). The main building
cannot be determined. In the Remarks portion of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1, indicate “BSN 00025,
00026”.

An ILQ has three (3) buildings: Building A The main building has no assigned
(newly built, no BSN), which serves as the main BSN yet; thus, the EN shall assign a
building, Building B (BSN: 00025), and Building new BSN based on the 70000-series.
C (BSN: 00026).

134
 In the Remarks portion of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1, indicate “BSN 00025,
00026”.

Example:

An ILQ consists of three (3) building structures, each with existing BSNs (BSN 00109, BSN
00168, and BSN 00146). Upon interview with the administrator, it was confirmed that the
main building is the building with BSN 00109. Hence, the EN shall indicate BSN 00109 in
the BSN portion of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, and indicate the remaining BSNs in the
Remarks portion.

Case 4. Procedures on how to indicate BSN of a rowhouse

Assign a single BSN value (either the existing BSN or based on the 70000-series) in a
rowhouse in a subdivision.

Example:

A rowhouse, assigned with BSN 01487, consists of six (6) individual housing units. The EN
shall assign BSN 01487 for every housing unit identified therein.

135
Case 5. Procedures on how to indicate other geotagging cases

a. Temporary evacuation/relocation

For households enumerated in a temporary evacuation/relocation, plot on the

barangay/EA/Block map the symbol “55555” for new buildings identified as temporary
evacuation/relocation. If the household is currently staying in a temporary dwelling with an
existing BSN on the map (e.g., school buildings), put a box “ ” on the building point of
the existing building.

Likewise, to record temporary relocation/evacuation areas with existing BSN in

POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 Listing Record, the EN shall encode 55555 in the BSN column
and indicate the existing BSN (if any) in the Remarks portion. Refer to the example below:

A building with BSN 00094 was identified to be a temporary

evacuation/relocation area. The BSN value to be recorded in POPCEN-CBMS
Form 1 shall be 55555, while the existing BSN, 00094, shall be indicated in
the Remarks portion of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

136
 b. Homeless

For households identified as homeless, plot on the barangay/EA/Block

map the symbol “ ” in the place where they are found.

c. For buildings identified as demolished/destroyed, dilapidated, out-of-scope and

purely commercial/industrial/agricultural indicate “X 00000” on the map.

6.4.3 Taking Good Care of the Map

Like other POPCEN-CBMS materials, the map is also a very important document/record. It will
be used as reference material for the post-enumeration processing to come up with significant
maps. Hence, it must be ensured that the map is in good condition until the end of enumeration.

Below are some guidelines in taking care of the maps:

1. Use pencil in updating the map;

2. Do not use stamp pad when signing the name or indicating the date on the mapping
form;
3. Do not fold or roll the maps;

137
 4. Do not punch holes nor staple the maps;
5. Protect the map from extreme weather conditions; and
6. Take good care of the map all the time.

6.5. Submission of Paper Maps

The EN shall submit the paper maps once the EA has been completely enumerated. The ENs
must ensure the timely submission and the completeness of these maps.

Further, the ENs shall ensure that corresponding details in the maps (i.e., Prepared by, Date) are
properly filled-out before submission to the TS. Meanwhile, the TS shall conduct scrutiny of these
submitted paper maps as discussed in the Supervisor’s Manual.

138
 How to Proceed from Geotagging to
7 Data Collection

This chapter discusses the instructions on how to proceed from geotagging to the household or
institutional population data collection. The general procedure on geotagging housing units using the
CSEntry and QField applications will be presented here. well as the specific flow for different
enumeration scenarios will be detailed accordingly. Given that the household interview will be in two
parts - POPCEN, then CBMS.

7.1. POPCEN-CBMS Form 2

In the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app, the digital POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 will automatically be opened
after the geotagging procedure. Follow the instruction on how to proceed to accomplishing POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2 from geotagging in QField:

1. From QField, press the Back button twice.

NOTE:
Do NOT press the Back button more than twice to avoid tablet lagging and other
technical problems.

2. Wait for the application to load. It will prompt “Reading QField Data….”. Click OK.
3. Then, it will prompt “Successfully read QField Data….”. Click OK.
4. Select the type of housing unit you recently tagged. Select 1. Regular Housing Unit for
regular housing units, 2. Relocation for relocation areas, or 3. Homeless for homeless
persons. Then, click the ✓ mark.

Regular Housing Units

a. Select the type of household of the regular housing unit. Select 1. Regular
Household, 2. NUR, 3. Ambassador, Minister, etc., 4. VRH, or
5. VHU/VBLDG. Then, click the ✓ mark.
b. If there are two or more households in one housing unit, a prompt will appear
saying, “Is the household located within the same housing unit as
HUSN?”. Click Yes.
c. The Summary of Geographic Identification will appear. Verify the correctness
of the geo-ID. Click Yes and ✓ mark to proceed.

5. You will be redirected to the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

6. Click the Proceed button at the bottom of the screen to continue.
7. The address of the geotagged household will be autofilled with the information from
the QField. Verify the address then press > to continue.

NOTE:
The > button on the righthand side of your screen will allow you to continue to the
succeeding windows.

8. Select the appropriate mode of data collection.

9. Fill in the fields for the initial Household Summary: number of males, females,
household members, and nuclear families.

139
 10. Ask the respondent if the household members were already given their PhilID cards.
Ask consent for these to be scanned using the application.
11. Scan only the PhilID cards whose owners are present at the time of visit. Otherwise,
choose the appropriate category.
12. Proceed with the conduct of interview (Section A). Probe if necessary.

The following activities are to be undertaken after the POPCEN interview (Section A):

1. Thank the respondent for answering your questions in Section A. Implement the three
questions to request for consent to be interviewed in Sections B onwards. Probe if
necessary.
2. Proceed with the interview from Sections B to O, if the respondent agrees to be
interviewed.
3. After the interview, the CBMS Form 3 will appear. Click the Proceed button to
administer the waiver/consent form.

NOTE:
The detailed instruction on how to proceed to the interview and to administer the
CBMS Form 3 is in the Chapter 9 of this manual.

4. Select the Result of Visit for POPCEN and Result of Final Visit for CBMS.
5. A prompt to accept the case will appear. Select Yes.
6. Thank the respondent for answering the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (and signing the
POPCEN-CBMS Form 3).
7. The Data Consistency Check will run.
8. The Data Consistency Check Report will appear. Address all consistency checks
before leaving the household.
9. Fill out the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 or sticker.
10. In the printed POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, record the household and its key information.
11. Set aside a few hours a day to review the interviews done and address remaining data
inconsistencies found.
12. Submit data at least once a week. Secure a back-up by pressing the Backup button in
the application at least once every two weeks.
13. Address all instructions and suggestions for review/edit provided by the Team
Supervisor from MIS and CAS/HCAS/Clerk via RCBMS.
14. Check daily accomplishments. Strategize with TS on how to cover areas that cannot
be easily penetrated.

140
 Instructions in Accomplishing
8 POPCEN-CBMS Form 2

This chapter discusses the instructions on how you will interview the households using POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2. For 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, the CAPI will be the main mode of data collection.

This questionnaire aims to gather information on the basic demographic, social, and economic
characteristics of the household population, and some characteristics of their housing unit. In addition,
data on their health, food security, negative shocks experiences and disaster preparedness, and data
on emerging trends such as internet access and financial inclusion are also collected.

The HPQ is divided into 15 sections, namely:

Section A – Core Demographic Characteristics

Section B – Other Demographic Characteristics
Section C – Migration
Section D – Education
Section E – Economic Characteristics
Section F – Health
Section G – Food Security
Section H – Access to Public Transportation
Section I – Formal Financial Account
Section J – Negative Shocks and Disaster Preparedness
Section K – Internet Access
Section L – Public Safety
Section M – Social Protection and Assistance Programs
Section N – Water, Sanitation, and Hygiene
Section O – Housing Characteristics

Sections A to E gather information on individual level, while Sections F to O gather information

on household and/or family level.

8.1. Reference Period

For 2024 POPCEN-CBMS data collection, the following reference period will be used unless stated
in the specific data items:

● Household membership – 12:01 a.m., July 01, 2024

● Past week – for Section E should be the past seven (7) days preceding the date of
interview or visit.

● Past month – for Section F (F04 only) should be the past 30 days, or four weeks preceding
the date of interview or visit.

● Past 12 months – for Sections C (C06 only), F (F05 only), J, K, L, and M should be the
past 12 months or 52 weeks preceding the date of interview or visit.

● Past three (3) years – for Sections C (C03 to C05 only) and F (F06 to F09 only) should
be from July 01, 2021 to June 30, 2024.
141
 Generally, if the reference period is specified, e.g., July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024, then it is
fixed. Otherwise, it is moving, with consideration to the date of visit or interview.

8.2. Components of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2

Familiarize yourself with the items found in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. Some questions/items
require specific entries.

A. Section Title

Every section has a title (e.g., Core Demographic Characteristics, Other Demographic
Characteristics, Migration, Education).

B. Introductory Statements

All sections, as well as sensitive questions, have introductory statements which summarize
the content of the sections. This must be read to the respondent.

Example:

Section F

In the next questions, we will ask about the health status of your household members.
There will be questions about infants and children, other sickness experienced by the
members of your household, and access to health services. Some of the questions
might be sensitive or difficult to answer, but we encourage you to answer as this might
help the government to craft programs that might benefit your household and your
community.

Section L

The next set of questions will ask about how you or your household members feel
about your neighborhood.

C. Restriction/Age Spanner

This will serve as a guide for you to know which questions apply to specific
individuals. For example, Section A items A01 to A09 apply to all household members
but items A10 and A11 apply to household members aged five years old and over only.

D. Question

There are 121 question items in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 with different
structures (with coded responses and without coded responses).

E. Response Categories

Some questions have response categories while some can be answered by

writing/encoding responses. Response categories vary per question.

142
 Response categories written in CAPITAL LETTERS are not to be read out to the
respondent. In these cases, wait for the respondents to give their answer then reflect
it to the questionnaire accordingly.

F. Question Item Number

For each question item, there is an assigned question item number. The question
item number determines how many question items there are in a section.

G. Notes/Instructions to Enumerator

Anything written in CAPITAL LETTERS is an instruction to the interviewer and should

NOT be read aloud. For example, ‘GO TO D04’ after the No response in Item D01 is a
skipping instruction for the eyes of the EN and should not be read aloud to the respondent.
Another example is the skipping instruction in D06.

H. Space for the answers/responses

This is where the responses are to be reflected. This may be a line, a box, or a group
of boxes. The image below shows the example of age spanner, question, response
categories, question item number, and instruction to enumerator.

8.3. CAPI

Before proceeding to the Section A of the questionnaire, the EN must click PROCEED in the cover
page of the digital HPQ. Then, accomplish the following data items: address of the household, mode
of data collection, and summary of visit.

352,

8.3.1 Address of the Household

This refers to the complete address of the household. It includes the following:

• Floor Number;

143
 • House/Building Number;
• Block/Lot Number;
• Sitio/Purok Name;
• Subdivision/Village; and
• Street Name.

This will be auto-fill if the entries were indicated in the QField app. Otherwise, enter the answer
in the corresponding fields.

8.3.2 Mode of Data Collection

The code and description for the mode of data collection is listed as follows:

Code Description
1 Computer-Assisted Personal Interview (CAPI)
The respondent was personally interviewed by the EN, and the responses are
recorded in the tablet.
2 Paper and Pencil Personal Interview (PAPI)
The respondent was personally interviewed by the EN, and the responses are
recorded in the printed questionnaire. (This is applicable only to selected areas.)
3 Self-Administered Questionnaire (SAQ)
The respondent was the one who accomplished the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 –
SAQ for Household.

Select the corresponding mode of data collection for the household.

8.3.3 Summary of Visit

Record the following data items in the summary of visit:

• Number of Visit/s Made

• Number of Males
• Number of Females
• Number of Household Members
• Number of Nuclear Family

8.3.4 Number of visit/s made

The number of total visits to the household will be automated in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app.

8.3.5 Number of Household Members, Number of Males, and Number of Females

Record the number of household members, number of males, and number of females.
Note that this will be the basis on the number of records (household members) that can be
entered in the digital form 2, as such, ensure that the number indicated is correct.

The sum of the number of male and female should be consistent with the total count,
otherwise an error will be displayed.

8.3.6 Number of Nuclear Families

144
 Record the number of nuclear families in the household. This will be further discussed
in Section 8.9.5, Item B01.

8.4. Title Panel (for PAPI only)

The Title Panel is found on the topmost part of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. It contains the following:

● Form Type and PSA Approval Number and Expiry Date

● Name of the Agency and Page Number
● Legal Provisions
● Name of the Census and Form Title
● Letter from the National Statistician

All booklets of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 given to you will be accounted for until the end of the
enumeration. Do NOT lose any booklet of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 since all accomplished and unused
questionnaires will be returned to the PSA through your supervisor at the end of the enumeration period.

8.5. Certification Panel (for PAPI only)

This portion will be filled out after you have successfully completed
the interview and reviewed/edited the questionnaire. Print your full name
in capital letters clearly on the line provided and sign over it. Your
signature attests to the completeness and accuracy of the questionnaire
that you have accomplished. Indicate also the date (MM/DD/YYYY)
when you affixed your signature. All questionnaires that you have

145
accomplished should bear your name and your signature. Use of stamp
pad is strictly not allowed.

When you sign in this portion, you are certifying that you have
personally conducted the interview and that you have religiously followed
the enumeration procedures as stated in this manual.

Your TS and CAS will also write their full name and their signature
in this portion after they have reviewed the booklet for completeness and
correctness of entries.
Personnel who serve as supervisor from the PSO, RSSO, or CO will likewise sign in this certification
if they have done supervision during the interview and/or reviewed the questionnaire. These personnel
will print their full name and affix their signature once they have completely verified the questionnaire.

8.6. Geographic Identification Panel (for PAPI only)

For every household, the geographic identification sections should be filled out at the start of the
interview. The information listed should align with the current location or the address of the respondent
assigned in your enumeration area.

Geographic Identification Information

Region Name of the region together with the 2-digit code
Province/Highly Urbanized City (HUC) Name of the province/HUC together with the 3-digit code
City/municipality Name of the city/municipality together with the 2-digit code
Barangay Name of the barangay together with the 3-digit code
Enumeration Area Number (EAN) Pre-assigned 6-digit code
Building Serial Number (BSN) 5-digit code assigned for every building
Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) 5-digit code assigned for every housing unit
Household Serial Number (HSN) 5-digit code assigned for every household
Line Number of the Respondent 2-digit code assigned for the respondent

Detailed instructions on how to input geographic identification were included in Chapter 5 of this
manual.

8.6.1 Booklet Number

There are two boxes for the booklet number. The first box is intended for the number that
will indicate the order of the booklet being accomplished and the second box is for the total
number of booklets used for the household.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 can accommodate a total of six household members. Hence, if a

household has more than six members, then one or more additional booklets will be filled out
for this household.

To properly account for all the booklets that you have used for one household, you must
always fill out this portion of the questionnaire.

If a household has six or fewer members, you will use only one booklet. However, if two or
more booklets are used, number these booklets in consecutive order.

Examples:

a. If the household has six members, use only one POPCEN-CBMS Form 2:
146
 b. If the household has 10 members, use two POPCEN-CBMS Form 2:

8.6.2 Geographic Identification (Geo-ID)

Copy the Geo-ID, that is, the name and code of the province, city/municipality, and
barangay, and the enumeration area (EA) number from the Geo-ID Panel of POPCEN-CBMS
Form 1 – Listing Record. You are advised to fill out this portion before going out to the field for
enumeration. During your actual visit to the household, copy the BSN, HUSN, and HSN from
Columns 3 to 5 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. See Illustration 8.1 on the next page.

8.7. Other Information of the Household

Geographic Identification Information

Sitio / purok Name of sitio or purok.

Enter N/A if there is no sitio or purok in the barangay. Always add

the word “sitio” or “purok” before the name.

Example: Purok 1

Contact number 11-digit mobile number, or 8-digit telephone number of the

respondent, or any member of the household.

Example: 09123456789 / 81234567

NOTE: If the respondent or any household member has no

contact number, type or write ‘98’ in the field or space provided.

E-mail address Valid and working e-mail address of the respondent or any
household member.

Example: [email protected]

NOTE: If the respondent or any household member has no

e-mail address, type or write ‘-’ in the field or space provided.

Name of the household head Name of the identified head of the household

Examples: DELA CRUZ, JUAN JR SANTOS

REYES, MARIA ROBLES

147
 Geographic Identification Information
NOTE: If the building/housing unit is vacant and the name of its
owner is known, write the owner’s name.

Address Complete address of the household.

Enter floor number, house/building number, name block/lot number,

street name, and subdivision/village.

8.7.1 Line Number of the Respondent

You should fill out the code boxes for the line number of the respondent only after you have
listed in A01 all the members of the household. Once you have ascertained the completeness
of the household members listed, determine the line number that corresponds to the name of
the respondent. It is the encircled line number at the leftmost column on page 2. Write in the
boxes the line number of the respondent. Prefix “0” if the line number is less than 10.

Write “00” in the code boxes for the following cases:

● if the respondent is not a member of that household. This happens when, as a last
resort, a non-household member is interviewed because no household member is
available for interview after several callbacks.

● if the housing unit is vacant or used only as a vacation or rest house, the household
is occupied exclusively by non-usual residents, or all household members are not
eligible for enumeration.

As discussed in Section 4.8 of Chapter 4, a respondent is any responsible member of the

household who can provide accurate answers to the questions or who can give correct
information for the household.

Interview the head of the household or his/her spouse since they are often the most
qualified respondent. Only if the household head or his/her spouse are not available that you
should ask for any member of the household who can provide accurate information for the
household and all its members.

ILLUSTRATION 8.1
How to Fill Out the Line Number of the Respondent

148
8.7.2 Name and Address of the Household Head

Copy on the line provided the name of the household head and address that is written in
Column 7 of CPH Form 1. Write the last name followed by the first name, suffix (if any),
and middle name of the household head on the line provided.

ILLUSTRATION 8.2
How to Fill Out the Name and Address of the Household Head

149
8.8. Interview Record

Below the Geo-ID Panel is the Interview Record. This portion has three (3) columns intended for
three (3) visits. For each visit, the information to be recorded is the date of visit, time the interview was
started and time it ended, and result of visit. This portion also contains columns where the POPCEN-
CBMS personnel can write/record the appointment date and time of the next visit, if any.

The Summary of Visit is the part of the Interview Record where the following are to be recorded:
number of visits made, time began and ended for each visit, result of final visit, number of household
members, number of males, number of females, number of nuclear families, mode of data collection,
checklist on the status of CBMS Form 3, and geotagging of building where the household resides.

150
8.8.1 Record of visit

For each visit (Visit 1, 2 or 3 as the case may be), record the date of your visit to the
household. Write on the line the month, day, and year of visit using the format MM/DD/YYYY.

8.8.2 Interview Time

For each visit, record the duration of the interview, that is, the time of the start of the
interview and end of interview. Before you begin the interview, write on the line corresponding
to the Time Began the hour and minute using the 24-hour format. Once the interview has been
completed, write on the corresponding line the time the interview ended.

Example:

The interview started at 2:45 pm and ended at 3:15 pm. The interview time will be filled
out as follows:

07/15/2024
14:45
15:15

8.8.3 Result of visit

The Interview Record also contains the line for Result of Visit, which refers to the result of
the interview or visit to the household. A visit to a household may result in any of the following:

RESULT OF VISIT FOR POPCEN INTERVIEW

Code Description of Result of Visit

1 Completed – The household was successfully interviewed or the housing unit, if it
is a special case, was successfully covered.
2 Entire household is absent/away during the enumeration period – The entire
household is away for an extended period of time that no member will be back within
one month or within the enumeration period.

151
Code Description of Result of Visit
Verify from the neighbors if the household will not be back before the end of the
enumeration. If so, list the household in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. Ask the neighbor
the name of the household head, the number of male and female household
members and write this information in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. Write any other
necessary information in the REMARKS portion. Accomplish POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 for this household, fill out the Geo-ID, summary of visit, and the housing
portion.
3 Refused – The household refused to be interviewed at the time of visit and could
not be convinced to set an appointment for an interview in the future.

If after all efforts have been exerted but the household still refuses to be interviewed,
ask the help of your TS or higher supervisor, or an influential person in the
community to turn this refusal into a successful interview.
5 Not Yet Completed (Callback) – The following are included in this result of visit:

households that requested to be interviewed in another day,

household interviews that are not yet completed at the time of visit but will be
continued the next day,
households that could not be interviewed at the time of visit or the interview
has been started but could not be completed,
households that are temporarily away, not at home, or on vacation, and
households with no responsible respondent around.

This code must not be used for the result of the final visit.
9 Others, SPECIFY ______ – The household could not be interviewed for reasons
other than those given above such as the entire household is quarantined because
of an infectious disease.

RESULT OF VISIT FOR CBMS INTERVIEW

Code Description of Result of Visit

1 Completed – refer to result of visit for POPCEN for the description.
2 Entire household is absent/away during the enumeration period – refer to
result of visit for POPCEN for the description.
3 Refused – refer to result of visit for POPCEN for the description.
4 Terminated – result of visit as terminated interview. The respondent may decide to
decline continuing the interview due to various reasons.
5 Not Yet Completed (Callback) – refer to result of visit for POPCEN for the
description.
9 Others, SPECIFY ______ – refer to result of visit for POPCEN for the description.

Do NOT select Refused or code ‘3’ on the first visit.

In PAPI, write the code for the result of visit in the box provided.

8.8.4 Appointment for next visit

If a callback is needed, you should also record the date and time of the appointment that
you set with the respondent/household on the corresponding lines in the portion for
APPOINTMENT FOR NEXT VISIT.

152
 Example:

The callback is scheduled on July 20, 2024 at 9:00 am. The boxes for the date and
time of the next visit will be filled out as follows:

You are expected to make several callbacks until you obtain a successful interview. If you
are still unsuccessful after several callbacks, seek the help of your TS.

Do NOT fill out the lines for the third visit if it did not result in a successful interview and if
another callback is to be made. The lines for the third visit are allotted for the last or final visit
to the household.

8.8.5 Summary of visit

After the final visit, record the following information in the Summary of Visit portion:
● Number of visit/s made
● Result of final visit (POPCEN)
● Result of final visit (CBMS)
● Number of household members
● Number of males
● Number of females
● Number of nuclear families
● Mode of data collection
● Signed CBMS Form 3 (Consent Form)
● Geotagged X-Y coordinates

8.8.6 Number of visit/s made

Write in the box provided the number of total visits to the household. The total number of
visits can exceed three if more than three visits to the household were made. Exhaust all efforts
to interview the household.

8.8.7 Result of final visit

153
 Write the appropriate code for the result of the final visit for POPCEN and CBMS in its
corresponding box provided. Note that Callback (code ‘5’) is NOT acceptable as code for the
result of the final visit. Codes from ‘1’ to ‘4’ and ‘9’ only will be accepted as a result of final visit.

8.8.8 Number of Household Members, Number of Males, and Number of Females

Record the number of household members, number of males, and number of females after
completing the interview for POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

In PAPI, you need to count for the number of household members, number of males, and
number of females for the entire household using the information in A03. If you accomplished
more than one POPCEN-CBMS Form 2, count all the members, the male and the female
members using all the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 accomplished for this household.

In CAPI, the number of household members, males, and females are automatically
computed.

8.8.9 Number of Nuclear Families

Record the number of nuclear families after completing the interview for CBMS Form 2.
In PAPI, you need to count the number of nuclear families for the entire household using the
information in A03.

8.8.10 Mode of data collection

The code and description for the mode of data collection is listed as follows:

Code Description
1 Computer-Assisted Personal Interview (CAPI)
The respondent was personally interviewed by the EN, and the responses are
recorded in the tablet.
2 Paper and Pencil Personal Interview (PAPI)
The respondent was personally interviewed by the EN, and the responses are
recorded in the printed questionnaire. (This is applicable only to selected areas.)
3 Self-Administered Questionnaire (SAQ)
The respondent was the one who accomplished the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 –
SAQ for Household.

Write in the box provided the code for the mode of data collection.

8.8.11 Signed CBMS Form 3

If the respondent signs the CBMS Form 3 or the Consent Form, enter ‘1’ for Yes. Otherwise,
enter ‘2’ for No.

154
8.8.12 Geotagged X-Y Coordinates

If the X- and Y-coordinates of the housing unit/building are geotagged, enter ‘1’ for Yes.
Otherwise, enter ‘2’ for No.

REMINDER:
In PAPI, if the total number of household members is more than 6, accomplish two or
more POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. The Certification Portion, Geo-ID, and Interview
Record should be filled out on the first booklet. While on the succeeding booklet/s, only
the Certification Portion, and the Geo-ID should have entries.

Illustration 7.4 is an example of how to fill in page 1 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for a

household with 10 members.

155
 ILLUSTRATION 8.3A
Filled Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for a Household with 10 Members (First Booklet)

156
 ILLUSTRATION 8.3B
Filled Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for a Household with 10 Members (Second Booklet)

157
8.9. Instructions in Filling Out the Form 2 Data Items

Be guided by the general instructions and illustrations discussed in succeeding sections when
accomplishing the population census items.

General Instructions in Asking the Population Census Questions (for PAPI only)

As a rule, you should ask the questions in Items A01, A02, and A03 one after another for each
household member until the last member is listed. Once you have completely filled out Items A01, A02,
and A03 for all the household members, you should ask the following questions:

1. “Are there other persons in this household who were not yet listed such as infants,
small children, elderly persons, and overseas workers?”. This will help you in ensuring
that all household members are listed.

2. FOR PAPI ONLY: “Are there more than six (6) members in this household?”. This is
a cue that you need to use additional POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 if there are more than six
members in the household.

Then, you should go back to the first household member listed and ask the respondent about the
succeeding questions in each section, one after another. You will ask these questions for each
succeeding household member.

Always refer to the age of the person in Item A05 when answering the succeeding data items, since
it is an indicator whether a certain question is still applicable to the person.

If the list of qualified household members had already been exhausted, that is, all household
members had already been listed, affix your initial on the space provided for the last name in Column
A01 for all empty lines or unused rows for PAPI only.

Specific Instructions by Item

The quality of the data collected in this questionnaire will depend highly on how well you ask the
questions and how accurately you record the answer. For this reason, you are required to follow the
instructions correctly for each item in POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 as provided in this manual. Pay close
attention to the rationale and importance of each item included in the questionnaire.

8.9.1 Line Number (FOR PAPI ONLY)

Every questionnaire is allotted with six lines or rows. Each line or row is provided with a line
number that corresponds to each member of the household.

Encircle the line number of the respondent. If there are two or more respondents during your
interview, encircle the line number of the person who provided most of the answers that you have
recorded in the questionnaire.

There may be an instance when an interview of a household could not be completed during the
first visit, hence, it necessitates a callback. As such, the respondent during your first visit and during
your callback may not be the same. In this instance, encircle the line number of the respondent who
provided you with most of the answers.

Copy the line number of the respondent in the Geo-ID portion of page 1.

158
 If there are more than six members in the household, you need to use additional POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2. For the second booklet of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2, line out the preprinted line
number “1” and write “7” in its place. Change the succeeding line numbers accordingly. Any change
in the line numbers on page 2 should also be reflected in the column for the line numbers on pages
3 to 6.

Refer to Illustration 7.5 for the example of continuous line numbering of pages 2 to 6 for
additional POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

ILLUSTRATION 7.5
Continuous Line Number of Pages 2 to 6 for Additional POPCEN-CBMS Form 2

8.9.2 SECTION A – Core Demographic Characteristics

Ask items A01 to A09 for all household members while A10 and A11 shall be asked for
household members 5 years old and over.

A01: Name of Household Members

Begin by asking the respondent, “Who is the household head?”, and “Who are the
other members of the household usually residing here as of July 01, 2024?” for the
succeeding household members.

The household head is an adult member of the household, male or female who is
responsible for the organization and care of the household, or who is regarded as such by the
members of the household.

OFWs can be considered/listed as household heads. Write the names of all household
members according to this order:

● Head
● Spouse of the head
● Never-married children of the head/spouse, from the oldest to the youngest
● Ever-married children of the head/spouse and their families, from the oldest to the
youngest
● Other relatives of the head
● Nonrelatives of the head

159
 It is important that you list the names of the household members following this order so
that you will be able to list all the qualified household members, and no one will be missed.

In recording the name of the household member, be guided by the following:

a. Type or write the last name (or surname), the first (or given name), the suffix
(if any), and middle name (if given) on the specified lines.

Name Format Example

DELA CRUZ JUAN

LAST NAME FIRST NAME

JR. ABAYA
SUFFIX MIDDLE NAME

b. If the last name of a member is the same

as the one immediately preceding him/her,
retype the last name.

In PAPI, if the last name of a member is the

same as the one immediately preceding
him/her, draw a horizontal line ( ______ )
in place of his/her last name and write
his/her first name, suffix, and middle name
on the corresponding lines. However, on
the succeeding booklet, write again the last
name of the member on the first row of the
booklet.

c. In some parts of the country where people

do not have last name or middle name,
type or write a hyphen "-" on its
corresponding fields.

d. Write ‘98’ if the respondent does not know

the middle name of a specific household member.

NOTE:
Do NOT do the following in reporting the names of household members:
1. Using the number zero instead of letter O, i.e., Alejandr0, 0scar
2. Using 1 for letter I, i.e., Richard 111 instead of Richard III
3. Using 2 for “to”, i.e., 2ny

If the head has more than one spouse who is living in the same household, list down the
name of the first spouse and their children, followed by the second spouse and their children,
and so on, keeping the nuclear family together, as intact as possible.

Inform the respondent that you need to include in the list all household members who are
overseas workers and undocumented workers or so-called TNT (Tago Nang Tago) if the
household still considers them as members and if the respondent still mentions their names

160
when you ask about the names of the household members, provided that he/she is expected
to return within five years from the date of the last departure. However, immigrants are excluded
from the POPCEN-CBMS data collection.

NOTE:
An immigrant is “a foreign national who entered the Philippines to take up permanent
residence during a specified period of observation.” (PSA Board Resolution No. 08
Series of 2017)

Persons who were former Filipino nationals (now citizens of a foreign country) and are
living permanently abroad are NOT included as members of the household unless they
have resided or are expected to reside in the Philippines for at least a year from their
arrival.

You may sometimes encounter respondents who will insist that you include as a member
of the household a person who does not qualify as a household member per our census
concepts. Explain to the respondent that we are strictly adhering to internationally-accepted
census concepts/definitions and that the person he/she wants to include in his/her household
will definitely be included in another household. Examples of persons whom your respondent
would most likely insist on including in his/her household are students who attend school in
Manila or in another province or city/municipality and go home only once a month or at the end
of every semester. Such students should be enumerated in the place where they are boarding
and not in their parents’ household.

If there are boarders in residential houses, INCLUDE them as members of the household
with whom they live. But take note of the scenarios provided herein to guide you in using HPQ
for various scenarios of households with boarders.

Scenario Sleep in the Have Common Action

Same Arrangement for
Housing Food
Unit
Less than 10 Enumerate as 1 household
boarders ✓ ✓ using HPQ
✓ x Enumerate as separate
✓ households using HPQ
x
10 or more ✓ ✓ Enumerate as 1 household
boarders using HPQ

The 10 or more boarders will

be extracted during data
processing to be included as
institutional population
✓ x Enumerate as separate
households using HPQ

WHEN YOU ARE IN DOUBT as to whether a person should be included or excluded as a

member of a household, INCLUDE that person but write the necessary notes or explanations.
Refer this matter to your supervisor.

161
 A02: Relationship to the Household Head

This item asks for the relationship of

the household members to the head of the
household. Data on the relationship of
every household member to the head of
the household provide an indication of the
typical relationship among the household
members. They provide the types of living
arrangement of households in the
Philippines. These data on relationships
are necessary in the formulation of social
security and welfare programs.

As the respondent gives the name of a

household member, ask immediately this question, “What is (NAME)’s relationship to the
head of this household?”. Refer to the name of the household member in A01 when you ask
this question.

The codes for the relationship of the household members to the head are listed as follows:

Code Response Category Definition

01 Household Head An adult person, who is responsible for the organization and
care of the household or who is regarded as such by the
members of the household
02 Spouse Household head's partner in marriage or a person with whom
one has entered a civil union or a common-law arrangement

03 Son Male child of the head, regardless of his age or marital status,
whether biological or adopted. A married son who, together with
his family, lives with his father’s household should be reported
as “SON”, his wife as “DAUGHTER-IN-LAW”, and his children
as “GRANDSON” or “GRANDDAUGHTER” of the household
head.
04 Daughter Female child of the head, regardless of her age or marital status,
whether biological or adopted. A married daughter who, together
with her family, lives with her father’s household should be
reported as “DAUGHTER”, her husband as “SON-IN-LAW”, and
her children as “GRANDSON” or “GRANDDAUGHTER” of the
household head.
05 Stepson Son of the household head's spouse from a previous marriage
06 Stepdaughter Daughter of the household head's spouse from a previous
marriage
07 Son-in-law Husband of the household head's daughter
08 Daughter-in-law Wife of the household head's son
09 Grandson Male child of the household's son or daughter
10 Granddaughter Female child of the household's son or daughter
11 Father Male parent of the household head
12 Mother Female parent of the household head
13 Father-in-law Father of the household head's spouse.
14 Mother-in-law Mother of the household head's spouse.
15 Brother Male sibling of the household head.
16 Sister Female sibling of the household head.

162
Code Response Category Definition
17 Brother-in-law A person who is either the male sibling of the household head's
spouse or the husband of the household head's spouse's sister.
18 Sister-in-law A person who is either the female sibling of the household head's
spouse or the wife of the household head's spouse's brother.
19 Uncle A male relative who is either the brother of the household head's
mother or father, the husband of the household head’s aunt, or
the husband of the household head's spouse's aunt.
20 Aunt A female relative who is either the sister of the household head's
mother or father, the wife of the household head’s uncle, or the
wife of the household head’s spouse's uncle.
21 Nephew Either the male child of the household head's sibling or sibling-
in-law or the male child of the household head's spouse's sibling
or sibling-in-law.
22 Niece Either the female child of the household head's sibling or sibling-
in-law or the female child of the household head's spouse's
sibling or sibling-in-law
23 Other relative, specify Any other family member living in the household who is related
_____ to the household head by blood or affinity but is not listed in the
abovementioned response categories.

This includes relatives such as cousins and grandparents, etc.

24 Boarder A person who resides in the household and pays a stipulated
amount for meals and/or lodging.

Members of the household who are related to the head by blood

or affinity but who are boarders should be considered as
boarders.

25 Domestic helper A person who resides in the household and is paid to perform
menial tasks around the household.

Household/domestic helpers should be listed as household/

domestic helpers even if they are related to the head or to other
members of the household by blood or affinity.

26 Other nonrelative, A person living in the household who is not related to the
specify _____ household head by blood or affinity

This includes friends of the household head.

The same-sex partner of the household head may be categorized as ‘26’ for Other
nonrelative if the partner and the head are cohabiting, connected by pseudo-civil partnership,
and if the partner is actively contributing to the income and/or decisions in the household.
Please be reminded that you should not refute the response of the respondent on this matter,
as this may be a sensitive topic to discuss for some people. Put corresponding NOTES/
REMARKS, e.g., “same-sex couple”, should there be instances of such.

Members of the household who are related to the head by blood or affinity but who are
boarders should be considered as boarders. Similarly, household/domestic helpers should be
listed as household/domestic helpers even if they are related to the head or to other members
of the household by blood or affinity.

163
 NOTE:
1. There should ONLY ONE household head for each household. Should the
respondent report that there is more than one household head, you may revisit
the concept of household or explain the concept of household head to the
respondent.

2. In CAPI, you should ensure that the first member you will include in the
household roster is the household head. The Mobile App will skip A02 since the
first member will be automatically assigned as the household head (code ‘01’).

A03: Sex

Sex-disaggregated data is of prime importance in demographic and socioeconomic studies

on men and women. Moreover, sex-disaggregated population data are basic data used in
evaluating the completeness and accuracy of the POPCEN-CBMS counts.

Determine the sex at birth of each

household member by asking the question, “Is
(NAME) male or female?”. Select code ‘1’ for
male, or code ‘2’ for female.

Most often, the sex of each household

member can be determined by his/her name or
relationship to the household head, but in some cases, there is a need to ask the respondent
whether the person is a male or female. Some names such as Charlie, Florence, Alex, Joy,
Tony, Frances, Jackie, Dany, George, Rosario, Joey, and others have been commonly given
to either a male or female person.

Example:

164
 NOTE:
In CAPI, after A03, you will ask the respondent if the household member has a PhilID.
Detailed instructions on how to ask for the household member’s PhilID are in B03 and
B04.

Probing Question to Add Additional Household Members

After listing the names (A01),

relationship to the household head (A02),
and sex (A03) of the household members,
you should ask the probing question, “Are
there other persons in this household
who were not yet listed such as infants,
small children, elderly persons, and
overseas workers?”. Select ‘Yes, ADD TO THE LIST’ to add another household member.
Then, proceed to ask the name, relationship to the household head, and sex of the household
member.

This probing question will appear as long as there is an additional household member to
add. If there is no more household member to add in the household roster, select ‘None’.

After listing all the household members, the household roster will appear. Click Close to
proceed to the next item.

FOR PAPI ONLY: As a rule, you should ask the questions in A01, A02, and A03, one after
another for each household member until the last member is listed. Once you have completely
filled out A01, A02, and A03 for all the household members, you should ask the probing
question at the bottom of page 2 labeled CHECK FOR PERSONS NOT YET LISTED.
This will help you in ensuring that all household members are listed. Then, you should go back
to the first household member listed and ask the respondent about the questions in A04 to
A11, one after another. You will ask these questions for each succeeding household member.
Be guided also by the INDICATOR FOR ADDITIONAL BOOKLET, if you still need another
booklet for the household.

Always refer to the age of the person in Item A05 when answering A10 to E18, since it is
an indicator whether a certain question is still applicable to the person.

If the list of qualified household members had already been exhausted, that is, all
household members had already been listed, affix your initial on the space provided for the last
name in A01 for all empty lines or unused rows.

How to Remove a Household Member

There will be instances that during the listing of household members, you will find that an
individual is not an actual household member of the household you are interviewing. There is
a need to remove that individual. Follow the instruction to remove a household member when
the household roster appears:

1. Click the Remove button corresponding to the household member to remove.

Three dialog boxes will appear asking if you are sure to remove and to delete all
the data gathered of the abovementioned household member.

165
2. The first dialog box will appear asking: “Remove [NAME OF HOUSEHOLD
MEMBER] from the household listing?”. If you will remove the household
member, click Yes. If not, click No. Then, the click ✓ mark to proceed.

3. The second dialog box will appear asking: “This will remove all the data of
[NAME OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBER] from Sections A to E. Do you still want
to continue?”. If you are sure to remove the household member and to delete all
his/her data, click Yes. If not, click No. Then, click the ✓ mark to proceed.

4. The last dialog will appear asking: “This change cannot be undone. Proceed?”.
If you are totally sure, click Yes. If not, click No. Then, click the ✓ mark to proceed.

5. A window will prompt that the deletion is successful if you proceed to delete the
data of the household member. Click OK.

6. The household listing will reappear. If you still need to remove a household
member, repeat steps 1 to 5.

166
 7. If you are done removing the household member/s, click the Close button to
proceed to the next item.
8. An error message will appear stating the number of household members and the
total number listed are not equal. Click the Change Number of HH member/s
button.
9. Edit the Household Summary accordingly.

10. Click the > button on the righthand side of your screen until you reach A04 to
continue the interview.

REMINDER:
Always be 100% sure that you need to delete the household member and all his/her data
in the household listing. You cannot retrieve his/her data once you delete him/her in the
household roster.

A04: Date of Birth

Ask the question, “In what month, day, and year was (NAME) born?”.

Select or type the month, date, and year of birth for each household member. Enter the
date of birth in MM/DD/YYYY format. In PAPI, write the two-digit code for the month, and the
day and complete year of birth in the corresponding boxes provided.

Presented below are the two-digit codes corresponding to the 12 months.

Code Description Code Description

01 January 07 July
02 February 08 August
03 March 09 September
04 April 10 October
05 May 11 November
06 June 12 December

167
 Example:

A person born on March

20, 1976 should have the
following entry in Column
A04.

In case the
respondent still cannot give a definite
answer for the month and/or day of birth,
even after exhaustive probing, write ‘98’ in
the boxes provided for the month and/or
day.

Should the respondent have difficulty

in remembering the dates, please probe by citing key or significant events that might lead to
the determination of the date of birth of the household member. You may cite or use terms of
Philippine president, election years, major natural disasters, key dates in history, world events,
etc. You may also refer below for the list of significant events.

Year Significant Events

Prior to President was Osmeña, Laurel, or Quezon
1945
1945 Liberation of the Philippines from the Japanese
1957 President Magsaysay died in a plane crash
1961 Diosdado Macapagal was elected president
1965 Ferdinand Marcos was elected president
1968 Ruby Tower collapsed during an earthquake
1969 Gloria Diaz won the Miss Universe title
1972 President Marcos declared Martial Law
1973 Margie Moran won the Miss Universe title
1975 Thrilla in Manila (Mohamad Ali versus Joe Frazier)
1981 Pope John Paul II first visited the Philippines
1983 Former Senator Benigno Aquino Jr. was assassinated
1986 People Power Revolution
Strong earthquake devastated Baguio City, Pangasinan, and other parts of
1990
Northern Luzon
1991 Mt. Pinatubo erupted, Ormoc Tragedy
1992 Fidel Ramos was elected president
Cebu Pacific airplane crashed in Cagayan de Oro City
1998
Joseph Estrada was elected president
ILOVEYOU computer virus was released by a student
2000
Rizal Day bombings
2001 Gloria Macapagal Arroyo was sworn in as the President
2003 Oakwood mutiny
Gloria Macapagal Arroyo was elected as the President
Noli de Castro was elected as the Vice President
2004 Issue on Hacienda Luisita
Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami (Boxing Day tsunami)
Typhoons Unding, Violeta, Winnie and Yoyong
Precious Lara Quigaman won Miss International 2005
2005
Philippines hosted the 2005 SEA Games
2006 Guimaras oil spill

168
 Year Significant Events
Typhoons Milenyo and Reming
Storm Ondoy hit Metro Manila and other parts of Luzon
2009 Ampatuan Massacre
Manny Pacquiao vs. Ricky Hatton
2010 Benigno S. Aquino III was elected as the President
Typhoon Sendong hit Visayas and Mindanao
2011 Tohoku earthquake and tsunami, and Fukushima Daiichi nuclear disaster in
Japan
DILG Secretary Jesse Robredo died in a plane crash
2012 Pedro Calungsod was canonized in Vatican City
Typhoon Pablo hit Mindanao
Moro National Liberation Front and government forces clashed in
Zamboanga City
2013 Strong earthquake devastated Bohol and Cebu
Super Typhoon Yolanda hit the Visayas
Megan Young won Miss World 2013
Pope Francis visited the Philippines
2015
Pia Wurtzbach won Miss Universe 2015
2016 Rodrigo Roa Duterte was elected President
2017 Marawi Siege
2018 Catriona Gray won Miss Universe 2018
2019 Philippines hosted the 30th Southeast Asian Games
2020 WHO declared COVID-19 Pandemic
Weightlifter Hidilyn Diaz won Philippines’ Olympic gold
2021
Typhoon Odette hit Visayas and Mindanao
Start of conflict between Russia and Ukraine
2022 British Queen Elizabeth II’s passing
2022 Presidential Elections
KathNiel announced breakup
2023
Israel-Hamas War

A05: Age

Data on age is essential in analyzing population changes and in preparing population

estimates and forecasts needed for the provision of basic health and social services like
immunization and coverage of senior citizens by the national insurance program of PhilHealth.
This information is also needed for actuarial analysis of probability of survival and other related
life-table functions.

Determine the age of each household

member by asking the respondent, “What
is (NAME)'s age as of last birthday?”.
The age will be automatically generated in
the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, but
you still need to ask the question to the
respondent. Verify if the age mentioned by
the respondent is the same as the value
generated by the application. If they are not
the same, you may revisit the inputted birthday (A04) with the respondent. You may also assist
the respondent in providing the age given the month, date, and year provided in the previous
question.
In PAPI, write the age in the boxes provided.

169
 For the purpose of 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, age as of birthday refers to the interval of time
between the person’s date of birth and his/her last birthday prior to July 1, 2024. It is expressed
in completed years or whole number.

REMINDER:
You should still ask A05 even if the date of birth is already given in item A04.

Here are some basic guidelines on checking date of birth and age for your reference:

1. If a member of the household celebrated his/her last birthday on or after July 01,
2024, then you must record his/her age as of his/her previous birthday or the
birthday celebrated in 2023.

For example, a person born on July 02, 1991 has just celebrated his/her 33rd
birthday. At the date of your visit (July 10, 2024), that person’s age is 33 years old.
Noting the reference date for the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (as of July 01, 2024),
the age to be reported for this particular person should be ‘032’, and NOT ‘033’.

2. If a member of the household celebrated his/her last birthday before July 01, 2024,
then you must record his/her age as of the birthday celebrated in 2023. For
example, the age to be reported of a person born on June 30, 1991 should be
‘033’.

3. Enter the age of every person one year old and over in completed years. For
persons less than one year old, enter ‘0’. If the reported age is 7½, record ‘7’.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Three boxes are allotted for the age of household members.
Prefix zero (0) for ages 0 to 99 years, for example: ‘000’, ‘002’, ‘010’, and others.

4. Check for inconsistencies in the ages of the mother and her children. The
respondent may have given incorrect information for one reason or another. Probe
and verify further when the age difference between the mother and her eldest child
is less than 15 years.

5. If the exact age is not known, ask for an estimate. It may also help to estimate
his/her age based on the ages of his/her siblings if these are known. In some
cases, you may ask the respondent to recall some well-known local, national, or
world event in the past by which the date of birth of the member may be associated
with. If all possible means have already been exhausted and the respondent is still
unable to give the age of the member, record the respondent’s best estimate.

FOR PAPI ONLY: After completing the interview, check for the consistency of age and
date of birth reported for each member using the Age as of Last Birthday Conversion Table
(See Appendices for reference) for A05. Resolve any inconsistency while you are still in
the household. Refer to the following instructions when checking the consistency of A04 and
A05 using this table.

1. If both month and year are recorded in A04-Date of Birth

Check with the table the date of birth you recorded in A04-Date of Birth. If the
month of birth is before July 01, use the column marked “Before July 01”. If the
month of birth is July or any month after July, use the column marked “On or after
July 01”.
Check if the age corresponding to the year of birth reported in A04-Date of Birth
is consistent with the age reported in A05-Age. If the age recorded in A05-Age is
170
 not the same as the age in the table, ask the respondent which information is
correct. Make the necessary corrections.

2. If only year of birth is recorded in A04-Date of Birth

Using the table, check the age in columns marked “Before July 01” and “On or
after July 01” with the year of birth recorded in A04-Date of Birth. Check if the
age corresponding to the year of birth reported in A04-Date of Birth is consistent
with the age reported in A05-Age. If the age reported in A05-Age is not the same
as the age in the table, probe to determine which information is correct. Make the
necessary corrections.

It is important to understand that either or both information may be incorrect. Thus, probing
is important.

NOTE:
There must be a reported age for every household member in column A05-Age.

A06: Birth Registered in Local Civil Registry Office

The birth of a person is one of the vital events

subject to official registration. The recording of
the occurrence of a birth in the city/municipal civil
registry office is called birth registration. The
purpose of collecting these data is to determine
the extent of birth registration in the country. Low
registration of births would prompt policy makers
and program managers to devise measures to
increase the level of birth registration.

Ask the respondent, “Was (NAME)’s birth registered with the Local Civil Registry
Office?”. Select or write code ‘1’ if the answer is Yes, or code ‘2’ if the answer is No.

If the birth registration of a member of the household is unknown to the respondent, ask
the question to the member himself/herself. If the birth registration is still unknown after probing,
select or write code ‘8’ for Don’t know.

A07: Marital Status

Marital status refers to the personal status of an

individual with reference to the marriage laws or customs of
the country. It is sometimes referred to as “civil status”.
This term is usually used in official and private records,
documents, and transactions in the country. The person’s
marital status shall be as of the date of visit.

For persons aged 10 years or older, ask the question “Is

(NAME) single/never married, married, in a common-
law/live-in arrangement with another person, widowed,
divorced, separated, or annulled?”.

171
 Select or write the code corresponding to the marital status reported by the respondent.
Below are the categories for marital status and their corresponding codes and definitions:

Code Description
1 Single/Never Married – a person who has never been married.

2 Married – a person married in a religious, civil ceremony or tribal rites, either living with
his/her spouse at the time of visit or temporarily living apart because his/her spouse is
employed elsewhere (as in the case of a person whose spouse is an overseas worker
or works in the Armed Forces and residing somewhere else).

3 Common-law / Live-in – a person cohabiting or living consensually with another

person as husband and wife without the benefit of a legal marriage.

4 Widowed – a person who has been legally or consensually married before, but whose
marital partner has died. In case the widowed remarried, his/her marital status should
be married.

5 Divorced * – a person whose bond of matrimony has been dissolved legally through
talaq, tafwid or court order including Indigenous Cultural Communities (ICCs)/
Indigenous Peoples (IPs) marriages dissolved and who therefore can remarry.

6 Separated – a person currently legally married but who are no longer living with their
spouse (for any reason other than illness, work, or school) and have not obtained a
divorce.

Those who lived with a common-law partner but are no longer living together are
included in this category.

7 Annulled – a person whose marriage was presupposed as valid and was then declared
annulled by the court.

8 Not Reported – a person whose marital status is unknown to the respondent, or whose
marital status is being concealed by the respondent/person himself/herself.

* For POPCEN-CBMS, including divorced abroad.

For children 0 to 9 years old, select code ‘1’ for Single/Never Married without asking the
question. In cases when such household members have marital status other than Single/Never
Married, select the actual marital status. Put remarks on the response/data item when such a
case happens, e.g., “AS REPORTED AND VERIFIED BY RESPONDENT”, etc.

Regardless of your knowledge of any official record or of your personal knowledge about
the marital status of a person, record his/her marital status as reported by the respondent.

For the purposes of 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, take note of the following cases:

• If a household member has a same-sex live-in partner or were married abroad, record
the marital status as reported by the respondent .
• The marital status of the head whose spouse was already deceased (but included in
listing) as of date of visit should either be code ‘2’ for married or code ‘3’ for common-
law/live in. Indicate appropriate notes (i.e, widowed as of date of visit, spouse is
deceased).

172
 A08: Religious affiliation

Religious affiliation refers to a particular system of beliefs, attitudes, emotions, and

behaviors constituting man’s relationship with the powers and principalities of the universe.
Data on this is required for the planning of religion-related and/or religion-sponsored activities.
They may also be used in examining the ethnic characteristics of the population.

For the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, religion

is either defined as: (a) religious or spiritual
belief of preference, regardless of whether
or not this belief is represented by an
organized group or (b) affiliation with an
organized group having specific religious
or spiritual tenets.

Ask the respondent, “What is

(NAME)’s religious affiliation?”. Select
the code for the religious affiliation of the
member as reported by the respondent.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Write the specific religious affiliation and its corresponding code in the
boxes. Use the codebook as reference.

An infant who is not yet baptized must carry the religious affiliation of his/her mother.
Take note of the following cases:

1. The “Protestant” / “Baptist” religion has different denominations. If the respondent

reported that the member’s religious affiliation is Protestant/Baptist, ask for the
specific name of the religious sect.

Examples of Baptist religion are Association of Fundamental Baptist Churches in

the Philippines, Baptist Conference of the Philippines, Bible Baptist Church, and
others.

Examples of Protestant religions are Lutheran Church of the Philippines, IEMELIF

Reform Movement, and others.

For Protestants and members of other religious groups who now call themselves
as “Christian” or “born again”, ask for the specific name of their group. For instance,
Foursquare Gospel Church in the Philippines, Jesus is Lord Church, and others.
If the respondent cannot give this information, ask where they are attending
religious services.

2. There are members of charismatic groups like El Shaddai followers who still attend
or practice Roman Catholic rites. They should still be considered as Catholic
Charismatic (code ‘017’).

3. Indigenous peoples (IPs) who practice a traditional religious or belief system may
not necessarily belong to any church. If they do not belong to any formal religion
but practice tribal or indigenous rituals or have faith in their own supreme deities
(Kabunian, Apo Namalyari, or Magbabaya), then select “TRIBAL RELIGION”.

4. As reference, use the codebook that can be accessed at CBMS Resources.

173
 A09: Ethnicity

Ethnicity is a primary sense of belonging to an ethnic group based on descent/blood

relation/consanguinity. Ethnic groups are consanguineous in nature, meaning, the ties are
reckoned by blood and traced through the family tree. Thus, ethnicity refers to the household
member’s identity, by descent/blood relation/consanguinity and not by mere choice nor by
adoption or confirmation by any ethnic group primarily the Indigenous Peoples (IPs).

Ethnicity includes indigenous peoples, non-indigenous ethnic groups, and foreign descent.
Examples of indigenous peoples are Manobo, Subanen/Subanon, Ibanag, and Kankanaey
while non-indigenous ethnic groups include Tagalog, Bisaya/Binisaya, Cebuano, Ilocano, and
Ilonggo, among others. American, Chinese, Japanese, Indian, and Koreans are some of the
examples of foreign descent.

Generally, ethnic grouping denotes genealogical and paternal lineage to any of the
Philippines’ group of population. Specific to the IP, however, and for the purpose of the 2024
POPCEN-CBMS, ethnic grouping also includes maternal lineage. As such, anybody whose
consanguinity with both parents or any of them, who is/are member/s of an IP group, is an
Indigenous Person.

As defined in Section 3h, Chapter II, of Republic Act No. 8371, otherwise known as the
Indigenous Peoples Rights Act (IPRA), IPs refer to a group of people or homogenous
societies identified by self-ascription and ascription by others, who have continuously lived as
organized community on communally bounded and defined territory, and who have, under
claims of ownership since time immemorial, occupied, possessed, and utilized such territories,
sharing common bonds of language, customs, traditions, and other distinctive cultural traits, or
who have, through resistance to political, social, and cultural inroads of colonization, non-
indigenous religions and cultures, became historically differentiated from the majority of
Filipinos. IPs likewise include peoples who are regarded as indigenous on account of their
descent from the populations which inhabited the country, at the time of conquest or
colonization, or at the time of inroads of non-indigenous and cultures, or the establishment of
present state boundaries, who retain some or all of their own social, economic, cultural, and
political institutions, but who may have been displaced from their traditional domains or who
may have resettled outside their ancestral domains.

Ask the respondent, “What is (NAME)'s ethnicity by descent/blood relation/

consanguinity?”.

It is important that you make a follow-up question by mentioning the common ethnic groups
in your area. Thus, you should say, “Is he/she a/an _____?” (MENTION THE
PREDOMINANT/ COMMON IP OR NON-IP GROUPS IN THE AREA).

For instance, if you are assigned in the municipality of Upi in the province of Maguindanao,
which is predominantly inhabited by Maguindanaons, Iranons, and Tedurays, mention these
ethnic groups by saying, “Is he/she a Maguindanao, Iranon, or Teduray?”.

If you are assigned to Surigao City in the province of Surigao del Norte, where most
inhabitants are Mamanwas, Cebuanos or Bisaya, mention these ethnic groups as examples.

See the Appendix 4 for the list of pre-dominant IP ethnic groups: major and combined
subgroups combined per province.

As a strategy, ask the probing question, “What is the ethnicity of your mother? father?”.
Mentioning the common ethnic groups in the area can help the respondent identify the ethnicity
of his/her parents. In this case, you can easily identify which ethnic group they belong to.

174
 Cases of mixed ancestry, that is, parents belonging to different ethnic groups are common.
In these cases, refer to the following explanations:

Case 1 – Mixed non-IP parents

Father – Tagalog Mother - Ilocano

In this case, children below 13 years of age who could not yet decide on their ethnicity
at the time of POPCEN-CBMS should take the ethnicity of their mother.

Children aged 13 years old and over will decide between the ethnicity of their parents.
If these children are around, ask them directly. Otherwise, ask the respondent on behalf of
these children.

Decision rule:

Children 13 years old and over - either Tagalog or Ilocano

Children below 13 years old - Ilocano

Case 2 – Mixed IP parents

Father – Kankanaey Mother - Ibaloy

In this case, children below 13 years of age who could not yet decide on their ethnicity
at the time of POPCEN-CBMS should take the ethnicity of their mother.

Children aged 13 years old and over will decide between the ethnicity of their parents.
If these children are around, ask them directly. Otherwise, ask the respondent on behalf of
these children.

Decision rule:

Children 13 years old and over - either Kankanaey or Ibaloy

Children below 13 years old - Ibaloy

REMINDER:
In a family, there could be two distinct ethnicities that both belong to the IP group. The
ethnicity of the children, therefore, should follow the ethnicity of any of the parents.

Case 3 – Mixed IP and Non-IP parents

Example 1 Example 2
Father - Dumagat (IP) Mother - Kapampangan (Non-IP)
Father - Kapampangan (Non-IP) Mother - Dumagat (IP)

If only one of the parents is an IP, the ethnicity of all children, regardless of age, should
follow that of the IP parent.

Decision rule:

175
 All children – Dumagat

Case 4 – Mixed IP and Muslim parents

Example 1 Example 2
Religion: Islam Religion: Islam
Ethnicity: Ethnicity:
Father - M'ranao (Muslim) Father - Manobo (IP)
Mother - Manobo (IP) Mother - M'ranao (Muslim)

Muslim tribes are paternalistic, by nature.

For a family with Islam as religion, the ethnicity of all children, regardless of age,
should follow the father’s ethnicity.

Decision rule:
Example 1 Example 2
All children – M'ranao All children – Manobo (IP)

NOTE:
In ancestral domain (AD), the ethnicity of the child should follow the ethnicity of the
IP parent who belongs to such AD.

Case 5 – Mixed Muslim parents

Example 1 Example 2
Religion: Islam Religion: Islam
Ethnicity: Ethnicity:
Father - Tausug Father - Sangil
Mother - Sangil Mother - Tausug

In this case, for a family with Islam as religion, all children, regardless of age, should
follow the ethnicity of their father.

Decision rule:
Example 1 Example 2
All children – Tausug All children – Sangil

However, for a family belonging to a Muslim tribe that adopted a religion other than
Islam, the ethnicity of the children aged 13 years old and over should decide between the
ethnicity of their parents, while children below 13 years of age should take the ethnicity of
their mother.

Case 6 – Mixed Muslim and Non-IP parents

Example 1 Example 2
Religion: Islam Religion: Islam
Ethnicity: Ethnicity:

176
 Father - Tausug (Muslim) Mother - Bicolano (Non-IP)
Father - Bicolano (Non-IP) Mother - Tausug (Muslim)

In example 1, all children, regardless of age, should be considered as Tausug.

However, if it happens that the father is a Bicolano and the mother is Tausug (example 2),
their children should be considered as Bicolanos, strictly adhering to a paternalistic
concept.

Decision rule:
Example 1 Example 2
All children – Tausug All children – Bicolano

Answers such as Igorot, Cordilleran, Lumad, Bangsa Moro, among others are not IP or
ethnic groups. These are generic or general/collective terms coined by others or by religious
groups to refer to groups, which, with constant use and span of time, have somewhat adopted
to identify themselves with. If you encounter answers such as these, probe further by
mentioning some of the predominant/common subgroups in the area.

Igorot Mangyan Cordilleran Lumad Bangsa Moro

Ibaloy Alangan Ibaloy Atta M'ranao
Kankanaey Iraya Kankanaey B’laan Tausug
Itneg/Tinguian Buhid Itneg/Tinguian Banwaon Maguindanao
Isneg Tau-Buhid Isneg Bagobo Iranon,
Isnag Hanunuo Isnag Bukidnon etc.
Iwak Gubatnon- Iwak Dibabawon
Kalanguya Ratagnon Kalanguya Higaonon
Karao Bangon Karao Mamanwa
Bago Tadyawan Bago Mandaya
Ifugao Ifugao Manguangan
Kalinga Kalinga Manobo
Balangao Balangao Mansaka
Gaddang Gaddang Subanen
Bontok Bontok Tagakaolo
Agta Agta Talaandig
Applai Applai Teduray
Kachacran Kachacran Tboli
Majokayong Majokayong Ubo
Ilocano Higaonon,
Tagalog and others
other
domiciles in
Cordillera
Administrative
Region

Select the code for the ethnicity of the member as reported by the respondent.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Write the ethnic group on the line and its corresponding code in the
boxes. Use the Codebook as reference.

A10: Simple Literacy

Ask items A10 to A11 for household members five years old and over.

177
 Data on literacy provide an important indicator that will serve as a guide to planners in
formulating policies and programs for the development of the country’s educational system.

Ask the respondent, “Can (NAME)

read and write a simple message in any
language or dialect?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes,
or ‘2’ for No as provided by the respondent.

Simple literacy is the ability of a

person to read and write a simple
message. As such, a person is said to be
literate if he/she can both read and write a simple message in any language or dialect. A person
who cannot read and write a simple message, such as “I CAN READ” is considered illiterate.

Moreover, a person is still considered illiterate if he/she is capable of reading and writing
only his/her own name or numbers. Similarly, a person is illiterate if he/she can read but not
write, or he/she can write but not read.

A person who knows how to read and write but at the time of the POPCEN-CBMS data
collection can no longer read and/or write due to some physical defect or illness is still
considered literate. An example of this is an aged person who knows how to read and write but
can no longer perform these activities due to poor eyesight or hand injury. Persons with a
disability who can read and write through other means such the use of Braille are considered
literate.

A11: Highest Grade/Year Completed (HGC)

Data on the highest grade/year completed furnish information on the educational skills and
qualifications of the population. The data will be used to compare with the future requirements
of manpower for various types of economic activities.

Highest grade completed (HGC) refers to the highest grade or year completed in school,
college, or university as of July 1, 2024. This may be any one of the specific grades or years in
elementary, high school, K-to-12 Program, and college. It may also be a special needs
education program, second-chance education program, or any of the postsecondary, short-
cycle tertiary, college, and post baccalaureate courses.

Ask the respondent, “What is (NAME)’s highest grade/year completed (HGC)?”.

178
 Ask for the specific grade or year that the member has completed in elementary,
high school, K to 12 Program or college. Select the appropriate HGC level, then select the
specific grade/year completed of the household member. For HGC level 4 and above, select
the specific program/course completed by the household member.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Write the specific grade/year level of schooling completed on the line
and the appropriate code in the boxes. The codes for the highest grade/year completed are
found at the bottom of page 2. For postsecondary, short-cycle tertiary, college, and post
baccalaureate graduate, write the course on the line and leave the code boxes blank.

For primary and secondary education, determine if the person has taken his/her
elementary or high school education under the old curriculum or under the K to 12 Program.

K TO 12 PROGRAM

In 2011, the Department of Education (DepEd) implemented the K to 12 Program. Under

this program, the education of a person starts from kindergarten, followed by an elementary
education of six years from Grade 1 to Grade 6, junior high school education of four years from
Grade 7 to Grade 10, and senior high school education of two years from Grade 11 to Grade
12.

For persons whose highest grade/year completed is under the K to 12 Program, select the
appropriate level (HGC Levels 0 to 3), then select the specific grade/year completed.
For PAPI: Write on the line provided the specific grade/year completed and write after it
“K to 12”. Write in the boxes the corresponding code. The categories and specific grade/year
for K to 12 Program are shown below:

Code Description Code Description

02100000 Kindergarten (K to 12) 24001101 Grade 7 (K to 12)
10001101 Grade 1 (K to 12) 24001102 Grade 8 (K to 12)
10001102 Grade 2 (K to 12) 24001103 Grade 9 (K to 12)
10001103 Grade 3 (K to 12) 24001105 Junior High School
10001104 Grade 4 (K to 12) Completer (K to 12)
10001105 Grade 5 (K to 12)
10001107 Elementary Graduate
(K to 12)

For members that have completed Grade 11 or Grade 12 (Senior High School) under the
K to 12 Program, select or write his/her chosen career track/strand, preceded by his/her grade-
level. For PAPI: Write also the corresponding code in the boxes.

Below are the career tracks for Senior High School (Grade 11 or 12) and their
corresponding codes and strands:

Code Description
ACADEMIC TRACK
34001110 Grade 11 (Academic Track Completer) – Strand Unknown to
Respondent
34001111 Grade 11 (Academic Track) – Accountancy, Business and
Management (ABM) Strand
34001112 Grade 11 (Academic Track) – General Academic Strand

179
 Code Description
34001113 Grade 11 (Academic Track) – Humanities and Social Sciences
(HUMSS) Strand
34001114 Grade 11 (Academic Track) – Pre-Baccalaureate Maritime
Specialization Strand
34001115 Grade 11 (Academic Track) – Science, Technology,
Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) Strand
34001130 SHS Graduate (Strand Unknown to Respondent)
34001131 Accountancy, Business and Management Strand Graduate
34001132 General Academic Strand Graduate
34001133 Humanities and Social Sciences Strand Graduate
34001134 Pre-Baccalaureate Maritime Specialization Graduate
34001135 Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics Strand
Graduate
ARTS AND DESIGN TRACK
34002110 Grade 11 (Arts and Design Track)
34002130 SHS Graduate (Arts and Design Track)
SPORTS TRACK
34003110 Grade 11 (Sports Track)
34003130 SHS Graduate (Sports Track)
TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION AND TECHNICAL-VOCATIONAL
LIVELIHOOD TRACK
35000110 SHS (TLETVL Track) – Strand Unknown to Respondent
35000111 Grade 11 (TLETVL Track) – Agri-Fishery Arts
35000112 Grade 11 (TLETVL Track) – Home Economics
35000113 Grade 11 (TLETVL Track) – Industrial Arts
35000114 Grade 11 (TLETVL Track) – Information and Communications
Technology (ICT)
35000115 Grade 11 (TLETVL Track) – TVL Maritime (Maritime and
Prebac Maritime)
35000130 SHS Graduate (Strand Unknown to Respondent)
35000131 Agri-Fishery Arts Strand Graduate
35000132 Home Economics Strand Graduate
35000133 Industrial Arts Strand Graduate
35000134 Information and Communications Technology Strand Graduate
35000135 TVL Maritime Specialization Strand Graduate
UNKNOWN TRACK
34000110 Grade 11 (Track Unknown to Respondent)
34000130 SHS Graduate (Track Unknown to Respondent)

Examples on How to Accomplish A11 for Highest Grade/Year Completed Under the
K to 12 Program:

Instruction
No. Example
CAPI PAPI
1 A student has completed Select HGC level 1, Write “GRADE 1 K TO
Grade 1 under the K to 12 then select ‘10001101 - 12” on the line and
Program GRADE 1 (K TO 12)’ code ‘10001101’ in the
boxes

180
 Instruction
No. Example
CAPI PAPI
2 A junior high school student Select HGC level 2, Write “GRADE 7 K TO
has completed Grade 7 under then select ‘24001101 - 12” on the line and
the K to 12 Program GRADE 7 (K TO 12)’ code ‘24001101’ in the
boxes
3 A senior high school student Select HGC level 3, Write “GRADE 11
has completed Grade 11 then select ’34001113 - HUMSS” on the line
under the K to 12 Program GRADE 11 HUMSS and code ‘34001113’
and is specializing in STRAND’ in the boxes
Humanities and Social
Sciences (HUMSS) Strand
under the Academic Track

OLD CURRICULUM

The old curriculum covers preschool, six to seven years in elementary from Grade 1 to
Grade 6 or Grade 7, and four years in high school from 1 st year to 4th year. Select the
appropriate level (HGC Levels 0 to 2 only), then select the specific grade/year completed.

For children whose grade completed is nursery, kinder 1, kinder 2 or preparatory level
under the old curriculum, select HGC Level 0, then select nursery/pre-kinder or kindergarten.

Code Description
01000000 Nursery/Pre-Kinder
02000000 Kindergarten

For members whose grade completed is elementary level, select HGC Level 1, then select
the specific grade for elementary (old curriculum) as shown below:

Code Description Code Description

10001001 Grade 1 10001005 Grade 5
10001002 Grade 2 10001006 Grade 6
10001003 Grade 3 10001007 Elementary Graduate
10001004 Grade 4 10001008 Grade 7 Graduate

For members whose year completed is high school level, select HGC Level 2, then select
the specific year for high school (old curriculum) as shown below:

Code Description
24001001 1st Year
24001002 2nd Year
24001003 3rd Year
24001004 4th Year
24001005 High School Graduate

181
 Examples on How to Accomplish A11 for Highest Grade/Year Completed Under the Old
Educational System:

No. Example Instruction

CAPI PAPI
1 A person has not Select HGC level 0, Write “NO GRADE
completed any grade at all then select ‘00000000 - COMPLETED” on the
NO GRADE line and code
COMPLETED’ ‘00000000’ in the
boxes
2 A person has finished Select HGC level 0, Write “NURSERY” on
nursery then select ‘01000000 - the line and code
NURSERY/PRE-KINDER’ ‘01000000’ in the
boxes
3 A person has completed Select HGC level 1, Write “GRADE 1” on
Grade 1 then select ‘10001001 - the line and code
GRADE 1’ ‘10001001’ in the
boxes
4 A person has finished Select HGC level 1, Write “GRADE 6
elementary at Grade 6 then select ‘10001007 - GRAD” on the line
ELEMENTARY and code ‘10001007’
GRADUATE’ in the boxes
5 A person has finished Select HGC level 1, Write “GRADE 6” on
Grade 6 in schools that then select ‘10001006 - the line and code
had Grade 7 as the highest GRADE 6’ ‘10001006’ in the
elementary grade boxes
A person has finished Select HGC level 1, Write “GRADE 7
elementary at Grade 6 then select ‘10001007 - GRAD” on the line
GRADE 7 GRADUATE’ and code ‘10001008’
in the boxes
6 A person has finished 4th Select HGC level 2, Write “4TH YR HS”
Year High School under a then select ‘24001004 - on the line and code
five-year high school 4TH YEAR’ ‘24001004’ in the
curriculum boxes
7 A person has finished high Select HGC level 2, Write “HS GRAD” on
school under a four-year then select ‘24001005 - the line and code
high school curriculum HIGHSCHOOL ‘24001005’ in the
GRADUATE’ boxes

SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATION (SNED) PROGRAM

Inclusive/Special Needs Education (SNED) Program is designed to facilitate learning

by individuals who, for a wide variety of reasons, require additional support and adaptive
pedagogical methods in order to participate and meet learning objectives in an education
program. Reasons may include (but are not limited to) disadvantages in physical, behavioral,
intellectual, emotional, and social capacities. For purposes of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, this
includes gifted or talented individuals.

a. Special Needs Education Program in Primary Level (elementary) includes

programs suited to individuals with special needs that are designed to provide
systematic teaching and learning in the fundamental skills of reading, writing, and
mathematics, irrespective of the age of the participant. Select HGC Level 1, then select
the corresponding code base on the grade level.

182
 Old Curriculum K to 12 Program
Code Description Code Description
10002001 SNED Grade 1 10002011 SNED Grade 1 (K to 12)
10002002 SNED Grade 2 10002012 SNED Grade 2 (K to 12)
10002003 SNED Grade 3 10002013 SNED Grade 3 (K to 12)
10002004 SNED Grade 4 10002014 SNED Grade 4 (K to 12)
10002005 SNED Grade 5 10002015 SNED Grade 5 (K to 12)
10002006 SNED Grade 6 10002017 SNED Elementary Graduate
(K to 12)

For non-graded/self-contained SNED in elementary level, select code ‘10002018’. If

the learner has a severe to profound disability, he/she is recommended for a self-
contained class or enrolled in a transition program. DepEd prescribes the Most
Essential Learning Competencies (MELC) for the self-contained/non-graded program
of SNED for children with autism levels I-III and intellectual disability levels I-III.

b. Special Needs Education Program in Secondary Level (high school) includes

programs suited to individuals with special needs that are designed to build on the
fundamental teaching and learning processes that begin at elementary level and/or
provide skills relevant to employment. Select HGC Level 2 or 3, then select the
corresponding code base on the year level.

Old Curriculum K to 12 Program

Code Description Code Description
24002001 SNED 1st Year 24002011 SNED Grade 7 (K to 12)
24002002 SNED 2nd Year 24002012 SNED Grade 8 (K to 12)
24002003 SNED 3rd Year 24002013 SNED Grade 9 (K to 12)
24002004 SNED 4th Year 24002015 SNED JHS Graduate (K to 12)
24002006 SNED High School 37000011 SNED Grade 11
Graduate 37000012 SNED JHS Graduate

For non-graded/self-contained SNED in secondary level, select code ‘24002016’ for

JHS SNED or ‘37000013’ for SHS SNED.

FOR PAPI: Write ‘SNED-’, followed by the corresponding grade/year on the line provided
and the corresponding code in the boxes.

ALTERNATIVE LEARNING SYSTEM (ALS)

The Alternative Learning System (ALS) is a parallel learning system that provides a
viable alternative to the existing formal education system. It encompasses both non-formal
and informal sources of knowledge (R.A. No. 11510). As a second chance education program,
it aims to empower out-of-school children in special cases and adult learners to continue
learning in a manner, time and place suitable to their preference and circumstances, and for
them to achieve their goals of improving their quality of life and becoming productive
contributors to society.

The Department of Education implements non-formal education programs through the

ALS. Non-formal education is defined by UNESCO as “education that is institutionalized,
intentional and planned by an education provider. The defining characteristic of non-formal
education is that it is an addition, alternative and/or a complement to formal education within
the process of the lifelong learning of individuals. It is often provided to guarantee the right of
access to education for all. Non-formal education can cover programs contributing to adult and

183
youth literacy and education for out-of-school children, as well as programs on life skills, work
skills, and social or cultural development.”

The major programs in ALS are the following:

• The Basic Literacy Program (BLP) refers to the program component of ALS that is
aimed at eradicating illiteracy among out-of-school children in special cases and adults
by developing the basic literacy skills of reading, writing, numeracy, and simple literacy.

• The Accreditation and Equivalency (A&E) Program refers to a program in ALS

aimed at providing an alternative pathway of learning for out-of-school children in
special cases and adults not completed basic education. Through this program, school
dropouts are able to complete elementary and high school education outside the formal
school system.

The highest grade/year completed of ALS learners who were enrolled in the BLP or A&E
Program for a school year and has completed their learning objectives should be categorized
as ‘Program Completer’. While ALS learners who passed the A&E exam or the Presentation
Portfolio Assessment should be categorized as ‘Program Passer’.

Note program passers will be given a duly signed official document that certifies their
competencies as comparable graduates of the formal education system. As such, A&E
Elementary Passers are qualified to enroll either in formal and ALS Junior High School (JHS).
On the other hand, A&E JHS Program Passer are qualified to enroll in senior high school
(formal or ALS) or in technical vocational education and training programs.

For household members who have completed ALS, below are the categories and code
that should be selected by level of education:

ALS in Primary (HGC Level 1) ALS in Secondary (HGC Level 2)

Code Category Code Category
10003011 Basic Literacy Program 24003011 A&E JHS Program
Completer Completer
10003012 A&E Elementary Program 24003012 A&E JHS Level Passer
Completer
10003013 A&E Elementary Program
Passer

Formal education refers to the systematic and deliberate process of hierarchically

structured learning. At the end of each level, the learner needs a certification in order to enter
or advance to the next level.

Listed below are the following formal education programs in DepEd-accredited schools:

• Home Study Program, Home Education Program or Open High School Program is
offered to school learners who have no time to attend regular school or classes inside
the school premises. This is a program designed to meet the needs of school learners
to pursue their education and serves as an alternative solution for them to complete or
graduate from elementary and high school studies. Schools offering this type of
education program should be accredited by the DepEd.

• Madrasah, an educational institution for Muslims. Only those accredited by DepEd will
be considered as within the formal educational system.

184
 • Indigenous Peoples (IPs) Education is a program, which aims to provide basic
education support services to IPs and other learning systems organized by indigenous
communities. These are within the formal educational system if accredited by the
DepEd.

• Vocational high schools such as schools of arts and trades or technical high schools,
and rural or agricultural high schools where school attendance is leading to a high
school diploma.

For formal education programs in DepEd-accredited schools, ask the respondent for the
equivalent or corresponding grade/year level in the regular school program. Select the
corresponding HGC level and specific grade/year completed. Indicate in the notes/remarks the
formal education program/s taken.

Postsecondary or Post-secondary Non-tertiary Education provides learning

experiences building on secondary education, preparing graduates for labor market entry as
well as tertiary education. Programs are not considered to be tertiary education and are
typically vocational and terminal programs that prepare graduates for the labor market.

Examples of vocational/technical schools are Eulogio “Amang” Rodriguez Institute of

Science and Technology (EARIST) and Samson College of Science and Technology.

For a person who has not completed a post-secondary non-tertiary education, select HGC
Level 4 then select the specific grade/year completed. If he/she is a graduate of the course,
select the name of the program instead. FOR PAPI: Write on the line provided the specific year
completed and write “POST-SEC” after. Write in the boxes the corresponding code.

Examples of programs under post-secondary non-tertiary education:

• Certificate in Teacher Aide

• Certificate in Pre-School Education
• Certificate in Psychology
• Certificate of Proficiency as Craftsman
• Certificate in Aircraft Maintenance Technology
• Certificate in Web Design
• Trainers Methodology Level I or II
• Fashion Design (Apparel) NC III
• Bookkeeping NC III

Short-cycle tertiary education captures the lowest level of tertiary education and includes
advanced technical education and vocational training (TVET). Programs at this level have more
complex contents than programs in senior high school and post-secondary non-tertiary
education, but are shorter and less theoretically-oriented than a Bachelor’s program. Although
they are usually designed to prepare for employment, they may give credit for transfer into a
bachelor’s or master’s degree.

For a person who has not completed a short-cycle tertiary education, select HGC Level 5
then select the specific grade/year completed. If he/she is a graduate of the course, select the
name of the program instead. FOR PAPI: Write on the line provided the specific year completed
and write “SHORT-CYCLE” after. Write in the boxes the corresponding code.

Examples of programs under short-cycle tertiary education:

• Associate Degree in Education

185
 • Associate in Computer Education
• Associate in Philosophy
• Associate in Accounting and Auditing
• Associate in Secretarial
• Associate in Automotive Technology
• Diploma in Educational Management
• Diploma in Econometrics
• Diploma in Business Administration
• Diploma of Proficiency in Food Processing
• Dental Technology NC IV

The categories and code of specific grade/year for post-secondary non-tertiary education
and short cycle tertiary education are shown below:

Post-secondary Short Cycle

Code Description Code Description
40000001 1st Year 50000001 1st Year
40000002 2nd year 50000002 2nd year

Bachelor-Level Education is designed to provide participants with intermediate academic

and/or professional knowledge, skills, and competencies, leading to a first-degree equivalent
qualification. It typically has a duration of three to four years of full-time study at the tertiary
level. Traditionally offered by universities and equivalent tertiary educational institutions, it does
not necessarily require the preparation of a substantive thesis or dissertation.

For a person who is a college undergraduate, that is, he/she has not yet earned a degree,
select HGC Level 6 then select the specific year completed. FOR PAPI: Write on the line
provided the specific year completed and write “COLL” after. Write in the boxes the
corresponding code.

The categories and specific year for college level are shown below:

Code Description Code Description

60000001 1st Year 60000004 4th year
60000002 2nd year 60000005 5th year
60000003 3rd year 60000006 6th year

For a college graduate, HGC Level 6 then select the specific bachelor’s degree obtained.
FOR PAPI: Write on the line provided the specific bachelor’s degree obtained and leave the
boxes blank.

Examples:

• Bachelor of Science (BS) in Commerce

• BS in Chemical Engineering
• BS in Statistics
• BS in Economics
• Bachelor of Early Childhood Education
• Bachelor of Arts in Economics

Post baccalaureate course refers to any course for which an undergraduate degree or
bachelor’s degree is required.

186
 Master-Level Education is designed to provide participants with advanced academic
and/or professional knowledge, skills, and competencies, leading to a second degree or
equivalent qualification and has a substantial research component but does not yet lead to the
award of a doctoral qualification.

For a person who is still working on his/her master’s degree, select HGC Level 7 then
select ‘70000010 – UNDERGRADUATE’. For a person who has already completed a master’s
degree, select the specific degree obtained instead.

FOR PAPI: Write code ‘70000010’ in the boxes for undergraduate. For a master’s level
education graduate, write on the line provided the specific degree obtained and leave the boxes
blank.

Examples of programs under master level education:

• Master of Elementary Education

• Master of Arts in Economics
• Master of Applied Statistics

Doctoral-Level Education is designed primarily to lead to an advanced research

qualification and devoted to advanced study and original research. Typically offered by
research-oriented tertiary educational institutions such as universities, doctoral programs exist
in both academic and professional fields. The theoretical duration of this program is three years
full-time in most countries, although the actual time that students take to complete the program
is typically longer.

For a person who is still taking a doctorate study, select HGC Level 8 then select ‘80000010
– UNDERGRADUATE’. For a person who has already completed a doctorate degree, select
the specific degree obtained instead.

FOR PAPI: Write code ‘80000010’ in the boxes for undergraduate. For a doctoral-level
education graduate, write on the line provided the specific degree obtained and leave the boxes
blank.

Examples of programs under doctoral level education:

• Doctor of Philosophy in Education

• Doctor of Mathematics
• Doctor of Philosophy in Statistics

Note that you will ask for the highest grade/year completed of the member but not the
grade/year he/she is currently attending. Also, take note of the following cases:

1. If a person is currently in 1st year college or postsecondary, do not assume that he/she
is only a high school graduate. Verify if he/she has taken/completed other courses
(degree or non-degree courses). If he/she did, the degree or non-degree course he/she
has completed should be the one reported. For instance, a BS Statistics graduate is
now a second-year college taking up a BS in Nursing course. The reported highest
grade/year completed should be BS Statistics graduate and not second year college.

2. For those who have pursued and completed two or more degrees of the same level
and duration, say, BS in Nursing and BS in Economics (both are 4-year courses),
report only one degree or whichever degree the person prefers to report.

187
 3. For law or medical students who have usually earned a degree in Bachelor of Arts (BA)
in Political Science, BS in Zoology, BS in Medical Technology, and others, but are still
in law or medical school, report the specific degree obtained and not the college
grade/year in law or medical school.

If an unusually highest grade/year completed in relation to the age of the person is reported,
verify the correctness of this answer from the respondent. For example, the reported highest
grade/year completed of a 15-year-old member was a college degree. Verify from the
respondent if his/her answer is correct and make necessary corrections.

NOTE:
How do we record law graduates and graduates of medicine courses?

On law graduates:

a. Bachelor of Laws graduate who has not yet passed the Bar -
Bachelor’s degree level (Level 6)
b. Bachelor of Laws graduate who passed the Bar - Bachelor’s degree level (Level
6) with notes/remarks “BAR PASSER”

c. Master of Laws graduate who passed or did not pass yet the Bar -
Master’s degree level (Level 7)

On graduates of medicine courses:

a. Doctor of Medicine graduate who has not yet passed the Board -
Doctorate degree level (Level 8)
b. Doctor of Medicine graduate who passed the Board - Doctorate degree level
(Level 8) with notes/remarks “BOARD PASSER”

For a household member whose highest educational attainment is a college graduate,

masters, or doctoral graduate, select the specific degree he/she has completed, e.g., B.S.
Statistics, B.S. Mechanical Engineering, Master of Arts in Economics, or Doctor of Psychology.
Note that you should only select the highest degree of educational attainment. Likewise,
for a member whose highest educational attainment is a post-secondary graduate, or short-
cycle tertiary graduate, select the specific course completed.

For those who completed two or more degrees of the same level and duration, report only
one degree whichever is preferred to be reported by the respondent.

Below are some guidelines that will help you distinguish Levels 3 to 5.

Number of years
spent to earn a
Level Cases Some examples
degree program
taken
Level 3 – ● Senior High School 0 ● Senior high
Upper Graduate with no TVET school
Secondary course taken graduate who
Education 0 has taken a
TVET course

188
 Number of years
spent to earn a
Level Cases Some examples
degree program
taken
● Senior High School on Food
Graduate with TVET Processing
course taken as part of (NC I) as part
requirements in of her
completing senior high requirements in
school program senior high
school program
Level 4 – ● Senior High School 0 ● Ships' Catering
Post- Graduate, and has Services NC I
Secondary finished TVET course ● Security
Non-Tertiary after graduation; no Services NC II
Education bachelor’s degree; TVET ● Lifeguard
course taken not leading Services NC III
to bachelor’s degree ● Certificate in
Social Work
● Graduated high school, 0
and has finished TVET
course after graduation;
no bachelor’s degree;
TVET course taken not
leading to bachelor’s
degree

● Completed certificate Certain number of

programs requiring high months to
school/senior high school 3 years
diploma before entry (but usually 1 year
only in duration)
Level 5 – ● Associate degree 1-3 years ● Associate in
Short-Cycle ● Diploma Computer
Tertiary Technology
● Diploma in
Midwifery
● Diploma in
Culinary Arts
● Food and
Beverage
Services NC IV

Levels of education and the degree programs should be based on the 2017 Philippine
Standard Classification of Education (PSCED), which can be accessed at:
https://psa.gov.ph/classification/psced.

189
 As additional guideline, below is a mapping of the 2017 PSCED Levels vis-à-vis the
Philippine Qualifications Framework (PQF).

PSCED
Education Programs PQF Levels Qualifications
Levels
Level 0 Early childhood education - -

Level 1 Primary education - -

Level 2 Lower secondary education - -

Level 1 National Certificate I

Level 3 Upper secondary education
Level 2 National Certificate II

Level 1 National Certificate I

Post-secondary non-tertiary
Level 4 Level 2 National Certificate II
education
Level 3 National Certificate III

Level 4 National Certificate IV

Level 5 Short-cycle tertiary education
Level 5 Diploma

Level 6 Bachelor level education Level 6 Baccalaureate Degree

Master level education or

Level 7 Level 7 Post-Baccalaureate Program
equivalent

Doctoral level education or Doctoral Degree and Post-

Level 8 Level 8
equivalent Doctoral Programs

190
 ILLUSTRATION 9.6
Filled Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (Page 2)

191
8.9.3 Questions for Households in HUCs that Will Not Participate in CBMS

8.9.4 Request for Consent to be Interviewed in CBMS (Sections B to O)

Reiterate the importance of the 2024 CBMS. It is necessary to explain the objectives of
the CBMS data collection to gain the cooperation of the respondent. Inform the respondent that
he/she shall be prepared to give honest answers to all types of questions.

Before you start the CBMS interview, you also need to request the consent of the
household and its household members aged 18 years old and over to proceed with the
interview.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“In the next questions, I will ask you about education, employment, health, disaster
preparedness, internet access, public safety, social protection programs, water,
sanitation, and shelter.

The information gathered from this activity will help policymakers and officials in your
city/municipality and various national government agencies to create programs and
projects for the betterment of the community such as selecting possible beneficiaries
of the government’s social protection programs. The CBMS is being conducted by the
PSA and the local government unit

Now we will be proceeding with the CBMS interview. Before we proceed with the CBMS
interview, I would like to ask you these questions”.

Ask each of the following questions in this order:

a. Do you agree to participate in the CBMS interview?

Select ‘1’ for Yes if they agree to

participate in the CBMS interview.
Select ‘2’ for No if the household
does not want to participate. Select
‘9’ for Not applicable (POPCEN
ONLY) if the household resides in
areas that opted not to participate
in CBMS.

b. IF THERE ARE HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS AGED 18 YEARS OLD AND OVER

OTHER THAN THE RESPONDENT:

As the Household Head or Representative of those 18 years old and above

residing in your household, do you agree to share their information with CBMS?

192
 Select ‘1’ for Yes if the household
head or representative of those
aged 18 years old and over in the
household agrees to share the
individual and household’s
information with CBMS. Select ‘2’
for No if the household head or
representative disagrees.

If there are no household members aged 18 years old and over other than the
respondent, select ‘1’ for Yes.

In cases when the respondent cannot ask all adult household members at the time
of visit, the enumerator can tell him/her that the adult household members not
present at the time of interview can contact the PSA after the interview at
[email protected] or the nearest PSA office if they have queries.

c. Do you agree to share your information to the national government agencies

with social protection programs?

Select ‘1’ for Yes if the respondent

shares his/her and his/her
household members’ information
to the national government
agencies with social protection
programs. Select ‘2’ for No if the
respondent does not want to share
information.

NOTE:
The PSO will give the list of cities/municipalities in the province that will not participate in
CBMS.

FILIPINO TRANSLATION OF THE REQUEST FOR CONSENT TO BE INTERVIEWED IN CBMS

Ngayon naman po, iinterbyuhin ko naman po kayo para sa CBMS. Bago po tayo magpatuloy,
itatanong ko po muna ang mga sumusunod na tanong:

a. Ikaw po ba ay pumapayag na mainterbyu?

b. KUNG MAYROONG KASAMA SA SAMBAHAYAN NA EDAD 18 TAONG

GULANG PATAAS MALIBAN SA RESPONDENTE:

Bilang respondent ng sambahayan o representante ng mga taong edad 18 taong

gulang pataas na naninirahan sa sambahayang ito, ikaw po ba ay sumasang-ayon
na ibahagi ang inyong impormasyon sa CBMS?

c. Kayo po ba ay sumasang-ayon na ibahagi ang inyong impormasyon sa mga ahensya

ng gobyerno na may mga programa para sa social protection?

193
 Kung kayo po ay may ilan pang katanungan o impormasyong gustong malaman, maaari ninyo
ring basahin itong Privacy Notice ng PSA. Maaari ninyo rin pong tawagan ang PSA sa
at (02) 8462-6600 locals 820 o 823 at sa email address: [email protected]. Maaari nyo
ring bisitahin ang website ng PSA tungkol sa CBMS: https://www.psa.gov.ph/cbms.

Kami ay umaasa sa inyong pakikiisa!

After asking the three questions, be guided by the following instructions which will be
implemented in 1st to 6th income class cities and municipalities and highly urbanized cities that
have agreed to participate in CBMS as partner implementing institution:

Household agreed
Consented to Household members to share their
participate in aged 18+ agreed to information to
the CBMS share their NGAs with social Instructions
interview information protection
programs
(A) (B) (C)
Yes Yes Yes GO TO SECTION B
Yes Yes No GO TO SECTION B
Yes Yes, but not all - GO TO SECTION B
members were sought
consent6
Yes No - CALLBACK
No - - CALLBACK if 1st to 3rd visits,

If more than three visits were

made, REFUSAL. GO TO
SECTION O (O01 to O04, and
O06 ONLY)
Not Applicable END INTERVIEW

Meanwhile, here are the instructions for the implementation of CBMS in HUCs without
LGU funding for CBMS operations:

1. There will be 20% areas within the HUCs to be covered by both POPCEN and
CBMS, i.e., all sections in the questionnaire will be asked and the usual procedure
for enumeration will be implemented.

a. On page 3 of the printed questionnaire, write ‘2’ for 20% CBMS as the
household category.

6 Agreement of other members are not collected because not all household members are present at the time of
visit. In cases when the respondent cannot ask all adult household members at the time of visit, the enumerator
can tell him/her that the adult household members not present at the time of interview can contact the PSA after
the interview at [email protected] or the nearest PSA office if they have queries.

194
 2

b. On CAPI application, select ‘2’ for 20% CBMS as the household

category.

2. Those households which are not part of the 20% will be evaluated on the basis of
observation of location circumstances of the household. That is, there will be 11
questions to be answered by the enumerator based on his/her observation.
The following are these questions:

BASED ON OBSERVATION, IS THE HOUSEHOLD LOCATED/RESIDING ...

a. along estero/creek/waterways?
b. along river banks/shoreline?
c. along railroad?
d. in garbage dumpsite?
e. under the bridge?
f. along sidewalk or easement of road and highways?
g. in other danger areas such as cliff, hillside or mountain slopes?
h. in temporary or permanent relocation area?
i. in a structure without roof/wall or in a housing unit with light
materials in its roof and/or walls?
j. in government land without legally recognizable claims to the land?
k. in private land which they do not own?

3. If an answer of code ‘1’ for Yes is noted in at least one of the 11 questions,
the household located outside the 20% will also be asked for their consent to be
interviewed in CBMS (Sections B to O).

a. On page 3 of the printed questionnaire, select or write ‘3’ for

OUTSIDE 20% BUT POOR as the household category.

b. On CAPI application, select ‘2’ for OUTSIDE 20% BUT POOR as

the household category.

195
 4. If the answer to all 11 questions is code ‘2’ for No, this means that the household
located outside 20% is not eligible to be covered for CBMS (Sections B to O).

a. On page 3 of the printed questionnaire, write ‘1’ for POPCEN ONLY

as the household category.

b. On CAPI application, select ‘1’ for POPCEN ONLY as the

household category.

5. It is important for the enumerator to assess correctly and carefully the answer to the
11 questions as the social protection program implementation of these HUCs will
greatly depend on the correct and complete information supplied from CBMS.

6. Areas covered within 20% as well as those outside 20% will be discussed with you
by your PSA PFP and HCAS.

8.9.5 Refusal Case

This item provides instruction to gather information on households who refused to be

interviewed after three attempts. Ask only this item if the household refused to be interviewed
for the CBMS.

Ask the respondent, “Why does your household refuse to be interviewed?”. Select ‘1’
for Not interested in being covered in government programs, ‘2’ for Concern on security,
‘3’ for Prefer not to answer. If the reason of the household for refusing to be interviewed
cannot be classified in any of the specific categories above, select code ‘9’ and specify the
reason.

Then, proceed to only answer O01 to O04, and O06 in the page 10 of POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2. Record your answers through observation. Detailed guidelines to answer these items
will be discussed in Section O.

8.9.6 SECTION B – Other Demographic Characteristics

B01: Nuclear family assignment

A single or nuclear family is a unit composed of father, mother and own children living
together. In other words, a nuclear family is composed of a father and mother with unmarried
children or simply a parent with children.

196
 An extended family on the other hand is composed of a nuclear family, as defined above,
together with other relatives, that is family members related by blood marriage or adoption.
It also refers to parents with married children, or a lone parent (either a mother or a father) with
married children, or grandparents with grandchildren, or uncle/aunt with nephews/nieces, or
cousins who are living together.

Be guided with the following nuclear family compositions accepted:

a. One-member household or a person living alone;

b. Household composed of a single family;
o Married couple with or without child/children
o Unmarried couple or partners in consensual union (cohabiting;
common-law) with or without child/children
o Father with unmarried child/children
o Mother with unmarried child/children
c. Extended family or distant family member/s of a household to be separately treated
as other nuclear families.

Ascertain the number of nuclear families in the household. You will assign a nuclear family
number for each of the household members listed starting from ‘01’.

Do NOT ask this question to the respondent, but you may verify the relationship of each
member to correctly identify their respective nuclear families.

If there is only one nuclear family in the household, the correct entry for all household
members in this question is ‘01’. This means that all household members belong to one nuclear
family.

The number of nuclear family/ies should not be greater than the highest line number
assigned to the household members. If you ascertain that there are three nuclear families in
the household, then you should not assign a number greater than three in this item.

Assign the nuclear family of the household head to ‘01’, then followed by the listing of
household members.

NOTE:
1. couples (or partners) who are not legally married but cohabiting,
i.e., common-law, or live-in partners, are considered nuclear family.

2. If the household head has two or more spouses living in the same household, the
first spouse and their children will be included in the first nuclear family.
The second spouse and their children will be included in the second nuclear family,
and so on. The second spouse will be the family head in the second nuclear family.

3. Each nonrelative member of the household is to be treated each as “nuclear

family”. Each domestic helper is to be treated as one nuclear family. Each boarder
(not a relative of other boarder in the household) is to be treated as one nuclear
family.

Below are case examples for your additional reference in determining the number of
nuclear families in a household:

197
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
1. One-man household or 1 1 00 – One-member
a person living alone household

2. Household is comprised 1 1 01 - Family head

of a single family 02 – Spouse (married)
composed of a married 04 – Son (and/or)
couple with unmarried 05 – Daughter
children
OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father
09 – Mother

3. Household is comprised 1 1 01 – Family head

of a single family 02 – Spouse (married)
composed of a married
couple without children

4. Household is comprised 1 1 01 – Family head

of a single family 02 – Spouse (common-
composed of an law/live-in; or
unmarried couple with 03 – Partner (same-sex
unmarried children partner))
04 – Son (and/or)
05 – Daughter

OR
01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father
09 – Mother

5. Household is comprised 1 1 01 – Family head

of a single family 02 – Spouse (common-
composed of an law/live-in; or
unmarried couple 03 – Partner (same-sex
without children partner))

6. Household is comprised 1 1 01 – Family head

of a father with 04 – Son (and/or)
unmarried child/ 05 – Daughter
children
OR

01 – Family head
08 – Father

198
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father

7. Household composed of 1 1 01 – Family head

a mother with unmarried 04 – Son (and/or)
child/children 05 – Daughter

OR

01 – Family head
09 – Mother

OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
09 – Mother

8. Household composed of 1 1 01 – Family head

a single family with one (Household head)
of the children is a 02 – Spouse (common-
stepson of the law/live-in; or
household head 03 – Partner (same-sex
partner))
04 – Son (Biologically
related son of
family/household head)
04 – Son (Stepson of
the family/ household
head)
05 – Daughter

9. Household composed of 1 1 01 – Family head (Household head)

a single family with one 02 – Spouse (common-law/live-in;
of the children is a or
stepdaughter of the 03 – Partner (same-sex partner))
household head 05 – Daughter (Biologically related
son of family/household head)
05 – Daughter (Stepdaughter of
the family/ household head)

10. Household composed 1 1 01 – Family head

of: (Household head)

199
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
a. Married couple 02 – Spouse (common-
with children; law/live-in; or
and 03 – Partner (same-sex
b. Orphaned partner))
relative of the 04 – Son (and/or)
family 05 – Daughter
dependent on 10 – Other family
the married member
couple

NOTE:
• Do NOT refute the
respondent’s
answer on the
status of the
orphaned relative
of the family.
• If the respondent
declares him/her
as son/daughter
of the family head,
record the
orphaned relative
as ‘04’ or ‘05’. Put
NOTES/REMARK
S to note
differences in
surnames, if any.

Other similar cases to

orphaned relative of the
family and may be
recorded as ‘10’ – Other
family member (if not
declared as any of codes
‘04’ to ‘05’):
• Tagibi
• Paalagang bata
ng kamag-anak

11. Household composed 1 1 01 – Family head (One

of: of the grandparents is
a. Grandparents the head of
living together household/family)
(married or 02 – Spouse (common-
unmarried or law/live-in; or
common-law 03 – Partner (same-sex
live-in); and partner))
b. Grandchildren 10 – Other family
who are siblings member
(1st grandchild)

200
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
10 – Other family
member
(2nd grandchild)

OR

01 – Family head (one

of the grandchildren is
head of
household/family)
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
10 – Other family
member
(1st grandparent)
10 – Other family
member
(2nd grandparent)

12. Household composed 2 1 Nuclear family of

of: household head:
a. Household 01 – Family head
head without
children; and AND
b. Grandparent/s
and/or Sibling/s
of the 2 Nuclear family of sibling grandparents:
grandparent of 01 – Family Head (and/or)
the children 06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister

13. Household composed 2 1 Nuclear family of

of: married couple with
a. Married couple children:
with children; 01 – Family head
and 02 – Spouse (married)
b. Siblings of the 04 – Son (and/or)
mother of the 05 – Daughter
children
OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father
09 – Mother;

AND
2 Nuclear family of sibling/s of the mother
of the children:
01 – Family Head (and/or)

201
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
14. Household composed 2 1 Nuclear family of
of: sibling/s:
a. Household 01 – Family Head
head without 06 - Brother
children; 07 – Sister
b. Sister/Brother
of the AND
household
head; and 2 Nuclear family of the cousin/s8:
c. Cousin/s of the 01 – Family head
household head 06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister

15. Household composed 2 1 Nuclear family of

of: married couple with
a. Married couple children:
with children; 01 – Family head
and 02 – Spouse (married)
b. Household 04 – Son (and/or)
helper 05 – Daughter

OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father
09 – Mother;

AND

2 Nuclear family of household helper10:

01 – Family head

8
Relatives of the nuclear family are to be treated as another nuclear family.
10
Nonrelative members of the household to be treated each as “nuclear family”. Each domestic helper
is to be treated as one nuclear family.
202
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
16. Household composed 3 1 Nuclear family of
of: married couple with
a. Married couple children:
with children; 01 – Family head
and 02 – Spouse (married)
b. Two (2) 04 – Son (and/or)
boarders who 05 – Daughter
are nonrelatives
OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father
09 – Mother;

AND

2 Nuclear family of 1st of the two (2)

boarders12:
01 – Family head

AND

3 Nuclear family of 2nd of the two (2)

boarders:
01 – Family head
17. Household composed 2 1 Nuclear family of
of: married couple with
a. Married children:
couple with 01 – Family head
children; and 02 – Spouse (married)
b. Two (2) 04 – Son (and/or)
boarders who 05 – Daughter
are sisters
OR

01 – Family head
06 – Brother (and/or)
07 – Sister
08 – Father
09 – Mother;

AND

12
Each boarder (not a relative of other boarder in the household) is to be treated as one nuclear family.
203
 Number
of
Cases/Examples B01 Possible codes in B02
nuclear
families
2 Nuclear family of the two (2) boarders
(who are sisters):
01 – Family head
07 – Sister

B02: Relationship to the head of the nuclear family

Ask the respondent, “What is

(NAME)’s relationship to the head of the
nuclear family?”.

The head of the nuclear family (like

the household head) is an adult member of
the nuclear family, male or female, who is
responsible for the organization and care of
the family, or who is regarded as such by
the members of the family.

Note that there should only be one

family head in each nuclear family. If a
person is the only member of the nuclear
family, then he/she will automatically be the
head of the nuclear family.

For households with only one member,

the code to be selected is ‘00’. The head of
the household should automatically be the
family head (code ‘01’) of the first nuclear family. Similarly, the household head’s spouse should
be the spouse (code ‘02’) of the head of the first nuclear family.

For same-sex couples, Partner (code ‘03’) will be used to refer to the same-sex partner of
the head of the family regardless of their marital status. Once again, do NOT refute the
response of the respondent on this data item. Put NOTES/REMARKS as may be necessary.

In some families, other relatives are being tended by the family head. Some may call them
as tagibi o paalagang bata ng kamag-anak, and may usually not have undergone legal adoption
or guardianship process. They may be declared by respondent as son (code ‘04’), or daughter
(code ‘05’) of the family head (code ‘01’). If such is the case, record them as reported by the
respondent. If the respondent explicitly mentions that the person is a tagibi o paalagang bata
ng kamag-anak, you may record him or her as other family member (code ‘10’).

Code ‘10’ case examples are also provided in A02. These may be used in family setups
such as grandparents and grandchildren living together, and other relatives living together.

NOTE:
Putting NOTES/REMARKS is required whenever code ‘10’ is used. The other family member’s
specific relationship to the family head should be added as NOTES/ REMARKS.

204
 Below is an example of the listing of household members:

Nuclear Relationship to
Relationship to the
Line Name Family the Head of the
Household Head
Number (A01) Assignment Nuclear Family
(A02)
(B01) (B02)
1 Dela Cruz, Juan A. 01 Head 1 01 Family head
2 Dela Cruz, Juana B. 02 Spouse 1 02 Spouse
3 Dela Cruz, Pedro B. 03 Son 1 04 Son
4 Garcia, Ana D. 04 Daughter 2 02 Spouse
5 Garcia, Ben E. 07 Son-in-law 2 01 Family head
6 Garcia, Jude D. 09 Grandson 2 04 Son
7 Dela Cruz, Teresa A. 12 Mother 3 01 Family head
8 Reyes, Emma G. 24 Domestic helper 4 01 Family head

Refer to Illustration 1.1 for a chart representation of this example. on the other hand, below
is an example of a household with only one member.

Nuclear Relationship to
Line Relationship to the
Name Family the Head of the
Number Household head
Assignment Nuclear Family
1 Santos, Maria H. 01 Head 1 00 One-member
household

ILLUSTRATION 1.1
Example for the Relationships of the Household Members to the Household Head
and Nuclear Family Assignment

205
 B03: Registration in Philippine Identification System

The Philippine Identification System Act or Republic Act No. 11055 or the PhilSys Act aims
to establish a single national identification system for all citizens and resident aliens of the
Republic of the Philippines. The valid proof of identity provided by the PhilSys shall be a means
of simplifying public and private transactions and shall be a social and economic platform that
promotes seamless social service delivery and strengthening of financial inclusion for both
public and private services.

Below are the examples of the physical and digital PhilID. You may need to ask the
respondent of the physical copy of the ID to probe if they have been issued PhiIID. Members
of the household who were issued PhilIDs and are present at the time of interview may also be
requested to show their IDs.

The front of the PhilID contains the cardholder’s front-facing photograph and basic
demographic information in print, such as their full name, date of birth, and residence address.
The PhilID also carries covert features that cannot be replicated to ensure the card’s security
and authenticity, such as the ID’s design, microprinted texts, and color-shifting prints. The front
card design of the PhilID also showcases the PhilSys Card Number (PCN).

The back design of the PhilID includes the rest of the cardholder’s demographic information
such as their sex, blood type, marital status, and place of birth. This part of the ID also displays
a QR code that can be scanned to determine the cardholder’s Philsys Serial Number (PSN), a
barcode for the card’s serial number, and a microprint of the PSN.

Illustration of Physical PhilID

206
 Illustration of Digital PhilID

After listing the names (A01), relationship to the

household head (A02), and sex (A03) of the household
members in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, you
will automatically proceed to asking if the household
member has a PhilID. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No. If it
is unknown, select ‘8’ for Don’t know. Select the ✓ mark
to proceed to the next question.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Ask the respondent, “Was

(NAME) issued a National ID/PhilID?”. Write ‘1’ for Yes,
or ‘2’ for No. If it is unknown, select ‘8’ for Don’t know. If
the respondent said No or Don’t know, skip to B05.

207
NOTE:
If the household member received an e-PhilID only, select or write ‘1’ for Yes. Then, put
NOTES/REMARKS: “e-PhilID ONLY”.

B04: PhilSys Card Number (PCN)

The PhilSys Card Number (PCN) serves

as the serial number for the physical ID card.
The PCN is different from the registrant’s
PhilSys Number (PSN). Should a cardholder
report a missing ID card, he or she will get a
new PCN along with a new PhilID, but the PSN
will be retained. Record the PCN that is located
at the upper portion at the front of the PhilID.

Ask the respondent, “What is (NAME)'s

PhilSys Card Number (PCN)?”. Household
members who were issued PhilIDs and are
present at the time of interview may be
requested to show their IDs.

If the household member already has an ID and is willing to provide his/her PCN, select ‘SCAN
NATIONAL ID/PHILID INFO’. Then, scan the QR code at the back of the PhilID to capture the 16-
digit PCN. In addition, a field for PhilSys ID Remarks is provided after scanning the PhilID. If using
PAPI, manually enter the 16-digit PCN of the household member.

If the tablet cannot scan the QR code of the

PhilSys ID or the member refuse to show
his/her ID to you, the EN may encode the 16-
digit PCN manually by selecting code
‘SPECIFY NATIONAL ID/PHILID INFO’.

If the respondent has lost his/her ID, select

‘LOST NATIONAL ID/PHILID INFO’ or write
‘9999999999999996’ in PAPI.

In case the respondent/household member is not willing to share the PCN, select ‘NOT OPEN
TO SHARING NATIONAL ID/PHILID INFO’ or write ‘9999999999999997’ in PAPI.

If the household member already has an ID but the respondent/household member forgets,
does not know his/her PCN because his/her PCN is not available within the housing unit at the time
of interview, select ‘DON’T KNOW, NOT AVAILABLE’ or write ‘9999999999999998’ in PAPI.

Then, select the ✓ mark to proceed.

Furthermore, when you reach Section B in the CAPI Application, B03 will be automatically
filled in and B04 will be automatically skipped.

208
 NOTES:
1. You are ONLY allowed to scan/copy the PhilID if the owner of the ID is present at the
time of interview and gives permission to scan/copy his/her ID. Adult household
members should personally give consent. Parent of minors can give consent to the
sharing of their children’s PhilID information.

2. PhilID is a confidential and private document. Do NOT capture a photo of a person’s

PhilID. Do NOT force the person to show or share his/her ID with you. Request them
to read for you the PCN. If they cannot do it due to physical limitations, you may
provide your assistance by letting them show you their PhilID while you record the
number in the questionnaire. PCN may be used by the PSA to verify the identity of
persons in POPCEN-CBMS with PhilIDs.

3. Pay extra attention in scanning the QR code of the PhilSys ID on B04 when ‘SCAN
NATIONAL ID/PHILID INFO’ is selected, since the tablet’s camera can also scan the
barcode below the QR code. To ensure that the one scanned is the QR code, check
the next field by clicking the Next button. It should reflect the
16-digit PCN of the PhilID.

4. If there are inconsistencies between the PhilID and actual information, you must
verify with the respondent. Adjust the response if the PhilID information is confirmed
as correct. In rare occasions, add REMARKS in the specific field (WRONG
NAME/BDAY IN PHILID) if the PhilID information is incorrect as confirmed with
respondent. In CAPI, use the REMARKS button for either A01 or A04 of the specific
household member. In PAPI, use the REMARKS section at the end of the
questionnaire. Record this, for instance, as A01 LN01 WRONG NAME IN PHILID, if
the household head’s name in PhilID is incorrect as confirmed by the respondent.

B05: Solo parent

Before proceeding to this data item, take note that this may be a sensitive question for
some families. It is important to introduce properly this question. You may start with this:

The next question is a sensitive topic for some families. But the government needs
information on who and where the struggling families are so that possible support can be
extended to them, hence this question.

Ask items B05 to B06 for household

members 10 years old and over.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME) a solo

parent taking care of a child/children?”.
Select ‘1’ for Yes, ‘2’ for No, or ‘8’ for Don’t
Know as provided by the respondent. If the
respondent answers ‘No’ and ‘Don’t Know’,
skip to B07.

Based on the Republic Act No. 11861 or the Expanded Solo Parents Welfare Act, children
or dependent refers to:

209
 a. those living with and dependent upon the solo parent for support who are unmarried,
unemployed and twenty-two (22) years old or below; or

b. those over twenty-two (22) years old13 but who are unable to fully take care or protect
themselves from abuse, neglect, cruelty, exploitation, or discrimination because of a
physical or mental disability or condition: Provided, that this definition shall only apply
for purposes of availing the benefits of this Act.

Meanwhile, a solo parent refers to any individual who falls under any of the following
categories:

a. A parent who provides solo parental care and support of the child or children to –

1. Birth as a consequence of rape, even without final conviction: Provided, that the
mother has the sole parental custody, care and is the sole support of the child or
children: Provided, further, that the solo parent under this category may still be
considered a solo parent under any of the categories in Section 4 of RA No. 11861;

2. Death of the spouse;

3. Detention of the spouse for at least three (3) months or service for a criminal
conviction;

4. Physical or mental incapacity of his/her spouse as certified by a public or private

medical practitioner: Provided, that the physical or mental incapacity of the spouse
prevents him/her from performing his/her parental duty;

5. Legal separation or de facto separation from his/her spouse for at least six (6)
months and the solo parent is entrusted with the solo parental care and support of
the child or children;

6. Declaration of nullity or annulment of marriage as decreed by a court recognized

by law, or due to divorce, subject to existing laws, and the solo parent is entrusted
with sole parental care and support of the child or children; or

7. Abandonment by the spouse for at least six (6) months;

b. A spouse or any family member of an OFW: Provided, that the said OFW belongs to
the low/semi-skilled worker category 14 and is away from the Philippines for an
uninterrupted period of twelve (12) months: Provided, further, that the OFW, his or her

13 Note that in the B05 we are collecting information from household members aged 10 years old and
over. If the declared child is 22 years old and over by a parent whose age is less than 22 years
old, the enumerator must check the birthdates and ages of the parent and child is in A04 and
A05, respectively. Correct any errors detected as necessary.
14 Low-skilled workers may include persons whose work belong to PSOC Major Group 1 (Elementary

Occupations. Occupations in this group involve the performance of simple and routine tasks
which may require the use of handheld tools and considerable physical effort. Possible semi-
skilled workers include those that belong to PSOC Major Groups 4-8 (Clerical Support Workers,
Service and Sales Workers, Skilled Agricultural, Forestry and Fishery Workers, Craft and
Related Trades Workers, and Plant and Machine Operators and Assemblers).
210
 spouse, family member, or guardian of the child or children of an OFW falls under the
requirement of Section 4 of RA No. 11861;

NOTE:
It is not necessary that a parent whose spouse is abroad is already considered
as a solo parent since the other spouse still exercises duties over his/her family.
The parent should still comply with the requirements of the law.

However, if the other parent is abroad and has lost contact with his/her family for
a year or more, the other parent who is left with the custody of the family, may be
considered as solo parent.

c. Unmarried mother or father who keeps and rears the child or children;

d. Any legal guardian, adoptive or foster parent who solely provides parental care and
support to a child or children;

e. Any relative within the fourth (4th) civil degree of consanguinity or affinity of the parent
or legal guardian who assumes parental care and support of the child or children as a
result of the death, abandonment, disappearance or absence of the parents or solo
parent for at least six (6) months: Provided, that in cases of solo grandparents who are
senior citizens but who have the sole parental care and support over their
grandchildren who are unmarried, or unemployed and twenty-two (22) years old or
below, or those twenty-two (22) years old or over but who are unable to fully take care
or protect themselves from abuse, neglect, cruelty, exploitation, or discrimination
because of a physical or mental disability or condition; or

NOTE:
1. Consanguinity – refers to relationship by blood

2. Affinity – refers to relationship by marriage

3. Relative within the fourth civil degree – includes one’s spouse, parents,
grandparents, great-grandparents, great-great-grandparents, children,
grandchildren, great grandchildren, great-great grandchildren, uncles,
aunts, great-uncles, great-aunts, first cousins by virtue of a blood
relationship or marriage

f. A pregnant woman who provides sole parental care and support to her unborn child or
children.

Solo parenthood is a personal matter and may be a sensitive subject to discuss with the
respondent. Do NOT refute the respondent’s answer during the interview. But bear in mind the
abovementioned considerations on what is included in the concept of solo parent. Put in
NOTES/REMARKS whenever necessary.

If the respondent asks if they will be given solo parent ID when they say or respond “Yes”
to this question, kindly inform them that the authorized personnel from the LGU will assess
their status before they are given solo parent ID. It would be best for them to reach out to their
LGU’s social welfare department to ask about details on how they can avail of the solo parent
ID and the benefits from bearing this kind of ID card.

211
 B06: Solo Parent ID

If the respondent’s answer is ‘Yes’ in

B05, this question will be asked. Ask the
respondent, “Does (NAME) have a Solo
Parent ID?”. Select or write ‘1’ for Yes, or
‘2’ for No as provided by the respondent.
In cases where the respondent is
uncertain of the possession of other
household members’ Solo Parent ID,
select ‘8’ for Don’t Know.

NOTE:
NOT all solo parents have solo parent IDs.

If the respondent said that the household member has a Solo Parent ID but has already
expired, select code ‘1’ for Yes. Then, put “EXPIRED ID” in the NOTES/REMARKS.

B07: Senior Citizen ID

Ask this question for household

members aged 60 years old and over.

Ask the respondent, “Does (NAME)

have a Senior Citizen ID?”. Select ‘1’ for
Yes, or ‘2’ for No as provided by the
respondent. If the possession of the senior citizen ID of a member of the household is unknown
to the respondent, ask the question to the member himself/herself. If the possession of senior
citizen ID is still unknown after probing, select ‘8’ for Don’t know.

B08: Currently pregnant household members

Ask B08 and B09 for female

household members aged 10 to 59 years
old.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME)

currently pregnant?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes,
or ‘2’ for No corresponding to the answer
of the respondent.

212
 B09: Currently lactating/breastfeeding mothers

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME)

currently a lactating/breastfeeding
mother?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No
corresponding to the answer of the
respondent.

B10: Persons with disability, cancer, or rare disease

Items B10 to B12 aims to collect information on Persons with disability (PWDs). PWDs are
one the marginalized sectors in the country. Collecting accurate and timely information on their
socioeconomic profile such as education, employment, among others, may effectively respond
to their needs and deliver the appropriate programs. PWDs according to the UN Convention
on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, includes those who have long-term physical, mental,
intellectual, or sensory impairments which in interaction with various barriers may hinder their
full and effective participation in society on an equal basis with others.

In the Philippine Registry of PWDs, individuals identified as PWDs are the following:

1. Persons diagnosed with medical disability;

2. Persons with cancer;
3. Cancer survivors (RA11215); and
4. Persons with rare diseases (RA 10747).

Below are some concepts and definitions relevant to this section:

● Impairment - is any loss, diminution, or aberration of psychological, physiological,

or anatomical structure or function (Source: RA 7277)

● Disability - shall mean (1) a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits
one or more psychological, physiological, or anatomical function of an individual or
activities of such individual; (2) a record of such an impairment; or (3) being
regarded as having such an impairment (Source: RA 7277)

● Disabled persons - are those suffering from restriction or different abilities, as a

result of a mental, physical or sensory impairment, to perform an activity in the
manner or within the range considered normal for a human being (Source: RA
7277)

Amended by RA 9442 aka Magna Carta for Disabled Persons, the Disabled Persons are
now referred to as Persons with Disability.

In addition to the definition of disability mentioned above, the following are the causes of
disability:

1. Acquired disability is a disability that has developed during the person's lifetime
that is as a result of an accident or illness rather than a disability the person was
born with.

213
 2. Cancer refers to a genetic term for a large group of diseases that can affect any
part of the body. Other terms used are malignant tumors and neoplasms.
One defining feature of cancer is the rapid creation of abnormal cells that grow
beyond their usual boundaries, and which can then invade adjoining parts of the
body and spread to other organs.

3. Chronic illness describes a group of health conditions that last a long time. It may
get slowly worse over time or may become permanent or may lead to death. It may
cause permanent change to the body and will certainly affect the person’s quality
of life. This is also true to persons diagnosed with Cancer or Rare Disease. Thus,
Chronic illnesses may cause disability, hence, it is considered not a disability.

4. Congenital/Inborn disease that was present at birth.

5. Injury is the physical damage that results when a human body is suddenly or
briefly subjected to intolerable levels of energy. It can be a bodily lesion resulting
from acute exposure to energy in amounts that exceed the threshold of
physiological tolerance, or it can be an impairment of function resulting from a lack
of one or more vital elements (i.e., air, water, warmth), as in drowning,
strangulation or freezing. The time between exposure to the energy and the
appearance of an injury is short. (Source: INJURY SURVEILLANCE
GUIDELINES, Published in conjunction with the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, Atlanta, USA, by the World Health Organization, 2001)

6. Rare diseases refer to disorders such as inherited metabolic disorders and other
diseases with similar rare occurrences as recognized by the DOH upon
recommendation of the NIH but excluding catastrophic (i.e., life threatening,
seriously debilitating, or serious and chronic) forms of more frequently occurring
diseases. (Source: RA 10747) The World Health Organization describes rare
disease as an often-debilitating disease or condition with a prevalence of 0.65% to
1%.

In the Philippines, a disease is considered rare when it affects one patient in every
20,000 population. Patients afflicted with rare diseases often have their quality of
life reduced to taking medications, check-ups and suffering from pain. They are
often dependent on other people to attend to their basic needs. They also need
lifelong medical care, food supplements, medications, and multidisciplinary
therapies to alleviate the symptoms and effects of the disease.

The most common rare disorders in the country are:

1. Amino Acid Disorders – 360 cases

a. Maple Syrup Urine Disorder15
b. Hyperphenylalaninemia16

15 Maple Syrup Urine Disorder is a condition detected in newborn screening and is characterized by a
lack of BCKAD enzyme. Children with this disorder have “sweet smelling” (similar to burnt sugar/maple
syrup) urine from where its name is derived. Other symptoms include lethargy, seizures or convulsions,
irritability, vomiting, and brain damage. Early detection of this disorder can prevent further brain damage
(convulsion & mental retardation) and death. (Source: UP National Institutes for Health)
16 Hyperphenylalaninemia is a condition may progress to irreversible intellectual disability, seizures,

behavioral issues, microcephaly, and skin disorders (like eczematous rash and light pigmentation), all
due to hyperphenylalaninemia (HPA). Other symptoms can include gait abnormalities, altered sitting
posture, and stance. A "mousy" odor may be present in the body and urine, attributed to elevated levels
of phenylacetic acid. (Source: Medscape)
214
 2. Galactosemia17 – 120 cases

3. Lysosomal Storage Disorder – 110 cases

a. Mucopolysaccharidoses (MPS) 18
b. Gaucher19
c. Fabry Disease20

7. Autism spectrum disorder is a brain-based disorder that affects a child’s

behavior, communication skills and social skills. It includes 3 of 5 disorders known
as Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDDs). These are Autistic Disorder,
Asperger’s Syndrome and PDD-not otherwise specified (PDDNOS). Although the
Philippines does not have the prevalence rate of autism, recent data from the US
reports the prevalence of ASD at 1 in 150 individuals. (Source: The Medical City)

Autism is characterized by impairments in communication skills, impairments in

social relatedness and the presence of repetitive and ritualistic behavior. No two
children with ASD are the same. Individuals have varying symptoms with varying
severity. (Source: The Medical City)

Under Section 3 of the IRR of RA No. 11215 (National Integrated Cancer Control Act):

17 Galactosemia means “galactose in the blood”. This inherited disorder prevents your body from
breaking down the sugar galactose, causing it to build up to toxic levels in your blood. People with
galactosemia have to avoid dairy products, breast milk and most baby formulas. In newborns, signs of
classic galactosemia begin to appear after a few days of feeding. Symptoms can be mild or severe and
may include: loss of appetite, lethargy, vomiting, diarrhea, severe weight loss, weakness, jaundice,
enlarged liver, abdominal swelling with fluid (ascites), and swelling around the brain (edema). (Source:
Cleveland Clinic)
18 Mucopolysaccharidoses are hereditary, progressive diseases caused by mutations of genes coding

for lysosomal enzymes needed for the stepwise breakdown of glycosaminoglycans. MPS overall
frequency is 3.5-4.5 per 100,000. There are three common subtypes of MPS. Most common subtype is
MPS III (Sanfilippo), followed by MPS I (Hurler) and MPS II (Hunter). Their general appearance is
having prominent forehead, saddle-like nose with flattened bridge and ending in a broad, fleshy tip, full
lips, large tongue, hyperplastic alveolar ridge, with claw-like hands. They usually have a short stature,
with developmental delays, intellectual disability, glaucoma, blindness, hearing loss, hernia, among
others. (Source: UP National Institutes for Health)
19 Gaucher disease is the result of a buildup of certain fatty substances in certain organs, particularly

your spleen and liver. This causes these organs to enlarge and can affect their function. The fatty
substances also can build up in bone tissue, weakening the bone and increasing the risk of fractures.
If the bone marrow is affected, it can interfere with your blood's ability to clot. Most people who have
Gaucher disease have varying degrees of the following problems: (a) Abdominal complaints. Because
the liver and especially the spleen can enlarge dramatically, the abdomen can become painfully
distended. (b) Skeletal abnormalities. Gaucher disease can weaken bone, increasing the risk of painful
fractures. It can also interfere with the blood supply to your bones, which can cause portions of the bone
to die. (c) Blood disorders. A decrease in healthy red blood cells (anemia) can result in severe fatigue.
Gaucher disease also affects the cells responsible for clotting, which can cause easy bruising and
nosebleeds. (Source: Mayo Clinic)
20 Fabry disease is a rare genetic condition in which you don’t produce enough healthy versions of an

enzyme called alpha-galactosidase A (alpha-GAL). This enzyme breaks down sphingolipids, a fat-like
substance, and prevents them from collecting in your blood vessels and tissues. Fabry disease is a
type of lysosomal storage disorder. Other names for the condition are Anderson-Fabry disease, Fabry’s
disease and alpha-galactosidase-A deficiency. Symptoms of classic Fabry disease appear during
childhood or the teenage years. One common disease symptom — a painful burning sensation in your
hands and feet — may be noticeable as early as age 2. Symptoms get progressively worse over time.
People with late-onset Fabry disease don’t have symptoms until they’re in their 30s or older. The first
indication of a problem may be kidney failure or heart disease. (Source: Cleveland Clinic)
215
 ● Cancer patients - are those symptomatic and/or under definitive or palliative
treatment.

● Persons living with cancer - are those with microscopic or residual disease,
asymptomatic or with subclinical symptoms on maintenance or supportive
treatment.

Ask B10 to B12 for all household members.

Ask the respondent, “Does (NAME)

have a disability?” for all household
members. Select ‘1’ for Yes or ‘2’ for No
as provided by the respondent. If the
answer is ‘No’, skip to B13.

To make sure that all those with disabilities in the national definition of “disability” are
covered, you are advised to enumerate the type of disabilities stated in B12. The follow up
question is:

Does (NAME) have visual disability, deaf or hearing disability,

intellectual/learning/mental/psychosocial disability, physical disability, speech and
language impairment, cancer/cancer survivor, or with rare disease?

B11: PWD ID

Item B11 refers to the possession of

PWD ID of the household members with
disability identified in the previous items.
The PWD ID is the standard identification
card for PWDs in the Philippines. It serves
as proof that a person has a disability and
needs special treatment as required by his
or her condition.

In some cases, a certificate (blue) was

issued to persons with rare diseases.

For each identified household

member who is either a person with
disability, cancer, rare disease, or a
cancer survivor, ask items B11 and B12.
Ask the respondent or the person
concerned if the said household member
is present during the interview, “Does
(NAME) have Persons with Disability
(PWD) ID?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for Quezon City Government. (2021, April 28).
No as provided by the respondent. Memorandum on QCitizen ID. Retrieved from
https://quezoncity.gov.ph/wp-
content/uploads/2021/04/Memo-QCitizen-
ID.pdf?fbclid=IwAR3RfG0VfL61ecUFhRvOETDCrwwu
gPqr5NpDTUkY946VvXeK-ZpeaoXzcOQ

216
 B12: Type of disability/ies

Ask the respondent, “What type of disability does (NAME) have?” for all household
members who have disability/ies. Select or write all the disabilities that each household member
has. If there are other types of disabilities not listed in categories ‘A’ to ‘G’ below, select ‘Z’ for
Others, specify. Then type or write in the field/space provided the other type of disabilities as
provided by the respondent.

Be guided with the definition and description below.

Code Type of Disability Description

A Visual Disability A person with visual disability (Impairment) is one who has
impairment of visual functioning even after treatment and/or
standard refractive correction and has visual acuity in the better
eye of less than 6/18 for low vision and 3/60 for blind, or a visual
field of less than 10 degrees from the point of fixation. A certain
level of visual impairment is defined as legal blindness. One is
legally blind when your best corrected central visual acuity in your
better eye is 6/60 on worse or your side vision is 20 degrees or less
in the better eye.

B Deaf or Hearing refers to people with hearing loss, implies little or no

Disability hearing/ranging from mild to severe. Hearing loss, also known as
hearing impairment, means impairment means the complete or
partial loss of the ability to hear from one or both ears with 26 dB
or greater hearing threshold, averaged at frequencies’ 0.5, 1, 2, 4
kilohertz.

C Intellectual/ Intellectual disability – a significantly reduced ability to understand

Learning/Mental/ new or complex information and to learn and apply new skills.
Psychosocial
Disability Learning Disability – persons who, although normal in sensory,
emotional, and intellectual abilities, exhibit disorders in perception,
listening, thinking, reading, writing, spelling, and arithmetic.

217
Code Type of Disability Description

Mental Disability – disability resulting from organic brain syndrome

and or mental illness (psychotic or non-psychotic disorder)

Psychosocial Disability – any acquired behavioral, cognitive,

emotional, or social impairment that limits one or more activities
necessary to effective interpersonal transactions and other
civilizing processes or activities to daily living such as but not
limited to deviancy or antisocial behavior.

D Physical Disability any impairment which limits the function of limbs or fine or gross
(Orthopedic) motor ability and disability in the normal functioning of the joints,
muscles, and limbs

E Speech and one or more speech/language disorders of voice, articulation,

Language rhythm and/or the receptive and expressive processes of language.
Impairment This includes people who are unable to express messages through
oral speech or produce comprehensible oral speech.

F Cancer Cancer refers to a genetic term for a large group of diseases that
can affect any part of the body. Other terms used are malignant
tumors and neoplasms. One defining feature of cancer is the rapid
creation of abnormal cells that grow beyond their usual boundaries,
and which can then invade adjoining parts of the body and spread
to other organs.

Include here all persons living with cancer, cancer patients and
cancer survivors.

G Rare Disease Rare diseases refer to disorders such as inherited metabolic

disorders and other diseases with similar rare occurrences as
recognized by the DOH upon recommendation of the NIH but
excluding catastrophic (i.e., life threatening, seriously debilitating,
or serious and chronic) forms of more frequently occurring
diseases. (Source: RA 10747) The World Health Organization
describes rare disease as an often-debilitating disease or condition
with a prevalence of 0.65% to 1%.

Z Others, specify These may include persons with other disabilities that cannot be
_____ categorized in the above-mentioned options. Examples include
persons who have permanently lost their sense of taste and smell,
as well as those with skin disorders, seizures caused by
neurological disorder, etc., that have greatly limited their movement
and functioning.

In such cases, record all types as applicable.

Intellectual disabilities may be observed in persons with Down Syndrome, Fragile X

syndrome, Huntington's Disease, autism, among others. Some mental health,
neurodevelopmental, medical and physical conditions frequently co-occur in individuals with
intellectual disability, including autism spectrum disorder, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, attention-
deficit hyperactivity disorder, impulse control disorder, and depression and anxiety disorders.

218
 Mental disability may be observed in persons with anxiety disorders, including panic
disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and phobias, depression, bipolar disorder, post-
traumatic stress disorder, schizophrenia, eating disorders, disruptive behavior and dissocial
disorders, neurodevelopmental disorders.

Learning disabilities may be observed in persons with dyslexia, dysgraphia, dyscalculia,

auditory processing disorder, language processing disorder, nonverbal learning disabilities,
visual perceptual/visual motor deficit. There are some health conditions where a person may
be more likely to have a learning disability. For example, everyone with Down's syndrome has
some level of learning disability, and so do some people with cerebral palsy. Some people with
epilepsy also have a learning disability and so do some autistic people.

The term “psychosocial disabilities” refers to the disabilities of persons with either
diagnosed or perceived mental health conditions and/or intellectual impairments, which may
also be caused by stigma, discrimination, and exclusion. Persons with psychosocial disabilities
may have schizoid disorders, such as schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder, anxiety
disorders, such as obsessive-compulsive disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, agoraphobia
and social phobia or mood disorders, such as major and dysthymic depression and bipolar.

NOTE:
Not only those with orthopedic disability or who lost limbs/parts of their body/lost control
of part of their bodies are included in the coverage of persons with physical disability.
Some persons with cancer, rare diseases, chronic disorders or short bowel syndrome
may have physical disability. If the household member has a PWD ID, it would help to
check their PWD IDs to note their disabilities.

Speech disability examples may include dysarthria (inability to produce understandable

speech sounds) and apraxia (inability to plan & coordinate the complex motor process of
speaking), among others. Language disability examples may include aphasia (cannot find the
word to express intent), receptive aphasia (cannot recognize the meaning of the words said by
others), and developmental disability (failure of language system to develop).
(Source: http://www.rstce.pitt.edu/RSTCE_Courses/RSTCE_Courses_Doc/11_AAC_07.pdf)
You may be considered visually disabled if your vision cannot be corrected with
eyeglasses or contact lenses, or through medication or surgery.

NOTE:
PWD IDs contain information on the type of disability of the person who owns the ID.

However, it must also be noted that the PWD IDs may not contain all the types of disabilities
that the household member has, thus you may ask for a medical certificate as reference.

If there are no documents available stating the disability/ies of the household member,
please refer to the definitions above, and assign them in category/ies that best fits their
condition/s.

Should there be inconsistency on the information listed on the PWD ID and the actual type
of disability, select the disability as provided in the medical certificate and/or as declared by the
respondent. Put NOTES/REMARKS if such a case happens.

B13 to B18: Functional difficulty

The Washington Group Short Set on Functioning (WG-SS)

219
 The WG chose to develop questions that would address the issue of whether persons with
disabilities participate to the same extent as persons without disabilities in activities such as
education, employment, or family/civic life. A major reason for this choice is the pivotal
importance of the issue of social participation and equal rights from a policy perspective as
illustrated by the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (1) and the
requirements established in the 2030 Agenda on Sustainable Development (2).

To that end, the WG focused on measuring difficulty functioning in six basic, universal
actions (capabilities) that, in an unaccommodating environment, would place an individual at
risk of restricted social participation. The measurement of environmental barriers and
participation (e.g., access to education or employment) are extramural; the task then is in data
analysis to determine whether persons identified with difficulties or limitations in these basic
actions have participation rates equal to those without limitations.

The WG questions were designed to provide comparable data cross-nationally for

populations living in a variety of cultures with varying economic resources. While the ideal
would be to collect information on all aspects of the disablement process as depicted in the
International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF), such as impairments,
activity limitations, participation restrictions and environmental barriers and facilitators, and to
identify every person with a disability within every community, this would not be possible given
the limited number of questions that can be asked on a national census and in most surveys.

The basic actions represented in this set of six questions are those that are most often
found to limit an individual and result in participation restrictions. Domains were selected using
the criteria of simplicity, brevity, universality, and comparability. The information that results
from the use of these questions will, a) represent the majority of, but not all, persons with
limitations in basic actions, b) represent the most commonly occurring limitations in basic
actions, and c) be able to capture persons with similar problems across countries.

The set is composed of questions on six core functional domains: seeing, hearing, walking,
cognition, self-care, and communication. The introduction is to be read before the questions
are administered. Read to the respondent the following introduction:

“The following questions ask about difficulties a person may have doing certain activities
because of a HEALTH PROBLEM.”

The purpose of the introduction is to transition from questions that precede the WG Short
Set, and may deal with other subject matter, to a new area of inquiry. It is intended to focus the
respondent on difficulties he or she may have that are the result of physical or mental health
problem(s). Included are difficulties that occur within a health context rather than those caused
by a lack of resources.

Ask this set of questions, “Does (NAME) have any difficulty in…?” for household
members aged five years old and over. You need to read out each kind of functional difficulty
ONE BY ONE and COMPLETELY.

a. Seeing, even if wearing glasses;

b. Hearing, even if using hearing aid;
c. Walking or climbing steps;
d. Remembering or concentrating;
e. Self-caring (such as washing all over or dressing);
f. Communicating using his/her usual (customary) language.

220
 Each question has four response categories. Select or write the code corresponding to the
answer for each functional difficulty. It is recommended that the response options be read aloud
as part of each of the six questions as follows:

NOTE:
If the household member is present, ask the question to the household member
himself/herself.

Core Functional
Description
Domains
a. Difficulty in Seeing refers to an individual using his/her eyes and vision capacity in
seeing, even if order to perceive or observe what is happening around him/her.
wearing
eyeglasses The purpose of this question is to identify persons who have vision
difficulties or problems seeing even wearing glasses (if they wear
glasses).

Even when wearing glasses refers to difficulty seeing with glasses if the
respondent has, and uses, them – NOT how vision would be if glasses,
or better glasses, were provided to one who needed them.

Included are problems:

● seeing things close-up or far away, and
● seeing out of one eye or only seeing directly in front but not
to the sides.

NOTE:
If the person is wearing eyeglasses, make sure he/she understands
that the question refers to difficulties he/she may have while wearing
his/her eyeglasses.

b. Difficulty in Hearing refers to an individual using his/her ears and auditory (or
hearing, even if hearing) capacity in order to know what is being said to him/her or the
using a hearing sounds of activity, including danger that is happening around him/her.
aid
The purpose of this question is to identify persons who have some
hearing limitation or problems of any kind with their hearing even when
using a hearing aid (if they wear a hearing aid).

Even if using a hearing aid refers to difficulty hearing with a hearing

aid if the respondent has, and uses, that device – NOT how hearing
would be if hearing aids, or better hearing aids, were provided to one
who needed them.

Included are problems:

● hearing in a noisy or a quiet environment,
● distinguishing sounds from different sources, and
● hearing in one ear or both ears.

NOTE:
If the person is using hearing aids, make sure that he/she understands
that the question refers to difficulties he/she may have even while
wearing his/her hearing aids.

221
Core Functional
Description
Domains
c. Difficulty in Walking refers to the use of lower limbs (legs) in such a way as to
walking or propel oneself over the ground to get from point A to point B.
climbing steps
If assistance of any device (wheelchair, crutches, walker, etc.) or
human is needed, the person has difficulty walking.

The purpose of this item is to identify persons who have some limitation
or problems of any kind getting around on foot.

Included are problems:

● walking short (about 100 yards/meters) or long distances
(about 500 yards/meters),
● walking any distance without stopping to rest is included,
and
● walking up or down steps.

Difficulty in walking includes those resulting from impairments in

balance, endurance, or other non-musculoskeletal systems. For
example, blind people having difficulty walking in an unfamiliar place or
those people with poor eyesight having difficulty in climbing stairs when
there is no lighting.

Any difficulty with walking (whether it is on flat land, or up or down

steps) that is considered a problem should be captured.

d. Difficulty in Remembering refers to the use of memory to recall incidents or

remembering or events. It means the individual can bring to mind or think again about
concentrating something that has taken place in the past (either the recent past or
further back). With younger people, remembering is often associated
with storing facts learned in school and being able to retrieve them
when needed.

NOTE: Remembering should NOT be equated with memorizing or

with good or bad memories.

Concentrating refers to the use of mental ability to accomplish some

tasks such as reading, calculating numbers, learning something. It is
associated with focusing on the task at hand in order to complete the
task.

The purpose of this item is to identify persons who have some problems
with remembering or focusing attention that contribute to difficulty in
doing their daily activities.

Included are problems:

● finding one’s way around, being unable to concentrate on an
activity, or forgetting one’s whereabouts or the date, and
● problems remembering what someone just said or becoming
confused or frightened about most things

NOTE:
Difficulty in remembering or concentrating because of common
everyday situations such as high workload or stress, or as a result of
substance abuse are EXCLUDED.

e. Difficulty with Washing all over refers to the process of cleaning one’s entire body
self-care such as (usually with soap and water) in the usual manner for the culture.
washing all over This includes cleaning hair and feet, as well as gathering any necessary
or dressing items for bathing such as soap or shampoo, a washcloth, or water.

222
Core Functional
Description
Domains
Dressing refers to all aspects of putting clothing or garments on the
upper and lower body including the feet if culturally appropriate.
Included are the acts of gathering clothing from storage areas
(i.e., closet, dressers), securing buttons, tying knots, zipping, etc.

The purpose of this item is to identify persons who have some problems
with taking care of themselves independently.

f. Difficulty in Communicating refers to an individual’s exchanging information or

communicating ideas with other people through the use of language. This involves use
using usual of voice for their exchange or making signs or writing the information
(customary) they want to relay.
language
Communication difficulties can originate in numerous places in the
exchange process. It may involve mechanical problems such as
hearing impairment or speech impairment, or it may be related to the
ability of the mind to interpret the sounds that the auditory system is
gathering and to recognize the words that are being used or an inability
of the mind to compose a sentence or say a word even when the person
knows the word and sentence.

Included are problems making oneself understood, or problems

understanding other people when they speak or try to communicate in
other ways.

The purpose of this item is to identify persons who have some problems
with talking, listening, or understanding speech such that it contributes
to difficulty in making themselves understood to others or
understanding others.

NOTE:
Difficulty understanding or being understood due to non-native or
unfamiliar language is NOT included.

NOTE:
Make sure that each of the six categories has the code corresponding to the answer
for each household member five years old and over.

223
8.9.7 SECTION C – Migration

This section aims to capture the migration patterns of the household members. Different
reference periods are collected in terms of migration experience: residence three (3) years ago
and internal displacement.

Items C01, and C03 to C06 are to be asked to all household members. Meanwhile, item
C02 is to be asked for household members aged 15 years old and over. Begin by reading the
section introduction to the respondent:

“Now we will ask about your household members’ migration experience and whether there
are Overseas Filipinos in this household.”

C01: Citizenship

Citizenship is defined as the legal nationality of a person. A citizen is a legal national of

the country at the time of census, while an alien is a non-national of the country. Data on
citizenship allows the classification of the population into (a) citizens and (b) aliens. These data
are valuable in the study of problems relating to the legal status and civil rights of immigrants.

224
 A person’s citizenship depends on the country to which he/she owes legal allegiance or
where he/she exercises the right of suffrage.

Ask the respondent “Is (NAME) a

citizen of the Philippines?”.
This question determines who among the
members of the household is a citizen of
the Philippines and who is not.

Probe further if the Filipino citizen is

also a citizen of another country. If such is
the case, the category “2-Yes, Filipino
with dual citizenship” should be selected.

Filipino citizenship is acquired by birth,

naturalization and reacquisition.
Reacquisition of Filipino citizenship is
specifically designed for former Filipino
citizens who lost their nationality as a result
of naturalizing in another country. The Citizenship Retention and Re-acquisition Act of 2003
(Republic Act No. 9225) allows them to reacquire their Philippine citizenship upon taking the
oath of allegiance to the Republic of the Philippines. Under the Bureau of Immigration’s Law
Instruction No. RBR-99002, issued on 15 April 1999, a foreign national, who is any child born
of a Filipino parent may be recognized as a Filipino citizen under existing laws. Relatedly, a
foreign spouse married to a Filipino can also apply for naturalization. Recognition of Filipino
citizenship will take effect when certificate of recognition as Filipino is received.

Below are the categories of citizenship and its corresponding description:

Code Description
1 Yes, Filipino Citizen – a citizen of the Philippines.
2 Yes, Filipino with Dual Citizenship – a citizen of the Philippines and at the same
time a citizen of another country.
3 No, Foreign citizen – a citizen of another country other than the Philippines.
4 No citizenship – includes people who are currently without citizenship of any
country. They are classified as stateless either through self-declaration, or through
recognition by competent government authorities, on an individual or group basis.21
5 Undetermined nationality – includes people who lacks proof of citizenship and have
links to more than one country, that are real or perceived as real by authorities,
because of their place of birth, marriage, habitual residence, or descent from earlier
generations who have migrated.8
8 Don’t know – if the citizenship of the household member is unknown to the
respondent. 8

If the household member is a foreign citizen (code ‘3’), has no citizenship (code ‘4’),
has undetermined nationality (code ‘5’), and the respondent does not know the household
member’s citizenship (code ‘8’), skip to C03.

For information, in the 2020 Census of Population and Housing, the top 10 countries of
citizenship of foreign household population in the Philippines include:
1. People’s Republic of China

21 Based on International Recommendations on Statelessness Statistics (IROSS), p. 16.

225
 2. India
3. United States of America
4. Japan
5. Republic of Korea (South Korea)
6. Germany
7. Australia
8. Taiwan (Province of China)
9. Indonesia
10. Viet Nam

The category “3-No, foreign citizenship” shall be used for household members who are
citizens of the above-mentioned foreign countries and other foreign countries.

If the person being interviewed hesitates to answer this question, remind him/her that the
information shall be held strictly confidential and no reference to individual persons will be
made. The specific foreign citizenship will also not be collected.

The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) defines the five groups of
populations that are considered at risk of statelessness in the Philippine context. These include
the unregistered children displaced by conflict, foundlings of unknown parentage, children of
Filipino descent in migration situations (e.g. the Middle East and Sabah), persons of Indonesian
descent residing in Southern Mindanao who are not treated as nationals by the Philippine
government and did not acquire Indonesian citizenship, and the Sama population. Children
who are born to stateless parents can also be categorized under this category if there is no
proof of their citizenship. It would help to probe household members on these cases before
categorizing them under “4-No citizenship”.

On category “5-Undetermined nationality”, these are persons who lack proof of

possession of any nationality; and are perceived and treated by authorities in the State (or
country) of residence as possessing links which give rise to a claim of nationality of another
State (or country) based on specific elements such as historic ties, race, ethnicity, language or
religion. Examples of these are Japanese descendants in the Philippines whose birth records
were burnt or lost during war, have not attempted to reapply for birth registration in the
Philippines, and are in the process of acquiring Japanese citizenship. These are children of
Japanese nationals who repatriated or conscripted to the military during the war, and died or
were forced to leave their Filipino spouses and families behind.

C02: Overseas Filipino indicator

Ask item C02 for all household members 15 years old and over.

If the answer in C01 is code ‘3’ to ‘8’,

skip this item.

Recall that overseas workers are listed

as members of the household only for the
purposes of estimating the household
population of the country. This question is
used to identify OFWs, and other overseas
Filipinos among the household members.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME)

currently an Overseas Filipino?”.
Select from the codes below:

226
 Code Description
1 - Yes, Overseas This category should be marked if a person is an OFW, regardless of
Filipino Worker (OFW) whether he is out of the country to fulfill an overseas work contract for a
with contract specific length of time of visit or on vacation but still has an existing
overseas work contract.

NOTE: In the case OFWs who came back due to the COVID-19
Pandemic and have an existing contract but with notice of termination,
they should be considered as code ‘6’ for No, Resident.
2 - Yes, other OFW This category is marked if a person is an overseas worker other than
with no contract OFW or Filipinos who worked abroad without any contract.

For purposes of POPCEN-CBMS, Filipino workers who usually go out of

the country through “backdoor” means will be considered as other OFW
with no contract (code ‘2’).

However, careful probing must be done before classifying them as other

OFW with no contract. He must not have any work within the Philippines
to be considered as another OFW with no contract.

NOTE: If he has other work within the Philippines aside from those
outside the Philippines, then he must be categorized as code ‘6’ for No,
Resident.

In the case of online programmers who are working locally but with
employer/s abroad, they should be considered as code ‘6’ for No,
Resident.
3 - Yes, student This category includes students abroad and those that are attending
abroad training abroad.
4 - Yes, tourist The household member is abroad as of the reference period for tourism
purposes (medical tourism, leisure and visit to family member/s abroad,
etc.). He or she is expected to go back to the Philippines before his or her
tourist visa expires.
5 - Yes, other This category is selected if the household member who is also an
Overseas Filipino not Overseas Filipino does not fall into codes ‘1’ to ‘4’.
elsewhere classified
6 - No, resident This category refers to members of the household who are not overseas
(Philippines) workers and not an overseas Filipino.

NOTE:
If the foreigner (a former Filipino national) is living in the Philippines for a year as of
reference period or is expected to stay for at least a year, they should be coded as ‘6’
for No, resident (Philippines).

C03: Ever Experienced Migration in the Past Three (3) Years

Ask the respondent, “In the past three (3) years (01 July 2021 to 30 June 2024), did
(NAME) move and reside in any barangay, city/municipality and province, or country
other than his/her current residence?”.

227
 The “past three (3) years” in this item refers to the period from 01 July 2021 to 30 June
2024.

Ask the question referring to each household member if they ever moved and resided
continuously for 3 months or more in any barangay, city/municipality, province, or country other
than his/her current residence in the past three (3) years. Select ‘1’ for Yes, ‘2’ for No, or ‘8’ for
Don’t Know corresponding to the answer of the respondent. If the answer is ‘No’ or ‘Don’t
Know’, skip to Section D.

C04: Previous Place of Residence

Ask the respondent, “In what province/HUC, city/municipality, and barangay or

country did (NAME) come from?”. Ask this question for each household member whose
response in C03 is code ‘1’.

In CAPI, follow this procedure:

1. Select code ‘1’ for Within the Philippines if the previous place of residence is in
the Philippines.

2. Then, select the specific province/HUC, the specific city/municipality, and the
specific barangay.

228
 3. Otherwise, select ‘2’ for Outside the country. Then, select the country if the previous place
of residence is in the Philippines. Then, select the specific country.

In PAPI, write the name of the barangay, city/municipality, and province in the space
provided. Write the 3-digit code for the specific province/HUC, 2-digit code for the specific
city/municipality, and the 3-digit code for the specific barangay. Then, write their PSGC codes
in the boxes provided. Write the country code if the previous place of residence is outside the
Philippines.

Be guided by these instructions for the following cases:

1. The respondent/household member resided in a different province. Select the

province/HUC in your CAPI application. For instance, select ‘001 - Abra’.

229
 In PAPI, write the names of the province, city/municipality, and barangay in the
corresponding space provided. Then, write their PSGC codes in the boxes
provided.

2. The respondent/household member resided in the same province, but

different city/municipality and barangay. Select ‘000-SAME PROVINCE’ in
your CAPI application.

In PAPI, write ‘SAME’ in the line provided for province and write ‘000’ in the boxes
provided. Write the names of the city/municipality and barangay in the line
provided. Then, write their corresponding PSGC codes in the boxes provided.

3. The respondent/household member resided in the same province and

city/municipality, but different barangay.

Select ‘000-SAME PROVINCE’ in your CAPI application. Then, select ‘00000-

SAME CITY/MUNICIPALITY’. After this, select the barangay.

In PAPI, write ‘SAME’ in the lines provided for province and city/municipality and write
‘000’ and ‘00’ in the boxes provided, respectively. Then, write the name of the
barangay in the line provided and its corresponding PSGC code in the boxes
provided.

4. For those who resided in a foreign country, select the country. Then, in PAPI,
write the name of the country on the line provided, and leave the lines for
city/municipality and barangay names blank. Write the 8-digit country code in the
boxes provided for province/HUC/country, city/municipality, and barangay.

5. If the respondent does not know the province, city/municipality and/or barangay,
ask the question to the household member himself/herself. In case the household
member cannot give the name of the province, city/municipality and/or barangay,
exert all efforts to obtain at least the name of the province. If the member still
cannot give the name of the province after exhaustive probing, select ‘998’ for
Don’t know for unknown province. Select ‘98’ for Don’t know for unknown
city/municipality; and/or ‘998’ for Don’t know for unknown barangay. In PAPI, write
‘DK’ for Don’t know on the lines and write codes for unknown in the boxes for the
province, city/municipality and/or barangay.

6. If the foreign country is unknown to the respondent, ask the question to the
household member himself/herself. In case the household member cannot give
the name of the province and city/municipality, exert all efforts to obtain at least
the name of the foreign country. If the member still cannot give the name of the
foreign country after exhaustive probing, select ‘99999998’ for Don’t know foreign
country for both CAPI and PAPI.

7. If the answer in this item is vague, such as Bicol or Visayas, ask the respondent
about the specific province, city/municipality, and barangay in Bicol Region or in
Visayas.

NOTE:
If the household member has two or more previous places of residence within the
Philippines where he/she is moved in the past three (3) years, record the latest/last
place of origin.

230
 C05: Date of Move to Current Residence

Ask the respondent, “In what month and year did (NAME) recently move?”

Ask for the month and year when the household member moved to the current residence.
In CAPI, select the month, date, and year of move to current residence for each household
member. Enter the date of move to current residence in MM/YYYY format. In PAPI, write the
two-digit code for the month, and the complete year of move to current residence in the
corresponding boxes provided.

C06: Internally Displaced Persons and Refugees/Asylum Seekers

Ask the respondent, “In the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 - June 30, 2024), did (NAME)
move here due to natural calamities, man-made disaster/event, peace and order,
refugee/asylum seeker, or relocation due to other reasons?”

Internally Displaced Persons refer to those who involuntarily moved from their usual
place of residence to another due to natural calamities, man-made disaster/event, peace and
order problem, and relocation due to other reasons. Key elements

Refugees refers to those who moved from another country due to reasons stated in code
5 (Yes, refugee/asylum seeker) description. Asylum seekers, on the other hand, are those who
applied for refugee status and their claim is still being assessed. Possible asylum
seekers/refugees in the Philippines include Rohingya, persons from Ukraine, Palestine, among
others.

This question refers to the reason of move from another city/municipality within the
Philippines or another country to the current residence of any household member – whether

231
due to natural calamities, man-made disaster/event, peace and order, refugee/asylum, or
relocation due to other reasons – in the past 12 months. A household member is an internally
displaced person if the move to current residence falls on categories 2 to 4 and 6.

Code Description
1 – No For not internally displaced or not a refugee/asylum seeker.
2 – Yes, natural calamities A major adverse event resulting from natural processes of the
Earth. It is also called “Natural Disaster”. Examples include
flood, typhoon, tsunami, earthquake, and volcanic eruption.
A natural disaster can cause loss of life or property damage,
and typically leaves some economic damage in its wake, the
severity of which depends on the affected population's
resilience, or ability to recover and also on the infrastructure
available.
3 – Yes, man-made disaster/ A disaster resulting from human intent, negligence, or error.
event Man-made disaster can be both intentional and unintentional
that may result in huge loss of life and property. It further
affects a person’s mental physical and social well-being.
Examples include chemical/industrial disaster, fire disasters,
and deforestation.
4 – Yes, peace and order Occurs when people are forced to flee their homes as a result
of armed conflict including generalized violence, and
persecution on the grounds of nationality, race, religion,
political opinion or social group. One specific example is the
war in Marawi City in Mindanao.
5 – Yes, refugee/asylum Occurs when people are forced to flee their homes due to “a
seeker well-founded fear of being persecuted for reasons of race,
religion, nationality, membership of a particular social group,
or political opinion, is outside the country of his nationality,
and is unable or, owing to such fear, is unwilling to avail
himself of the protection of that country”.1
6 – Yes, relocation due to This category includes relocation due to government and
other reasons private infrastructure projects, demolition of housing units
along railways and other government or private properties.
8 – Don’t know The respondent does not know if the person is internally
displaced.
1 International Recommendations on Statelessness Statistics (IROSS), 20 January 2023, p. 18

8.9.8 SECTION D – Education

This section aims to gather the educational profile of the individuals in the community.
It aims to provide a picture of the development of a community, based on its human assets.
Education has been recognized as an important tool to combat poverty, inequality, and
safeguard the community from risk a
nd vulnerability. This section gathers information on attendance to schools, technical and
vocational skills training, among others.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“The next set of questions pertains to education.”

232
 D01: Current school attendance

Items D01 to D03 will be asked to household members aged 3 years old and over.

Current school attendance means attending or has an intention to enroll or pursue

studies (in the case of members who recently graduated or on a vacation) in a regular
educational institution, public or private, to obtain formal education. The term “currently” refers
to School Year 2024-2025 for elementary and secondary education, and the second semester
of the current school year for post-secondary, college or higher.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME)

currently attending school or enrolled
in AY/SY July 2024 – May 2025?”.
This question shall be asked to household
members aged 3 years old and over.
Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No as provided
by the respondent.

If the household member is 3 to 24

years old and not currently attending,
his/her answer in D01 should be ‘2’ for No,
then skip to D06. Household members 25 years old and over and not currently attending should
be ‘2’ for No in D01 then skip to D07.

The Early Childhood Care and Development Council implements a pre-kindergarten

program, which is offered for children who are not yet old enough to enter kindergarten.

The Pre-Kindergarten 1 Program is tailored for children aged 3.0 to 3.11 years old. Through
regularly scheduled sessions, children engage in routines designed to target the different
development domains through play, exploration, and learning experiences. CDTs and CDWs
employ the National Early Learning Curriculum (NELC) to plan, implement, and evaluate daily
activities, using the children’s developmental needs and interests as the basis. This ensures
that the Program is developmentally appropriate for children enrolled.

The Pre-Kindergarten 2 Program is designed for children aged 4.0 to 4.11 years old.
Implementing developmentally appropriate learning activities based on curricular themes
aligned with the Department of Education (DepEd) Kindergarten themes, the Program aims to
support the development of essential skills and competencies that ensure children go through
a smooth transition to kindergarten. Sessions follow a set routine adapted to the developmental
characteristic of each child and their interest and incorporate play-based experiences that
foster children’s independence. (Source: ECCD Council)

As long as the educational institution offering pre-kindergarten program is following the

framework prescribed by ECCD, kindly note that the child attending such institution as currently
attending school.

Other concepts and definitions that may be relevant to this data item include:

Formal education refers to the systematic and deliberate process of hierarchically

structured learning. At the end of each level the learner needs a certification in order to enter
or advance to the next level.

Non-formal education refers to any organized, systematic education activity carried

outside the framework of the formal system to provide selected types of learning.

233
 A person attending any of the following education programs is also to be considered as
attending school if the program is accredited by the Department of Education (DepEd).

● Special education (SPED) or Special Needs Education (SNED) refers to the

education of persons who are gifted or talented and those who have physical,
mental, social, or sensory impairment and cultural difference (Policies and
Guidelines for Special Education, DepEd). Some schools have SPED centers.
There are also private institutions that offer SPED. Note that there are separate
codes for SNED in page 11 of the questionnaire.

● Home study program, home education program or open high school program is
offered to school learners who have no time to attend regular school or classes
inside school premises. This is a program designed to meet the needs of school
learners to pursue their education and serves as an alternative solution for them
to complete or graduate from elementary and high school studies. Schools offering
this type of education program should be accredited by the DepEd.

● Madrasah, an educational institution for Muslims. Only those accredited by DepEd

will be considered as within the formal educational system.

● Indigenous Peoples (IPs) Education, a program which aims to provide basic

education support services to IPs, and other learning systems organized by
indigenous communities. These are within the formal educational system if these
are accredited by DepEd.

● Vocational high schools such as schools of arts and trades or technical high
schools, and rural or agricultural high schools where school attendance leads to a
high school diploma.

● Post-secondary vocational/technical schools which are within the regular system

of education in universities and colleges.

● Night classes which are organized programs as part of the school system.

● Alternative Learning System is a ladderized, modular nonformal education

program in the Philippines for dropouts in elementary and secondary schools, out-
of-school youths, non-readers, working Filipinos and even senior citizens. It is part
of the education system of the Philippines but an alternative to the regular
classroom studies, where Filipino students are required to attend daily. The
alternative system only requires students to choose schedules according to their
choice and availability.

A person enrolled in an Open University, distance learning, correspondence school, and

off-campus program is also to be reported as attending school if the courses taken by the
person are recognized in the regular school system.

Pre-primary schooling if part of the regular educational system is, however, considered as
attending school. Early childhood education provides learning and educational activities with a
holistic approach to support children’s early cognitive, physical, social, and emotional
development and introduce young children to organized instruction outside of the family context
234
to develop some of the skills needed for academic readiness and to prepare them for entry into
primary education. (Source: ISCED 2011)

Should there be suspension of classes in response to issuance of new COVID-19

community quarantine guidelines or due to weather conditions/LGU pronouncements, those
persons who are in the middle of completing their requirements for School/Academic Year
2024-2025 are considered currently attending for school year 2024-2025 as long as they have
enrolled, have an intention to enroll or to pursue their studies within the school/academic year.

A person is considered not attending school if he/she is taking an education program which
are non-formal and geared towards literacy and short-term learning activity. NOT to be
considered also as attending school are those enrolled in the following:

● Day care centers, which teach children the alphabet just to while away time and
are not accredited by DepEd (for example, Twinkle Day Care Center).

● Vocational schools outside the regular system of education, that is, short courses
such as, dressmaking, beauty culture, hair science, auto mechanic, motor vehicle
driving, typing, stenography, bookkeeping, and others (for example, 2A Driving
School and CWL Vocational Center).

● Non-formal trainings conducted by the Technical Education and Skills

Development Authority (TESDA) and its accredited institutions.

● Review classes for bar or board or other examinations for the practice of a
profession or trade.

● Training received by mail from correspondence schools like the International

Correspondence School (ICS).

● Attending lessons and training in non-regular educational institutions not

accredited by DepEd such as music and sport schools.

● A student who was enrolled in the current school year but has dropped out of
school.

D02: Type of school

Formal education can be received by students from public and private schools/educational
institutions.

Ask the respondent, “In which school/Community Learning Center (CLC) is (NAME)
currently attending?” referring to household members aged 3 years old and older.

With a follow-up question of “Is it _____?”, mention the choices: ‘1’ for Public; ‘2’ for
Private. Then, select public, or private as provided by the respondent.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

D03: Current grade/year

235
 Ask the respondent, “What grade/year is (NAME) currently attending?” to all household
members 3 years old and over who are currently attending school. Select the code
corresponding to the grade/year in which the household member is currently attending.

An answer such as elementary, high school, or college is insufficient. Determine the

specific grade or year the family member is currently attending. Select the appropriate code of
grade/year currently attending.

In case wherein the given grade/year level is not consistent with the age of the family
member, verify from the respondent. For example, a 6-year-old who is in Grade 3 (which is
supposedly in Grade 1), or a 9-year-old who is attending Grade 7 (which is supposedly in Grade
4) merits further clarification from the respondent. Put in the NOTES/REMARKS if this person
was confirmed by the respondent as a student who had been accelerated or started schooling
at a young age.

In some areas, some students are quite old for their grades. Accept the response since
there are lots of students in the provinces who dropped out from school and re-entered again
at the start of the school year.

D04: Alternative Delivery Mode (ADM)

Alternative Delivery Mode (ADM) is a nontraditional education program recognized by

the Department of Education (DepEd) which applies a flexible learning philosophy and a
curricular delivery program that includes non-formal and informal sources of knowledge and
skills.

An alternative delivery mode may include the use of facilitator-aided and interactive self-
instructional print and audio-based learning materials, videotapes, face-to-face structured
learning groups, semi-structured and unstructured discussions, one-on-one tutorials, study
groups and self-learning groups, demonstration sessions, home visits, mentoring, and
remediation.

These are instructional or learning modalities that do not strictly follow the typical set up for
regular classroom instruction, but follow the formal K to 12 curriculum in content. It is intended
for learners from Kindergarten to Grade 12 who are officially enrolled in a formal school:

236
 a. at risk of failure or dropping out
b. learners with educational needs
c. marginalized learners
d. last mile learners (learners whose residence is far from the school)
e. learners who cannot stay regularly inside the school because of family
problems/situations; household errands and obligations
f. children of parents whose job required them to travel
g. learners with poor medical condition
h. under difficult circumstance such as pregnant learners
i. learners who are working at daytime
j. learners whose studies are interrupted due to the relocation of parents (within or
outside the country)
k. in emergencies
l. late enrollees
m. children of parents who by choice wish to educate their children at home
n. children of OFWs living abroad
o. involved in the curricular and co-curricular activities

Learners are allowed to shift from one ADM to another. However, this will still depend on
the learner’s situation. If one ADM is not working for the learner, he can shift to another mode
of learning.

Code ADM Description

A IMPACT The Instructional Management by Parents,
(Self-paced, Community, and Teachers (IMPACT) is a school-
Grades 1-6) based modality available for elementary schools only.
Schools that offer this learning option must group
learners from varying grade levels into learning
families.

B Home School learner’s education is managed by parents/guardians

(K to 12) and happens primarily at home.

C MISOSA The Modified In-School Off-School Approach

(Grades 4-6) (MISOSA) caters to Grades 4, 5, and 6 classes with
at least 50 learners.

Learners are divided into two groups. During class

hours, except on designated days for assessments,
only the groups will be in school. While the other will
be at another location near the school or will meet
online through a platform prepared by the school,
depending on the agreement set by the class. The in-
school group will proceed with formal instruction
facilitated by their regular school teachers, while the
out-school group will have independent learning
using the materials provided by the school, with the
assistance of a para-teacher or learning facilitator.
The groups will switch arrangements periodically
(e.g. a week, or a month), depending on the agreed
time between the learners and the teacher. The two
groups shall meet together for assessment and for
enrichment.

237
 Code ADM Description
D Night High School provide opportunities to high school learners to finish
(Grades 7-12) basic education through evening classes.
The program is intended for high school learners, of
legal age, who are working

E Open High School The Open High School Program (OHSP) is an

(Grades 7-12) alternative mode of delivering secondary education
that puts a premium on an independent, self-paced,
and flexible study to reach learners who are unable
to start or complete secondary education due to
limited time, geographical inaccessibility of schools,
physical impairment, financial difficulties, and/or
social or family problems.

F Rural Farm School parallel learning system and an alternative delivery

(Grades 7-12) mode of secondary education. It provides for
facilitative and experiential learning on the core
subjects of the secondary education curriculum with
a focus on agri-fisheries, designed to address the
needs of children in rural, agricultural, or fishing
communities.

Ask the question for all household members 3 to 24 years old, “In the current grade/year
level being attended by (NAME), did (NAME) avail of other delivery modes of learning
other than face-to-face?”. Select all alternative delivery mode availed by the household
member.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

FOR PAPI ONLY: Write code ‘1’ for Yes, or code ‘2’ for No for EACH alternative delivery
mode in the boxes provided.

The illustration below shows the appropriate grade levels for each alternative delivery
mode.

D05: Attendance to Madrasah Program

238
 Ask the question for all household members 5 years old and over, “Is (NAME) currently
attending ALIVE classes under the Madrasah program?”. Select code ‘1’ for Yes if the
household member is enrolled in Madrasah Education Program. Otherwise, select ‘2’ for No.
Any answer, go to D07.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

Madrasah Education Program is a comprehensive program in public and private schools

that aims to provide appropriate and relevant educational opportunities within the context of
Muslim culture, customs, traditions, and interests through the integration of the Arabic
Language and Islamic Values Education (ALIVE) in the basic education curriculum. 22

Arabic Language and Islamic Values Education (ALIVE) is a program implemented in

public school which aims to provide additional subjects on Arabic Language and Islamic Values
in the regular basic education curriculum. 23

D06: Reason for not attending school

From D01 or those household members who are not currently attending school, ask “Why
is (NAME) not attending school?”. Select the corresponding main reason for not attending
school enumerated below. If the response is not in the options listed, specify in the space
provided the reason why he/she is not currently attending school.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

Code Reasons Definition/Examples

01 Accessibility of school ● Schools are very far. The location of the school is far
from his/her residence.
● No schools within the barangay. Absence of school in
the vicinity/area.
● No regular transportation - There is no transportation
or regular transportation from residence, and this
makes it difficult for the schooling member to reach
school. For example, the residence is located across a
river and there is no regular water transport that
navigates within the area.
02 Illness Missing out on classes because of debilitating diseases
and injuries resulting to disability may sometime
discourage students to pursue education.
03 Disability Persons with disabilities, rare diseases, cancer, and
cancer survivors may also face some challenges
hindering them to enter and/or stay in school.
04 Pregnancy The state of carrying a developing embryo or fetus within
the female body

22 D0 41, S. 2017-Policy Guidelines on Madrasah Education in the K to 12 Program,

https://www.deped.gov.ph/2017/08/11/do-41-s-2017-policy-guidelines-on-madrasah-education-in-the-k-
to-12-basic-education-program/
23 D0 41, S. 2017-Policy Guidelines on Madrasah Education in the K to 12 Program,
https://www.deped.gov.ph/2017/08/11/do-41-s-2017-policy-guidelines-on-madrasah-education-in-the-k-
to-12-basic-education-program/

239
Code Reasons Definition/Examples

05 Marriage Legally married (including early marriages,

special/cultural marriages [IP practices]); elopement or
tanan; and live-in arrangements
06 High cost of education/ ● Family income not sufficient to send a child to school
Financial concern ● Parents cannot afford educational expenses

07 Employment Reason related to working, helping parents in livelihood/

farm, and helping parents to run their business is captured
in this category.
08 Finished schooling This is only applicable to highschool, senior highschool,
post secondary and college graduates or postsecondary
graduates or those reviewing for bar/board examination
and not to those elementary or high school graduates. Try
to probe for the actual reason.
09 Looking for work Related to category ‘06’, these are persons who are not
yet employed but have intention to enter the workforce
and are actively seeking jobs rather than going to school.
10 Lack of personal interest Not interested in learning
11 Too young The reason “too young” is acceptable only for family
members aged 3 to 5 years old. Parents may consider
their child young to go to school because he/she cannot
take care of himself/herself during critical times/situations.
Try to probe for the actual reason.
12 Bullying This refers to any severe or repeated use by one or more
students of a written, verbal or electronic expression, or a
physical act or gesture, or any combination thereof,
directed at another student that has the effect of actually
causing or placing the latter in reasonable fear of physical
or emotional harm or damage to his property; creating a
hostile environment at school for the other student;
infringing on the rights of the other student at school; or
materially and substantially disrupting the education
process or the orderly operation of a school.
13 Family matters These may include family-related issues (e.g., separation
of parents/families, family conflict, runaway or stokwa,
parental decision) and other related family obligations
(e.g., filial obligations, childcare).
14 No/Weak internet This refers to people deferring formal education due to
connection inability to attend school online.
15 Modular learning is not This refers to people who opted to not subscribe to
preferred module-based education.
16 With problems in school This refers to people who are unable to attend school due
requirements to inability to provide the basic requirements for
(e.g., no birth certificate or enrollment.
Form 137/Report Card)

240
Code Reasons Definition/Examples

17 Lack of confidence Some students are not confident of showing oneself at

school because they are afraid that they could not keep
up with peers or with studies.
18 Oral health issue Some students are shy to go to school due to their oral
health problems (e.g., tooth decay, may bungi, etc.)
99 Others, specify _____ Some of the examples not covered in the
abovementioned categories are as follows:

● No one in the household can assist in modular learning

of the child
● Concern for security and safety
● Knowing how to read, write and/or compute is enough
● Displaced; forced to live in a new area

Following scenarios that may be confused as ‘99’ for Others, specify but fall under given
categories:

● Speech impairment (‘03’ - Disability)

● Working, helping parents in livelihood/farm, and helping parents to run their
business (‘07’ - Employment)
● Graduate and review for board exam (‘08’ - Finished schooling)
● Family duties (‘13’ - Family matters)

D07: Graduate of Technical/Vocational Education and Training (TVET) course

Ask items D07 to D09 to all household members 15 years old and over.

Technical/vocational course or technical-vocational education and training (TVET)

refers to the education or training process that involves, in addition to general education, the
study of technologies and related sciences and the acquisition of practical skills relating to
occupations in various sectors of economic and social life. (Source: 2020 LFS/APIS Manual of
Interviewers)

Concepts and definitions related to skills development and training:

● Vocational training prepares trainees for jobs that are based on manual or
practical activities, and for skilled operative jobs, both blue and white collar related
to a specific trade, occupation, or vocation.

● Technical training imparts learning that can be applied in intermediate-level jobs,

in particular those of technicians and middle managers.

The following are the TVET programs offered by TESDA and its accredited institutions:

School-based programs refers to the direct delivery or provision of TVET programs by

the TESDA-administered schools. Totaling to 57, 19 are agricultural schools; 7 are fishery
schools; and 31 are trade schools. These school-based programs include post-secondary
offerings of varying duration not exceeding three years. (Source: TESDA)

241
 Center-based programs refer to training provisions being undertaken in the TESDA
Regional (15) and Provincial (45) Training Centers totaling 60 in selected trade areas in the
different regions and provinces in the country. (Source: TESDA)

Community-based Training for Enterprise Development Program is primarily

addressed to the poor and marginal groups, those who cannot access, or are not accessible
by formal training provisions. The program goes further than just mere skills training provision.
It is purposively designed to catalyze the creation of livelihood enterprises that shall be
implemented by the trainees, immediately after the training. Likewise, it is designed to assist
partner agencies such as LGUs, NGOs, people organizations and other agencies organizations
with mission to help the poor get into productive undertakings to help themselves and their
communities. (Source: TESDA)

Note further that even non-TESDA programs attended by the household member/s can be
recorded herein. It is also important to probe also for training programs that have been attended
and utilized by household members with jobs and those with businesses.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME) a graduate of technical/vocational education and

training (TVET) course/program?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No as provided by the
respondent.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

Examples on how to accomplish D07 for Graduate of technical/vocational course:

1. Household members who are in Grade 11 or Grade 12 pursuing a Technology and

Livelihood Education and Technical-Vocational Livelihood track, which is part of
the regular curriculum in Level 3 - Upper Secondary (Senior High School), should
be coded as ‘2’ for No in D07.

2. Household members who graduated from a TVET program/course requiring a high

school diploma/certificate, should be coded as ‘1’ for Yes in D07.

3. Household members who graduated from a program/course conformant to the

working definition of TVET, regardless of training hours and provision of National
Certificate (NC), should be coded ‘1’ for Yes.

D08: Currently attending TVET for skills development

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME) currently attending TVET for skills development?”.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

Recall that the previous question asks if the household member was a graduate of a
technical/vocational course. This question asks if currently (or as of time of visit), the household
member aged 15 years old and over is undergoing vocational or technical training. Persons
are considered to be in training if they are in a non-academic learning activity through which
they acquire specific skills intended for vocational or technical jobs. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for
No, as provided by the respondent. If the respondent answers ‘No’ for both D07 and D08, skip
to Section E.

242
 D09: TVET course(s) currently being attended/taken and TVET course/s attended in
the past

If the answer in D07 and/or D08 is ‘1’ for Yes, ask this question, “What skills development
training courses/programs have (NAME) attended including the current one?”.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

The respondent must identify which skills development training the household member/s is
currently attending (ongoing) and/or have attended (and completed) in the past.

Examples of skills development training are as follows:

Codes Description
068 Automotive Servicing (NC I)

073 Carpentry (NC II)

078 Construction Painting (NC II)

081 Heavy Equipment Operation (NC II)

107 Plumbing (NC I)

118 Electrical Installation and Maintenance (NC II)

124 Consumer Electronics Servicing (NC III)

139 Dressmaking (NC II)

146 Massage Therapy (NC II)

169 Visual Graphic Design (NC III)

188 Shielded Metal Arc Welding (NC I)

223 Beauty Care-Skin Care (NC II)

242 Commercial Cooking (NC III)

257 Food and Beverage Service (NC II)

259 Housekeeping (NC II)

Source: Technical Education and Skills Development Authority

List down all the TVET courses attended and/or is currently attending by the household
member in the space provided for SPECIFY.

In CAPI, select all the TVET courses the household member is currently taking and/or
attended in the past. If the reported TVET courses are not in the list, select ‘999’ for ‘Others’
then enter the title of the course in the corresponding field.

8.9.9 SECTION E – Economic Characteristics

This section aims to gather information on the labor statistics profile of each community.
As mandated by the CBMS Act, employment is one of the key indicators to be collected at a
granular level that would be able to signal local and national policymakers with the appropriate
programming and interventions. The creation of productive employment opportunities is
essential for achieving poverty reduction and sustainable economic and social development.

243
 Major key labor statistics that would be generated from the information in this section are
statistics on employment, unemployment, and underemployment.

There are three subsets for this section:

1. E02 to E12 are for persons who ever worked or had a job/business during the
past week; and
2. E13 to E16 are for persons who did not work or had no job/business during the past
week.
3. E17 to E18 are for persons who are farmer and/or farm worker and fisherfolk
and/or fish worker

NOTE:
Household members who are Overseas Filipinos (OF) particularly those with answer
code ‘1’ for Yes, Overseas Filipino Worker (OFW) with Contract, code ‘2’ for Yes,
Other OFW with no contract, or code ‘5’ for Yes, Other Overseas Filipino not
elsewhere classified in C02 will NOT be included in Section E.

The reference week to be considered for questions in this section should be the past
seven days preceding the date of interview or visit.

Furthermore, be mindful of the additional age spanners in this section:

1. Items E01 to E12 will be asked for persons 5 to 14 years old, and 15 years old and
over with codes '3', '4', or '6' in C02;

2. Items E13 to E16 will be asked for persons 15 years old and over with codes '3',
'4', or '6' in C02; and

3. Items E17 to E18 will be asked for persons 5 to 14 years old, and 15 years old and
over with codes '3', '4', or '6' in C02.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“We would like to ask for information on the work, job, or business activity of
household members.”

E01: Work for at least one hour during the past week

This is a screening question to determine the employment status of a household member.

It is therefore important to ask probing questions to ascertain the existence of a job or business,
or unpaid work in own family-operated farm or business during the reference week.

Work is defined as any economic activity that a person does for pay, (in cash or in kind, in
any establishment, office, farm, private home), or for profit, or without pay on family farm or
business, or an activity done by a farm operator or member of his family on another’s farm on
exchange labor arrangement.

“Worked at all” for purposes of POPCEN-CBMS data collection, means that a person
reported to his/her place of work and performed duties/activities for at least one hour during

244
the reference week. One hour is the minimum time a person should be engaged in an
economic activity to be considered as employed.

Ask the respondent, “Did (NAME) do any work for at least one hour during the past
week (including work from home or telecommuting)?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No as
provided by the respondent. If the answer is Yes, skip to E03.

The question refers to the work done by the person in his/her primary job or other jobs.
Hence, if he/she did not work in the primary job during the past week, but worked in his other
job, he/she should have an answer of Yes in this question.

1. Work for Pay is any economic activity that a person does for an employer, whether
in an establishment, office, farm, or private residence (other than his or her own),
and receives salary/wage, commission, tips, in cash or in-kind, or other forms of
compensation such as free meals, free-living quarters, and educational support.

2. Work for Profit is any economic activity that a self-employed person does for profit
in own business such as sari-sari store, online selling, farm, and dress shop; or for
fees in the practice of one’s profession or trade. Making a single article that is
intended for sale is considered as work for profit.

The following activities are considered as work for profit:

a. Gardening where the product is mainly for sale;

b. Growing of ornamental plants and flowers, seedling, black pepper
(pamienta), or betel leaf for sale irrespective of the size of the
area;
c. Cultivation of land for temporary, annual, or biennial crops or
shrubs, or maintenance of an orchard;
d. Fishing, an occasional gathering of forest or marine products
mainly for sale; and
e. Raising of fowls or animals during the reference period (this may
not be done as a regular business)

NOTE:
For any of the activities mentioned in items 2.a to 2.e, if the produce is intended for
home consumption, then it is NOT considered work. If the household member is
engaged in fishing mainly for home consumption, the activity is NOT considered
work.

3. Work without pay on family farm or business is any economic activity that a
person does without pay on a farm or business that is being operated by another
family member in the same household.

Examples:

● A daughter who works as a salesgirl without pay in a store

operated by her mother
● A wife who does clerical work at home, without pay, for her
husband who is an independent practicing lawyer
● A nephew who works without pay in the clinic owned by his doctor
uncle with whom he lives

245
 4. Work by a farm operator or by his family member on another household’s
farm on exchange labor is any economic activity that a farm operator or a
member of his family does on a farm being operated by another household on
exchange labor arrangements. An exchange labor arrangement is usually
practiced by agricultural workers during the height of rice planting and harvesting
seasons. A farmer who works on an exchange labor arrangement will be
considered working on his own farm.

For POPCEN-CBMS data collection, the following activities should NOT be considered as
work:

a. Housekeeping in own home

b. Building, repairing, or painting own house
c. Volunteer work (e.g., packing of relief goods) except Barangay Tanod, Barangay
Nutrition Scholar, Barangay Health Worker
d. Begging or gambling

E02: Did not work but have a job or business in the past week

This question will be asked to all respondents whose answer is No in E01. Ask the
respondent, “Although (NAME) did not work, did (NAME) have a job or business during
the past week?”. Select the corresponding code based on the response given by the
respondent. If the answer of the respondent is ‘2’ for No, or ‘3’ for No, temporarily, skip to
E13.

Code Description Skipping instruction

1 Yes
2 No GO TO E13
3 No, temporarily GO TO E13

Some persons may not have worked at all during the past week but may actually have jobs
or businesses that they are temporarily not reporting to.

If the household member has job/business even though he/she was not a work during the
reference week, he/she should answer Yes. The following are the possible reasons for not
having work in the past week:

1. Temporary illness/disability
2. Bad weather or disaster
3. Working time arrangement
4. On strike
5. On vacation or sick leave
6. A person temporarily laid off due to non-economic reasons like machine
breakdown
7. A person with a new job to begin within 2 weeks from the date of the interview
8. Regular and temporary teachers, excluding substitutes, during summer vacation
who still receive pay and who expect to go back to their jobs in the next school
year

In the case of a person with absences, be guided with the following:

246
 Codes Event
1 - Yes if both of the events ● Persons have an unknown duration of absence but expect to
apply return to the same job or business once the restrictions in
place (where applicable) are lifted;
● Persons continue to receive remuneration from their
employer, including partial pay, even if they also receive
support from other sources, including government schemes.
2 - No if both of the events ● Persons have an unknown total duration of absence and no
apply or unknown expected return to the same job or business once
the restrictions in place (where applicable) are lifted;
● There is no receipt of any part of their remuneration from their
employer
3 - No, temporarily if both of ● Persons have an unknown total duration of absence but is
the events apply expected to return to the same job or business once the
restrictions in place (where applicable) are lifted;
● There is no receipt of any part of their remuneration from their
employer

E03 and E04: Location of work (province and city/municipality)

Ask the respondent, “Where was (NAME)'s location of work?”.

A list of provinces, HUCs, cities, and municipalities will appear for this question. Search
and select the province/HUC and city/municipality as provided by the respondent.

If the work is performed solely at home, select the province/HUC and city/municipality
where the person usually resides and performs his/her job or business.

FOR PAPI ONLY:

If the work location of the household member is the same with his/her province/HUC and
city/municipality of residence, write ‘SAME’ on the space provided. Otherwise, write first the
province/HUC and city/municipality. Then, find and record the codes later. Refer to the
Codebook in the CBMS Resources for the codes.

E05: Primary occupation and Philippine Standard Occupational Classification

(PSOC)

Occupation refers to the type of work, trade, or profession performed by the person during
the reference week such as rice farmer, typist, physician, and beauty parlor operator. If a
person has a job but not at work such as one who is on leave or vacation, it is the kind of work
he or she will be doing when he or she reports for work.

A person who is waiting for a new job to begin within two weeks from the date of the
interview is also considered as a person who has a job but not at work and his or her occupation
is the kind of job that he or she will be doing.

Furthermore, primary occupation is defined as any gainful activity of a person which is a

permanent and full-time job, lasting for one year or longer or had lasted, or expected to last for
one year or longer, regardless of whether he/she had a job/business, at work or not at work
during the past week.

247
 Note that if the answer in E01 is No, but he is waiting for a new job to begin within two
weeks from the date of interview then answer in E02 should be Yes, and then ask this item.

This question will be asked to all respondents whose answer is Yes in E01. Ask the
respondent, “What was (NAME)’s primary occupation during the past week?”. You may
also opt to ask the concerned household member if he or she is present in the household at
the time of the interview. Enter in the space provided the primary occupation of the respondent
based on his/her answer.

Consider the following criteria in identifying the primary occupation:

1. If a person has only one occupation, regardless of permanency, full-time or part-

time, consider this as his/her primary occupation.

2. If a person has two or more jobs, consider as primary the one that is permanent,
whether full time or part time.

a. If a person has two permanent jobs, consider the one where he/she
works more hours as his/her primary job. If, however, these two
permanent jobs have equal hours of work, consider as primary the one
where he/she derives more income. When these two permanent jobs
have equal hours of work and with the same income ask the
preference of the respondent.

b. If a person has three or more permanent jobs, use the same rule (2.a)
above.

Describe the specific job or occupation performed by the person in the establishment,
office, farm, or in other places of work, like rice farmer, corn farm worker (paid or unpaid), or
deep-sea fisherman, and finance clerk.

A person operating his own farm should be reported as a farmer-owner (e.g., rice farmer,
corn farmer depending on the specific crops he/she produces), while the person hired to
manage or oversee a farm is a farm manager or farm overseer. Paid laborers or unpaid family
workers assisting in the farm operation are considered farm workers.

Answers such as employee, engineer, laborer, and mechanic do not describe adequately
the work performed. Hence, ask probing questions like:

● What is his/her work as an employee?

248
 ● What kind of engineer/mechanic is he/she?
● What does he/she do as a laborer?
● Is he/she a president of a corporation, a general manager, or what?

Enter the primary occupation as stated by the respondent. Probe if the answer of the
respondent is vague or general. The below table will be used in probing.

Some Tips Cases Action to be Taken

Vague answers Owner, partner, businessman, industrialist, You must probe the
and similar terms are vague and do not specific occupation
describe adequately the occupation of a he/she has.
person.
If the person owns the business with at least This should be reported as
one paid employee and does not do anything, the manager. But details
except manage it. of what aspect is being
managed by the
household member
should be sought.
Not acceptable Student, housekeeper, retired person, or
entries other non-gainful activity

The PSOC is primarily used as basis for manpower and educational planning, program
formulation, policy decision-making and serves as a useful guide for statistical operations and
activities, such as censuses and surveys (Source: PSA).

Select from the listed PSOC codes corresponding to the recorded primary occupation of
the household member. You can search the PSOC code using keywords from the written
description/ position asked previously. Specify occupation e.g., elementary school teacher, rice
farmer, etc.

You may opt to select ‘000000’ for For further verification if you are not sure about the
PSOC during the interview proper. But you will not be allowed to submit the POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 with the ‘000000’ codes on it. You need to edit the temporary code by referring to the
PSOC, and/or consult with your TS after each day of data collection.

Below are examples of occupations with corresponding PSOC code:

1. Midwives who passed the board exam should be coded 222201 (Professional
midwives) and 322201/322202/322203/322204 (Midwifery associate
professionals) for non-board passer.

2. Scavenging of leftover palay during threshing/harvesting 634001/634002 and

scavenging of plastics, bottles, etc. should be coded as any of the codes 961201
to 961205.

3. Tire makers and vulcanizers should have any of the codes 814101 to 814109
(Rubber Products Machine Operators).

4. One member of the household is a fisherman, and another member sell the fish
caught. The activity of the household member who sells the fish caught is
considered as work and the corresponding PSOC code should be any of the codes
921601 to 921605 (Fishery and Aquaculture Laborers).

249
 5. E-load retailers should have any of the codes 521101 to 521109 (Stall and Market
Salespersons).

6. For online sellers, the code must be 524401 to 524407 (Contact Salesperson).

7. Contact tracers, the code must be 325201 to 325207 (Medical Records and Health
Information Technicians).

8. For Axie scholars/managers, the code must be 421201/421202 (Bookmakers,

Dealers and Related Gaming Workers)

9. For crypto/bitcoin managers, the code must be 134601 to 134607 (Financial and
Insurance Managers).

10. For crypto/bitcoin traders, the code must be 331101 to 331111 (Securities and
Finance Dealers and Brokers)

Common occupations are listed in Appendices for your additional reference. If the
occupation is not found in the appendix, kindly refer to the 2012 PSOC, which can be accessed
using the following:

● POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application;

● PSA CBMS Resources; and
● PSA E-Classification mobile app.

The PSA provincial offices will also provide a copy of the list of common occupations and
industries to the POPCEN-CBMS hired personnel for reference.

E06: Kind of business or industry and Philippine Standard Industrial

Classification (PSIC)

Industry is the nature or character of the business or enterprise, or of the place where the
work was performed in connection with the occupation reported, like a restaurant, hospital, or
school.

This question will be asked in relation to the primary occupation mentioned in E05. Ask the
respondent, “In what kind of industry did (NAME) work during the past week?”. Enter the
kind of business or industry where the work of the household member was performed.

Politely ask the respondent to give you a description of the nature of work, or the kind of
business or industry and record the response.

You may opt to ask the concerned household member if he or she is present at the time of
the interview.

Some Tips Examples Action to be Taken

Acceptable Cocktail lounge, growing of paddy rice Find the appropriate code in the 2019
(lowland, irrigated), catching fish, Updates to the 2009 PSIC
commercial bank, retail sale of food,
and private household.

Work in a government office or

institution, the name of the office,
institution, school, or hospital

250
 Some Tips Examples Action to be Taken
Too general Farm, store, retail store, wholesale Do NOT be satisfied if the respondent
store, mine, factory plant, shop, school, gives the name of the company where
government, transportation, company he/she works since the name may not
adequately describe the business of
the company.

Probe and try to elicit information like

the kind of product a manufacturing
firm produces, or the kind of service
that the company is engaged in. Clarify
the answer from the respondent by
asking probing questions such as:

a. What kind of retail store is this?

b. Does the shoe factory
manufacture leather shoes,
rubber shoes, or what?
c. Does the firm sell or repair
radios?
d. Did she wash clothes at a
laundry shop or in her own
home?
If work is pursued in a big company Report the nature of the particular
engaged in several activities activity in which the person is working
If work is for the executive branch of a Indicate whether it is provincial, city, or
local government municipal government

The 2009 PSIC is a detailed classification of industries prevailing in the country according
to the kind of productive activities undertaken by establishments.

Choose from the listed PSIC codes the corresponding code of the recorded industry
description. You can search the PSIC code using keywords from the written description/nature
of business/product produced. Specify industry e.g., primary/elementary private/public
education, growing of paddy rice, etc.

You may opt to select ‘00000’ for For further verification if you are not sure about the
PSIC. You may edit the PSIC code or consult with your TS after each day of data collection.
You are NOT allowed to submit the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 if there are
‘00000’ codes left in the questionnaire. You are required to provide the appropriate PSIC codes
before submission to the server/TS.

Below are examples of industry with corresponding PSIC:

1. Scavenging of leftover palay during threshing/harvesting should be coded 46201

(Wholesale of palay, corn, (unmilled) and other grains) while scavenging of
plastics, bottles, and the like should be coded as any of the codes 46691 to 46696
(Wholesale of waste and scrap and other products, not elsewhere classified).

2. Persons hired in different industries through recruitment agencies except for

security guards should be coded on the corresponding industries where they
worked, and not on the recruitment agency.

251
 3. For security guards under security agencies, the kind of business/industry should
be reported under 80101 (security guard services).

4. E-load retailing should be coded as any of the codes 47891 (Retail sale of prepaid
cards) to 47893 (Retail sale of electronic load).

5. Online selling should be coded as any of the codes 47911 (Retail sale via mail
order) to 47913 (Retail sale via internet).

6. For contact tracers, the kind of business/industry should be reported under 84121
(Regulation of activities providing health care).

7. For Axie scholars/managers, the code must be 93296 (Other amusement and
recreation activities).

8. For crypto/bitcoin managers and traders, the code must be 66191 (Other activities
auxiliary to financial service activities)

Common industries are listed in the Appendices for your additional reference. If the
industry is not found in the appendix, kindly refer to the 2019 Updates to the 2009 PSIC, which
can be accessed using the following:

● POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application;

● PSA CBMS Resources; and/or
● PSA E-Classification mobile app.

The PSA provincial offices will also provide a copy of the list of common occupations and
industries to the POPCEN-CBMS hired personnel for reference.

E07: Nature of employment

Nature of employment refers to the permanence, regularity, or seasonality with which a

particular work or job/business is being pursued. It is one of the most challenging employment
characteristics to determine on account of the great variety of economic activities and the
circumstances under which they are pursued. This is particularly so among own-account
workers or agricultural workers whose work is characterized to a large extent by irregularity or
seasonality.

Ask the respondent, “What is (NAME)’s nature of employment?”. Select the

corresponding codes as provided by the respondent. the status in job or business may be any
of the following:

Code Categories Description

1 Permanent A status when employment, for pay or profit, or as an unpaid
job/business/unpaid family worker, has lasted or is expected to last for one year or
family work longer. In general, work is considered permanent if the person
engaged in an economic activity works or expects to work for at
least one year. The job of farm operators or farmers is
considered permanent.

NOTE: A person who worked under a probationary period for

six months should have a code ‘1’ if he or she is expected to
work for at least one year.

252
Code Categories Description

For farm operators or farm workers, however, their job can be

considered permanent even if they work or expect to work for
only 10 calendar months in a year provided that during the
remaining two months, their activities are in relation to farming
such as inspection of the fields, pasturing of work animals,
taking care of livestock and poultry, or even simply cleaning
equipment to be used in farming.

2 Short-term or seasonal When employment had lasted or expected to last less than one
or casual job/business/ year since it started or for less than 10 calendar months in a year
unpaid family work in the case of farm operators and fishermen and their unpaid
family workers.

a. short-term or contractual – a status when its

employment has been fixed for a specific project or
undertaking, the completion or termination of which has
been determined at the time of engagement.

b. seasonal – a status when employment, specifically its

timing and duration, is significantly influenced by
seasonal factors, e.g., Christmas.

c. casual job/business – a status when its employment

is short-term or temporary, involves irregular hours, not
guaranteed to be ongoing. Generally speaking, casual
employees are employed on an hourly, daily, or weekly
basis without any commitment from the employee or the
employer that the employee will have the job on a
permanent or guaranteed basis. Casuals are not usually
entitled to benefits associated with continuous
employment although they are often entitled to a pay
higher than the rate for permanent workers.

Some examples of these are the following:

a. bookies and bet collectors in horse races who do not

work on a regular basis;
b. sugar industry workers during harvest and milling
seasons only;
c. drivers not working regularly (i.e., paextra-extra basis);
d. peak season workers in commercial establishments
like during Christmas time when extra sales workers
are hired;
e. substitute teachers for regular teachers who got sick or
on maternity leave;
f. laborers in emergency repairs of damaged bridges or
roads

The nature of employment of persons who work under a

probationary period of six months is short term/seasonal/casual
job.

253
Code Categories Description
3 Worked for different Employment status for odd job workers (jeepney/taxi barker),
employers or not on payroll or not connected with the union, or market (in the
customers on day-to- case of stevedores or kargador), and other cargo handlers
receiving pay from individual customers.
day or week- to-week
basis
A person who is a carpenter all his life but works for different
employers. His work as a carpenter cannot be considered
permanent but worked for different employers.

Always ask probing questions to ascertain more precisely the nature of employment of
each person who is reported to have a job or business.

E08: Class of worker

This question is for household members 5 years old and over. In relation to the primary
occupation mentioned by in E05 ask the respondent, “What is (NAME)'s class of worker?”.
Select the corresponding codes below.

Class of Worker refers to the relationship of the worker to the establishment where he or
she works. The following are the categories for the class of worker and its codes and
descriptions:

0 - Worked for private household refers to a person who works in a private household
for pay, in cash or in kind. Examples include domestic helper, household cook,
gardener, and family driver.

Take note of the following occupations commonly reported by workers staying in

with a household and the corresponding PSIC:

Description PSOC PSIC

Launderer who works full time in a certain household 912102 96401
Cook 512001 96401
Babysitter 531101 96401
Home-based nurse 532205 96401
Bodyguard, security guard (not hired by security agency) 541403 96401
Family driver 832202 96401
Domestic helper 515203 96401
Caretaker 515301 96401

These occupations can also be used with other PSIC and class of workers.
Carpenters who worked in private households could have a class of workers of
either code ‘1’ for Worked for private establishment, code ‘3’ for Self-employed
without any paid employee, or code ‘4’ for Employer in own family-operated
farm or business.

For household members whose relationship to head is coded ‘01’ to ‘24’ and ‘26’
and with reported occupations mentioned above, the PSIC code to be reported
should be 96401, and household members whose relationship to head are code
‘10’, should have the same (PSIC) code of 96401.

254
1 - Worked for private establishment refers to a person who works in a private
establishment for pay, in cash, or in kind. This class of workers not only includes
persons working for a private industry, but also those working for a religious group
(priest, acolyte), missionary (nuns, sisters, and others), unions, and non-profit
organizations.

This category includes the following types of workers:

• launderers working in private establishment

• Carpenters working in private establishment
• Persons working in public work projects on private contracts
• Public transport drivers who do not own the vehicle but drive it on
a boundary basis
• Dock hands or stevedores
• cargo handlers in railroad stations or piers
• Palay harvester getting fixed share of the produce
• Filipinos working in embassies, legation, chancelleries, or
consulates of the foreign government in the Philippines
• Filipinos working in international organizations of sovereign states
of governments like the United Nations (UN), and World Health
Organization (WHO)

2 - Worked for government/government-owned and controlled corporation refers

to a person who works for the Philippine government or a government-owned-and-
controlled corporation or any of its instrumentalities.

Examples for this category of workers are:

• employees of national government agencies and local

government units
• employees of government-owned and controlled corporations and
financial institutions like the Government Service Insurance
System (GSIS), Social Security System (SSS), and Bangko
Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP)
• civilian and military personnel of the Armed Forces of the
Philippines (AFP) (including chaplains, doctors, nurses, and
dentists)
• employees of the government agencies on a contract basis

3 - Self-employed without any paid employee refers to a person who works for profit
or fees in owns business, farm, profession, or trade without any paid employee.

Examples for this category of workers are:

• bookkeeper, CPA, and doctors

• launderer who accepts laundry job at home using her own pail,
basin, water
• Public transport drivers who own the vehicle

255
4 - Employer in own family-operated farm or business refers to a person who works
in his or her own business, farm, or trade and employ one or more employees on
a regular basis.

Hiring employees on a regular basis is a qualification of employers to refer to those

who hire paid workers with some frequency, and not only as an exceptional
situation (deviation from the usual practice/scenario).

A worker can be classified as employer in own family-operated farm or business

when the person employs laborers/workers regularly based on the following
criteria:

a. At least one employee during the reference period; and

b. At least two or three weeks before the reference period, even if
one or more employees engage only for a short period.

When an employer has the following workers who meet criteria a and b:

1. In the case of a farmer:

i. He/she usually hires employee/s for the planting or
harvesting season;
ii. In the past week, no employees were hired since it is not
planting or harvesting season; and
iii. Did not have at least one employee (whether the same or
a different person) in the preceding three weeks

2. If the farmer regularly hires employees throughout the season and

agriculture seasons, then we would consider them as regular
employer

In the case of a smaller business owner:

i. He/she usually hires helper every two weeks;

ii. In the past week, no employee was hired since the
employee is expected to report only every two weeks
(which is his/her nature of work); and
iii. Engaged the hired employee every two weeks in the
preceding weeks from the time of visit.

5 - Worked with pay in own family-operated farm or business refers to a person

who works in own family-operated farm or business and receives cash or a fixed
share of the produce as payment for his or her services. He or she must be a family
member of the household.

Example for this category of workers is when a mother owns a mini mart/grocery
and pays her child who works as a salesperson on their own mini mart/grocery.

6 - Worked without pay in own family-operated farm or business refers to a

member of the family who works without pay in a farm or business operated by
another family member living in the same household. The free board and lodging,
and any cash allowance given as incentives, are not counted as compensation for
these family workers. A family member who works on exchange labor
arrangements on the farm of another household is included under this category.

256
 Worked with pay is acceptable only if there is a family member living in the same
household who is an employer in own family-operated farm or business in any of
his/her jobs.

Also, worked without pay in own family-operated farm or business is acceptable

only if a family member is living in the same household who is an operator in either
his/her primary or another job.

Example:

1. The household head is a corn farmer and he has no other paid

employee/s:

a. If his children are working on the farm without pay, then the class
of worker of the household head is self-employed while that of his
children is worked without pay.

b. If his children are being paid, then the class of worker of the
household head is employer while that of his children is worked
with pay.

2. The household head is a Grab driver:

a. If he owns the vehicle being used, then the class of worker of the
household head is self-employed.

b. If he does not own the vehicle and drives it on a commission basis,

then the class of worker of the household head is worked for a
private establishment.

3. Children who helped their parents employed as wage and salary workers
will have a class of worker of work without pay. Please take note that these
children are not employed or do not work in the establishment where the
parents work but are only helping the parents to finish their work on time.

4. An operator of a retail store who is wholly assisted by unpaid relatives

living with him or her in the operation of the store is considered as self-
employed.

Class of worker is also related to the occupation (PSOC) and industry (PSIC) of the
household member. Refer to the following cases:

Case 1:
If any member is code 3 - self-employed in COW, and other member is COW
code 6 - unpaid family worker, same PSIC is acceptable but should have
different PSOC.

Example:

257
 Father is self-employed owning sari-sari store and son is unpaid family worker,
PSIC code is 47113 for both. The occupation of father is sari-sari store owner
(522101) while the son's occupation (933403) is a store helper.

Case 2:
If any member is code 3 - self-employed in COW, and other member is code
6 - unpaid family worker, different PSIC is acceptable if the other member has
another job.

Example:

Father is self-employed (code 3), which owns a sari-sari store and a rice farm
owner as other job while the son is code 6 - unpaid family worker in their farm.
Father's PSIC code is 47113 (primary business is sari-sari store), son's PSIC
code is 01121/01122/01123. The PSOC of the father is 522101 while the son’s
PSOC is 921102. Entry in E08 of the father (other job) is YES.

Case 3:
If any member is code 1 in COW, and other member is COW Code 6 - unpaid
family worker, this is acceptable if they have the same PSIC and PSOC code.

Example:

Father works as handicraft laborer in a private establishment, son is a helper

to the father. Father's COW is 1, son's COW is code 6. Father and son's PSIC
and PSOC will be the same. For Case 3, add NOTES/REMARKS.

Take note that domestic helpers, family drivers and other household helpers who assist in
the family-operated business, regardless of time spent in this activity, should not be considered
hired employees for the business.

E09: Basis of payment

Item E09 will be asked if the answer in E08 is among the following codes:

0 – Working for private household;

1 – Worked for private establishment;
2 – Worked for government/government-owned and controlled corporation;
5 – Worked with pay in own family-operated farm or business.

Ask the respondent, “What is (NAME)’s basis of payment?”. This question asks for the
basis of payment the employed household member is entitled to receive as the price of labor.
The different bases of payment with its corresponding codes are as follows:

Code Description
0 In-kind, imputed (received as wage/salary)
1 Per piece. A person receives remuneration proportionate to his/her
output or number of units produced
2 Per hour. The manner of payment for the services rendered is by hour
3 Per day. The manner of payment for the services rendered is per day
4 Monthly. The manner of payment for the services rendered is on a
monthly basis. The mode of receipt maybe weekly or every 15th and
30th day of the month.

258
 Code Description
5 Pakyaw. Workers are paid by results
6 Other salaries/wages, specify _____ (e.g., per trip)
7 Not salaries/wages, specify _____
(e.g., commission basis, honorarium, boundary basis)

The basis of payment of jeepney/bus/tricycle drivers working on a boundary basis should

fall under code ‘7’ for Not salaries/wages. For codes ‘6’ and ‘7’, specify the basis of payment
in the write-in entry or in the space provided.

E10: Other job or business

This is a question to determine if an employed person has other job or business aside from
his primary occupation during the past week.

Other job/business is any gainful activity of a person which may be permanent or

temporary, full time or not, aside from his primary occupation reported in E05. The concept of
work in E01 also applies to “other job”.

Ask the respondent, “Did (NAME) have other job or business during the past week?”.
If the household member did not work in his primary job during the past week but has another
job, select code ‘1’ for Yes. Otherwise, select code ‘2’ for No as provided by the respondent.

E11: Total number of hours worked for all jobs

This question is asked to all employed persons during the reference week, whether they
were employees, self-employed (own-account workers), employers, or unpaid family workers,
and whether they hold one or more than one job during the reference week.

Ask the respondent, “What was (NAME)’s total number of hours worked for all jobs
during the past week?”. Consider all hours worked for primary job or business, and for the
other jobs or business. Enter the total number of hours provided by the respondent.

Total number of hours worked is the actual number of hours worked by a person in the
primary job, or in the other job(s), or business that he or she held during the past week.

It includes the duration of the period the person was occupied in his or her work, including
overtime, but excluding hours paid but not worked. For wage and salary earners, it includes
the time spent on activities done in connection with their occupation but not compensated for.
For example, the time a teacher spends at home preparing for forthcoming lectures.

For own-account workers, it includes the time spent in the shop, business, or office, even
if no sale or transaction has taken place.

Total number of hours worked at a particular job refers to:

1. Hours actually worked during normal periods of work;

2. Overtime;
3. Time spent at the place of work in preparation of the workplace, repairs and
maintenance, preparation and cleaning of tools, and preparation of receipts,
timesheets, and reports;
4. Time spent at the place of work waiting or standing-by for customers, or due to
lack of supply of work, breakdown of machinery, or accident, or for which payment
is made under a guaranteed employment contract;

259
 5. Time corresponding to short rest periods at the workplace, including tea and coffee
breaks.

Total number of hours worked exclude:

1. Hours paid for but not worked, such as paid vacation leave, paid public holidays,
or paid sick leave;
2. Meal breaks; and
3. Time spent on travel from home to work, and vice versa.

In principle, the total number of hours worked should be confined to hours spent on
economic activities. In practice, however, this distinction may be difficult for certain categories
of workers. For example, in family farms, agricultural activities are often intermingled with
domestic chores, not only because agricultural activities and domestic chores are performed
simultaneously, but also because the two types of activities are close in nature.

Similar problems may arise in connection with home-based workers and workers in
household enterprises, as well as with apprentices and trainees, whose activities may combine
elements of learning with productive work, performed at the same place and during the same
reference period.

If a person did not do any work in his primary/secondary job during the past week but had
a job/business during the reference week, then the entry in this column is ‘000’. Maximum
acceptable number of hours per day is 16 hours, while per week is 112 hours.

E12: Want more hours of work

Ascertain whether the household member who was at work, or who had a job/business
even though not at work, desired to have more or longer working hours in the same job or to
have an additional job or to work in another new job with longer working hours if such was
available.

Ask the respondent, “Did (NAME) want more hours of work during the past week?”.

If the answer is Yes, see to it that the desire for more hours of work should be more or less
for all the days of the week, and not just for a particular day(s).

For persons who worked for the first time, or who decided to resume working but whose
work commenced only during the middle of the week, it is enough that they expressed their
desire to work longer hours each day or more days during the week they worked.

Select code ‘2’ for No of the household member does not want more hours of work during
the past week. Then, regardless if the answer is code ‘1’ or ‘2’, skip to E17.

FOR PERSON WHO DID NOT WORK OR HAD NO JOB OR BUSINESS DURING THE PAST WEEK

The questions from E13 to E16 will be asked for persons 15 years old and over with codes
'3', '4', or '6' in C02 who did not work (code ‘2’ for NO in E01) and did not have a job or business
during the past week (code ‘2’ for NO in E02).

260
 E13: Look for work or try to establish a business

This question is asked to determine who among those who had no job/business had really
done something to look for work or establish a business during the past week. A person is said
to have looked for work if he/she had taken specific steps to seek paid employment or self-
employment. In other words, he/she must have tried to secure a job or to establish a business
or practice of a trade.

Ask the respondent, “Did (NAME) look for work or try to establish business during the
past week?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No as provided by the respondent. If a ‘Yes’ answer
is given, skip to E15.

E14: Reason for not looking for work

This question should be asked for persons who did not look for work or did not try to
establish a business during the past week, that is, E13 is No.

Ask the respondent, “Why did (NAME) not look for work?”. Refer to the table below and
select the corresponding codes given by the respondent.

Code Reasons Cases

01 Temporary illness or A person who did not look for work because he/she was suffering
disability from a temporary illness or temporary disability.

02 Bad weather A person did not look for work because of bad weather, flood, heavy
rain, and the like.

03 Waiting for rehire / A person was temporarily laid off from his/her job due to economic
job recall reasons like retrenchment, lack of raw materials, and transfer of
management, and did not look for work because he/she was
expecting the former employer to rehire him/her again. Included in
this category are seasonal workers waiting for the busy season like
planting, harvesting, construction, tourism, holiday sales, etc.

04 Tired/believed no The person did not look for work because he/she believed that there
work available was a lack of openings in the locality that suit his skills so that
looking for work is deemed futile. Included also is a person who
looked for work before but has given up looking for one because
he/she believed that he/she cannot find one.

05 Awaiting results of A person did not look for work because he/she was expecting to be
previous job considered for an interview in the establishment where he/she had
application applied for a job. Also, a person who has applied for permits and
licenses, or submitted requests for bank loans to establish their own
business. One whose application has been approved but whose job
will start more than two weeks from the date of the interview is also
included.

06 Too young/old A person felt that he/she was too young or too old to work.

07 Retired A person felt that he had worked long enough and wanted to rest.

261
Code Reasons Cases
08 Permanent The person is suffering from permanent disability, for example,
disability/illness mentally incapacitated, and physically disabled ones. Also includes
persons suffering from stroke, chronic kidney disease, heart
disease, etc.

09 Schooling A person who did not look for work because he/she was still
attending school or was expected to attend school within the next
three months. This category includes only formal education.
For example, students who are on school vacation during summer,
or waiting for enrolment.

NOTE: A person who is quite young to work and studying will be

classified under schooling and not “too young”.

10 Household and family Persons who did not look for work because they were doing
duties, specify _____ household chores in their own home most of the time. For example,
repairing own house, taking care of a sick household member, and
preparing for a wedding.

NOTE: In this category, it is required to provide a write-in entry

when the response/answer is code ‘10’ for Household and family
duties, Specify.

Example: Assisting son/daughter/other household member in

his/her school modules.

99 Others, specify _____ Reasons not classified in any of the above categories. This includes
a person who is attending review classes for board exam or bar
exam or caregiver course.

Further probing must be done if the cited reason for not seeking work is “on vacation”.
He/she might actually have a job but was only on vacation at the time of visit. In that case, that
person should be considered employed.

Additionally, probe if a pregnant woman and those who had just given birth were just on
maternity leave and had a job. In that case, the woman is considered as employed. If the
answer of the respondent is from codes ‘06’ to ‘99’, probe further if that is really the primary
reason.

NOTE:
If retired or in schooling in E14, the EN will have to probe if there are other jobs or
business, at least one hour, paid or unpaid. Probing should be emphasized at the start
of the interview. In the training, emphasize to participants to include emerging trends
and other usual cases of retired persons and those in school.

● Scholars and managers in Axie Infinity

● YouTube vlogging
● Selling e-load
● Student who is helping or rendering unpaid work in farm

262
 E15: Availability for work

Ask the respondent, “Had opportunity for work existed last week or within two (2)
weeks, would have (NAME) been available?”.

Select ‘1’ for Yes if the person would be available to work during the past week. Otherwise,
select ‘2’ for No if the person is not available to work.

Current availability for work is one of the three criteria of the definition of unemployment
specified by the international statistical standards.

This criterion should be interpreted as current availability and readiness to work given a
suitable work opportunity. It also means that there are no impediments to starting work if a
suitable work opportunity existed.

Some people may not be able to take up work immediately because they need some time
to make arrangements, as in the case of some women who need to arrange day care of their
child while they are away working. For this reason, the term “current” should be interpreted to
mean availability for work during the reference week, or within two weeks.

E16: Willing to take up work

Some people who have no job may not have been actively looking for one but may
nevertheless want to work had suitable job opportunities offered to them.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME) willing to take up work during the past week or within
two (2) weeks?”.

Select ‘1’ for Yes if he/she is willing to work. Otherwise, select ‘2’ for No if the person seems
to have a general desire to work but does not express it, or he/she does want to work now, but
perhaps later.

E17: Farmer and/or farm worker

This question aims to identify possible social protection beneficiaries in the agriculture
sector.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME) a farmer and/or farm worker?”.

For the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS data collection, the following are key concepts and
definitions for item E17. These terminologies are in accordance with Republic Act (RA)
No. 11901 (An Act Strengthening the Financing System, including Capacity-Building and
Organization, for Agriculture, Fisheries, and Rural Development in the Philippines, Repealing
for the purpose Republic Act No. 10000 or “The Agri-Agra Reform Credit Act Of 2009”):

Farmer refers to a natural person whose primary livelihood is cultivation of land or the
production of agricultural crops, agro-forest products, or livestock, either by oneself, or primarily
with the assistance of their immediate farm household, whether the land is owned by them or
by another person under a leasehold or share tenancy agreement or any other arrangement
with the owner thereof.

263
 For the purposes of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, the following are to be considered in
identifying farmers:

A. CROP FARMING AND GARDENING such as growing of palay, corn, roots and
tubers, vegetables, fruits, nuts, orchids, ornamental plants, etc.

Type of crop Area Purpose Activity

a) Gardening in solid 100 sq.m. or more Mainly for sale Include
patches (the plants 100 sq.m. or more For home consumption Include
are not scattered) Less than 100 sq.m. Solely for sale Include
Less than 100 sq.m. For home consumption Exclude
b) Area devoted to 300 sq.m. or more Mainly for sale or Include
temporary/ biennial for home consumption
/annual crops Less than 300 sq.m. For home consumption Exclude
Less than 300 sq.m. Mainly for sale Include
c) Growing ornamental 100 sq.m. or more Mainly for sale or Include
plants for home consumption
Less than 100 sq.m. Solely for sale Include
Less than 100 sq.m. For recreation Exclude
d) Black pepper 100 sq.m. or more Mainly for sale or Include
(pemienta) or betel for home consumption
leaf Less than 100 sq.m. Solely for sale Include
Less than 100 sq.m. For home consumption Exclude

B. LIVESTOCK AND POULTRY RAISING such as raising of carabaos, cattle, hogs,

horses, chickens, ducks, etc., and the production of fresh milk, eggs, etc.
A household member considered as an operator in an entrepreneurial activity
should have at least raised at any time during the reference period whether for
business or for home consumption any of the following:

Fowls at least one month old:

● 30 or more chicken or ducks
● 10 or more turkeys or geese
● 50 or more pigeons
● 100 or more quails
● (Or a proportional combination of the above)

Animals
● 3 or more pigs at least 3 months old
● 3 or more goats
● 10 or more rabbits
● (Or a proportional combination of the above)
● 1 cattle, carabao or horse

Consider a household member as a farmer if he intends to engage in poultry

or animal raising as a regular business, even though the number of poultry or
animals at the start of the business or at a certain time may be less than the
minimum prescribed above.

Farmworker refers to a natural person who renders service for value as an employee or
laborer in an agricultural enterprise or farm regardless of whether the compensation is paid on
a daily, weekly, monthly or pakyaw or contracted project. The term includes an individual whose

264
work has ceased as a consequence of, or in connection with, a pending agrarian dispute who
has not obtained a substantially equivalent and regular farm employment.

See the Appendices for the list of suggested occupations related to agricultural activities.

E18: Fisherfolk and/or fish worker

This question aims to identify possible social protection beneficiaries in the fishing sector.

Ask the respondent, “Is (NAME) a fisherfolk and/or a fish worker?”.

Fisherfolk refers to people directly or personally and physically engaged in catching and
processing fishery and/or aquatic resources, and in fish farming or aquaculture whether the
fish species is grown in tanks, fishponds or other types of enclosures.

For the purposes of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS, the following are to be considered in
identifying fisherfolk:

FISHING such as capturing fish (with a boat of three tons or less); gathering of fry, shells,
seaweeds, etc.; and culturing fish, oysters, mussel, etc.

1. Fishing activity - such as capturing fish (with a boat of three tons or less);
gathering fry, shells, seaweeds, etc.; and culturing fish, oyster, mussel, etc.

Be reminded that a household member is a fisherfolk if the fishing activity is

mainly for sale.

2. Fish catch/gather/harvest

a. Fish and other products - include all types of fishes caught in seawater,
fresh water, or brackish water such as milkfish, biya, galunggong, ayungin,
talakitok, etc. Include here all fishes caught that were made into “daing” or
“bagoong” or “buro” or “sinaing”.

b. Fry gathered - includes milkfish fry and sugpo fry gathered in seawater,
fresh water, or brackish water.

c. Shells and other products gathered - includes clams, crabs, shrimps,

squid,
agar-agar, sponge, sea or freshwater shells, snails, water hyacinth
gathering, seaweeds and other fresh water and sea products.

d. Fish harvested - refers to fish gathered or harvested from fishponds and

fish pens.

e. Oyster and mussel harvested - this refers to oysters and mussels

harvested in farms specifically to raise them (examples: tahong farm, and
oyster farm).

f. Other products harvested - refers to “lumot” gathered from fishponds;

also included are seashells gathered in seashores like puka shells, pearl
shells, starfish, sea cucumber, sea corals and other marine products.

265
 Fish worker refers to a person whether or not regularly employed in commercial fishing
and related industries, whose income is either from wages, profit sharing or stratified sharing
basis, including those working in fish pens, fish corrals/traps, fishponds, prawn farms, sea
farms, salt beds, fish ports, fishing boats or trawlers, or fish processing and/or packing plants,
but excluding administrators, security guards and overseers.

See the Appendices for the list of suggested occupations related to fish activities.

8.9.10 SECTION F – Health

This section on health consists of questions on illness/sickness and injuries, child mortality
and availment of medical treatment. Due to the sensitive nature of the questions in this section,
it is very important that tactful interviewing is practiced in this section.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“In the next questions, we will ask about the health status of the household
members. There will be questions about infants and children, other sickness
experienced by the members of your household, and access to health services. Some
of the questions might be sensitive or difficult to answer, but we encourage you to
answer as this might help the government craft programs that might benefit your
household and your community.”

ILLNESS/SICKNESS/INJURY

F01: Illness/sickness/injury in the past month

Items F01 to F04 are a set of questions aimed to determine the extent or prevalence of
illnesses or injuries of household members. A good health condition is vital in accomplishing
daily tasks and by having poor health may lead to potential income loss due to foregone income
generating opportunities and may compromise an individual’s capacity to perform in school and
other daily activities. Information gathered on these items may help policymakers and medical
experts to assess and create appropriate interventions and programs, especially for poor
households who cannot afford to seek medical treatments.

Ask the respondent, “In the past six (6) months, did you or any of your household
members get ill/sick/injured that required medical attention?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for
No as provided by the respondent. If the answer is ‘No’, skip to F05.

266
 Illness is a condition when the person is in a certain unhealthy condition due to disease or
fatigue. On the other hand, injured persons are those who sustained bodily damages, hurts
or loss.

Examples are diabetes, cancer, hypertension, tuberculosis (TB), acute respiratory

infection, acute gastroenteritis, common colds, cough/flu fever, cut/wound, burn, fracture/
broken bone, dislocation/slipped disk, surgical illness, COVID-19 among others.

F02: Availing medical treatment

Ask the respondent, “Did you or any member of your household avail medical
treatment for his/her current or most recent illness/sickness/injury?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes,
or ‘2’ for No as provided by the respondent. If the answer is ‘No’, skip to F04.

For the purpose of 2024 POPCEN-CBMS data collection, medical treatment includes (but
not limited) the following:

• Medical consultations (including follow-up consultations)

• Treatment of injured persons (e.g., dressing of wounds)
• Confinement due to illness
• Surgery
• Quarantine or isolation for COVID-19 patients who opted to go to a facility

You may also opt to ask the concerned household member if he or she is present at the
time of interview.

F03: Type of medical treatment facility visited

In this question, ascertain the type of medical treatment facility visited by the household
member to avail treatment for his/her most recent illness/injury. Ask the respondent, “Where
did (NAME) avail medical treatment for his/her current or most recent illness/sickness/
injury?”.

267
 Select all the facilities that apply from the choices below.

Code Description
PUBLIC SECTOR
A Regional hospital / Public medical center – is a hospital that serves a geographic
region, government-owned, and is fully funded by the government.

Examples of Regional hospital:

Cagayan Valley Medical Center, Cotabato Regional and Medical Center

Examples of public medical center:

East Avenue Medical Center, Research Institute for Tropical Medicine

B Provincial hospital - a hospital or a healthcare facility operating under the

management or supervision of a provincial health office.

Example: Ilocos Sur Provincial Hospital, Bataan Provincial Hospital.

C District hospital - refers to the front-line hospital, which has its own catchment area,
and with capabilities and facilities for providing medical care.

Example: General J. Cailles Memorial District Hospital, Novaliches District Hospital.

Municipal hospital - is a hospital under the control of a local government.

D
Example: Cainta Municipal Hospital, Malabon City Hospital.

Rural health unit (RHU) / urban health center (UHC) - is a field health facility
managed by a Municipal Health Officer (MHO). The MHO, together with a nurse and
midwife, provides the basic health services for a city/municipality. In the National
Capital Region, all health centers are classified as RHUs.

Example: Dinapigue RHU (Isabela), San Fernando RHU (Bukidnon)

E
Lying-in clinic or birthing home is a healthcare facility, usually attended and
staffed by nurse-midwives, midwives and/or obstetricians with expertise in
managing home births, for mothers in labor. The nurse-midwives, midwives and/or
obstetricians monitor the labor, and well-being of the mother and fetus during birth.
Typically, a natural childbirth method is used.

268
 Code Description
Barangay health station (BHS) – is a peripheral health facility that delivers basic
health services to a barangay with an estimated population of 5,000 and is usually
staffed by a midwife. Classified under BHS, those satellite stations or health stations
F visited by barangays midwives once a week.

Example: Jacquez BHS (Dinagat Island), Dagocdoc BHS (Surigao del Sur).

Mobile clinic is a clinic on wheels. A specially outfitted truck provides examination

rooms, laboratory services, and special medical tests to those in remote areas who
G have access to little or no medical facilities, and to patients who do not have the
resources to travel to obtain care.

Isolation facility - An isolation facility aims to control the airflow in the room so that
the number of airborne infectious particles is reduced to a level that ensures cross-
H
infection of other people within a healthcare facility is highly unlikely.

Other public health facility - other public health facilities not included in codes ‘A’
I
to ‘H’.
PRIVATE MEDICAL SECTOR
J Private hospital
K Lying-in clinic / Birthing home
L Private clinic
M Private pharmacy
N Mobile clinic
O Other private health facility
ALTERNATIVE MEDICAL SECTOR
P Hilot / Herbalists
Q Therapeutic massage center
R Other alternative healing
NOT MEDICAL SECTOR
S Shop selling drugs / Market
T Faith healer

Z Other location

Some tips in categorizing the responses of the respondent are below:

Response of the
Instruction
Respondent
Hospital Probe to determine if the hospital is public or private. If a facility is public,
probe whether it is a regional, provincial, district or municipal hospital,
or whether it is a rural health unit, an urban health center, lying-in clinic,
a barangay health station, or mobile clinic.

Private facility Probe whether it is a private hospital, a private clinic, a lying-in

clinic/birthing home, mobile clinic, or other medical facility.

Health worker/nurse Probe whether the health worker/nurse visited the person or whether
the person went to the health provider’s office or home.

269
 Response of the
Instruction
Respondent
Own home or Select ‘Z’ for Other location.
Provider’s home
The teleconsultation select code ‘I’ for Other public health facility.
doctor is affiliated with a
public hospital or clinic
and uses a public
sector-managed portal
(Bayanihan e-Konsulta,
Lung Center of the
Philippines, etc.)
The teleconsultation Select code ‘O’ for Other private health facility.
doctor is affiliated with a
private hospital and
uses a private sector
portal (konsultamd, etc.)
The alternative healer Select code ‘R’ for Other alternative healing.
provides consultation
services via teleconsult
The household member Select ‘Z’ for Other location.
availed medical
treatment abroad

Then, skip to F05 for any answer of the respondent.

F04: Reason for not availing medical treatment

This item determines the reason for not availing medical treatment in the hospital/clinic,
lying-in clinic or birthing homes.

Ask the respondent, “What was the main reason why the household member did not
avail any medical treatment in the past month?”.

Select appropriate categories from the list below. If the household member concerned is
present at the time of interview, you may ask him/her directly. If the reason of the household
for not confining in a medical treatment facility cannot be classified in any of the specific
categories above, select code ‘9’ and specify the reason on the space provided.

Code Description
1 Facility is far - If a household member is not confined in a hospital/clinic because
the location of the health facility is not accessible or far from his/her residence, there

270
 Code Description
is no regular transportation from residence to the health facility, or there is no
hospital/clinic within the barangay.

2 No money or there is no budget allotted for medical treatment/s

3 Worried about treatment cost - Respondents may be worried that they cannot
afford the treatment expenses in the hospital/clinic.

4 Home remedy is available - Respondents have available remedy at home.

5 Health facility is not PhilHealth accredited - The health facility (hospital, lying-
in/clinic, or birthing homes) is not accredited by PhilHealth.

6 Expect that the sickness/injury will heal eventually without having treated by
medical treatments

9 Others, specify _____ All responses that do not fall under the abovementioned
categories.

F05: Operation Timbang (OPT) Plus Beneficiary

Operation Timbang (OPT) Plus is the annual weighing and height measurement of all
preschoolers 0 to 71 months old or five years old and below in a community which is used to
identify and locate malnourished children. (Source: National Nutrition Council)

Per the National Nutrition Council Governing Board Resolution No. 2, s. 2012, Operation
Timbang Plus (OPT+) is conducted every first quarter of the year. Measurement of weight,
length/height of children shall be done, house-to-house, in the weighing post, or by clustering
the children within the community.

Based on the Implementing Guidelines on OPT Plus pursuant to the NNC GB Resolution
No. 2, s. 2012, for older children enrolled in the day care, DepEd supervised schools or private
day care schools, measurement shall be done by the OPT Team in coordination with the head
of the institution and/or teacher-in-charge, also within the same quarter.

The OPT Team consists of the following:

1. Rural Health Midwife (RHM)
2. Barangay Nutrition Scholar (BNS)
3. Barangay Health Worker (BHW)

Ask the respondent. “In the past 12 months, has any of your household members
aged 0 to 5 years old been measured during the Operation Timbang (OPT) Plus?”.
<insert CAPI screenshot>

This question identifies if any member of your household the 0 to 5 years old or 0-71
months old is measured annually during the OPT Plus Program. If the household member was
measured annually in the program, select ‘1’ for Yes, select ‘2’ for No. Otherwise, select ‘8’ for
Don’t Know.

UNDER-5 MORTALITY

271
 Introduce this subsection as this is a sensitive topic for some households:

“I would like to proceed to the next part of this section. These questions may be
sensitive to some households. And because of this, we implore your understanding as
we need to ask questions about children aged below 5 years old when they died in the
past three years. The information will help the government know which families and
mothers need assistance in your community.”

“Pasintabi po, Ma’am/Sir. Ang mga susunod pong mga katanungan ay patungkol
sa mga dating miyembro ng sambahayan, partikular po ang mga batang may edad na
mas mababa sa limang taong gulang na namatay sa nakalipas na tatlong taon.
Itinatanong po natin ito upang mainitindihan ng gobyerno ang estado ng ating mga
pamilya at para maasistehan ang mga nanay sa inyong komunidad.”

Ask items F06 to F09 for former household members below 5 years old.

Items F06 to F09 aim to capture data on under-5 mortality or the probability of dying
between birth and the fifth birthday. By 2030, the objective of SDG Target 3.2 is to end
preventable deaths of newborns and children under 5 years of age, with all countries aiming to
reduce neonatal mortality to at least as low as 12 per 1,000 live births and under-5 mortality to
at least as low as 25 per 1,000 live births. While these items are important to gather in order to
create programs or interventions to prevent these instances, questions on the death of a
household member or relative were not easy to administer. Be tactful in implementing these
sensitive questions.

Below are some concepts and definitions relevant to this section:

Term Description
1. Pregnancy Pregnancy is the term used to describe the period in which a fetus develops
inside a woman's womb or uterus. Pregnancy usually lasts about 40 weeks, or
just over 9 months, as measured from the last menstrual period to delivery.

2. Live birth The complete expulsion or extraction from the mother of a product of
conception, irrespective of the duration of pregnancy, which after such
separation, breathes or shows any other evidence of life, such as beating of the
heart, pulsation of the umbilical cord, or definite movement of voluntary muscles,
whether or not the umbilical cord has been cut or the placenta is attached.

Source: PSA Board Resolution No 01, Series of 2017 – 182

3. Under-five The probability that a child born in a specific year or period will die before
mortality rate reaching the age of 5 years.
(U5MR)

F06: Children below 5 years old born alive but later died

Politely ask the respondent, “In the past three (3) years, was/were there former
household member/s below 5 years old who died? (children who were born alive but
later died)”. The phrase “born alive” follows the concept of live birth in this data item.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

272
 Select ‘1’ for Yes, ‘2’ for No, or ‘8’ for Don’t know as provided by the respondent. If the
answer is ‘No’ or ‘Don’t know’, skip to Section G.

REMINDER:
This EXCLUDES the following:

1. Stillbirths – defined as fetal death of 28 completed weeks of gestation or more.

The death is indicated by the fact that after separation from its mother, the fetus
does not breathe or show any evidence of life such as beating of the heart,
pulsation of the umbilical cord, or of definite movement of voluntary muscles.

2. Miscarriages – refers to the spontaneous or accidental termination of fetal life

occurring early in pregnancy.

3. Abortion – expulsion (intentional removal or premature and naturally occurring)

of a fetus from the uterus.

These cases will be considered as code ‘2’ for No in this question.

F07: Number of children below 5 years old who died

Ask the respondent, “How many was/were the former household member/s aged
below 5 years old who died?”. Enter or write the number of former household members aged
below 5 years old who died in the field or space provided.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

F08: Age (in month/s) when the child died

Ask the respondent, “What was the age (in month/s) of the child or baby when he/she
died?”. Enter the age (in months) of the child when he/she died in the field or space provided.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

If an infant died on the same day of his/her birth or within 0 to 29 days, enter or write ‘00’
in the field or boxes provided.

F09: Sex of the child who died

Ask the respondent, “What was the sex of the child or baby?”. Select or write code ‘1’
for male, or code ‘2’ for female.

<insert CAPI screenshot>

8.9.11 SECTION G – Food Security

273
 Another Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) that can possibly be addressed by the
POPCEN-CBMS is Goal 2. End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and
promote sustainable agriculture. This section focuses on gathering the SDG indicator 2.1.2 -
the prevalence of moderate or severe food insecurity in the population, based on the Food
Insecurity Experience Scale (FIES) developed by the Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO). It is important to note that FIES is part of a suite of indicators recommended by FAO,
and that there are aspects of food security that it cannot measure that includes, but not limited
to, malnutrition and food consumption in terms of dietary energy or quality. Food security is
defined in terms of four broad dimensions which consider availability, access, utilization, and
stability. The FIES measures access to food at household or individual level.

This section will collect data that is important to assess the food security among
households (for both SDG monitoring and national policy/program use). Data collected from
this section could provide the identification of the vulnerable population most affected by food
insecurity.

Source: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (2024). The Food Insecurity Experience Scale. Retrieved from
https://www.fao.org/in-action/voices-of-the-hungry/fies/en/

The figure above shows similarities between the contributions of FIES and comparable
experienced-based food insecurity measures. Along with deprivation-related aspects such as
diet quality and food quantity, both cover psychosocial aspects, i.e., relating to anxiety and
uncertainty of not being able to procure enough food, which other measures do not.
Accordingly, food insecurity can affect the health and well-being of individuals, with potentially
negative consequences for physical, mental, and social well-being.

The FIES Survey Module (FIES-SM) is composed of eight questions answerable by ‘1’ for
Yes, ‘2’ for No, ‘8’ for Don’t know, and ‘9’ for Prefer not to answer. The FIES-SM questions
refer to an individual's experiences that are related to different severity levels of food insecurity.

Moreover, the FIES-SM ask the food insecurity experience directly as is or verbatim.
There are no follow-up or probing questions. In fact, the FIES questionnaire adopted from the
FAO does not have items on coping strategies. When asking the foo insecurity experiences
during the interview, FIES-SM does not attach or connect the question to the occupation
of the household head or respondent.

First, read the introduction of the section:

“Now we would like to ask about your household’s experience in food security in
the past 12 months. We will give several statements and you are requested to answer
whether you or any other adult in the household experienced this or not by saying ‘Yes’
or ‘No’.”

274
 In the scenario that the respondent does not
know, or hesitant to answer the following questions,
select ‘8’ for Don’t know, and ‘9’ for Prefer not to
answer.

Adult in the household refers to the

household member whose age is 15 years old and
over.

G01: Worried about not having enough food to eat

Ask the respondent, “During the past

12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you (or
any other adult in the household) were
worried about not having enough food
to eat because of a lack of money or
other resources?”.

This question refers to a state of being

worried, anxious, apprehensive, afraid, or
concerned that there might not be enough food, or would run out of food because there was
not enough money or other resources to get food. The worry or anxiety is due to circumstances
affecting their ability to procure food, such as loss of employment or other sources of income,
or other reasons for not having enough money; insufficient food production for own
consumption; disrupted social relationships; loss of customary benefits or food assistance; or
environmental or political crises. It is not necessary to have run out of food for the respondent
or the household to answer affirmatively to this question. The rationale being that there is
concern over the possibility of food insecurity and further coping strategies, even in cases when
the actual food consumption is not compromised.

G02: Unable to eat healthy and nutritious food

Ask the respondent, “During the past

12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you (or
any other adult in the household) were
unable to eat healthy and nutritious
food because of a lack of money or
other resources?”.

This question asks the respondent

whether he/she or any member of the household was not able to get foods they consider
healthy or nutritious, or those that make up a balanced diet because there was not
enough money or other resources to get food. This question refers to the quality of the diet
rather than the quantity of food eaten. The answer will depend on the respondent’s own opinion
as healthy and nutritious foods are subjective.

G03: Ate only a few kinds of food

275
 Ask the respondent, “During the past
12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you (or
any other adult in the household) ate
only a few kinds of food because of a
lack of money or other resources?”.

This question asks the respondent

whether he/she or any member of the
household had to eat a few kinds of foods or the same foods every day because there was not
enough money or other resources to get food. The implication is that the diversity of foods
consumed would likely increase if the household would have better access to food.

This question refers to the quality of the diet rather than the quantity of fooeaten. It is
important to stress the lack of money considerations, for instance, to relate to food insecurity,
rather than customary habits, health, and religion, for example, that may limit the variety of
food.

G04: Had to skip a meal

Ask the respondent, “During the

past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June
30, 2024), was there a time when you
(or any other adult in the household)
had to skip a meal because there was
not enough money or other resources
to get food?”.

This question asks about any

experience of missing or skipping a main
meal (breakfast, lunch, or dinner which may vary depending on the culture and tradition)
because there was not enough money or other resources to get food. It refers to the insufficient
quantity of food.

G05: Ate less than they thought they should

Ask the respondent, “During the past

12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you (or
any other adult in the household) ate
less than you thought you should
because of a lack of money or other
resources?”.

This question asks about any

experience of eating less than what the
respondent considered they should, even if they did not skip a meal because there was not
enough money or other resources to get food. The answer will depend on the respondent’s
own opinion as to how much they think they should be consuming. This question refers to the
quantity of food eaten and not to the quality of the diet. Also, it does not include special diets
for weight loss or health, or religious reasons.

276
 G06: Ran out of food

Ask the respondent, “During the past

12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you ran out
of food because of a lack of money or
other resources?”.

This question asks about any

experience of having no food in the
household because there was not enough
money or other resources to get food.

G07: Hungry but did not eat

Ask the respondent, “During the past

12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you (or any
other adult in the household) were
hungry but did not eat because there
was not enough money or other
resources for food?”.

This question asks about the physical

experience of feeling hungry specifically and not being able to eat because there was not
enough money or other resources to get food. It does not include special diets for weight loss
or health, or religious reasons.

G08: Did not eat for a whole day

Ask the respondent, “During the past

12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024), was there a time when you (or
any other adult in the household) went
without eating for a whole day because
of a lack of money or other resources?”.

This question asks about a specific

experience of not being able to eat
anything all day because there was not enough money or other resources to get food. It does
not include special diets for weight loss or health, or religious reasons.

You may observe that the eight questions almost look the same. You should ensure that
the respondent understands the questions since we are collecting data on their perception on
their food security. No probing questions are needed in this section.

277
 THINGS TO REMEMBER:24
1. Ensure that interviews are conducted in a way that is both technically correct and
fully respectful of respondents.
2. Interviewers must strive to be considerate and non-judgmental in their approach
in order to elicit honest responses to all FIES questions.
3. Food insecurity is a socially and emotionally sensitive subject. The quality of data
resulting from the inclusion of the FIES in a survey is highly dependent on how
well the survey is carried out in the field.
4. Read the FIES questions as they are written and avoid prompting respondents
for answers.
5. Clarify the meanings of some terms and concepts if asked by the respondent,
but do not spontaneously interpret or rephrase them.
6. Do not forget to emphasize the reference period (past 12 months).

8.9.12 SECTION H – Access to Public Transportation

This section aims to obtain information on the household’s access to public transportation.
In the Philippines, accessible public transportation is still one of the possible deprivations a
household may experience.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“This last question will ask about the household’s accessibility to any public
transportation vehicle in the area.”

H01: Access to Public Transportation

Ask the respondent, “Does your

household have access to any public
transportation vehicle within 500 meters
from your housing unit (if within 10-15
minutes walking distance)?”.
These forms of public transportation
vehicles include tricycle/e-trike, jeepney/e-
jeep, pedicab, taxi, transport network (e.g.,
Grab), UV Express/ passenger van,
bus/mini bus, train, motorized banca,
motorcycle, among others.

Select ‘1’ for Yes if there is a public

transportation vehicle (PUV) within 500 meters from the household’s housing unit or they can
walk within 10-15 minutes to the nearest PUV. Otherwise, select ‘2’ for No.

Examples Answer in P01

“Tuwing papasok sa trabaho ang respondent, lampas 1 kilometro ang Yes
kailangan munang sakyan na padyak bago makarating sa highway.

24 Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations (FAO). (2018). Implementing the Food Insecurity
Experience Scale (FIES) in surveys. Retrieved from
https://openknowledge.fao.org/server/api/core/bitstreams/a5bc7817-ee02-4ba8-bf84-
05ac797b92f0/content

278
 Examples Answer in P01
Mayroon namang Grab o Angkas, pero labas sa budget ang presyo
kaya hindi pa ito sumubok mag book.”

“Hindi makontak ni Aling Nora ang traysikel drayber na si Fred dahil Yes
nagkasakit ito. May ibang tricycle na dumadaan sa kalye ngunit mas
tiwala si Aling Nora kay Fred. Kaya naman, naglakad nalang si Aling
Nora papuntang highway para makakuha ng tricycle. Hingal na hingal
ito dahil halos 1km ang kanyang nilakad.”

“Walang pila ng tricycle sa loob ng subdivision ng respondent, at halos Yes

1 kilometro ang layo ng gate ng subdivision kung nasaan ang pila ng
tricycle papunta sa sakayan ng jeep (highway). Kaya naman, sa tuwing
nagmamadali, nagbu-book nalang ng Grab o Angkas ang respondent
dahil sa layo ng sakayan.”

8.9.13 SECTION I – Formal Financial Account

Financial inclusion is a state wherein individuals and businesses, especially the

vulnerable sectors, have access to useful and affordable financial products and services that
meet their needs. It is considered as an enabler to reduce extreme poverty and boost shared
prosperity. (Source: World Bank, 2018)

Data item on financial account

ownership is an important input in
measuring financial inclusion in the country
and aiding policies and programs makers in
identifying gaps, setting priorities,
monitoring progress, and formulating
policies and programs that can help in
improving access to financial products and
services.

Begin by reading the section

introduction to the respondent:

“Government is also interested in

assessing access and use of financial
services for economic opportunity and
supporting household decision. Now,
we will ask about any formal financial
account by you or any member of your
household.”

I01: Ownership of financial

account

This item should be answered by all households and should NOT be left blank.

Ask the respondent, “Which of the following formal financial accounts (which is/are
active, whether personal or joint accounts) do you or any of your household members
have?”. Then, mention each type of formal financial account listed below.

279
 Code Financial Account Definition
A Bank account Account in a bank (e.g., micro savings, regular savings, checking
(ATM, account, time deposit, payroll account) with or without passbook,
online/electronic or ATM/debit card
banking, passbook)
B Digital bank Account in banks registered in BSP offering financial products and
account (UNObank, services that are processed end to end through a digital platform
UnionDigital Bank, and/or electronic channels with no physical branch/sub-branch or
GoTyme, Overseas branch-lite unit offering financial products and services.
Filipino Bank, Tonik,
and Maya Bank)

C E-money account Account that can be in the form of a mobile wallet that is
(e.g., GCash, electronically stored in an instrument or device such as mobile
PayMaya) or cash phones (e.g., GCash, PayMaya, GrabPay, ShopeePay, Starpay,
card etc.) or cash card (e.g., Pantawid Pamilya, Pag-IBIG Plus, Land
Bank card)

NOTE:
Rewards cards and other limited-purpose cards
(e.g., SM Advantage, Starbucks, Happy Plus, Beep, etc.) are NOT
e-money accounts

The list of E-Money Issuers can be accessed using the link below:
https://www.bsp.gov.ph/Lists/Directories/Attachments/7/emi.pdf

D Account with Non- Account in institutions engaged in the business of accumulating

Stock Savings and the savings of its members and using such accumulations for
Loan Association loans to members.
or NSSLA
(e.g., AFPSLAI, NSSLAs prior to transacting any business, shall secure a license
Manila Teachers from the Monetary Board of the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP)
SLA) and register with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC), in accordance with RA No. 8367 (Revised NSSLA Act of
1997).

As of 13 May 2024, BSP shared that there are 5527 NSSLAs that
operate in the country and cater to the needs of well-defined
individuals, including military and uniformed personnel, public and
private school teachers, public- and private-sector employees,
and market vendors.

E Account with Account in cooperatives or associations voluntarily formed by

cooperative people to meet their socio-economic needs. Members pay their
dues like membership fees and regular contributions which in turn
are used by the group to grant loans and provide other financial
services to its members.

27Source: Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP). (2024). Directory of Banks and Non-Bank Financial Institutions.
Retrieved from https://www.bsp.gov.ph/SitePages/FinancialStability/DirBanksFIList.aspx

280
Code Financial Account Definition
The list of registered cooperatives can be accessed using this link:
https://cda.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/2021-List-of-
Cooperatives.pdf

F Account with Account in microfinance NGO or a task-oriented voluntary group

microfinance NGO driven by common interest, to promote microfinance, which is the
(e.g., CARD, ASA) provision of financial products and services that cater to the low-
income household to help them improve their lives.

The following are microfinance NGOs accredited by the

Microfinance NGO Regulatory Council from 2019 to 2021:

• People’s Alternative Livelihood Microfinance Foundation

of Sorsogon (PALMFS), Inc.
• Tulay sa Pag-unlad, Inc.
• Katuwang Resource Center, Inc.
• Uswag Development Foundation, Inc.
• KPS-Small Enterprise and Economic Development
Microfinance, Inc.

The updated list of accredited microfinance NGOs may be

accessed at:
https://www.sec.gov.ph/mnrc-list/list-of-accredited-
microfinance-ngos-as-of-27-september-2023/#gsc.tab=0

G Money Remittance
Centers (e.g.,
Palawan Express,
LBC, ML Kwarta
Padala, Western
Union)
X Prefer not to The whole family does not want to disclose if they have formal
answer financial accounts.

Y None The whole family does not own any formal financial accounts.

Z Others, specify Accounts not classified in any of the abovementioned categories

_____ (e.g., Census Provident Fund, Inc. [CPFI])

Select all formal financial accounts mentioned by the respondent. For those implementing
PAPI, write the corresponding codes in the boxes provided.

Sometimes respondents may not want to provide certain types of information. Privacy is
an important issue to most people. Incentives and assurances of confidentiality can make it
easier to obtain private information. When asking questions about sensitive topics, it can be
beneficial to allow respondents to choose “prefer not to answer” or code ‘X’. If they do not own
a formal financial account, select code ‘Y’ for None.

If the respondent prefers not to answer (code ‘X’) or they have no formal financial account
(code ‘Y’), there should be no other answers selected with code ‘X’ or with code ‘Y’.

281
 If you are uncertain on whether the financial group or institution is registered as bank or as
a formal institution, please use code ‘Z’ for “Others, specify”. Specify the financial group or
institution to facilitate recoding during data validation and data processing.

8.9.14 SECTION J – Negative Shocks and Disaster Preparedness

This section aims to gather updated information on negative shock and disaster
experiences of the households and gather their observations with the changing environment
conditions that may be related to climate change.

A ‘shock’ is broadly understood as an adverse event that is part of the common experience
of chronic poverty and that leads to a reduction in household income, consumption and/or
productive assets and is likely to reinforce the poverty cycle. Hence, it is a sudden and violent
blow that can produce significant change in a household’s economic circumstances. It is also
a state of bewilderment and distress experienced by an individual who is exposed to a new,
strange or foreign culture. (Young Lives)

Climate change is a change in climate that can be identified by changes in the mean and/or
variability of its properties and that persists for an extended period typically decades or longer,
whether due to natural variability or as a result of human activity. (RA 9729)

RA 10121 defines disaster as a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a

society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts,
which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own
resources.28

Climate change and disaster risk reduction are closely linked. More extreme weather
events in the future are likely to increase the number and scale of disasters. At the same time,
the existing methods and tools of disaster risk reduction provide powerful capacities for
adaptation to climate change. (UNISDR, 2008)

This section aims to gather updated information on disaster experiences of the households
and gather their observations with the changing environment conditions that may be related
to climate change.

Community-Based Disaster Risk Reduction and Management a process of disaster risk

reduction and management in which at-risk communities are actively engaged in the
identification, analysis, treatment, monitoring and evaluation of disaster risks in order to reduce
their vulnerabilities and enhance their capacities, and where the people are at the heart of
decision making and implementation of disaster risk reduction and management activities
(RA 10121).

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“We would like to ask whether your household experienced risks/vulnerabilities/

disasters that negatively affected the household in the past 12 months. Moreover,
questions in the household's preparedness should an unfortunate event shall be
asked.”

28 RA 10121. Retrieved from https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2010/05/27/republic-act-no-10121/

282
 J01: Household Negatively Affected by Disaster

Ask the respondent, “In the past 12

months (July 01, 2023 - June 30, 2024),
which of the following
risks/vulnerabilities/disasters
negatively affected the household?”.

Read each risk/vulnerability/disaster to

the respondent. Record the number of
times the household experienced the
specified risk/vulnerability/disaster based
on the answer provided by the respondent.

Code Description

A Typhoon Typhoon is a tropical cyclone with winds that exceed 118 kph. The name
is applied to a severe tropical cyclone in the western Pacific.

Tropical cyclone constitutes one of the most destructive natural disasters

that affects many countries around the globe and exacts tremendous
annual losses in lives and property. Its impact is greatest over the coastal
areas, which bear the brunt of the strong surface winds, squalls, induced
tornadoes, and flooding from heavy rains, rather than strong winds, that
cause the greatest loss in lives and destruction to property in coastal
areas.

Source:
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
PAGASA. (n.d.). About Tropical Cyclones. Retrieved from
https://www.pagasa.dost.gov.ph/information/about-tropical-cyclone

B Power outage Power outage occurs when electrical power is unexpectedly lost.
A power outage can:
• Disrupt communications, water supply, and transportation for
extended periods.
• Force the closure of and disrupt retail businesses, grocery stores,
gas stations, ATMs, banks, and other services, as well as industry
and production.
• Lead to food spoilage and water contamination.
• Cause injuries, disease, and death, or hinder the use of medical
devices.29

C Drought Drought - a prolonged dry period in the natural climate cycle. Three (3)
consecutive months of way below normal (>60% reduction from average);
or five (5) consecutive months of below normal (21%-60% reduction from
average) rainfall condition in an area (PAGASA)

D Too much rain or PAGASA defines flood as an abnormal progressive rise in the water level
flood of a stream that may result in the overflowing by the water of the normal
confines of the stream with the subsequent inundation of areas which are
not normally submerged. This can be naturally caused by meteorological
events, seismic activities and astronomically influenced.

29 Federal Emergency Management Agency. (n.d.). Power outage. Retrieved from

https://community.fema.gov/ProtectiveActions/s/article/Power-Outage

283
 Code Description

Flooding may also be an outcome of blasting slopes of hills and

mountains, construction of temporary dams, failure of hydraulic and other
control structures, untimely and sudden release of large amounts of
excess water in hydraulic structures, and denudation of forest and
watershed areas.

This category also includes flash flood. Flash flood is flooding caused by
a rapid rise in the water level of rivers, streams, or lakes, usually as a
result of heavy rains. (Source: PAGASA)

E Erosion, cracks, Erosion is the geological process in which earthen materials are worn
landslides away and transported by natural forces such as wind or water.
A landslide is the movement of rock, earth, or debris down a sloped section
of land.

F Earthquake Earthquake - is a shaking or trembling of the earth that is volcanic or

tectonic in origin.

An earthquake is a sudden, rapid shaking of the ground, resulting from

the breaking and shifting of underground rock that releases accumulated
strain. What starts as mild shaking can intensify into extremely violent
movements within seconds. Aftershocks, which are additional
earthquakes, can follow for hours, days, or even months. While most
aftershocks are smaller than the initial quake, some can be of larger
magnitude. Earthquakes can cause deaths, injuries, and significant
property damage, as well as disrupt transportation, power, water, gas, and
other services. 30

G Volcanic Volcanic Eruption - is when gas and/or lava are released from a volcano—
eruption sometimes explosively.

NOTE: A household may experience and be negatively affected by a

volcanic eruption even if their residence is far from a volcano. They may
have experienced volcanic eruption in their previous residence or they
were in the area near a volcano when the eruption happened.

Example:
The household was visiting Mt. Tengger Caldera in Indonesia when it
erupted. They were stranded in Indonesia for a week causing financial and
mental distress to the household.

H Fire Fire - is the phenomenon of combustion manifested in light, flame, and

heat.

Some examples of different types of fires:

• Housefire
• Grassfire
• Wildfire
• Urban Fire
• Oil Fire
• Vehicle Fire
• Gas Fire

30 Federal Emergency Management Agency. (n.d.). Earthquake. Retrieved from

https://community.fema.gov/ProtectiveActions/s/article/Earthquake.

284
Code Description

I Pests or Pests or diseases that affected crops before they were harvested can
diseases that have an impact on agricultural productivity and food supply. These issues
affected crops can lead to reduced crop yields, poor quality produce, and financial losses
before they were for farmers.
harvested

J Pests or Pest or diseases that affect livestock has a significant challenge to animal
diseases that health, welfare, and agricultural productivity which results to the reduced
affected the growth rates of the livestock, milk and lower meat production and
livestock economic losses for farmers.

K Pests or Pests or diseases attacked the crops stored in their imbakan or silos
diseases that led before they were sold by the farmers, which can render economic loss.
to losses of
stored crops

L Crops failed Crop failure is defined as the complete or near-complete loss of a

marketable crop on a farm. Unfavorable weather conditions and pest
infestation can both lead to the damaging or destroying of fruits and
vegetables and lowering crop yields.

Example:
Jet planted fruit trees, vegetables and crops in his backyard. For no
apparent reason,

Source:
State of New Jersey Office of Emergency Management. (2018). State of New
Jersey 2018 All-Hazard Mitigation Plan. Retrieved from
https://www.nj.gov/njoem/mitigation/pdf/2019/mit2014_section5-
15_Crop_Failure.pdf

M Livestock died The sudden death of large numbers of previously healthy animals.

“Livestock” refers to larger animals traditionally kept for use on a farm,

including swine, sheep, goats, horses, cattle and other equine or bovine
animals. Chicken also consider as domestic livestock.

N Pollution caused Abandoned mining operations can leach iron and other chemicals such as
by mining copper, lead and mercury into nearby waterbodies. Active mining
operations are considered point sources of pollution. But drainage or
runoff from abandoned mining operations often adds to nonpoint source
pollution.

O Building When internal load bearing structural elements fail, a building will collapse
collapsed into itself and exterior walls are pulled into the falling structure.

P Increase in inflation measures how much more expensive a set of goods and services
prices has become over a certain period, usually a year. It is the overall increase
in prices or the increase in the cost of living.

Q Political conflict refers to any disagreement, dispute, or struggle between individuals,

groups, or nations due to differences in political ideologies, beliefs, or
interests.

It is a type of conflict arising from power struggles, differing values, and

competition for resources, which could be economic, social, or cultural.
Political conflicts can be territorial disputes, competition for leadership
positions, clashes between political parties, or disputes over specific policy
issues and legislation.

285
Code Description

R Death of a Adult death have a direct impact on the household income, which limits
household the purchasing power for child services, such as health or education.
member

S Illness/injury of a an Illness is a condition when the person is in a certain unhealthy condition

household due to disease or fatigue. On the other hand, inured persons are those
member who sustained bodily damages, hurts or loss.

T No water supply The lack of sufficient water resources, including a lack of access t safe
water supplies, to meet water needs within a region

Z Others, specify Answers such as sudden job loss or unemployment/source of

income/family enterprise, tsunami, and building demolition should be
considered as category ‘Z’ for Others, specify.

Environmental Economic Family Events

Typhoon Increase in prices Death of household
member
Power outage Livestock died Illness/injury of household
member
Drought Loss of job/source of
income/family enterprise
Earthquake
Too much rain or flood
Erosion, cracks,
landslides
Volcanic Eruption and
volcanic activity
Pests or diseases that
affected crops before they
were harvested -
Pests or diseases that
affected livestock
Pests or diseases that led
to losses of stored crops
Crops failed

Negative affected households are those which encountered the following:

1. Loss of property and negative impact on income
2. Loss of produce or target production level was not attained
3. Death, injury and negative effects on health and welfare of household
members
4. Disruption of usual daily and economic activities

For households who were affected by the shock/disaster but not NEGATIVELY affected by
them, select ‘2’ for No.

If the disaster/event happened outside the city/municipality, please add REMARKS:

“OUTSIDE CITY/MUNICIPALITY”.

286
287
 J02: Location of evacuation area

This item should be asked to all

households and should NOT be left blank.

Ask the respondent, “Do you know

the location of your evacuation area?”.
Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No as provided
by the respondent.

You should verify if the respondent truly knows the location of their evacuation area.
You may ask the respondent, “Where is the evacuation area?”.

There may be instances that there is no evacuation area within the barangay. For 2024
POPCEN-CBMS data collection, consider the evacuation areas outside the barangay as long
as they are designated evacuation areas.

J03: Emergency numbers/hotlines awareness

288
 Ask the respondent, “In the past 12
months, do you know any local
government contact number or hotlines
which you can contact in case of
emergency?”.

Emergency is an unforeseen or
sudden occurrence, especially danger,
demanding immediate action (Source: RA 10121). Emergency contacts can either be for fire
response, barangay response to disasters and security concerns, police, hospital in case of
medical emergency, among others.

Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No based on the answer provided by the respondent.

8.9.15 SECTION K – Internet Access

This section aims to obtain information on the household’s utilization of ICT (internet
access, type of internet among others). Data on internet access could be used by the
government for planning purposes, that is, to enable wider and improved delivery of services
and information.

Internet access is a tool for expanding educational and economic opportunities for
communities in remote locations:

a. Educational opportunity - distance learning opportunities, references and cultural

resources
b. Economic opportunity - online shopping
c. Health access - telemedicine

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“In the next questions, we will ask about your household's access to internet.”

K01: Internet access

Internet is a worldwide public

computer network. It provides access to
several communication services including
the World Wide Web and carries e-mail,
news, entertainment and data files,
irrespective of the device used
(not assumed to be only via a computer –
it may also be by mobile phone, PDA,
games machine, digital TV, etc.). Access
can be via a fixed or mobile network.31

Internet connection through mobile data that connects a cellular telephone or cellphone,
such as those smartphones and android phones, to the internet in any location are included.

31 International Telecommunication Union (ITU). (2020). Manual for Measuring ICT Access and Use by
Households and Individuals 2020 Edition. Retrieved from https://www.itu.int/en/ITU-
D/Statistics/Documents/publications/manual/ITUManualHouseholds2020_E.pdf
289
 Ask the respondent, “In the past 12 months, do you or any member of your household
have access to the internet?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes if any of the household members have
access to the internet in ANY location. If the answer is ‘2’ for No, skip to Section L.

Some people may not be familiar with the word “internet” such as elderly people. In this
case, probe if they have “WiFi” or “mobile data”. If they have WiFi or mobile data, select ‘1’ for
Yes.

K02: Ownership of internet at home

Ask the respondent, “Does this household have its own internet at home which can
be used by any household member when needed?”. Select ‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No. If the
answer is ‘2’ for No, skip to Section L.

NOTE:
The household must own the internet connection being used at home.

By ownership means that the household pays the subscription either in prepaid and/or
postpaid, or can control when the household will use the internet.

Prepaid means that telecommunication companies’ services (i.e., call, text, mobile data,
internet) must be paid before the user actually get access in using it, while the postpaid
means that a user has to pay a certain amount based on his/her actual usage reflected
on the bill from the telecommunication company.

Internet connection through mobile data that connects a cellular telephone or cellphone,
such as those smartphones and Android phones, to the internet are included. If one member
of the household has a mobile phone with connection to the internet and makes it available for
all members, then it should be considered that the household has its own internet at home that
can be accessed by anyone in the household.

The presence and/or possession of electronic gadgets such as computer desktops,

laptops, and tablets does not necessarily mean that a household has an internet connection at
home. These devices should be able to
access the World Wide Web through the
internet.

If the household accesses the internet

other than what is available at home, select
‘2’ for No.

Example:

Nerie is the only person in their household who has access to the internet. He has mobile
data ONLY. He shares his mobile data to his other household members. When he goes to his
work, the other members in his household can no longer access the internet.

In this case, the household has access to the internet through Nerie’s mobile data, i.e.,
their K01 should be answered with code ‘1’ for Yes. However, their K02 should be answered
with code ‘2’ for No.

290
 K03: Type of internet connection at home

Ask the respondent, “What types of

internet connection are available at
home?”.

A household may be subscribed to

multiple internet connection providers from
various telecommunication companies.
Thus, select all that applies.

Code Types of internet connection Definition

A Fixed (wired) narrowband/ Refers to the technologies with advertised

broadband network download speeds of at least 256 Kbit/s. This
includes DSL (Digital Subscriber Line), cable
modern, high speed leased lines, fiber-to-the
home/building, powerline, and other fixed (wired
broadband). It also includes analogue modem
(dial-up via standard telephone line) and
Integrated Services Digital Network (IDSN).

This kind of network access is commonly

provided by Internet Service Providers (ISP)
such as Smart/Globe Telecommunications,
PLDT Home, BayanDSL, SKYBroadband,
Cablelink, and others.

If there is a WiFi access available inside the

home to redistribute a fixed (wired) broadband
signal, the answer in this item should be ‘1’ for
Yes.

B Fixed (wireless) broadband This also has the technologies of the first option.
network Examples of this would be WiMax outside the
house and fixed Code Division Multiple Access
(CDMA).

291
 Code Types of internet connection Definition

C Satellite broadband network The main medium of transmission is a

broadband two-way satellite system which
provides good access to the internet in even the
least accessible areas. This is typically
accompanied by a satellite dish.

Some of the common Satellite Broadband

Service Provider are We Are IT Philippines Inc.,
WIT Philippine, Inc. (WIT), AZ Communications
Network, Inc., TS2 SPACE, Bell
Telecommunication Philippines, Inc. (BellTel),
Jason Electronics Philippines Co., Inc. and
other.

D Mobile broadband network The household is in a remote area or location

beyond the reach of the telecommunications
towers. This includes internet connection via a
handset, a card (for example, integrated
Subscriber Identity Module or SIM card in a
computer) or USB modem.

Source: 2019 National Information and Communications Technology Household Survey (NICTHS)
Interviewer’s Manual

NOTE:
The internet connection should be working at the time of visit and/or subscription is active.

8.9.16 SECTION L – Public Safety

The POPCEN-CBMS Act mandates the gathering of information on security. This section
explains the data item to be collected which pertain to peace and order situation in the
community. Like asking mortality questions in Section F, asking the experience of household
members being victim/s of crime should be handled with care and sensitivity. Thus, practice
tactful interviewing as you will be collecting sensitive information and details that may spark
emotions from the respondents.

Collecting data on security, peace and order can be potentially used to generate statistics
on Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) indicators on Goal 16. Peace, Justice, and Strong
Institutions. The POPCEN-CBMS may be able to support the generation of the community-
level statistics on the SDG indicators 16.1.4 Proportion of population that feel safe walking
alone around the area they live after dark.

Feeling safe refers to perception of safety as a wellbeing indicator. It affects the way in
which human beings interact with their surroundings, their health, and consequently, their
quality of life. Perception of crime and the resulting fear of it is influenced by several factors:
awareness of crime, public discussion, media discourse, and personal circumstances.

292
 Fear of crime is an important indicator as high levels of fear can negatively influence well-
being and lead to reduced contacts with the public, reduced trust and engagement in the
community, and thus represent an obstacle to development.

Neighborhood is an indicator that aims to capture fear of crime in the context of people’s
everyday lives. It does so by limiting the area in question to the “neighborhood” or “area they
live in”.

After dark is an indicator that should specifically capture respondent’s feelings and
perceptions when walking alone after dark.

Darkness. The reference to darkness is important because according to research, it is one

of the factors individuals perceive as important when assessing whether a situation is
dangerous. A suitable alternative wording for “after dark” is “at night”. 32

NOTE:
Specifying an exact time of the day (e.g., 6 PM), however, is not advisable as darkness
(not time of day per se) is the factor that affects individuals’ perception of safety, and
cross-national as well as seasonal variation in the onset of darkness makes it problematic
to establish a universally suitable threshold to define nighttime.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“The next question will ask about how you or your household members feel about
the safety of your neighborhood.”

L01: Feel safe walking alone in the area

This question aims to measure the

extent to which people worry about their
personal safety in general, and the extent
of a person’s fear for him/herself and for
his/her household imposes limits on their
opportunities and movement.

Ask the respondent, “How safe do

you feel walking alone in your area
(i.e., neighborhood or village) at
night?”. Read and select among the listed
categories with their corresponding code
provided by the respondent.

8.9.17 SECTION M – Social Protection

Programs

Social protection is officially defined as consisting of policies and programs that seek to
reduce poverty and vulnerability to risks and enhance the social status and rights of the
marginalized by promoting and protecting their livelihood and employment, protecting them

32 United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD). (2023). SDG indicator metadata 16.1.4. Retrieved from
https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/metadata/files/Metadata-16-01-04.pdf

293
against hazards and sudden interruptions/loss of income, and improving people’s capacity to
manage risks (National Economic and Development Authority-Social Development Committee
Cabinet Resolution No. 1, Series of 2007). The need for social and economic protection is
higher when people are poor and can barely meet the requirements of daily subsistence even
when they are working themselves to the bone. Types of programs include insurance,
assistance, and labor market.

The next set of questions will pertain to the social insurance programs membership and
the benefits received/availed by the household members.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“Now, we would like to ask if any of the household is involved in any social
protection and/or assistance programs.”

M01: Membership in social/health insurance programs

Social insurance programs are programs that aim to mitigate risks by providing income
support in the event of illness, disability, work injury, maternity, unemployment, old age, and
death.

Ask the respondent, “Is any member of your household (including OFW) a
dependent/beneficiary/member of any of the following social/health insurance
programs?”.

Mention the listed social/health insurance programs below with the meaning of their
respective acronyms. For each program, select ‘1’ for Yes if there is a member of the household
who is a beneficiary/member of the said social/health insurance program. Otherwise, select ‘2’
for No or ‘8’ for Don’t know. Then, proceed to the next social/health insurance program in the
list.

If the respondent answered ‘2’ for No to all the social/health insurance programs, skip to
M03.

Social Insurance
Code Definitions
Program
A Social Security A social insurance program for the private, professional,
System (SSS) and informal sectors. It aims to provide social protection to
its members and their beneficiaries against hazards of
contingencies resulting in loss of income or financial
burden.

B Government Service A social insurance institution that provides social security

Insurance System and financial benefits to employees in the public sector and
(GSIS) their qualified dependents. Its benefit package includes
compulsory life insurance, optional life insurance,
retirement benefits, disability benefits for work-related
contingencies and death benefits.

C PhilHealth A GOCC whose role is to implement the National Health

Insurance Program (NHIP) which provides health insurance
coverage for all Filipinos and ensures affordable,
acceptable, available, and accessible health care services
for all citizens of the Philippines.

294
 Social Insurance
Code Definitions
Program

D Health/Medical An organization that provides or arranges managed care for

insurance other than health insurance, self-funded health care benefit plans,
PhilHealth individuals, and other entities. Private insurance usually
(MediCard, Maxicare, works on a reimbursement basis and for specific types of
etc.) benefits, i.e., hospitalization.

Source: July 2020 LFS and 2020 APIS Interviewer’s Manual

M02: Household availment and receipt of benefits/grants/assistance from

social/health insurance program in the past 12 months

Ask the respondent, “In the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024), did any
member of your household receive benefits/grants/assistance from the following
social/health insurance programs?”.

Select ‘1’ for Yes if there is a member of the household who received
benefits/grants/assistance of the mentioned social/health insurance program in M01 during the
past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024). Otherwise, select ‘2’ for No or ‘8’ for Don’t
know, and proceed to the next social/health insurance program in the list.

M03: Health/Medical assistance from the workplace

Ask the respondent, “Does the workplace/organization of any employed household

member offer health/medical assistance?”.

This question is asked for households with members who answered “Yes” in E01
(employed household members). If the household does not have an employed member, skip
to M05.

Select ‘1’ for Yes if there is an employed member of the household who is a member of
health/medical insurance program offered by the workplace/organization. Otherwise, select ‘2’
for No or ‘8’ for Don’t know, and proceed to M05.

M04: Availment of employed household member of health/medical assistance

from the workplace in the past 12 months

Ask the respondent, “In the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024), did any
member of your household receive benefits or health/medical assistance from their
workplace/organization?”

This question will be asked to those who answered ‘Yes’ in M03. Select ‘1’ for Yes if there
is an employed member of the household who receive benefits or health/medical assistance
from their workplace/organization in the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024).
Otherwise, select ‘2’ for No or ‘8’ for Don’t know, and proceed to M05.

M05: Membership in social assistance programs

295
 Social assistance programs help ensure income security and access to basic services for
poor and vulnerable populations. Key sectors that may serve as entry points for social assistance
programs include education, finance, health, and public sector management.

Social assistance interventions may include cash transfers (conditional and unconditional),
social pensions, in kind transfers, such as food-for-work, school feeding programs, scholarship,
etc.

Ask the respondent, “In the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024), is any
member of your household a dependent/beneficiary/member of any of the following
social assistance programs?”.

Mention the listed social assistance programs below with their corresponding definitions. For
each program, select ‘1’ for Yes if there is a member of the household who is a
dependent/beneficiary/member of the said social assistance program. Otherwise, select ‘2’ for
No or ‘8’ for Don’t know. Then, proceed to the next social assistance program in the list. If there
is a social assistance program availed by the household aside from the list, select ‘1’ for Yes in
category ‘Z’ for Others, specify, and indicate in the space provided the social assistance
program.

If the respondent answered ‘2’ for No or ‘8’ for Don’t know to all the social assistance
programs, skip to N01.

Social Assistance
Code Definitions
Program
A Pantawid Pamilyang The Pantawid Pamilyang Pilipino Program (4Ps) is the national
Pilipino Programs poverty reduction strategy and a human capital investment
(4Ps) program that provides conditional cash transfer to poor
households for a maximum period of seven (7) years, to improve
the health, nutrition, and education aspect of their lives.
The National Advisory Council (NAC) may recommend a longer
period under exceptional circumstances (Section 7).

The Modified Conditional Cash Transfer Program is made for the

purpose of helping families and children in difficult circumstances
to overcome their situation and mainstream them into the regular
CCT while generating appropriate resources and services in the
community.

B Social Pension for RA 9994 or “An act to maximize the contribution of senior citizens
Indigent Senior to nation building, grant benefits and special privileges and for
Citizen’s (SOCPEN) other purpose.” Sec. 5.h.1 of RA 9994 states that indigent senior
citizen shall be entitled to a monthly stipend amounting to five
hundred pesos (PhP 500.00) to augment the daily subsistence
and other medical needs of senior citizens, subject to a review
every two (2) years by Congress, in consultation with the DSWD.

C Assistance to AICS is one of the social welfare services of the DSWD that
Individuals in Crisis provides medical assistance, burial, transportation, education,
Situation (AICS) food, or financial assistance for other support services or needs of
a person or family.

D Walang Gutom Per EO 44 or “Establishing the ‘Walang Gutom 2027: Food Stamp
2027: Food Stamp Program’ as a Flagship Program of the National Government”, is
Program one of the major programs of the DSWD, which aims to decrease

296
 Social Assistance
Code Definitions
Program
the incidence of involuntary hunger by low-income households,
through the provision of monetary-based assistance in the form of
Electronic Benefit Transfer cards which can be sued to purchase
select food commodities from eligible partner merchant stores.

DSWD will provide food credits, in the form of digital stamps, worth
PhP 3,000.00 monthly to one million households identified as food
poor.

E Education Refers to a stipend and/or special recognition given to a deserving

Assistance student in terms of intellectual merit and special talents. On the
Programs (e.g., other hand, a study grant is the assistance given to students with
Universal Access to financial need which could be in the form of vouchers, loans,
Quality Tertiary allowances, to cover tuition and other incidental schooling
Education (UAQTE), expenses.
Tertiary Education
Subsidy (TES), The Universal Access to Quality Tertiary Education (UAQTE) Act,
Senior High School officially known as Republic Act 10931, is a law that mandates free
Voucher Program tuition and exemption from other fees at state universities and
(SHS VP), colleges (SUCs) and local universities and colleges (LUCs).
Government Additionally, the law provides for subsidies to private higher
Assistance to education institutions. Its primary aim is to enhance the
Students and opportunities for underprivileged Filipino students to obtain a
Teachers in Private college degree.
Education
(GASTPE), Tertiary Education Subsidy (TES) is a grant-in-aid program
Expanded facilitated by the Commission on Higher Education (CHED) that
Government supports qualified disadvantaged students and those studying in
Assistance to areas without public universities. The TES covers the cost of
Students and tertiary education for Filipino students enrolled in their first
Teachers in Private undergraduate program in state universities, local universities, and
Education private higher education institutions.
(E-GASTPE))
Senior High School Voucher Program (SHS VP) is a program of
financial assistance wherein subsidies in the form of vouchers are
provided to qualified SHS learners in participating private or non-
DepEd public SHSs.

The Government Assistance to Students and Teachers in Private

Education (GASTPE) program provides financial support for
students and teachers in private schools. It includes programs like
Education Service Contracting (ESC), which grants assistance to
qualified students, and the Teachers’ Salary Subsidy (TSS) for
private school teachers. This program also includes the SHS
Voucher Program (SHS VP).

Other educational programs provided by the National and Local

Government shall fall under this category.
F Employment Project to cushion/mitigate the impacts of the COVID-19 to the
Assistance/ livelihoods/business and worker sector.
Livelihood Program
(e.g., TUPAD, TUPAD - Emergency Employment or Tulong Panghanapbuhay sa
Cash-For-Work, Ating Disadvantaged/Displaced Workers (TUPAD) Program is a

297
 Social Assistance
Code Definitions
Program
Sustainable community-based (municipality/barangay) package of assistance
Livelihood Program that provides emergency employment for displaced workers,
(SLP), DOLE’s underemployed, and unemployed poor, for a minimum period of
Integrated 10 days, but not to exceed a maximum of 30 days, depending on
Livelihood and the nature to be performed.
Emergency
Employment SLP-MD Track - Seed capital fund maximum of PhP15,000 per
Program (DILEEP)) eligible individual representing a household. This is a financial
assistance used as a capital to start or continue a micro-
enterprise.

SLP-EF Track - With a maximum employment assistance fund of

PhP5,000 per eligible individual representing a household. It is
used for the acquisition of employment documents necessary for
the identified employment and to augment expenses within the first
fifteen days of employment.

G Any form of Social assistance extended by the LGU to the household in the
assistance from form of but not limited to cash donation, such as burial assistance,
LGU wedding sponsorship, etc.
Z Others, specify Other social protection programs that cannot be categorized in the
_____ abovementioned categories.

M06: Household availment and receipt of benefits/grants/assistance/payment from

social assistance program in the last 12 months

Ask the respondent, “In the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30, 2024), did any
member of your household receive benefits/grants/assistance from the following social
assistance program?”.

This question will be asked to those who answered ‘Yes’ in M05. Select ‘1’ for Yes if there is
a member of the household who received benefits/grants/assistance of the mentioned
social/health assistance program in M05 during the past 12 months (July 01, 2023 – June 30,
2024). Otherwise, select ‘2’ for No or ‘8’ for Don’t know, and proceed to the next social/health
insurance program in the list. If there are other social assistance programs received by the
household aside from the list, select ‘1’ for Yes in category ‘Z’ for Others, specify, and indicate
in the space provided the social assistance program.

8.9.18 SECTION N – Water, Sanitation, and Hygiene

This section aims to collect information on the water, sanitation, and hygiene
(WaSH) practices of the households. According to the World Health Organization (WHO),
safe drinking water, sanitation and hygiene are crucial to human health and well-being.
This section will collect data items on the main source of a household’s water supply, drinking
water, water treatment used, type of toilet, and toilet use arrangement handwashing facilities,
among others. Some of the information can be collected by mere observation of the facilities
in the housing unit during the time of enumeration.

298
 Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“In this section, we would like to know about the sources of water (for drinking and
non-drinking uses), as well as to the sanitation facility being used by your household.”

N01: Main source of water supply

Ask the respondent, “What is your household's main source of water supply?”.
Record the code based on the answer of the respondent.

Usually, residents of the same community share the same source of water supply. If a
particular household reports a source which is different from most of the others that you have
interviewed in the same area, probe to ascertain whether the source is really different.

Determine which one of the following is the household’s main source of water supply:

Code Response Category Main Source of Water Supply

COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEM
01 Piped into dwelling Pipe is connected with in-house plumbing to one
or more taps (e.g., in the kitchen and bathroom).
Sometimes called a house connection.

02 Piped into yard/plot Pipe is connected to a tap outside the house in

the yard or plot. Sometimes called a yard
connection.

03 Public tap/standpipe Public water point from which community

members may collect water. A standpipe may
also be known as a public fountain or public tap.
Public standpipes can have one or more taps and
are typically made of brickwork, masonry, or
concrete.

NOTE: whether for own use or shared, directly

connected to a water pipeline from the community
water system such as the Maynilad Water
Services Incorporated (MWSI) or the local water
network system.

Water system with deep well as source should

also be reported under this category as long as it
subscribes to a community water system, such as
those provided by developers to homeowners.

299
Code Response Category Main Source of Water Supply
POINT SOURCE
04 Protected well / tube well / borehole a. Tube well or borehole refers to water
tapped by digging a hole or sinking pipes
into the ground and installing water drawing
equipment such as pumps.

A deep hole that has been driven, bored or

drilled with the purpose of reaching ground
water supplies. Water is delivered from a
tube well or borehole through a pump which
may be human, animal, wind, electric,
diesel, or solar-powered.

b. Protected well is an are excavations that

are is circular or rectangular in shape, with
diameter usually ranging from 1 to
1.5 meters. They are protected if they have
it has a lining made of permanent materials
like the masonry or brickworks of reinforced
concrete materials, which serve as
protection against surface or outside
contamination. They It may further be
provided with roofs or removable covers
which protect the wells from falling
Tube well/borehole materials.

A dug well that is:

i. protected from runoff water through a

well lining or casing that is raised
above ground level and a platform that
diverts spilled water away from the
well; and

ii. covered so that bird droppings and

animals cannot fall down the hole.
Both conditions must be observed for
Protected well a dug well to be considered as
protected.

05 Unprotected (open dug well) An unprotected (open) dug well is hence,

unprotected from external contamination (runoff
water, bird droppings, and animals) unlike the
ones mentioned above.

300
Code Response Category Main Source of Water Supply
06 Developed/protected spring Spring water, on the other hand, occurs when
water in water-bearing stratum reaches the
surface of the ground. Spring can be developed
by enlarging the water outlet and constructing an
intake structure for water catchment and
storage. It is considered as protected if efforts
were made to develop or shield it from external
contamination such as filters, roofs, among
others.

The source of water coming from a developed

spring piped into the dwelling is developed
spring. However, if the spring was developed to
supply the needs of the community, it is a
community water system.

07 Undeveloped/unprotected spring This refers to spring water that is not protected

from external contamination. Unprotected spring
typically does NOT have a “spring box”.

08 River / Stream / Pond / Lake / Dam These are bodies of water which are mixtures of
surface run-off or ground water (surface water).

09 Rainwater Rainwater is reported if it is used as source of

water supply by the household. It may be
collected and stored through cisterns, collectors,
catchers, reservoirs, tanks, or other storage
vessels.

301
Code Response Category Main Source of Water Supply
10 Tanker truck / peddler / neighbor Water comes from moving tanker trucks or
ambulant/roving vendors, regardless of where the
water originally came from. During emergency
situations or in case of extreme water crisis, water
from trucks was sometimes distributed for free or
for a minimal fee. On the other hand, ambulant
vendors usually sell water or are hired to provide
water to the household. This category also
includes getting water from the neighbor through
a hose connection or using balde/timba.

99 Others, specify _____ Main source of water supply that does not fall in
the abovementioned categories.

If there is more than one source of

water supply, report the one which is being
mostly used for the household’s needs
such as drinking, washing clothes, etc.

Take note that if the household uses

water from the community water system for
washing and at the same time uses bottled
water for drinking, the community water
system response will prevail.

N02: Main source of drinking

water

This question aims to determine if the

household has access to safe sources of
drinking water since water borne disease
are obtained directly by people from
bacteria or germs present in the water they
drink.

If several sources are mentioned,

probe to determine the most usual
source. Note that you can only enter one
response. If the source varies by season,
record the source for the season of the interview.

If drinking water is obtained from several sources, i.e., if drinking water for children is
different from those consumed by the adults, probe to determine the source from which the
household obtains most of its drinking water.

Ask the respondent, “What is the main source of drinking water used by members of
your household?”. Record the answer of the respondent.

If unclear, probe to identify the place from which members of this household most often
collect drinking water (collection point).

302
 If the respondent’s answer is not found
among those listed in the given categories,
select code ‘99’ for Others, specify. Then,
enter the respondent’s answer in the space
provided.

Refer to N01 for some definitions and

illustrations in the categories. Other
descriptions of the categories used in N02 are given below.

Skipping
Code Response Categories Definitions
instruction
IMPROVED SOURCE OF DRINKING WATER
11 Piped into dwelling Refer to description in N01. GO TO N08

12 Piped into yard/plot Refer to description in N01. GO TO N08

13 Piped to neighbor The household may be GO TO N04

obtaining water from the
neighbor's house or yard
connection.

14 Public tap/standpipe Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

21 Tube well/borehole Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

31 Protected well Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

41 Protected spring Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

51 Rainwater Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

61 Tanker-truck Refer to description in N01. GO TO N05

71 Cart with small tank Used by a water provider who GO TO N05

transports water into community
and then sells the water. Types
of transports may include
donkey cart, motorized vehicle,
or other means.

72 Water refilling station Water stores that sell purified

water by utilizing a combination
of water treatment equipment,
such as sediment filters, carbon

303
 Skipping
Code Response Categories Definitions
instruction
filters, water softener, reverse
osmosis membranes, ultraviolet
lamps, and ozone generator.

91 Bottled water Purchased water sold in

bottles. Note that the code
refers only to bottled water that
is commercially available.

Sometimes household
members may store water from
other sources in bottles – this
should NOT be coded as
bottled water.

UNIMPROVED SOURCE OF DRINKING WATER

32 Unprotected well Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

42 Unprotected spring Refer to description in N01. GO TO N04

81 Surface water Located above the ground and GO TO N04

(river, stream, pond, lake, dam, includes rivers, dams, lakes,
canal, irrigation channel) ponds, streams, canals, and
irrigation channels from which
water is taken directly.

99 Others, specify _____ Main source of drinking water GO TO N04

that does not fall in the
abovementioned categories.

N03: Main source of water for other purposes (cooking and handwashing)

Ask the respondent, “What is the main source of water used by members of your
household for other purposes such as cooking and handwashing?”. Select the code that
corresponds to the respondent’s answer. If there is other answer, select ‘99’ for Others,
specify, and enter the respondent’s answer.

If the source varies by season, record the source for the season of the interview. If the
most usual source of non-drinking water is ‘piped into dwelling’, or ‘piped into yard/plot’, select
‘11’ or ‘12’.

If unclear, probe to identify the place from which the members of the household most often
collect water for other purposes (cooking and handwashing).

304
 If the answer of the respondent is either codes ‘11’ or ‘12’, skip to N08. If the answer of the
respondent is either codes ‘61’ or ‘71’, skip to N05.

Refer to the instructions and response categories on items N01 and N02 on how to answer
this item.

N04: Source of water location

Ask the respondent, “Where is that

source located?”. Select the answer of the
respondent. If the answer of the respondent is
either code ‘1’ or ‘2’, skip to N08.

N05: Length of time to collect water

Question on the length of time to collect water is used as an indirect measure of the amount
of water available and assess whether the household has sustainable access to water.
This question is used to find out how convenient the location of the source of water is to from
the dwelling for household using a water source outside their dwelling.

If the answer in N04 is code ‘3’ for Elsewhere, ask the respondent, “How long does it
take for members of your household to go there, get water, and come back?”.
Enter the estimated time (in minutes) it takes by the usual mode of transport to get to the water
source, wait to get water, and get back to the dwelling. Convert from hours if necessary.

Enter the time it takes to get water by whatever means of transportation the person
generally uses, whether the person walks or rides a motor vehicle.

If the respondent tells you that the

water is delivered to their dwelling,
a situation that could arise if the water
comes from a water refilling station
(code ‘72’), select ‘000’, then skip to
N08.

If the respondent does not know

how long it takes, select ‘998’ for Don’t know.

N06: Name of household member hauling the water

The purpose of this question is to find out the age and gender of the person who usually
performs the task of hauling water. This will provide an understanding of whether water hauling
responsibilities are given to members of a particular sex and age group. Gender divisions in
water-fetching responsibilities have broader implications for social equality.

305
 Ask the respondent, “If water is
communal/shared, who usually fetches
the water in the household?”. The list of
names of the household members will
automatically appear when you use the
CAPI application. Select the name of the
household member who collects the water
for the household.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Enter the line number of the household member in the boxes provided.

If the person who usually collects water for the household is not a household member,
select ‘96’.

N07: Distance of source of water from the housing unit

This question aims to find out how convenient the household is in collecting water from the
source.

Ask the respondent, “How far is this

water source from your house?”. Ask
whether the household’s source of water is
within the household’s premises or far from
the house. Tact is needed to gather this
information. Ask probing questions when
necessary. Enter the distance in meters.

N08: Kind of toilet facility

The purpose of this question is to obtain a measure of the sanitation level of the household
since water supply and toilet facilities are important determinants for disease control and health
conditions.

306
 Ask the respondent, “What kind of
toilet facility do members of your
household usually use?”. Select the
respondent’s answer. If there is other
answer, select ‘99’ for Others, specify,
and enter the other kind of toilet facility on
the space provided.

Refer to the table below for the

possible categories of the types of toilet
facilities with their corresponding codes
and definitions. Take note of the skipping
to be followed for each code.

A flush toilet uses a cistern or holding

tank for flushing water and has a water
seal, which is a U-shaped pipe below the
seat, or squatting pan that prevents the
passage of flies and odors. A pour flush
toilet uses a water seal. Unlike a flush
toilet, a pour flush toilet uses water poured
by hand for flushing (no cistern is used).

Skipping
Code Categories Definitions
instruction
IMPROVED SANITATION FACILITY
11 Flush/pour flush A system of sewer pipes, also called as sewerage, that
to piped sewer is designed to collect human excreta (feces and urine)
system and wastewater and remove them from the household
environment.

A sanitary sewer or foul sewer is an underground

carriage system specifically designed for transporting
sewage from houses and commercial buildings through
pipes to treatment facilities or for disposal. Sanitary
sewer is part of an overall system called sewage system
or sewerage.

307
 Skipping
Code Categories Definitions
instruction
12 Flush/pour flush An excreta collection device consisting of a water-tight
to septic tank settling tank normally located underground, away from
the house or toilet.

A septic tank is a chamber made of concrete, fiberglass,

polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or plastic, through which
domestic wastewater used in areas that are not
connected to the sewerage system.

13 Flush/pour flush It refers to a system that flushes excreta to a hole in the

to pit latrine ground and has a water seal.

21 Ventilated A type of pit latrine that is ventilated by a pipe extending

improved pit above the latrine roof. The open end of the vent is
latrine covered with gauze mesh or fly-proof netting and the
inside of the superstructure is kept dark.

308
 Skipping
Code Categories Definitions
instruction
22 Pit latrine with Uses a hole in the ground for excreta collection and has
slab squatting slab, platform, or seat (made of concrete, steel,
or wood to allow standing with ease) that is firmly
supported on all sides, easy to clean and raised above
the surrounding ground level to prevent surface water
from entering the pit.

31 Composting A toilet into which excreta and carbon-rich material are

toilet added (vegetable wastes, straw, grass, sawdust, ash),
and special conditions are maintained to produce
inoffensive compost.

309
 Skipping
Code Categories Definitions
instruction
UNIMPROVED SANITATION FACILITY
14 Flush/pour flush It refers to excreta being deposited in or nearby the
to open drain household environment (may have water seal but
deposited not into pit, septic tank, or sewer); excreta
may be flushed to the street, yard/plot, drainage way or
other location.

15 Flush/pour flush It refers to a system in which the excreta and wastewater

to don’t know are flushed to depository/place not known to the
where household.

23 Pit latrine Uses a hole in the ground for excreta collection and
without does not have a squatting slab, a platform, or seat. An
slab/open pit open pit is a rudimentary hole in the ground where
excreta is collected.

41 Bucket Refers to the use of a bucket or other container for the

retention of feces (and sometimes urine and anal
cleaning material), which is periodically removed for
treatment or disposal.

310
 Skipping
Code Categories Definitions
instruction

51 Hanging A toilet built over the sea, a river, or other body of water
toilet/latrine into which excreta drops directly.

71 Public toilet A room or small building with toilets and sinks that does GO TO N12
not belong to a particular household. Rather, the toilet is
available for use by the general public, customers,
travelers, employees of a business, school pupils,
prisoners, among others.

OPEN DEFECATION
95 No facility/ This includes excreta wrapped and drown with garbage, GO TO N12
disposal of the ‘cat’ method of burying excreta in dirt, defecation in
human feces in the bush or field or ditch, and defecation into surface
fields, forests, water (drainage channel, beach, river, stream, or sea).
bushes, open

311
 Skipping
Code Categories Definitions
instruction
bodies of water,
beaches, or
other open
spaces
99 Others, specify Categories that do not fall in the abovementioned
_____ categories.

N09: Location of the toilet facility

This question aims to collect

information on the location of the toilet
facility. The first two options, ‘in own
dwelling’ and ‘in own yard/plot’, establish
the household’s access to its own
sanitation facility.

Ask the respondent, “Where is this

toilet facility located?”. Select the respondent’s answer among the choices given.

N10: Sharing of toilet facility

It is still very common to see households sharing one toilet facility. Though the households
sharing the toilet have access to a sanitation facility, this is NOT considered an improved
sanitation facility. This question serves as a follow-up question to a household with a toilet
facility but allows others who are not
members of the household to use it as well.

Ask the respondent, “Do you share

this facility with others who are not
members of your household?”. Select
‘1’ for Yes, or ‘2’ for No corresponding to
the respondent’s answer. If code ‘2’ is
selected, skip to N12.

N11: Toilet facility used by general

public

Ask the respondent, “Do you share

this facility only with members of other
households that you know or is the
facility open to the use of the general
public?”.

Select code ‘1’ if toilet facility is shared with known households (not public). Otherwise,
select code ‘2’ if toilet facility is shared with the general public.

312
 N12: Waste disposal

The proportion of households with

access to sanitary manner of garbage
disposal provides knowledge of the
population’s environmental living conditions
and is, therefore, essential for health
planners in the formulation of plans and
programs for the improvement of general
health conditions.

Ask the respondent, “In what ways

does your household dispose of its
garbage/solid wastes?”. Record the
category corresponding to the household
practices in garbage/waste disposal. If
there is other answer aside from the given
choices, select ‘Z’ for Others, specify, and
enter in the space provided the answer of
the respondent.

Code Description
A Segregating waste refers to waste segregation done by household within the housing
unit, or by using a designated area with containers for different types of wastes in a
waste facility of a building with multiple housing units. Based on the law, the solid
waste container depending on its use shall be properly marked or identified for on-site
collection as “compostable”, “non-recyclable”, “recyclable”, or “special waste”.

B Letting garbage truck collect waste - when the local government/barangay or a

private contractor manages the systematic collection of garbage in the community
through the use of garbage truck/cart.

C Recycling/reusing at home refers to the treating of used or waste materials through

a process of making them suitable for beneficial use and for other purposes, and
includes any process by which solid waste materials are transformed into new
products in such a manner that the original products may lose their identity, and which
may be used as raw materials for the production of other goods or services: Provided,
That the collection, segregation, and re-use of previously used packaging material
shall be deemed recycling under this Act. (Source: RA 9003)

D Selling/giving away recyclables

E Composting refers to the controlled decomposition of organic matter by micro-

organisms, mainly bacteria and fungi, into a humus-like product. (Source: RA 9003)

F Burning when the household dumps its garbage in an open space or pit and burns it.

G Dumping in pit with cover when garbage is simply thrown in pits with cover, whether
inside the yard or vacant lot, and left to decay.

H Dumping in pit without cover when garbage is simply thrown in pits without cover,
whether inside the yard or vacant lot, and left to decay.

313
Code Description
I Throwing in uninhabited locations when garbage is thrown in esteros, vacant lots,
rivers, and others.

Z Others, specify - when the household disposes its garbage in a manner different from
those mentioned above (e.g., feeding to animals).

HANDWASHING

The next questions measure a key aspect of personal hygiene that has implications on the
health of all household members. This seeks to establish the presence of a handwashing
facility, and availability of water and soap near the handwashing facility for the use of a
household member after using toilet facility. The presence of a handwashing facility with water
and soap is an indicator of a safely managed sanitation facility.

N13: Handwashing facility

The question would like to learn about where members of this household wash their hands
after using toilet facility. These questions measure a key aspect of personal hygiene that has
implications on the health of all household members.

This question would like to establish the presence of handwashing facility that is available
to a member of the household after using a toilet facility. The presence of handwashing facilities
with water and soap is an indicator for safely managed sanitation facility.

Open the topic by saying:

“We would like to learn about where members of this household wash their hands
after using the toilet facility.”

Then, ask the respondent, “Can you please show me where members of your
household most often wash their hands after using the toilet facility?”. Politely request
for permission you be allowed to go and see the place where members of the household most
often wash their hands after using the toilet facility. Record the observation made in the facility.

If the respondent indicates that there is no

fixed place for handwashing, but rather the
household uses a basin and jug of water or
another type of mobile handwashing station,
ask permission to see it.

There are instances where the respondent

did not allow you to observe the place where
the household often wash their hands. In this
case, select code ‘5’ for No permission to see.

If the reason why the handwashing facility

is not observed due to other reasons, select ‘9’
for Others, specify. Then, enter in the field or

314
space provided the other reason given by the respondent.

If the answer of the respondent is either code ‘4’, ‘5’, or ‘9’, skip to Section O.

N14: Presence of water in handwashing facility

This data item records the presence and/or availability of water near the handwashing
facility that will make it functional. If there is a faucet, there is a need to check if there is running
water as well.

Observe the presence of water at the

place for handwashing. Verify by checking
the tap/pump, basin, bucket, water
container, or similar objects for presence of
water. If you are able to observe either the
fixed place or the mobile handwashing
station, select ‘1’ if water is available, or
‘2’ if water is NOT available.

N15: Availability of soap/detergent

With available water, soap/detergent

completes the requirements for a functional
handwashing facility. The soap/detergent
must be readily available or accessible to a
household member after using the toilet.

Observe the presence of soap or detergent. Select ‘1’ for Yes or ‘2’ for No as observed or
provided by the respondent. If the answer is code ‘2’, skip to Section Q.

N16: Type of soap/detergent available

Observe the handwashing facility.

Select all that applies.

FOR PAPI ONLY: Select ‘1’ for Yes, or

‘2’ for No for each category corresponding
to the household’s available
soap/detergent.

If there is other material used to wash

hands, select code ‘Z’. Then, specify in the field or space provided and proceed to Section O.

8.9.19 SECTION O – Housing Characteristics

315
General instructions in filling out items for this section

Please be guided by the following instructions in recording answers to the POPCEN-CBMS

Form 2 questions on housing characteristics:

1. Each question is to be answered by selecting the code corresponding to the

answer in the field or space provided.

2. Answer items O01 (Type of building), O02 (Number of floors of the building),
O03 (Construction materials of the roof), and O04 (Construction materials of the
outer walls) based on observation. However, if doubtful, ask the respondent.

3. Ask item O05 (Finishing materials of the floor of the housing unit), O06
(Construction materials of the floor of the housing unit), and O10 (Year Building
was Constructed) from the respondent of from any of the households residing in
the same building, i.e., if there are more than one housing unit/household in the
building), preferably the respondent of the first household interviewed.

4. In general, all households in the same building would have the same answers in
items O01 to O06, and O10. However, on items O04 to O06, it is possible for the
households to have different answers, especially if there are two or more housing
units in the building.

5. For item O07 (Floor area of the housing unit), if there are two or more households
in a housing unit, ask the respondent of any of the households living in that same
housing unit (preferably, the respondent of the first household interviewed) for the
best estimate of the floor area of the housing unit.

6. For multiple households living in the same housing unit, copy the entries in items
O01 to O08, and O10 of the first household interviewed to the corresponding
questionnaire items of the other households.

7. For households with more than six members, that is, two or more POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 are used, the first booklet should have entries in the certification, Geo-ID,
and interview record portion; and population and housing/household census items.
In the succeeding booklets, however, the interview record portion and
housing/household census items should be left blank.

8. For buildings or housing units that are vacant (HSN 99999), used only as a rest
house or vacation house (HSN 88889), whose occupants are excluded in the
enumeration (HSN 88888), or who’s occupied by non-usual residents (NUR) with
HSN 77777, fill out only the following portions/items in POPCEN-CBMS Form 2:
• Certification and Geo-ID portions;
• Mode of data collection and geotagged X-Y coordinates in the
summary of visit portion; and
• Items O01 to O04

9. For households enumerated in temporary evacuation center/relocation areas, that

is, those with BSN 55555 and HUSN 55555, all population census questions in
Sections A to E, F, J, L, and M should have entries. However, the rest of the
housing/household questions in POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 should be left blank.

10. For homeless or persons living in the streets or without a shelter, that is, those with
60000 BSN and HUSN, all population census questions and Item O01 should have

316
 entries. The rest of the housing/household questions (Sections F to N and data
items O02 to O14) in POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 should be left blank or skipped.

Specific Instructions in Filling Out Items for this Section

Items O01 to O09 pertain to the characteristics of the household and building/housing unit
presently occupied by the household.

Begin by reading the section introduction to the respondent:

“The last set of questions will ask about the characteristics and amenities of your
housing unit and your household conveniences.”

O01: Type of building

The distribution of households by type of building

supplies information about the available housing
accommodation, patterns of living, and building trends in
a particular area. Such details are essential for planning
future housing needs. Specifically, for housing programs,
such information is required to determine the number of
households that need to be provided with housing.
Moreover, the number of households living in marginal
housing units (commercial, industrial, or agricultural
buildings, including barns, warehouses, mills, offices, and
other structures such as boats that are used as living
quarters) provides an approximation of the housing
needs in an area.

Answer through observation. If in doubt, ask the

respondent, “What is the type of building occupied by
your household?”.

Select the category as provided by the respondent.

Below are the descriptions of the types of building.

Skipping
Code Response Category Definition
Instruction
01 Single house An independent residential
structure intended for the
occupancy of one household,
separated by an open space or
walls from all other structures.

It includes the so-called “nipa

hut”, a small house that is built as
a more or less permanent
housing unit, or a barong-barong
which is made of
salvaged/makeshift/improvised
materials.

317
 Skipping
Code Response Category Definition
Instruction

02 Duplex A residential structure intended

as a place of abode for
households, each of which has
complete living facilities. It is
divided vertically or horizontally
into two separate housing units,
which are usually identical.

03 Apartment/accessoria/rowhouse An apartment is a structure

usually having several storeys,
with three or more independent
entrances from internal halls or
courts.
An apartment has one common
entrance from the outside.

An accessoria/rowhouse is a
one- or two-floor structure divided
Apartment into three or more housing units,
each of which has a separate
entrance from the outside.

318
 Skipping
Code Response Category Definition
Instruction
Accessoria/Rowhouse

04 Condominium/condotel A condominium is a building

where the housing units are
owned individually but the land
and other areas and facilities are
commonly owned.

A condotel is a condominium that

is operated as a hotel but at the
same time offers short-term
rentals.

05 Other multi-unit residential This refers to a building with three

building (3 or more units) or more housing units not
classified in category “Apartment/
accessoria/rowhouse” and
category “Condominium/
condotel”.

An example of this is a tenement.

Tenement

06 Commercial/industrial/agricultural A building that is not intended for

(e.g., office, factory, barn) human habitation but is used as
a living quarter of a household at
the time of the census/survey.

Commercial building -
a building built for transacting
business or for rendering
professional services, such as a
store, office, warehouse, rice
mill, and others.
Commercial Building
Industrial building - a building
built for processing, assembling,
fabricating, finishing, and
manufacturing or packaging
operations, such as a factory,
plant, and others.

319
 Skipping
Code Response Category Definition
Instruction

Agricultural building -
any structure built for agricultural
purposes, such as a barn,
Industrial Building
stable, poultry house, granary,
and others.

Agricultural Building

07 Institutional living quarter Includes hotel, motel, inn,

(e.g., hotel, hospital, convent, jail) boarding house, dormitory,
pension or lodging house, and
other permanent structures that
provide persons with lodging/
accommodation and/or meals on
a fee basis. It also includes a
building intended for persons
confined to receive medical,
charitable and/or other services
such as hospital, rehabilitation
center, and residential care
facilities; for persons detained
such as jail and penal colony,
and other building such as
Hotel
convent, school dormitory, and
others.

Also considered as institutional

living quarter are camps which
are defined sets of premises
originally intended for the
temporary accommodation of
persons with common activities
or interests such as military
Dormitory camp, as well as other camps
established for the housing
needs of workers engaged in
mining, agriculture, public works,
or other types of enterprises.

320
 Skipping
Code Response Category Definition
Instruction

Jail

08 None (homeless, cart) Category for homeless persons END

living/sleeping in streets, carts, or INTERVIEW
without a shelter.

09 Other types of building/housing This refers to a living quarter, GO TO O11

unit (e.g., bus/trailer, boat), which is neither intended for
specify _____ human habitation nor located in
permanent building but is,
nevertheless, used as a living
quarter at the time of the
census/survey. Trailers, barges,
bus, boats, abandoned trucks,
culverts, and tents fall into this
category.

10 Temporary Evacuation Center/ This refers to a place where END

Relocation Area (e.g., school, evacuees are brought before, INTERVIEW
gym, relocation housing) during, and after calamities/
disaster such as but not limited to
typhoon, floods, landslides,
earthquake, or fire for care,
safety, and protection.

NOTES:
Please be reminded of the following:

1. Multi-unit residential building is a building intended primarily for residential use.

It may consist of one or more storeys in a row of three or more housing units,
separated from each other by walls extending from the ground to the roof, or a
building having floors to accommodate three or more housing units. Categories ‘03’
to ‘05’ are kinds of multi-unit residential buildings.

321
 2. A building that was originally constructed as a single or duplex house, but now
partitioned into three or more rooms/group of rooms (with separate entrances from
a common hall or passage), whose outside structure or appearance was not
changed will still be classified as a single house or a duplex house.

3. When a building is intended partly for residential purpose and partly for commercial
or industrial use, record the type of building (item O01) as single house (code ‘01’),
duplex (code ‘02’) or multi-unit residential (codes ‘03’, ‘04’ or ‘05’) if half or more of
the building is residential.

O02: Number of floors of the building

This item should be answered based

on observation. If in doubt, ask the
respondent, “How many floors are there
in this building?”. Enter the number of
floors in the space provided.

Attic/basement/mezzanine is considered as a floor provided that any household member

uses that floor as sleeping area.

O03 to O06 Construction Materials of the Roof, Outer Walls, and Floor

Data on the construction materials of the roof, outer walls, and floor of the building/housing
unit provide information on the construction, replacement, and improvement status of buildings/
housing units. These items can be used as proxy variables to measure the economic
condition/status of a household.

Moreover, data on these items can be used in evaluating construction statistics,

programme implementation, and in estimating investments for housing construction. They are
also useful in determining the number of households residing in structurally acceptable
building/housing units.

Structural acceptability of a building/housing unit implies that the building/housing unit is

made of strong and/or durable construction materials that will safeguard its occupants from
adverse climatic conditions and provide protection and privacy.

322
O03: Construction materials of the roof

323
 Roofing material refers to the
material used as a roof covering. These
are commonly placed on top of purlins,
and act as covering to protect the
occupants of the household from external
environmental factors such as rain, heat,
etc. Common examples of roofing
materials are galvanized iron sheets, nipa,
etc.

This item should be answered based

on observation. If in doubt, ask the
respondent, “What is the main
construction material of the roof of this
building/housing unit?”. The categories
for the kind of construction materials of the
roof are listed in the screen. Select the
corresponding construction material used
for the roof.

If two or more kinds of roofing materials are used, report the material used in most parts of
the building. More specifically, report the roofing material used over the main portion of the
building (usually containing the living room/sala and bedroom).

If the kind of material/s used for the roof falls under category Others, specify, select code
‘9’ and enter the specific material/s in the field or space provided. Classify Hardieflex under 99-
Others, specify. Kindly encode Hardieflex in the specify field.

324
 O04: Construction materials of the outer walls

Ask the respondent, “What is the

main construction material of the outer
walls of this building/housing unit?”.

Select among the choices of the kind

of construction material used for the outer
walls of the building provided above.
Fill out this item based on your observation,
but if in doubt, ask the respondent about
the material used for the outer walls.

For a two-storey building in which the

ground floor is walled with concrete/brick/
stone while the second floor has walls
made of wood, select ‘03’ for
half concrete/brick/stone and half wood.
However, for a two-storey building,
especially in rural areas wherein the
ground floor is used in raising poultry or
storing grains, farm implements, and others, report the main material used for the walls on the
second floor.

For a building with outer walls made of a combination of different materials, report the
predominant material used for the outer walls. If the kind of material used for the outer walls
falls under category Others, specify, select ‘99’ and specify the material used for the outer
walls of the building. If a building has no walls but is occupied by a household, select ‘09’ for
None. Classify Hardieflex under 99-Others, specify. Kindly encode Hardieflex in the specify
field.

325
 O05: Finishing material of the floor of the housing unit

Finishing materials of the floor refer to

the materials used to give comfort and
protection to persons and enhance the
aesthetic appearance of the housing unit.

Select or write the code corresponding

to the finishing material used for the floor of
the housing unit. Fill out this item based on
your observation if you are able to enter the
housing unit. Otherwise, if you are not able
to enter the housing unit, or when you are in
doubt, ask the respondent.

If two or more kinds of finishing

materials for flooring are used, report the
material used in most part or main portion
of the housing unit, usually the living room/sala and bedroom. If the materials are more or less
equally distributed, report the material that is most durable.

If the kind of finishing material used for the floor falls under the category “Others”, select or
write code ‘9’ and specify the material used for the floor of the housing unit in the field provided.
Classify Hardieflex under 99-Others, specify. Kindly encode Hardieflex in the specify field.

Example:

326
 O06: Construction materials of the floor of the housing unit

Ask the respondent, “What is the

main construction material of the floor
of this housing unit?”.

If two or more kinds of main flooring

materials are used, report the material used
in most part or main portion of the housing
unit, usually the living room/sala and
bedroom. If the materials are more or less
equally distributed, report the material that
is most durable.

If the kind of main material used for the

floor falls under the category “Others”,
select code ‘9’ and specify the material used for the floor of the housing unit in the field provided.
Classify Hardieflex under 99-Others, specify. Kindly encode Hardieflex in the specify field.

Refer to the matrix below when answering this item.

Answer in O05 Acceptable answer in O06

Code Description Code Description
1 Ceramic tile/marble/granite 1 Concrete
2 Cement/brick/stone 1 Concrete
5 Earth/sand/mud
3 Wood plank 1 Concrete
2 Wood
5 Earth/sand/mud
4 Wood tile/parquet 1 Concrete
2 Wood
5 Vinyl/carpet tile 1 Concrete
2 Wood
6 Linoleum 1 Concrete
2 Wood
3 Coconut lumber
4 Bamboo
5 Earth/sand/mud

327
 Answer in O05 Acceptable answer in O06
7 or 9 None or Others, specify 1 Concrete
2 Wood
3 Coconut lumber
4 Bamboo
5 Earth/sand/mud
6 Makeshift/salvaged/improvised materials
9 Others, specify _____

O07: Floor area of the housing unit

Ask this item from any responsible member of a household, preferably the first household
interviewed in the housing unit.

Data on floor area can provide information on the current status of the density of occupancy
of existing housing units in the country. It can also be used by planners and policymakers in
coming up with housing standards that could provide adequate housing space to a level
consistent with the maintenance of health and general living conditions of the occupants.

Density of occupancy is expressed as the number of persons per unit of floor area.
This can be used as a measure of housing adequacy.

Ask the respondent, “What is the estimated

floor area of this housing unit?”. Enter the
estimated floor area in square meters.

Floor area refers to the area or space

enclosed by the exterior walls of the housing unit. In case of housing units with several floors
or storeys, get the area of each floor/storey in square meters, and add them together to get the
total floor area of the entire housing unit.

If the respondent does not know the floor area of the housing unit, help him/her
approximate the floor area using any of the following methods: (1) meter stick, (2) visual
approximation – using your eyes only, or (3) pace factor. Familiarize yourself with the length of
a meter so that you can do visual approximation.

Below is a conversion table for your additional reference.

1 meter 3.28 feet

1 meter 1.09 yard
1 square meter 10.76 square feet
1 square meter 0.0001 hectare
10,000 square meters 1 hectare

Refer to following sample illustration and procedures in estimating the floor area of a two-
storey building.

328
 The illustration shows the width and the length of the floor spaces of a building.

To get the estimated floor area (EFA) of the ground floor, multiply the length by its width:

EFAGROUND FLOOR = 6 meters x 7 meters = 42 sq m.

Use the same formula for the second floor:

EFASECONDFLOOR = 6 meters x 10 meters = 60 sq m.

To get the total estimate floor area (TotalEFA) of the building/ house, add the EFA of the
ground and second floor:

TotalEFA = EFAGROUNDFLOOR + EFASECONDFLOOR = 42 + 60 = 102 sq m.

For this example, the answer is 102 sq m.

NOTE:
Garage area and ground floor used in raising poultry or storing grains and farm
implements is EXCLUDED in the estimation of floor area of the housing unit.

O08: Number of bedrooms

A bedroom is a separate space for sleeping quarters or where household members usually
sleep.

329
 Politely ask where the household
usually sleeps. Then ask, “How many
bedrooms does this unit have?”. Enter
the number of bedrooms in the boxes
provided.

If there is NO separate space for

sleeping quarters and the household members sleep, dine, socialize, etc. in a common area in
the house, then enter ‘00’ in the field or boxes provided.

Looking at this layout, a housing unit consists of three bedrooms wherein the occupants
share the common areas such as the living area, dining area, kitchen, and toilet. However, this
can be treated as three housing units if each room has its own facilities for cooking, dining, and
sleeping.

O09: Tenure status of the housing unit and lot

Data on the tenure status of the

housing unit and lot are also useful for
housing priorities and policies, in the
promotion of house and lot ownership, and
identification of groups that needs housing
assistance. The extent to which the
households own or rent the buildings/living
quarters that they occupy is of special
significance to housing programs.

Ask the respondent, “What is the

tenure of the housing unit and lot
occupied by this household?”.
Select the answer as provided by the
respondent. The categories for the tenure

330
 status of the housing unit and lot are as follows:

Code Categories Description

1 Own or owner-like possession of The household is the owner and has legal
house and lot possession or claims the ownership of the housing
unit and lot. Amortized or paid housing unit and lot
on an installment basis is considered as “own or
owner-like”. Consider as “own or owner-like” a
housing unit and lot that is being amortized or paid
on an installment basis.

A house and lot are held under heirship if they it is

inherited even if the title of ownership has not been
transferred to the heir(s) yet.
2 Own house, rent lot The household owns the house but rents the lot, in
cash, or in kind.
3 Own house, rent-free lot with consent The household owns the house but occupies the lot
of owner with permission of the owner and does not pay any
rent, in cash or in kind, to the owner, tenant/lessee,
or subtenant/sub lessee.
4 Own house, rent-free lot without The household owns the house but occupies the lot
consent of owner without permission of the owner.
5 Rent house/room, including lot The household pays rent, either in cash or in kind,
for the house/room (including lot) that it occupies.
6 Rent-free house and lot with consent The household occupies the house and lot,
of owner rent-free, with consent or permission of the owner.
7 Rent-free house and lot without The household occupies the housing unit and lot,
consent of owner without consent or permission of the owner.

O10: Year the housing unit/building was constructed

Knowing the year of construction will help improve the assessment of the resilience of a
housing unit against different hazards. The deterioration of the building can be approximated
by the building age wherein the deterioration of the roof framing system severely affects the
resilience against severe wind hazards. Aside from deterioration, a housing unit can be
classified into a pre-code building depending on the year of construction. This information will
be helpful in the assessment of the resilience of a housing unit against seismic hazards.

Ask the respondent, “When was the

housing unit/building constructed?”.
Enter the year of construction in the field or
boxes provided in a YYYY format.

According to UP Institute of
Civil Engineering, when any major
renovation or rebuilding is done to the beams, columns, and roof frames of a building, this is
when you should consider the year of renovation as the new year of construction. When a
specific element/s is/are rebuilt, this will indicate that almost all the components contributing to
the resilience of a structure towards hazards were also affected.

“Renovations” involving refurnishing of finishings such as tileworks, furniture, or interior

partition should NOT be considered as a new year of construction.

331
 O11: Electricity

Ask the respondent, “Is there any

electricity in the building?”.
A response of code ‘1’ for Yes means that
the household uses electricity that is
provided either by national or community
electric companies or cooperatives, or powered using a generator, solar power, or battery, or
other sources of electricity. A response of code ‘2’ for No means that the household has no
access to electricity.

O12: Fuel for lighting

The proportion of households with access to electricity will allow planners to identify areas
where community lighting needs to be provided. Data on types of fuel for lighting can be
analyzed to forecast future demands for various sources of energy, hence, help planning for
power installations.

Ask the respondent, “What type of

fuel/energy source does this household
use for lighting?”. Select the code
corresponding to the fuel used by the
household for lighting. Select ‘9’ for
Others, specify if the answer is not
included among those in the list. Then,
specify in the field or space provided the
type of fuel used by the household for
lighting.

If two or more types of fuel for lighting

are used, except electricity (for instance,
kerosene and oil, oil and candle, and other combinations), select the code corresponding to
the type of lighting used most of the time.

332
 O13: Fuel for cooking

Information on fuel for cooking is relevant in assessing energy planning decisions, energy
conservation programs, and in developing marketing strategies. It also serves as a benchmark
for the study of changes in household energy use and user patterns over time. Likewise, it is
helpful in monitoring supply and demand requirements for alternative fuels.

Ask the respondent, “What type of fuel/energy source does this household use most
of the time for cooking?”. Select the code corresponding to the fuel used by the household
for cooking.

If the household uses a power-

generating machine for cooking, choose
the fuel used to run the generator. If two or
more kinds of cooking fuel are used (for
instance, electricity and LPG, LPG and
wood, kerosene and charcoal, and other
combinations), choose the fuel used most
of the time for cooking.

Select code ‘9’ for Others, specify if

the answer is not included in the list.
Then, specify the type of fuel used by the
household for cooking in the field or space
provided.

333
 O14: Presence of household conveniences/information and communications
technology (ICT) devices/vehicles

This question is asked to account for the conveniences or appliances and other assets that
the household owns. Do NOT include household conveniences, ICT devices, and vehicles
used mainly for the household’s business purposes. The data on the ownership of
conveniences provides proxy variables for economic status of the family. It is also important
for public information and education through identification of the means of communication,
which the population can be reached easily. The data on ownership of motor vehicles provides
information about access to private transport.

This item provides information on housing conveniences and information and

communications technology (ICT) devices/vehicles, the presence of which in the household
indicates the means of communication through which the population can be most easily
reached. This also provides a basis for leisure statistics. The presence of vehicles in the
household provides data about access to private transport. It can also provide information for
the construction of roads/bridges and solutions to traffic problems. In general, the presence of
household conveniences/devices can be used as proxy indicators in determining the socio-
economic status of the household.

Ask the respondent, “How many of each of the following items does the household
own?”. Read out the following one by one. Specify the number of each household
convenience, ICT device, and vehicle.

Code Categories Code Categories

Household Conveniences Vehicles
A Refrigerator/freezer M Car
B Air conditioner N Van
C Washing machine O Jeep
D Stove with oven/gas range P Truck
ICT Devices Q Motorcycle/motor scooter
E Radio/radio cassette (AM, FM, and R E-bike
transistor)
F Television S Tricycle (for errands and travel)
G Audio component/stereo set/ T Bicycle
karaoke/videoke
H Landline/wireless telephone U Pedicab
I Cellular phone (Basic or with button V Motorized boat/banca
keypad)
J Cellular phone (Modern or smart phone) W Non-motorized boat/banca
K Tablet
L Personal computer (e.g., desktop, laptop,
notebook, netbook)

INCLUDE EXCLUDE
a. owned vehicles that are used by a. any aforementioned household item, which has not
the household and its members for been in working condition for six months or longer
both personal and livelihood (although intended to be repaired)
purposes b. vehicles (e.g., car/jeep/van/truck, motorcycle/motor
scooter, tricycle, e-bike, bicycle, pedicab,
motorized banca/boat or non-motorized banca/
boat), which are used exclusively or solely for
business purposes

334
335
8.10. Common Concerns During Enumeration and its Recommended Actions

Common observations and concerns in the previous rounds of CBMS during enumeration and its
recommended actions are as follows:

Topic Concern Recommendation

General • Not stating the introductory • State introductory statements at the
comments statements at the start of each start of each section.
section. • Always refer to the CBMS
• Translating the questions in Resources application when not
Tagalog incorrectly. sure of the translation or definitions
• Not using the CBMS application • For each question, always consider
and CBMS Resources application other HH members when asking the
for data collection and translation. household questions.
• Not considering other HH members • Don’t assume anything when asking
aside from the respondent in asking the respondent. Ask what is in the
the household questions (from questionnaire. You can probe and
Section F onwards). site examples. Use the suggested
• Asking leading questions such as translation in the application.
“Mag-asawa po kayo, 'di ba?”, • Always mention reference periods.
“Nakapagtapos naman po kayo Questions/sections refer to different
lahat?”, among others. reference periods. Respondents
• Not mentioning about the reference might be confused when switching
periods when asking questions on from one section another.
Sections F. Health, G. Food
Security, J. Negative Shocks and
Disaster Preparedness, K. Internet
Access, M. Social Protection
Programs.
Ethnicity Asked for the province of all HH It is not enough to just ask what province
members. Not probing further about the did the HH member come from. You can
HH member’s ethnicity. ask for the ethnicity of the HH member’s
parents to know their ethnicity.
Marital Status Not asking/assuming the marital status Do NOT skip these questions when you
of HH members. use PAPI. Refer to the CBMS Resources
Religion Not asking the religious affiliation of HH application if you are unsure of the
members. concepts and definitions.
OFW Not asking if any of the HH members is
members an OFW. Making the respondent share
it first.
Migration Not asking the questions on C02 to
C06.

Functional Asking only the respondent whether all Ask respondents if there are HH
Difficulty HH members are normal (leading members who have functional
question). difficulty/disability instead.

Economic Not asking questions on E02 (Did not Do NOT skip these questions when you
characteristics work but have a job or business in the use PAPI. Refer to the CBMS Resources
past week), E12 (Want more hours of application if you are unsure of the
work), E13 (Look for work or try to concepts and definitions.
establish a business), and
E15 (Availability for work).

336
 Topic Concern Recommendation
Occupation Not asking probing questions enough to Ask specifically, i.e., employment status
and industry identify the right PSOC and PSIC for the (i.e., permanent, temporary, etc.),
where HH primary occupation and industry where specific industry, specific position,
members HH members worked. employer (i.e., private, public, etc.)
worked
Food Security Asking only two out of the eight Ask ALL questions to the respondent.
questions in Section G.
It is recommended to mention first the
reference period at the beginning. Then,
ask each question in Section G
emphasizing the underlined phrases.

Formal Not citing examples and not probing on Give examples of the financial accounts
Financial the availability of formal financial stated in the questionnaire.
Account accounts.

Internet • Not asking if the HH owns or pays Refer to the CBMS Resources
access for the internet connection available Application if you are unsure of the
at home (K02). concepts and definitions used.
• Confused in coding the type of
internet connection present at home
(K03).

Public Safety Not emphasizing the phrase “at night” in Read and translate the entire question
L01. as is. Use the translation in the CBMS
application.
Health Not generalizing “HMO” (i.e., specifically Mention “HMO” first, then give examples
insurance mentioning “Medicard”, “Intellicare”, of HMO.
etc.)

Water supply Not asking questions N02 (main source Do NOT skip these questions when you
of drinking water) and N03 (main source use PAPI. Refer to the CBMS Resources
of water used for handwashing and application if you are unsure of the
cooking). concepts and definitions.
Housing Not asking questions on waste disposal,
characteristics fuel for lighting and cooking. Not
verifying materials of roof, outer walls
and floor of the housing unit.

8.11. Households Responding via Paper-and-Pencil Interview

When information about the household and its members could not be obtained through use of CAPI
application or tablet, implement PAPI:

Pre-Enumeration

1. Implement all pre-enumeration activities.

2. Write the region, province/HUC, city/municipality, and enumeration code.

Enumeration

337
1. Record location using paper map. Put geoID (BSN, HUSN, HSN) on the POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2.
2. Introduce yourself to the household respondent.
3. Tell him/her the objectives of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.
4. Ask the respondent if he or she is available for interview.
5. Indicate date and time began for the visit.
6. IF AVAILABLE FOR INTERVIEW:
a. Cover page
i. Record name of household head.
ii. Record name of respondent.
iii. Record address.
iv. Record contact number and email address.
b. POPCEN
i. Record all names of household members (A01).
ii. If there are more than six household members, get another
booklet.
iii. Record responses for relationship to head (A02) until sex (A05)
for each household member starting with the household head
(LN1).
iv. Record responses for birth registration status (A06) until ethnicity
(A09) for each household member starting with the household
head (LN1).
v. Record responses for simple literacy (A10) and highest grade
completed (A11). Write in specify space the specific course or
degree finished. Code after the PSCED.
vi. Ask if there are other household members.
c. Request for consent to be interviewed in CBMS
i. Ask the 3 questions.
ii. Follow the skipping instructions. Record refusal if necessary.
d. CBMS
i. Proceed to Section B.
ii. Based on answers in household membership relations (A02), record nuclear
family assignment for all household members (B01).
iii. Record the relationship to the head of nuclear family (B02).
iv. Ask questions on status of PhilID receipt (B03) to PCN (B04) for each
household member starting with the household head.
v. Ask those 10 years old and over questions on solo parent (B05) and solo
parent ID (B06) with the first viable household member.
vi. Ask those who are 60 years old and over if they have a Senior Citizen ID
(B07) with the first viable household member.
vii. Ask respondent if there are household members who are pregnant (B08) and
lactating/breastfeeding mothers (B09). If the answer is yes, ask who among
the household members are pregnant and lactating/breastfeeding. Check
with household member status of those not mentioned but viable household
members (10-59 years old and female) starting with the first viable household
member.
viii. Ask questions PWD (B10) to type of disability (B12) starting with the head.
ix. Ask questions on functional difficulty (B13 to B18) with the first viable
household member.
x. Ask question on citizenship (C01) for each household member starting with
the head.
xi. Ask question on overseas Filipino (C02) for each household member starting
with the viable household member.
xii. Ask questions on residence for at least 3 months (C03) to date of movement
(C05) for each household member starting with the head.
xiii. Ask question on internal displacement (C06) for each household member
starting with the head.

338
 xiv. Ask questions on current school attendance (D01) to grade or year currently
being attended (D03) for each household member starting with the viable
household member.
xv. Ask question on reason for not attending school (D04) for each household
member starting with the viable household member.
xvi. Ask questions on TVET (D05) to TVET programs attended (D07) for each
household member starting with the viable household member.
xvii. Ask questions on work in the past week (E01) to location of work (E04) for
each household member starting with the viable household member.
xviii. Ask questions on primary occupation (E05) to want more hours per week
(E12) for each household member starting with the viable household
member.
xix. Ask questions on look for work (E13) to willing to take work (E16) for each
household member starting with the viable household member.
xx. Ask questions on famer and/or farm worker (E17) to fisherfolk (E18) for each
household member starting with the viable household member.
xxi. Introduce that there will be questions about households. Ask questions on
Section F.
xxii. Ask questions on Section G. Read the questions as stated. No shortcuts.
xxiii. Ask the question on Section H.
xxiv. Mention the introductory statement. Specifically, since the aim of the CBMS is
to identify possible beneficiaries for social protection programs, the CBMS
Ask the question on Section I. Read each type of financial account.
xxv. Ask questions on Section J.
xxvi. Ask questions on Section K.
xxvii. Ask questions on Section L.
xxviii. Ask questions on Section M.
xxix. Ask questions on Section N. Follow instructions including the observation of
handwashing facility.
xxx. Ask questions on Section O. Observe also and probe if the housing
characteristics are not apparent.
xxxi. Thank the respondent.
e. Form 3
i. Mention again the objectives of the CBMS, particularly as the main data
source of the national government and LGUs for use in identifying possible
beneficiaries for social protection programs.
ii. Explain that by signing this form, the respondent is allowing the PSA and
LGUs to share their data to national government agencies with social
protection programs.
iii. Let the respondent write his/her name and sign the form.
iv. Put the date and geoID. Sign the form as the one who acknowledged.
7. Thank the household member.
8. Record the time ended, result of visit (POPCEN and CBMS). If the interview is completed,
terminated, refused, entire household is away, please record the total number of visits made,
number of household members, number of males, number of females, number of nuclear
families, mode of data collection, status of signing Form 3 and mapping.
9. Accomplish and post the sticker or Form 12.
10. Record the household interview in the Form 1.
11. Sign certification.
12. FOR CAPI areas: When CAPI application is available, encode accomplished Forms 2 and 3
collected via PAPI.
13. FOR PAPI areas: Submit to TS the accomplished forms for manual editing. These will be
encoded in the DPS.

339
8.12. Households Responding Thru Self-Administered Questionnaire

When information about the household and its members could not be obtained through personal
interview, provide the household with a POPCEN-CBMS Form 10. The procedures in administering
POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 are as follows:

Pre-Enumeration

1. Write your name, address, contact number, and email on the front page of the POPCEN-
CBMS Form 10. Indicate also the office address, contact number, and email of the PSA
Provincial Statistical Office. Write also the name and code of the province, city/municipality,
and barangay and EA number in the geographic identification panel of the form.

Enumeration

1. Geotag the building. Determine the location of the building/s in the digital/printed map.

For CAPI, impute the BSN and fill in the required information in the QField app. For PAPI,
plot the location of the building in the printed map.

2. Introduce yourself to the household respondent.

3. Tell him/her the objectives of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.

4. Ask the respondent if he or she is available for interview.

5. In the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, indicate date and time began for the visit.

6. Ask the head, spouse or any responsible member of the household for the name of the
household head, address of the household, and total number of household population by
sex. Ask also the contact number and email address of the respondent. Indicate these in
the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app and POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

7. In POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 (Page 10A), specify the appointment date in the

corresponding box. Record date and time of appointment. Write also the contact details of
the EN.

8. Provide him/her with the required number of POPCEN-CBMS Form 10. Make sure that the
geo-ID portion of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 that you will provide to the household is
completely filled out.

Discuss the general instructions for the SAQ. Inform the respondent that there are concepts
and definitions for terms used in the form.

Mention the need to read the Form 3 before signing it. Inform the respondent on the need
to put name and signature on the space provided.

9. Fill out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 (Sticker) and write “X” in the box corresponding to
“callback". Write also the date of listing before posting this form.

10. Indicate the designation of the person who will collect the accomplished forms (i.e., “C/O
EN” or “C/O TS”) and the date and time when the forms will be collected in the POPCEN-
CBMS CAPI app and remarks portion (Column 18) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. Record the
time ended, contact details of household, as well as result of visit (POPCEN and CBMS)
equals to callback in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

340
 11. Thank the household member.

12. Make sure to collect the accomplished questionnaires on the agreed date and time. Review
the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 for completeness, consistency, and accuracy
before leaving the household. Field edit (write geoIDs and completeness of entries) while
possible and onsite.

13. Update status in Form 1.

If your TS collects the accomplished questionnaires from the household, ask from him/her
these forms during your weekly meetings. Indicate the date the form was collected in the
remarks.

14. Match the entries in the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 with the corresponding
entries in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. In case of inconsistency, the entries in POPCEN-CBMS
Form 10 should prevail.

15. Encode the entries from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 to the corresponding digital form in
the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app.

In cases when only the building administrator or official from homeowner’s association is available for
you to talk to, use and distribute also POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 following the procedure as follows:

Pre-Enumeration

1. Write your name, address, contact number, and email on the front page of the POPCEN-
CBMS Form 10. Indicate also the office address, contact number, and email of the PSA
Provincial Statistical Office. Write also the name and code of the province, city/municipality,
and barangay and EA number in the geo-ID portion of the form.

Enumeration

1. Geotag the building/place of meeting. Determine the location of the building/s in the
digital/printed map.

For CAPI, impute the BSN and fill in the required information in the QField app. For PAPI,
plot the location of the building in the printed map.

2. Introduce yourself to the building administrator or focal person who is tasked to distribute
the forms in SAQ/Form 10 on your behalf.
3. Tell him/her the objectives of the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.
4. Indicate date and time began for the visit.
5. Ask the building administrator about his name and contact details. Record these in the
CAPI app.

6. In POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 (Page 10A), specify the appointment date in the

corresponding box. Record date and time of appointment. Write also the contact details
of the EN.

7. Provide him/her with the required number of POPCEN-CBMS Form 10. Make sure that
the geo-ID portion of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 that you will provide to the household
is completely filled out.

341
 Discuss the general instructions for the SAQ. Inform the respondent that there are
concepts and definitions for terms used in the form.

Mention the need to read the Form 3 before signing it. Inform the respondent on the need
to put name and signature on the space provided.

8. Fill out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 (Sticker) and write “X” in the box corresponding to
“callback". Write also the date of listing before posting this form.
9. Coordinate with the building administrator on the geotagging of the households with SAQ.
10. Indicate the designation of the person who will collect the accomplished forms (i.e., “C/O
EN” or “C/O TS”) and the date and time when the forms will be collected in the POPCEN-
CBMS CAPI app and remarks portion (Column 18) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. Record
the time ended, contact details of household, as well as result of visit (POPCEN and
CBMS) = callback in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.
11. Thank the building administrator or focal person. Indicate date and end time of the visit.
12. A day before pickup date, issue a reminder. Reiterate the appointment/pickup date and
schedule.
13. Make sure to collect the accomplished questionnaires on the agreed date and time.
Review the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 for completeness, consistency, and
accuracy before leaving the household. Field edit (write geoIDs and completeness of
entries) while possible and onsite.
14. Update status in Form 1.

If your TS collects the accomplished questionnaires from the household, ask from him/her
these forms during your weekly meetings. Indicate the date the form was collected in the
remarks.
15. Match the entries in the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 with the corresponding
entries in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. In case of inconsistency, the entries in POPCEN-
CBMS Form 10 should prevail.

16. Encode the entries from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 10 to the corresponding digital form
in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app.

342
 Instructions in Accomplishing
9 CBMS Form 3: Consent
Form/Waiver

This chapter provides instructions on how to administer and record responses to the CBMS Form
3 (Consent Form/Waiver). It also discusses the legal basis for administering the form. The field
enumerator conducting the data collection shall ask the respondents of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2
whether they would like to make an explicit waiver to authorize the city or municipality and PSA to
disclose their identities and other relevant information about their household to the government
agencies which provide social protection programs for them through the CBMS Form 3.

9.1 Objectives of the CBMS Form 3

The CBMS Form 3 aims to solicit consent of the respondent for Sections B to O of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2 for city/municipal LGU and the PSA to be able to share to other National Government
Agencies (NGAs) the data collected from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for social development programs.

9.2 Contents of the CBMS Form 3

343
 The following are parts of the CBMS Form 3, for your information:
1. CBMS Form Number
2. Approval Number
3. Expiry Date
4. Logo and Header of PSA
5. PSA Website QR Code
6. Title of the Form

Meanwhile, the following are parts of the CBMS Form 3, for your respondent:
1. Statements in the Form
2. Signature over Printed Name of Respondent/Authorized Representative of Respondent
3. Date Respondent Signed

The CBMS Form 3 aims to solicit consent of the respondent for Sections B to P of POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 for city/municipal LGU and the PSA to be able to share to other National Government Agencies
(NGAs) the data collected from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for social development programs.

9.3 Legal Basis for the Consent Form/Waiver

Section 10 (Confidentiality of Information), RA 11315 states that:

“The right to privacy of every respondent remains inviolable. The citizen participating in the
data collection shall be fully informed of the nature and extent of processing intended for his or
her personal data. Participation in all data collection activities is purely voluntary”.

This meant that respondents may refuse to answer any question or reveal any information at any
point or terminate data collection activities with no further action needed. It is also possible that the
respondents may opt to share or not share the data they have provided in the CBMS to government
agencies other than the PSA and the LGUs.

The law also mandates the person conducting the data collection, i.e., the enumerator or “the
person conducting the data collection” to ask the respondents whether they would like to make an
explicit waiver to authorize the city and municipality to disclose their identity and other relevant
information about their household to the government agency which provides social protection programs
for them”. It is in this context that the CBMS Form 3 was designed in order to organize recording of
consent from household respondents from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

Section 3 (Definition of Terms), RA 10173 refers to consent of a data subject as “to any freely
given, specific, informed indication of will, whereby the data subject agrees to the collection and
processing of personal information about and/or relating to him or her. Consent shall be evidenced by
written, electronic or recorded means. It may also be given on behalf of the data subject by an agent
specifically authorized by the data subject to do so”. In this regard, the CBMS Form 3 will be
administered electronically by gathering the signature or fingerprint photo capture of the respondent. In
cases, when use of tablet is not possible, the CBMS Form 3 can be administered using a printed form.

It is also important to emphasize that soliciting consent from a data subject or respondent will
involve partly the need for the PSA enumerator to be able to explain well the objectives and uses of the
POPCEN-CBMS data. Objectives and uses of the POPCEN-CBMS data are presented in Chapter 1 of
this manual. Allowing the respondent to know more about how his/her household can benefit from
agreeing to sign the CBMS Form 3 can possibly encourage them to share their data.

It should also be emphasized that it is important that the respondent be a responsible member of
the household to represent the household. The head of the household or his/her spouse is often the

344
most qualified respondent. The enumerator is advised against soliciting the waiver/consent of the
household helpers or boarders on behalf of the household.

In cases of outright refusal to participate in the POPCEN-CBMS, termination of interview or refusal

to respond to some data items, please refer to Section 3.9 (How to Handle Enumeration Problems) of
this document. In such cases, there is no need for the PSA enumerator to secure a written reason from
the respondent, and there will be no need to mention that the PSA will undertake legal action against
the respondent for refusing to answer the POPCEN-CBMS unlike other census operations of the PSA.
Relatedly, the PSA will not take legal action to respondents who will not provide consent to share their
data to other government entities via CBMS Form 3. However, the enumerator and the supervisor
should exert all efforts to solicit or convince the respondent to share their data in order for the goals and
objectives of the CBMS Act to be adequately met.

9.4 Procedure on How to Administer the Consent Form/Waiver

The CBMS Form 3 only applies to households which were interviewed, i.e., Result of Visit is
Completed (code ‘1’) or Terminated Interview (code ‘5’). Callback (code ‘2’) will have to be categorized
to category ‘1’ or ‘3’ in Result of Visit before the CBMS Form 3 can be administered.

Refusals (code ‘4’) and special cases (code ‘3’) will not need a CBMS Form 3.

Case 1 – Respondent accomplishes the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (Household Profile

Questionnaire).

After recording the respondent’s answers in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2, the CBMS Form 3 will
appear in the CAPI application. Follow the procedure below for administering the CBMS Form 3:

1. Thank the respondent for responding to the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. Introduce the need for
you to get his/her consent for the PSA and the LGU to share his/her data and his/her
household’s data to government agencies with social development programs that might help
them.

Maraming salamat po sa kumpleto ninyong pagsagot sa aking

mga katanungan! Gaya po ng aking nabanggit sa simula ng aking
panayam sa inyo, ang Community Based Monitoring System
(CBMS) ay naglalayon na malaman ang estado ng kahirapan sa
inyong lungsod/munisipalidad at matukoy ang mga posibleng
benepisyaryo ng mga programa ng lokal na pamahalaan. Isa rin
po sa mga nais ng CBMS ay makapagbigay impormasyon sa mga
ahensya ng gobyerno na nangangailangan ng listahan ng mga
posibleng benepisyaryo ng mga programa para sa kahirapan at
kabuhayan na isasagawa sa buong bansa. Kami po ay
magpapapirma sa inyo ngayon ng CBMS Form 3 (Consent
Form/Waiver) na nagsasabing kayo po ay pumapayag na aming ibabahagi ang inyong
impormasyon sa iba pang ahensya ng gobyerno na may mga programang makatutugon
sa kahirapan at pangangailangang pangkabuhayan na maaari rin ninyong kabilangan kung
papasa po kayo sa pamantayan ng mga ahensyang ito.

2. It is also highly encouraged that you read the full contents of the CBMS Form 3 so that the
respondent understands what document he or she is signing.

345
3. There may be cases when the respondent might need time to read the contents of the consent
form/waiver. You may hand a printed copy to him/her.

4. CASE 1A: If the respondent agrees to sign the waiver, record his/her name. Then you may do
any of the following:

4.1 Hand the stylus of the tablet to the respondent for him/her to use for her electronic signature
over printed name. Record the date when the CBMS Form 3 was signed. Indicate ‘1’ for
Yes in Q1 (Did the respondent sign the waiver?) at the lower portion of the CBMS Form 3.

NOTE:
In CAPI, ask the respondent to affix his/her signature over his/her printed name.

4.2 Use the printed CBMS Form 3. Write his/her name in the space provided. Hand him/her
the pen so he or she can affix their signature over printed name. As the enumerator, sign
the form as well. Please indicate his line number and select ‘1’ for Yes in Q1 (Did the
respondent sign the waiver?) at the lower portion of the CBMS Form 3. Capture a
photograph of the signed document.

5. In cases when the respondent is unable to provide his/her signature due to physical limitations
or inability to write, he/she may also use a printed copy where he/she can affix her fingerprint.
Otherwise, he/she may be represented by the household head who may either give his/her
signature in the respondent’s behalf. Below the line number of the respondent, record the line
number of the signatory for documentation purposes.

6. CASE 1B: Write “REFUSED TO GIVE CONSENT” on the space provided for the signature and
name of the respondent. Select ‘2’ for No in Q1, and then choose among the categories in Q2
the main reason behind his/her refusal to sign the waiver. The following are the listed
categories:

Code Description
1 Concern on the use of CBMS against the respondent or his/her
household members
2 Not interested in availing government social protection programs
3 Cannot understand the contents of the waiver even after the
explanation of the enumerator
4 Terminated HPQ interview
9 Others, specify _____

In CAPI format of the CBMS Form 3, you can automatically select ‘2’ for No in Q1 and then
select among the choices the main reason behind his/her refusal to sign the waiver. There is
no need for you to write again his/her name and the note “REFUSED TO GIVE CONSENT” on
the space provided for signature.

7. If the CBMS Form 3 is administered in CAPI, the response to the CBMS Form 3 will be
automatically fed to the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (Listing Form). If the CBMS Form 3 is
accomplished in PAPI, the enumerator shall capture a photo of the CBMS Form 3 and upload
this as an attachment in lieu of the photo capture of the signature or response of the
respondent. By doing this in CAPI, the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 should also be updated to
reflect the response of the respondent on CBMS Form 3. The accomplished CBMS Form 3 in
paper format shall also be kept by the enumerator.

346
 8. The enumerator will have to indicate his/her name and affix his/her signature as well as the
date of the acknowledgement of the response of the household respondent to the CBMS Form
3. The name and signature need not be entered to the CAPI system.

9. The enumerator shall also record the PSGC code, EA ID, BSN, HUSN and HSN. These details
need not be entered if the HPQ and waiver are administered through the CAPI system.

10. The Team Supervisor (TS) will check the completeness of each consent form/waiver and alert
the enumerator for any revision or incomplete fields in the CBMS Form 3.

11. The respondent may opt to capture a photo of the CBMS Form 3 for his/her record.

12. Refrain from having erasures in the printed copy of the CBMS Form 3. Should there be
revisions/corrections to be made on the printed copy, initials of the enumerator must be affixed
in the erasures.

Please refer to Illustrations 10.1 and 10.2 for reference on how to fill out a printed copy of
CBMS Form 3 under cases 1A and 1B, respectively.

Case 2 – Respondent of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 refused to be interviewed.

There will be no CBMS Form 3 for those households labeled as Refused (code ‘4’) in Result of
Visit.

Case 3 – Respondent of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 terminated the interview.

In such case, follow the procedure as presented for Case 1. Partial responses to the HPQ may
already be useful and can be used for targeting and poverty alleviation programs.

If the respondent refuses to give his/her consent due to termination of interview, indicate in code 4’
for Terminated interview in Q2. Refer to Illustration 10.3 for an example of an accomplished CBMS
Form 3 with a terminated interview and the respondent does not want to share his/her household’s
data.

347
 ILLUSTRATION 10.1
FILLED OUT CBMS FORM 3 UNDER CASE 1-A
(Completed Interview and Respondent gave consent)

348
 ILLUSTRATION 10.2
FILLED OUT CBMS FORM 3 UNDER CASE 1-B
(Completed Interview but Respondent did not give consent to share their data to NGAs)

349
 ILLUSTRATION 10.3
FILLED OUT CBMS FORM 3 UNDER CASE 3
(Terminated HPQ Interview and Respondent does not like to share his/her household’s data)

350
9.5 Special Cases in Administering the CBMS Form 3

Case 4 – Respondent is unable to read or write (physical restrictions or not literate).

Guidelines:

● Read aloud the Filipino translation of the consent form/waiver.

● Request for thumbmark.
● With his/her consent, capture a photo of the CBMS Form 3 with his/her thumbprint.

ILLUSTRATION 10.4
FILLED OUT CBMS FORM 3 UNDER CASE 4
(Respondent is unable to write)

351
Case 5 – Household head/other responsible household member would like to sign on behalf of
the respondent.

Guidelines:

● Use printed CBMS Form 3. Record the name of signatory and ask him/her to append his/her
signature.
● Indicate the line number of the respondent and line number of signatory in the corresponding
boxes.
● Capture photo of accomplished CBMS Form 3 using the official tablet.
● The signatory should be a legal guardian of the respondent/participant, or any responsible
member of the household (preferably the household head) assigned by the respondent.

ILLUSTRATION 10.5
FILLED OUT CBMS FORM 3 UNDER CASE 5
(Authorized representative of the respondent signed the CBMS Form 3)

352
Case 6 – The enumerator forgot to have the respondent/participant sign the waiver.

Guidelines:

● Go back to the household.

● Request the respondent to fill out the consent form/waiver.
● Report to the TS if you were unable to go back and secure the consent form/waiver from the
respondent. (TS to report through MIS.)

NOTE:
Signing the consent form/waiver should be done right after administering the POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2 (HPQ).

Case 7 – The enumerator misplaced the consent form/waiver.

Guidelines:

● Go back to the household.

● Request the respondent to fill out the consent form/waiver.
● Report to the TS if you were unable to go back and secure the consent form/waiver from the
respondent.

NOTE:
The enumerator might be held liable for losing the waiver or any other questionnaires/data.
Please handle respondent data with care. You might be held liable under RA 11315 and
RA 10172 if such data are mishandled.

Case 8 – The respondent has few questions in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 which he or she
refused to answer.

Guidelines:

● There is a need for the enumerator to request the respondent to sign the consent form/waiver.
● Follow the instructions based on Case 1.

9.6 Closing the Interview

Below are instructions in closing the interview when implementing CAPI:

1. Record time ended. Use 24-hour format, e.g., 10:00 to represent 10:00AM, or 13:40 to
represent 1:40PM. Click Next button.
2. Check the duration of the interview in minutes. Then, click the Next button.
3. Check household head details. Then, click the Next button.
4. Check details of the household’s address. Then, click the Next button.
5. Check details in the Summary of Visit.
• Number of visits made
• Number of household members
• Number of males
• Number of females
• Number of nuclear families
6. Write Remarks if deemed necessary. Then, click the Next button.

353
 7. Select Yes, when asked to “Accept this case?”.
8. Click OK, when this window appears: “CSEntry will exit”.
9. Check if the interview is recorded in the Completed tab in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application.
10. Check completeness of tablet paraphernalia (e.g., stylus, etc.).
11. Thank the respondent.
12. Post the sticker (POPCEN-CBMS Form 12) in a conspicuous place (front gate, door, etc.).
Follow the Instructions in Filling Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12.
13. Record the interview in the printed POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

If PAPI is being implemented, follow these instructions.

1. Record Result of Visit and Summary of Visit.

2. Certify by writing the following:

• EN code
• Signature and printed name

3. Check if you have the copies of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (all booklets) and CBMS Form 3.
4. Thank the respondent.
5. Post the sticker (POPCEN-CBMS Form 12).
6. Record the interview in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

9.7 Reviewing and Submitting the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 and CBMS Form 3

Below are instructions in reviewing the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 responses and CBMS Form 3
before submission to the server, i.e., the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 case is still in the Completed tab:

1. On the Completed tab, run Error List in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application. Consult with
TS/CAS as necessary.

2. To view the waiver of a particular case, click Waiver in the case in the Completed tab in the
POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application. Check if the image is clear and satisfies the standard.

3. To modify entries within the HPQ, click Modify in the Completed tab in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application.

a. Refer to EN Manual.
b. For TS/CAS, refer to instructions on how to scrutinize POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

354
 c. You can also opt to view the error list, and from there go directly to the data item or
response with issue.
d. Save before closing the HPQ CSEntry application.
e. Run again the Error List.
f. Modify again as necessary. Prioritize edits that need to be made pertaining to
demographics, education, economic characteristics, health, health insurance, WASH,
housing, “others, specify” and “FOR FURTHER VERIFICATION” that are for recoding,
etc.

To submit the POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 and 3 via the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application or when
CAPI is implemented, the following is the procedure:

1. To upload a single case/an HPQ, make sure you are connected to the internet. Then, click
Upload in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application.

2. Check if the interview/HPQ is recorded in the Uploaded tab in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application. Check also if the update was reflected in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in the
POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application.

3. To submit all complete HPQs, click Batch Upload in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application. Check
also if the update was reflected in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI
Application.

4. Check also POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 (Daily Accomplishment Report of EN).

When using the PAPI method, please follow these instructions in reviewing and submitting the
accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 and 3:

1. Refer to the EN Manual/CBMS Resources app to check inconsistencies and in completing the
codes in the questionnaire.

2. Record daily outputs in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 (Daily Accomplishment Report of EN).

3. Consult with TS/CAS as necessary. Some reviewed HPQs will be returned to EN if needs
revisiting/ reinterview of household.

4. Submit all accomplished paper questionnaires and forms to TS every week during the meeting.
Use the POPCEN-CBMS Transmittal Form.

After connecting to the internet and syncing your application, view the For Updating tab in your
POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application > POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. POPCEN-CBMS Form 2s in this tab
need to be updated based on the instructions from the TS/CAS.

1. View the TS/CAS instructions.

2. Revise as instructed or reinterview with household. You may also talk with your supervisor to
be clarified with his/her instructions.
3. Save before closing the HPQ CSEntry application.
4. Run the Error List.
5. Add Remarks or justifications as may be necessary.
6. Submit or upload the revised accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. Note that the TS/CAS
will return the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 until such time passes their review and scrutiny. They
will do this in order to improve quality of data collected from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

355
 Instruction in Accomplishing POPCEN-
10 CBMS Form 1: Listing Record

This chapter provides detailed instructions on how you will accomplish POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.
See Appendix 1 for a copy of this form.

POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 will be used to list in a systematic manner all the basic units for
enumeration such as a building, housing unit, household, and ILQ. It is also used to record the
population in each occupied building, housing unit, and ILQ in the barangay or EA. Notes about the
households/ILQ (i.e., appointment date for callbacks and collection of SAQ, other information about the
interview/household/ILQ, etc.) will likewise be written in this form. The POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 will
assist the enumerator in monitoring the buildings, housing units, households, and ILQs covered.

The POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 is to be accomplished manually by the EN in printed copy after

administering POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 (HPQ) or 10 (SAQ for HP) and 3 (Waiver) or 11 (SAQ for
Institutional Population) for CAPI and PAPI areas.

In CAPI, the entries will be copied from the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application’s output (Form 1),
which will be automatically generated from the accomplished Forms 2 and 11.

The POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 is an eleven-page listing record. The first page of this questionnaire
contains three sections, namely:

1. Title Panel
2. Geographic identification (Geo-ID) Panel
3. Certification Panel

The second to eleventh page of this form contains the listing records and page totals. Moreover,
there is also a note portion in each page. The listing records of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 has a total of
100 rows.

10.1 Title Panel

This panel is found at the uppermost part of the first page of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. The Title
Panel contains the following:

● Form Type, PSA Approval Number, and Expiry Date

● PSA and Bagong Pilipinas logo and Name of the Country/Agency
● Name and Logo of the Activity and Form Title
● Letter from the National Statistician

The listing record provided to you will be accounted for until the end of the enumeration. Hence,
do not lose the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 since all accomplished and unused questionnaires will be
returned to the PSA through your TS at the end of the enumeration period.

10.2 Geographic Identification Panel

The Geo-ID Panel contains the following:

● Booklet Number and Total Booklets Used

356
● Name and Code of Province/HUC, City/Municipality, and Barangay
● Enumeration Area Number

Geographic Identification

Secure from your TS the Geo-ID of the area assigned to you. The Geo-ID consists of the
geographic name and corresponding code of the province/HUC, city/municipality, and
barangay. It also includes the EA number.

Write the name of the province/HUC, city/municipality, and barangay on the lines, and enter
their corresponding codes in the boxes. Also, write the EA number in the corresponding boxes.

NOTE:
Fill out the Geo-ID portion before going out to the field for data collection.

Take note of the following special cases:

1. There are barangays that have numbers as their name (for instance, Barangay 384).
Do not use these numbers as the barangay code. Use the code provided to you by
your TS.

2. There are cities/municipalities that have the same name as their province. Examples
are: Municipality of Siquijor and Siquijor province, Batangas City and Batangas
province, municipality of Bulacan and Bulacan province, and others. In these cases,
write the name of both the province and city/municipality in their respective lines. Refer
to the example below.

Example:

3. There are provinces that have almost similar names. Examples are those which
originated from provinces that have been subdivided, such as Agusan, Camarines,
Cotabato, Davao, Ilocos, Lanao, Leyte, Misamis, Mindoro, Negros, Samar, Surigao,
and Zamboanga.

In these cases, write the complete name of the province. The table below shows the
list of provinces with almost similar names:

Incomplete Name Complete Name of the Province

Agusan Agusan del Norte Agusan del Sur

Camarines Camarines Norte Camarines Sur

Cotabato Cotabato (North Cotabato) South Cotabato

Davao Davao de Oro, Davao del Norte, Davao Occidental,

Davao del Sur Davao Oriental

357
Incomplete Name Complete Name of the Province

Ilocos Ilocos Norte Ilocos Sur

Lanao Lanao del Norte Lanao del Sur

Leyte Leyte Southern Leyte

Misamis Misamis Occidental Misamis Oriental

Mindoro Occidental Mindoro Oriental Mindoro

Negros Negros Occidental Negros Oriental

Samar Eastern Samar, Northern Samar Samar (Western Samar)

Surigao Surigao del Norte Surigao del Sur

Zamboanga Zamboanga del Norte, Zamboanga Sibugay

Zamboanga del Sur

4. For the purposes of POPCEN-CBMS, each of the HUCs (including municipality of

Pateros and City of Isabela) is treated as province. For instance, the City of Manila
should be reported as a province. Moreover, the areas or “districts” in the
City of Manila, such as Binondo, Ermita, Intramuros, Malate, Paco, Pandacan, Port
Area, Quiapo, Sampaloc, San Miguel, San Nicolas, Santa Ana, Santa Cruz, Tondo will
be treated as cities/municipalities.

For the rest of the HUCs such as City of Mandaluyong, City of Marikina, City of Pasig,
Quezon City, City of San Juan, City of Davao, City of General Santos, and others, leave
the line for the city/municipality name blank and indicate “00” in the corresponding
boxes.

Below is the list of all HUCs, municipality, and component city that will be treated as
province:

Region/Province HUCs/Municipality/City
NCR City of Manila, City of Mandaluyong, City of Marikina,
City of Pasig, Quezon City, City of San Juan, Caloocan
City, City of Malabon, City of Navotas, City of
Valenzuela, City of Las Piñas, City of Makati,
City of Muntinlupa, City of Parañaque, Pasay City,
Municipality of Pateros, Taguig City
Benguet City of Baguio
Pampanga City of Angeles

358
 Region/Province HUCs/Municipality/City
Zambales City of Olongapo
Quezon City of Lucena
Palawan City of Puerto Princesa
Negros Occidental City of Bacolod
Iloilo City of Iloilo
Cebu City of Cebu, City of Lapu-Lapu, City of Mandaue
Leyte City of Tacloban
Zamboanga del Sur City of Zamboanga
Lanao del Norte City of Cagayan de Oro
Misamis Oriental City of Iligan
Davao del Sur City of Davao
South Cotabato City of General Santos
Agusan del Norte City of Butuan
Basilan City of Isabela

10.3 Certification Panel

Fill out this portion only after you have listed the last building, housing unit, household, or ILQ.
Clearly print your full name in capital letters on the line and sign over it. Your signature attests to the
completeness and accuracy of the listing record that you have accomplished. Also indicate the date
(MM/DD) when you affixed your signature.

Your TS and CAS will also write their TS/CAS code, full name with signature, and the date when
they had reviewed the booklet for completeness and correctness of entries.

10.4 Listing Record

The order of listing is by row. This is important because each row represents a basic unit to be
listed such as a building, housing unit, household, or ILQ.

Column 01 – Line Number

There are 100 lines in one booklet of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. The line numbers in this column
are pre-printed.

Column 02 – Date of Visit

Write the month and day when you started the listing and enumeration. The date corresponds
to the first household that you have listed during the first day of enumeration. Thus, if you visited
the household on July 15, which is the start of the enumeration, write ‘07/15’. Note that the month
and day of visit should be written in two (2) digits. For the succeeding households, write only the
day of the visit. For example, if you visited the next household on the same day (July 15), write only
‘15’ in this column. In the same manner, if you visited a household on July 16, write only ‘16’ in this
column, and so on.

359
 If the enumeration falls on August 01, write ‘08/01’ to indicate the change in the month of visit.
Write only ‘01’ for the succeeding households listed on the same day.

To mark the end of the enumeration in the barangay/EA, write ‘00’ in Column 02, immediately
after the last line that was filled out.

Column 03 – Number of Visit

Write the total number of visits after the household was successfully interviewed.

Column 04 – Building Serial Number (BSN)

The Building Serial Number (BSN) is a five-digit number assigned to each building. The BSN
assigned to each building is indicated on the map. Copy the BSN of each building that qualifies for
listing from the EA/block map to this column. Ensure that the BSN corresponds to the building
structure being listed.

360
 Below are the special cases in listing the BSN.

SPECIAL CASE 1:

Exclude in Form 1 the buildings/housing units that are reflected in the map, but at the time
of visit, they were found to be:

a. open to elements, that is, the roof and walls are no longer a protection from the wind
and rain, and there are no signs that deterioration is being prevented;
b. destroyed/ demolished;
c. purely commercial/industrial/agricultural buildings; and
d. out of scope such as waiting shed, guard house, etc.

SPECIAL CASE 2:

Write as range the BSNs and HUSNs of two or more consecutive VBLDGs and VHUs if:

a. they are owned by only one person/entity, i.e., subdivision name;

b. they are buildings in a newly constructed subdivision, which has no occupants yet; and
c. they are newly constructed townhouses and condominiums which have no occupants
yet.

Then, write the address of the buildings/housing units in Column 08.

99999

NOTE:
Consider these cases in counting the Total Number of Buildings and Total
Number of Vacant Buildings.

Column 05 – Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN)

The HUSN is a five-digit number assigned consecutively to each occupied and vacant housing
unit. This number indicates the order of listing of the housing units in the barangay/EA. Assign an
HUSN of ‘00001’ to the first housing unit that you list, ‘00002’ to the second, and so on, up to the
last housing unit in the barangay/EA.

361
 There are special BSNs and HUSNs that will be used in the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS. These are
as follows:

Special BSN and

Case Description
HUSN
55555 The BSN and HUSN that will be assigned to households found in
temporary evacuation centers or relocation areas. (The detailed
instructions will be discussed on Section 10.6 of this chapter).
60000 The BSN and HUSN that will be assigned to every homeless or
persons/households living in the streets or without a shelter.

Column 06 – Household Serial Number (HSN)

The HSN is a unique five-digit number assigned consecutively to each household. This number
indicates the order of listing of the households in the barangay/EA. Assign an HSN of ‘00001’ to
the first household, ’00002’ to the second household, and so on, until you have listed all the
households in the barangay/EA.

The following are the special HSNs that will be used in the POPCEN-CBMS:

Special HSN Case Description

77777 A household occupying a housing unit, which is not its usual place of
residence (NUR). For instance, (i) students and workers who go home
to their families somewhere else at least once a week or (ii)
economically dependent children residing in another housing unit.
88888 A household of a foreign ambassador, minister, consul, or other
diplomatic representatives, who are excluded from the enumeration.
88889 A household temporarily occupying a housing unit that is used only as
a vacation/rest house (VRH). In this case, the household has a usual
place of residence somewhere else.
99999 The HSN is assigned to a vacant building (VBLDG) or vacant housing
unit (VHU).

362
Column 07 – Institutional Serial Number (ISN)

The ISN is a unique five-digit number assigned consecutively to each Institutional Living
Quarter (ILQ). This number indicates the order of listing of the ILQs in the barangay/EA. Assign an
ISN of ‘00001’ to the first ILQ, ‘00002’ to the second ILQ, and so on, until you have listed all the
ILQs in the barangay/EA.

REMINDER:
HUSNs and HSNs are assigned only to households. Leave Column 07 (ISN) blank
when listing a household.

ISN is assigned to ILQs. Leave Column 05 (HUSN) and Column 06 (HSN) blank
when listing an ILQ.

Column 08 – Name of the Household Head or Name/Type of the ILQ and Address

The first row in this column is allotted to the name of the household head. The second row in
this column is for the address of the household.

Write in capital letters the name of the head of the household on the first row of Column 08.
Write the name in the format “Last Name, First Name, Suffix (if applicable), Middle Name”. For an
ILQ, write the name of the ILQ such as Palm Residential Care Facility, Reception and Study Center
for Children (RSCC), New Bilibid Prison, National Center for Mental Health, and Camp Capinpin.

If the ILQ has no official name, write the name of the person or entity that manages it and the
type of ILQ, as in the following examples: HELEN's Boarding House and Marcus Inn.

Enter the house/building number, street, and/or sitio/purok (also include unit number if
available) on the second row of Column 08. However, if there is no house/building number, enter
only the street or sitio/purok name (for example, SITIO LABAK or PUROK DOS) or the common
name by which the area is known (for instance, BREAKWATER or BIAK-NA-BATO). If the
households in the barangay/EA have a common address, write the description of a permanent
landmark near the area (for example, NEAR LOURDES GROTTO or CEMENT PLANT SITE).
These descriptions will be useful in locating these households during the supervision or in future
statistical undertakings.

Examples of addresses:

1. 34 Avocado Street or 287-C Ermin Garcia Street

2. Building-based addresses
● Unit 21 Greenbelt Residences, 37 Esperanza Street
● Unit 206, The Hope Condominium Tower 2, Chino Roces Avenue
● 8th Floor, Philippine Company Tower, No. 30 EDSA corner Bonifacio Avenue
3. Village-based Addresses
● 95 JayLee Street, Sofia Subdivision
● 11 Main Avenue, Merville Park Subdivision
● Lot 4, Block 6, President Roxas Street, South Admiral Village
363
 4. Provincial addresses
● 1128 Purok Ibayo
● Purok 4, near Purok Center

If the HSN assigned is a special HSN, write the following notations on the first row (Name of
the household head) of Column 08 and write the corresponding address on the second row:

Special HSN Case Description

77777 Write NUR-, and the name of the household head of the non-usual
residents
88888 Write the name of the household head of a foreign ambassador, minister,
consul, or other diplomatic representatives, who are excluded from the
enumeration.
88889 Write VRH-, and if available write the name of the owner of the
vacation/rest house
99999 Write VBLDG if the entire building is vacant, or VHU if a housing unit in a
building is vacant. If available, write VBLDG- or VHU, and the name of the
owner of the building or the housing unit.

Column 09, 10, 11 – Population Count

Column 09 is for the total number of members in a household or ILQ.

Column 10 is for the total number of male members while Column 11 is for the total number
of female members. Ask for the total number of males and females in the household or institution
and write these numbers in Columns 10 and 11, respectively.

If all the members of the household or institution are males, write ‘0’ in Column 11. If all the
members are females, write ‘0’ in Column 10. If an ILQ is in operation at the time of the enumeration
but does not have occupants who qualify for listing, write ‘0’ in Columns 09, 10, and 11.

If a building or housing unit is vacant, vacation/rest house, occupied by a household having

usual residence elsewhere (NUR), or occupied by a household of a foreign ambassador, minister,
consul, or other diplomatic representative, write ‘0’ in Columns 09, 10, and 11.

364
 IMPORTANCE NOTICE:
For homeless or persons/households living in the streets or public spaces, assign
to each household a BSN of 60000 and HUSN of 60000 in Columns 04 and 05.
Assign an HSN to each household, following the instructions on how to assign
HSNs in Section 5.6.1. In Column 08, write the name of the household head. A
landmark or an approximate location where the homeless is interviewed will
serve as the address. Fill out the population count in Columns 09 to 11.

Column 12 – Geotagged

Use this column to record if the housing unit/ILQ or building was geotagged. Write ‘1’ for Yes
if geotagged. Otherwise, write ‘2’ for No.

Column 13 & 14 – Time Began and Time Ended

Use these columns to record the time the interview started and ended. Follow the HH:MM
format (24-hour format).

Column 15 – Result of Visit

This has three columns intended for the result of visit of the following:
15.1 POPCEN interview – for households and special HSNs
15.2 CBMS interview – for households only
15.3 ILQ – for institutions only

Below are the categories for the result of visit:

For POPCEN (15.1) and ILQ (15.3) For CBMS (15.2)

Code Description Code Description
1 Completed 1 Completed
Entire household is absent/away 2 Entire household is absent/away
2
during the enumeration period during the enumeration period
3 Refused 3 Refused
5 Not Yet Completed (For Callback) 4 Terminated Interview
9 Others, specify 5 Not Yet Completed (For Callback)
* Refer to Section 8.9.3 for the definition of the categories for POPCEN and CBMS and Section 12.5 (Step 5) for ILQ.

365
 If the row is intended for household, leave column 15.3 (ILQ) blank. For special HSNs, leave
columns 15.2 (CBMS) and 15.3 (ILQ) blank. For institutions, leave columns 15.1 (POPCEN) and
15.2 (CBMS) blank

Column 16 – Name of Respondent

Write in this column the name of the respondent during the interview. Write in capital letters the
complete name of the respondent in the format “Last Name, First Name, Suffix (if applicable),
Middle Name”.

Column 17 – Contact Number

Write in this column the contact number of the respondent. The contact number will be used for
further clarification in the review stage of the questionnaires.

Column 18 – Signed the Consent Form/Waiver

Use this column to record if the respondent signed the CBMS Form 3 Consent Form/Waiver.
Write ‘1’ for Yes, otherwise, write ‘2’ for No.

Column 19 – Remarks

For PAPI, use this column to write any of the following:

• Appointment date and time of the callback;

• Date when the respondent was successfully interviewed during a callback;
• Date when the POPCEN-CBMS Forms 10 and 11 will be collected for a household/ILQ
provided with Self-Administered Questionnaire (SAQ);

NOTE:
For household, SAQ is NOT encouraged due to the complex instructions in
the POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

• Number of male and female non-usual residents (HSN 77777);

• Any information pertaining to a household or ILQ, which refused an interview;
• Any information pertaining to a household who provided Form 10 SAQ; Example. “SAQ -
20”
• Any information pertaining to a building or housing unit that is used as a farmhouse;
• Any other notes about the household/ILQ;
• The POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 was encoded in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application after
PAPI implementation; and
• The correct geo-ID if the one generated/recorded in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application
is incorrect.

In CAPI, the listing record is automatically generated from the POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 and 11.
As such, the only way to indicate remarks is by encoding it in the remarks/notes portion of the
corresponding form in the CSEntry Application before accepting the case. Remarks that can be
entered are as follows:

366
 • Number of male and female non-usual residents (HSN 77777);
• Any information pertaining to a household or ILQ, which refused an interview;
• Any information pertaining to a household who provided Form 10 SAQ;
Example. “SAQ - 20”
• Any information pertaining to a building or housing unit that is used as a farmhouse;
• The POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 was encoded in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application after
PAPI implementation;
• The correct Geo-ID if the one generated/recorded in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application
is incorrect; and
• Any other notes about the household/ILQ.

Below are the procedures to be followed in recording the information mentioned on the previous
page:

A. Household for callback

1. Write the date and time of appointment in Column 19.

Example: Suppose you visited a household on July 15, 2024, and there was no available
respondent, write in this column the date of the callback that you indicated in POPCEN-
CBMS Form 14 (Appointment Slip to the Household/ILQ) as a reminder of your
appointment with the household. If you indicated ‘July 20, 9:00’ as the date and time of
your callback in POPCEN-CBMS Form 14, write ‘A-07/20, 09:00’ in Column 19 of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

If upon your return to the household there is still no available respondent, schedule another
appointment and record this in the remarks portion. If you are still unsuccessful on your
third visit or after all efforts have been exerted, write ‘R-TS’ for Referral to TS.

If the household has been successfully interviewed, write the date the interview was
completed, preceded by “C” in Column 19. Also write the total members, male members,
and female members in Columns 09, 10, and 11, respectively, as well as the time the
interview was started and ended (in Columns 13 and 14) and the name of the respondent
(in Column 16). Update also the result and number of visits and indicate whether the form
3 was signed or not.

B. Household and ILQ that refused to be interviewed

1. Write ‘REFUSAL’ in this column if the household/ILQ turned down the interview.

Example: Suppose you visited a household on 15 July 2024 and the household refused to
be interviewed, write ‘REFUSAL’ in this column. If the household still refused to be

367
 interviewed after three visits or after all efforts have been exerted, write “R-TS” for Referral
to TS.

2. If after seeking the assistance of your TS, Punong Barangay, or any barangay official, the
household was successfully interviewed, write in this column “C - (date the interview was
completed): OK (acronym for the person who assisted)”.

Acronyms for persons assisting the EN:

P BRGY – Punong Barangay

O BRGY – Other officials of the barangay
TS – Team Supervisor
CAS – POPCEN-CBMS Area Supervisor
HCAS – Head Census-CBMS Area Supervisor
PSO – Provincial Statistics Office Supervisor
RSSO – Regional Statistical Services Office Supervisor
CO – Central Office Supervisor

C. Household that was provided with SAQ

If a household cannot be interviewed for whatever reason, leave POPCEN-CBMS Form 2, 3 to

any responsible household member, respectively. Write in the remarks portion of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1 the date when the questionnaire will be collected. Write ‘C/O EN’ if you are the
one who will collect the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS forms. Otherwise, write ‘C/O TS’ if your
TS will be the one who will collect the said forms.

D. ILQ that was provided with SAQ

For all ILQs that qualified for listing with institutional population, leave POPCEN Form 11 to the
manager/owner or any responsible member of the ILQ. In the remarks portion of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1, write ‘C/O TS’ and the date and time when the questionnaire will be collected.

E. Household that is composed of non-usual residents

Write the number of males and females in this column if the household is occupying a housing
unit, which is not its usual place of residence.

368
10.5 Page Totals

In this portion, write the page totals in every page of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 for the following:

• Buildings (occupied and vacant);

• Housing units (occupied and vacant);
• Households;
• ILQs
• Total household population, total male household population, and total female household
population for POPCEN;
• Total institutional population, total male institutional population, and total female institutional
population for POPCEN; and
• Total household population, total male household population, and total female household
population for CBMS.

Be guided by the following specific instructions:

Buildings
Total Number of Buildings Count the number of unique BSNs (except BSN ‘60000’) in
(A) Column 04 and write the total count in the box provided in this column.
Count the same BSN once even if they appear in more than one line.
Total Number of Vacant Count the number of unique BSNs with “VBLDG” in Column 08 and
Buildings (E) write the total count in the box provided in Column 04. Otherwise, write
zero (0) in the box for vacant in Column 04 if there is none.
Housing Units
Total Number of Housing Count the number of unique HUSNs (except HUSN ‘60000’) in
Units (B) Column 05 and write the total count in the box provided in this column.
Count the same HUSN once even if they appear in more than one line.
Total Number of Vacant Count the number of unique HUSNs in Column 05 with “VBLDG”
Housing Units (F) and/or “VHU” in Column 08 and write the total count in the box provided
in Column 05. Otherwise, write zero (0) in the box for vacant in
Column 05 if there is none.

369
 Households
Total Number of Count the number of HSNs in Column 06 and write the total in the box
Households (C) provided in this column. Exclude from the count those with HSNs
‘77777’, ‘88888’, ‘88889’, and ‘99999’.
Institutions
Total Number of Count the number of ISNs in Column 07 and write the total in the box
Institutional Living provided in this column.
Quarters (D)
POPCEN (Household Population)
Total, Male, and Female For households (lines with BSN, HUSN, and HSN), add all the entries
Household Population in Columns 09, 10, and 11 and write the totals in their respective boxes
(G to I) (G to I).
Total Population Count for CBMS
Total, Male, and Female For households that agreed to be interviewed in CBMS, add all the
Members (J to L) entries in Columns 09, 10, and 11 and write the totals in their respective
boxes (J to L).
POPCEN (Institutional Population)
Total, Male, and Female For ILQs (lines with BSN and ISN), add all the entries in Columns 09,
Institutional Population 10, and 11 and write the totals in their respective boxes (M to O).
(M to O)

Fill out the Page Totals A to O only after all the lines on the page have been filled out, all
callbacks have been successfully interviewed, and all SAQs have been collected. If this is the last
page being used for the EA, fill out the page totals even if not all the lined on the page has been filled
out.

10.6 Instructions in Listing Households in Temporary Evacuation Centers or Relocation

Areas

As mentioned in Chapter 5, households staying in temporary evacuation centers or relocation areas

at the time of the POPCEN-CBMS enumeration should be listed following the specific procedures
below:

1. If your EA has a temporary evacuation center or relocation area, use a separate booklet of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 to list all the households in the area/center. If your assigned EA has
two or more temporary evacuation centers or relocation areas, use a separate booklet of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 for each of them.

2. Filling out of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 Certification Panel and Geo-ID Panel

● Fill out the certification and Geo-ID portions following the instructions on how to fill out these
panels in Sections 13.2 and 13.3. Listing Record.
● Assign to each household a BSN of 55555 and a HUSN of 55555. Assign a unique HSN to
each household, following the last HSN of the regular household listed in the barangay/EA.
(Refer to Section 5.6.1 for the instructions on how to assign HSNs).
● Column 08 (Address) - Write the address of the conflict, disaster, or calamity affected areas
where they came from.
● Column 19 (Remarks) - Write the duration or length of stay of the household in the
temporary evacuation center or relocation area.

Page Totals

● Total Number of Buildings and Total Number of Housing Units: Leave boxes A and B blank.
370
 ● Total Number of Households: Count the number of HSNs in Column 06 and write the total
in the box provided.
● Total Number of Institutional Living Quarters: Leave box D blank.
● Total Number of Vacant Buildings and Total Number of Vacant Housing Units: Leave boxes
blank.
● Total, Male, and Female Population Count: Add all the entries in Columns 09, 10, and 11
and write the totals in their respective boxes.

3. Indicate on the map the location of the temporary evacuation center or relocation area by writing
“relocation or evacuation center” on the roof of the building.

4. Complete the listing/enumeration of the households in the relocation area once you have
started enumerating it. This is to ensure that the HSNs are consecutively assigned to each
household in the relocation area.

In the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application, the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 Listing Record will be
automatically generated. The EN will use the collected data in POPCEN-CBMS CAPI app to fill out the
PAPI version of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 Listing Record.

10.7 Submission of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1

1. During field operations, the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 is important in assessing progress of

enumeration, and in checking completeness of submitted POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 and
POPCEN Form 11.

2. The EN shall let the POPCEN-CBMS hired supervisors and PSA personnel to see and
scrutinize the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 during meetings and coaching sessions.

3. POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 shall also serve as basis for households to be reinterviewed by

POPCEN-CBMS hired supervisors using POPCEN-CBMS Form 20 – Spot-check/ Reinterview
Form.

4. Please submit the accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 to the TS before submitting or along
with other requirements for clearance. The TS shall submit to CAS; and then CAS to submit to
the Head CAS.

5. The POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 shall also serve as reference for data processors and PSA field
personnel during data processing.

371
 Scrutinizing POPCEN-CBMS
11 Forms 2 and CBMS Form 3
13 This chapter will serve as a guide for the EN in checking the completeness, consistency and
reasonableness of the data collected using the POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 and 3. The EN is given the
task of examining carefully and meticulously all the entries in the HPQ before submitting it to his/her
supervisor. For this undertaking, it is important that the EN should have thorough knowledge and proper
understanding of the concepts and classifications being asked during the interview.

After you accomplished the HPQ, you are required to review the entries recorded for consistency
and completeness checking. The following are the general guidelines in checking/editing the POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2:

11.1 Completeness Checking of POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2

1. Every household and housing unit covered in the POPCEN-CBMS undertaking must be
listed in the Form 1 or Listing Record.

2. Every household and qualified housing unit (excluding demolished and deteriorated that
are open to elements and there are no signs that deterioration is being prevented) should
have a corresponding Form 2.

3. The following should be covered and have corresponding POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2:

a. Households occupying housing units

b. Households living in vehicles/caves/boats/tents
c. Households in temporary evacuation center/location area
d. Homeless households
e. Vacant housing units
f. Housing units occupied by persons who are excluded from enumeration
g. Housing unit occupied by non-usual residents
h. Commercial/industrial/agricultural buildings with residents

4. The number of Form 2 should be equal to the number of entries in the Form 1 that should
have a Form 2.

For CAPI implementation, this can be checked by comparing the entries in the paper-based
Form 1 and the generated Listing Form in the CAPI application.

For PAPI implementation, manually compare and count the paper-based Form 2 and the
entries in the Form 1.

The geoID (Region, Province, City/Municipality, Barangay, and the serial numbers: BSN,
HUSN and HSN), name of household head and address and the number of household
members in Forms 1 and 2 should match.

372
11.2 Completeness Checking of POPCEN-CBMS Forms 3

1. All households that agreed to participate in the CBMS interview and gave consent to the
PSA and their respective LGUs to share their information to appropriate national
government agencies should have a properly accomplished waiver form or POPCEN-
CBMS Form 3.

For CAPI implementation, compare the ‘Signed the Form 3?’ column of the paper-based
and generated Form 1.

The entries in the paper-based form with code 1 (Yes) in the column for review should be
the same as that of those entries in the generated Listing Record with green checks.

Moreover, all households that gave consent to share their info should have corresponding
signature files.

For PAPI implementation, all households with completed CBMS interview should have an
accomplished Form 3.

Those that agreed to share their information to NGAs should have a corresponding signed
waiver form while those that refused should have answer in reason for not signing the
waiver.

11.3 Completeness and Consistency of Responses in POPCEN-CBMS Form 2

1. All POPCEN-CBMS Forms 2 must be properly accomplished.

2. HSN must not have a value of ‘00000’.

3. Required items should all have entries and should be within the applicable value set.

373
4. Age spanners and skipping patterns should be followed.

5. Answers in the specify field should not fall on any of the listed categories. Otherwise,
it should be re-coded.

6. Form 2 with special HSNs (‘77777’, ‘88888’, ‘88889’, and ‘99999’) should have entries in
O01 to O04, and O06 and Result of Visit for both POPCEN and CBMS should be code ‘1’
for Completed.

7. Form 2 of households that refused to participate in the CBMS interview should have a
reason for refusal and entries in O01 to O04, and O06. Result of Visit should be code ‘3’
for Refused.

8. Form 2 of households that refused to participate in the CBMS interview should have a
reason for refusal and entries in O01 to O04, and O06. Result of Visit should be code ‘3’
for Refused.

9. Missing and invalid responses in GeoID, Interview Record, and Sections A to O following
applicable scenarios, spanners, and skipping patterns.

a. Codes for further verification in HGC, PSOC and PSIC

b. Not specific answers in primary occupation and industry
c. Entries in specify field

10. Missing household head/nuclear family head.

11. Multiple occurrences of household/nuclear family head, spouse, partner, mother, father,
mother-in-law, and father-in-law.

12. Fields with responses but should not have depending on spanners and skipping

13. Consistency of the following:

a. Declared number of household members and the individuals listed in

Sections A to E
b. Relationship to the household/nuclear family head and sex
c. Ethnicity of children and parents
d. Relationship to household/nuclear family head and age
e. Age difference between parents and children/grandchildren

14. Consistency of related items:

a. Relationship to household/nuclear family head and marital status

b. Highest grade level and HGC
c. HGC and age
d. HGC and literacy
e. Nuclear family assignment and line number
f. Nuclear family assignment and relationship to household head
g. Relationship to nuclear family head and number of household members
h. Disability and functional difficulty
i. Current grade level and current grade
j. Current grade, age and HGC
k. Reason for not attending school, age, employment and HGC
l. Occupation, age, HGC and relationship to household head
m. Primary occupation/PSOC and farmer and fisherfolk indicators

374
 The POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application has a module that allows the EN to validate responses in
the Household Profile Questionnaire.

Validation checks in the CAPI App are classified into different priority levels:

Priority level Categories

A Missing and invalid responses;
Consistency checks that should be addressed (e.g., sex-related);
Does not accept justification
B Consistency checks that can be justified (e.g., age vs HGC)
C Answers to specify field
D Fields with entries that shouldn’t have because of spanners and skipping
patterns

11.4 Addressing Inconsistencies and Adding of Notes

The following are the procedures in generating the error list for a specific POPCEN-CBMS Form 2:

1. Go to the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application by opening the CSEntry App and selecting
2024 Census of Population and Community-Based Monitoring System.

2. Click Start Interview.

3. Click the hamburger menu.

4. Under the Main Forms, select Form 1 (Listing Record).

5. Go to the Completed tab.

6. Select a case to validate then click the Run Error Listing under the Action column.

7. Wait for the generation to finish.

8. Browse on the error list and select an inconsistency to address. The error list has eight
columns:

a. Inconsistency number
b. Case ID
c. Line Number
d. Priority level
e. Error message
f. Value
g. Action
h. Error Code

9. Evaluate the inconsistency by checking its details in the ERROR MESSAGE column and
the entries for concerned items in the VALUE column.

10. Upon checking, go to the concerned item by clicking on it under the Action column.

11. Prompts will appear when redirecting to the specific item with issue, click None and the
check icon, respectively, to dismiss them.

375
 12. Proceed to address the inconsistency. Then, click the Next button.

13. Click the Back button.

14. A prompt will appear asking what action to be done next. Select Exit and click check icon,
respectively.

15. Upon data entry exit, data validation module will launch again. Repeat steps 8 to 14 until
all inconsistencies are addressed.

16. Add notes for all priority level B inconsistencies that is verified with the respondent to be
true.

After addressing inconsistencies and adding of notes, the case may then be uploaded.

11.5 Adding, Reviewing, and Deleting of Notes

1. Notes can be added on every data item in the CAPI.

2. To add a note/justification:

a. Go to the concerned data item.

b. Click the Notes icon then indicate in the box the necessary notes and
justifications.
c. Click the Next button.

3. Notes can also be reviewed or deleted.

HOW TO ADD NOTES:

376
377
378
HOW TO REVIEW NOTES:

379
HOW TO DELETE NOTES:

Ensure the following:

a. Address all priority A inconsistencies.

b. All remaining inconsistencies with priority level B should have justification/note.
c. Priority level D inconsistencies that may be left unaddressed are those with radio button
category structure only.

The Form 2 may then be uploaded after addressing inconsistencies and adding appropriate notes.

380
 Instructions in Enumerating
12 Institutional Population in ILQs

10This chapter discusses in detail the instructions on strategies and instructions for enumerating the
members of the institutional population.

12.1 Persons to be Enumerated as Members of the Institutional Population

The following are to be included as members of the institution for each type of ILQs:

1. Hotels, motels, lodging houses, dormitories, and others – These are establishments that
provide lodging and meals and various personal services for the public.

a. Proprietor, manager, and employees living in the establishment, except those living therein
with their own families and those who usually go home to their respective families at least
once a week.

b. Dormitory residents who do not usually go home to their respective households at least
once a week.

c. Permanent lodgers in boarding houses

d. Lodgers/boarders

● Include those who have stayed for more than six months in hotels and motels as of
July 1, 2024, or have been away from their own families for the same period.

● Exclude those who usually go home to their respective families at least once a week.

● Include those who are not residents of the Philippines and who have been in the
Philippines for one year or longer as of July 1, 2024, or are expected to stay in the
Philippines for one year or longer. However, exclude those who have a temporary
place of residence elsewhere in the Philippines where they usually go home. Exclude
also diplomatic representatives of the United Nations (UN), International Labor
Organization (ILO), or United States Agency for International Development (USAID)
officials who, like diplomatic representatives, may be subject to reassignment to other
countries after their tour of duty in the Philippines, and members of their families.

e. Boarders in residential houses or household-based boarding houses provided that there

are 10 or more boarders.

2. Hospitals and nurses’ home – These are institutions where the needy, aged, young, or where
the sick or injured are given medical or surgical care.

a. All patients confined in mental hospitals, leprosaria or leper colonies, pavilions of

tuberculosis sanitaria where patients stay more or less permanently, and drug rehabilitation
centers, regardless of the duration of confinement.

b. Patients who have been confined for more than six months as of July 1, 2024 in other kinds
of hospitals and wards for temporary confinement in tuberculosis sanitaria.

381
 c. Staff members and employees living in hospitals/nurses’ homes, except those living therein
with their families and those who usually go home to their respective families at least once
a week.

d. Nurses in nurses’ homes who do not usually go home to their respective families at least
once a week.

3. Welfare institutions – These are institutions intended for seeing or improving the welfare of
disadvantaged social groups. Included here are residential care facilities (previously known as
orphanages), home for the aged, institutions for juvenile, sexually abused, and others.

a. All residents/beneficiaries, including those who have just been confined.

b. Staff members and employees living in the institutions, except those living therein with their
families and those who usually go home to their respective families at least once a week.

4. Corrective, penal institutions, and custodial facilities – These are living quarters intended
for housing the persons deprived of liberty (PDLs) and detainees.

a. All PDLs in national prisons and reformatories.

b. PDLs and detainees in district jails, city/municipal jails, and provincial jails who have been
continuously confined for more than six months, including confinement in another jail
elsewhere, as of July 1, 2024, or those whose sentence would exceed six months, even if
the sentence is on appeal.

c. People under police custody (PUPC) in other custodial facilities who have been
continuously confined for more than six months as of July 1, 2024.

d. Staff members and employees living in these institutions, except those who live in the
premises with their own families and those who usually go home to their respective families
at least once a week.

5. Convents, nunneries, seminaries, and boarding schools – These are ILQs intended for the
housing of nuns, seminarians, other religious entities, and students.

a. Monks, priests, ministers, nuns, seminarians, and others. However, priests or ministers of
sects who live in the convent or house close to the church or chapel with their own families
are to be considered as members of households.

b. Students in boarding schools where students are required to stay in the school campus.

c. Staff members, employees, and helpers living in the premises, except those living therein
with their own families and those who usually go home to their respective families at least
once a week.

6. Military camps and stations – These are camps established for the temporary
accommodation of military men/women and other persons.

a. Officers and enlisted men/draftees, except those who live in the premises with their own
families and those who go home to their respective families once a week or staying in
hotels, lodging places or dormitories. This includes also those belonging to the unit in the
camp or station but who are away on military operation or mission or aboard naval vessels,
except those whose families are living in the camp or station (their own families will report
them).

382
 b. Cadets and trainees of the Philippine Military Academy (PMA), Philippine National Police
Academy (PNPA), and Philippine Merchant Maritime Academy (PMMA) whose training will
last for more than six months.

c. Detainees who have been continuously confined for more than six months, including
confinement in another camp or station elsewhere, as of July 1, 2024.

d. Civilian employees living in the camp or station, except those living therein with their own
families and those who usually go home to their respective families at least once a week.

7. Logging, mining, and construction/public works camps – These are camps established for
the housing of workers in mining, agriculture, public works, or other types of enterprises.

• Proprietor, manager, contractor, and employees who do not live with their own families in
the camp/station premises and are supplied with lodging (bedding, and others) and/or
meals by the company, firm contractor or agency, except those who usually go home to
their respective families at least once a week.

8. Oceangoing and interisland/coastal vessels – These are vessels that are used as living
quarters of the crewmembers.
• Filipino crewmember of interisland/coastal vessel or deep-sea fishing vessel at port on any
day during the enumeration, if the crewmember has no home other than the vessel.

9. Refugee camps – These are camps established for the housing of refugees.

• Filipino citizens working and living inside the camps, except those living therein with their
own families and those who usually go home to their respective families at least once a
week.

10. Others – These are ILQs not mentioned above.

12.2 Strategies for Enumerating Institutional Population

Enumeration of population in institutional living quarters shall employ various strategies

depending on the type or subtype of ILQ (refer to the table below).

NO. STRATEGY TYPE OF ILQ SUB-TYPE OF ILQ

PSA Central Office to collect national Welfare institutions All welfare institutions
database from national government
agencies Corrective, penal • National prisons and
institutions, and reformatories
1 custodial facilities • District and
city/municipal jails
• PNP custodial
facilities
Enumerator to enumerate using HPQ Hotel, motel, Household-based
lodging house, boarding houses
Although the 10 or more boarders are dormitory, and
2 considered as members of the institutional others
population, the EN will enumerate
boarders in residential houses together
with the household using the POPCEN-

383
 NO. STRATEGY TYPE OF ILQ SUB-TYPE OF ILQ
CBMS Form 2 (HPQ). During the data
processing, 10 or more boarders will be
extracted from the HPQ to be converted
into ILQ.
Enumerator to distribute SAQ for ILQ Hotel, motel, All except household-
and Team supervisor to collect the lodging house, based boarding houses
accomplished SAQ dormitory, and
others
3 Corrective, penal Provincial jails
institutions, and
custodial facilities
All other types of
ILQs

12.3 General Process Flow for Enumerating Institutional Population

Below is the general process flow on how to enumerate institutional population for ILQs under
Strategy 1 and 3. For Strategy 2 or household-based boarders, they shall be enumerated following
the process flow for HPQ.

ILLUSTRATION 12.1
General Process Flow for ILQ Enumeration

The steps with asterisks (yellow-colored steps) are only applicable for ILQs under Strategy 3 or
those that would be administered with the POPCEN Form 11 or Self-Administered Questionnaire (SAQ)
for Institutional Population.

REMINDER:
Regardless of the strategy or who will enumerate the institutional population, the EN must geotag
and list the ILQ and post the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 in the conspicuous part of the ILQ.

384
12.4 POPCEN Form 11

POPCEN Form 11 is an eight-page self-administered questionnaire, which will be used to gather

information about the ILQ and its institutional population. The first page (11A) of this form contains the
following:

● Title panel (form type, title, and number, PSA approval number, expiry date, PSA logo, name
of the country/agency, page number; and name and logo of the census)
● Message of the national statistician
● Appointment date
● Contact information of the Team Supervisor (TS) and PSA Provincial Statistical Office (PSO)

The second and third pages (11B and 11C) contain the concepts and definitions of ILQ, institutional
population, and the data items to be collected, institutional population membership, and categories and
codes for marital status and highest grade/year completed.

The fourth page (11D) contains the general instructions on filling out the questionnaire, certification
panel, geographic identification, record of visit, and codes for type of ILQ.

The fifth to eighth pages (11E to 11H) contain the population census questions. Below is the list of
data items in the questionnaire:

For all persons:

P1 – Name of the members of the ILQ
P2 – Residence Status
P3 – Sex
P4 – Date of birth
P5 – Age
P6 – Birth registration
P7 – Marital status
P8 – Religious Affiliation
P9 – Ethnicity

For all persons 5 years old and over:

P10 – Literacy
P11 – Highest grade/year completed

APPOINTMENT SECTION

Ask the respondent the date when the TS can collect the accomplished forms. In the POPCEN
Form 11 (Page 11A), write the date in the corresponding box for the appointment date.

CONTACT INFORMATION OF TS AND PSO

Fill out the name, address, contact number, and email address of the TS in the corresponding boxes
of POPCEN Form 11 (Page 11A). Indicate also the address, contact number, and email address of the
PSA – PSO. You are advised to fill out this portion before going out to the field for enumeration.

CERTIFICATION PANEL

Leave this portion blank. This will be filled in by the TS, CAS, and Head CAS.

385
GEOGRAPHIC IDENTIFICATION PANEL

The Geographic Identification (Geo-ID) Panel can be found on Page 11D of POPCEN Form 11. It
contains the following:

● Booklet Number
● Geographic Name and Code of Region, Province/HUC, City/Municipality, and Barangay,
as well as the Enumeration Area (EA) Number
● Building Serial Number (BSN)
● Institutional Serial Number (ISN)
● Type of ILQ
● Number of Buildings
● Name of the ILQ
● Name of Respondent
● Designation of Respondent
● Contact Number
● Address of the ILQ

Booklet Number

Leave this portion blank. This will be filled in by the TS.

Geographic Identification

Copy the geographic ID, that is, the name and code of the province/HUC, city/municipality, and
barangay, and the EA number from the Geographic Identification Panel of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.
You are advised to fill out this portion before going out to the field for enumeration.

During your actual visit to the ILQ, copy the BSN and ISN from the listing record of POPCEN-CBMS
CAPI app or Columns 4 and 7 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (for PAPI).

Types of Institutional Living Quarter

Identify the ILQ as to its type and enter the code in accordance with the following coding scheme.

Code Type of Institutional Living Quarter

01 Hotel, motel, lodging house, dormitory, and others
02 Hospital and nurses’ home
03 Welfare institution
04 Corrective, penal institution, and custodial facilities
05 Convent, nunnery, seminary, and boarding school
06 Military camp and station
07 Logging, mining, and construction/public works camp
08 Oceangoing and interisland/coastal vessel
09 Refugee camp
10 Others, SPECIFY _____

The codes for the types of ILQs are found on the last page of the questionnaire (page 11D).

386
Number of Buildings

Write the number of buildings occupied by the ILQ in the corresponding boxes. Indicate ‘00’ for
oceangoing and interisland/coastal vessel (code 08).

Name of Institutional Living Quarter

Copy on the line corresponding to this item the name of the ILQ from the listing record of POPCEN-
CBMS CAPI app and Column 8 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (for PAPI).

Name and Designation of the Respondent

Write the last name followed by the first name, suffix (if any), and middle name of the respondent
on the lines provided. Write also the designation of the respondent on the corresponding line.

Contact Number

Write the contact number of the ILQ in the corresponding boxes.

Address of the Institutional Living Quarter

Copy on the line corresponding to this item the address of the ILQ from listing record of POPCEN-
CBMS CAPI app and Column 7 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (for PAPI).

Date of Visit

Write the date the ILQ was listed.

Total Member in the ILQ (Summary of Visit)

Write the total number of institutional population, as reported by the respondent.

DATA ITEMS

For all items except for P1 and P2, the concepts discussed in Chapter 8 (Instructions in
Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS Form 2) shall be applied.

P1 – Name

For P1 (Name), use of hyphen (“--”) is allowed.

P2 – Residence Status

Applicable Residence
Type of ILQ Member of Institutional Population
Status (P2)
Hotel, motel,
Proprietor, manager, and employees living in the 01 - Manager, director,
lodging
establishment person-in-charge
house,

387
 Applicable Residence
Type of ILQ Member of Institutional Population
Status (P2)
dormitory, 02 - Staff member/
and others employee, including
physician and nurse
Dormitory residents
Permanent lodgers in a boarding house
Lodgers who have stayed in the hotel/motel for more
than 6 months as of July 1, 2024

Lodgers/boarders who are not a resident of the 06 - Lodger/ boarder

Philippines who: (a) have been in the Philippines for 1
year; or (b) is expected to stay for 1 year or longer

Boarders in a residential house or household-based

boarding house provided that their number is 10 or
more
All patients, regardless of duration of confinement,
confined in:
• mental hospitals
• leprosaria or leper colonies
07 - Patient in hospital,
• pavilions of tuberculosis sanitaria sanitarium, and others
Hospital and • drug rehabilitation centers
nurses' home Patients who are confined for more than 6 months as of
July 1, 2024in other kinds of hospitals and wards for
temporary confinement
Staff members and employees living in hospitals/nurses’ 02 - Staff member/
homes employee, including
Nurses in nurses’ homes physician and nurse
08 - Resident in home
All residents/beneficiaries, including those who have just for the aged, residential
been confined care facilities, and other
Welfare
welfare institutions
institution
02 - Staff member/
Staff members and employees living in the institutions employee, including
physician and nurse
All PDLs in national prisons and reformatories
PDLs and detainees in district and city/municipal jails
09 - Person deprived of
Corrective, Detainees in provincial jails liberty/detainee/people
penal
People under police custody (PUPC) in other custodial under police custody
institution,
facilities who have been continuously confined for more
and custodial
than 6 months as of July 1, 2024
facilities
02 - Staff member/
Staff members and employees living in the institutions employee, including
physician and nurse
Monks, priests, ministers, nuns, seminarians, and
05 - Priest, seminarian,
others, except those who live in the convent or house
Convent, nun, postulant
close to the church or chapel with their own families
nunnery,
Students in boarding schools where students are
seminary, and 06 - Lodger/boarder
required to stay in the school campus
boarding
02 - Staff member/
schools
Staff members and employees living in the institutions employee, including
physician and nurse
Officers and enlisted men/draftees
03 - Officer/enlisted
Cadets and trainees of PMA, PNPA, and PMMA whose man, trainee
Military camp training will last for more than 6 months
and station Detainees who have been continuously confined for
09 - Person deprived of
more than 6 months, including confinement in another
liberty/detainee
camp or station elsewhere, as of July 1, 2024

388
 Applicable Residence
Type of ILQ Member of Institutional Population
Status (P2)
02 - Staff member/
Civilian employees living in the camp or station employee, including
physician and nurse
Logging, 01 - Manager, director,
mining, and Proprietor, manager, contractor, and employees who person-in-charge
construction/ are supplied with lodging (bedding, and others) and/or 02 - Staff member/
public works meals by the company, firm contractor or agency employee, including
camps physician and nurse
Oceangoing
Filipino crewmember of interisland/coastal vessel or
and 04 - Officer/crew
deep-sea fishing vessel at port on any day during the
interisland/ member in a merchant
enumeration, if the crewmember has no home other
coastal vessel
than the vessel
vessels
02 - Staff member/
Refugee
Filipino citizens working and living inside the camps employee, including
camp
physician and nurse

12.5 Step-by-Step Instructions in Listing and Enumeration of ILQs

Pre-Enumeration

1. In POPCEN Form 11 (Page 11A), fill-out the name, address, contact number, and email of the
TS. Indicate also the office address, contact number, and email of the PSA Provincial Statistical
Office on the same page.

2. In POPCEN Form 11 (Page 11D), fill-out the name and code of the region, province/HUC,
city/municipality, and barangay and the EA number.

389
Enumeration

1. Select the appropriate form to be used

For household-based boarding houses and

households residing inside the premises of the
ILQ, use POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. For other
types of ILQs, use POPCEN Form 11.

2. Geotag the building of the ILQ that qualified for

listing. Determine the location of the building/s in
the digital/printed map.

For CAPI, encode the BSN and fill out the

required information in the QField app. The type
of building that should be selected is
“Institutional Living Quarters” (code 7). To verify,

the symbol on the map should change to .

For PAPI, plot the location of the ILQ in the

printed map by drawing the symbol on top of
the building.

Refer to Chapter 5 or 6 for further details in

geotagging.

3. Select/indicate the type of ILQ.

4. Ask the manager, head, or person-in-charge

and record the following information: (a) number
of building(s), (b) name of the ILQ, (c) name of
the respondent, (d) designation of the
respondent, (e) contact details of the respondent,
and (f) address of the ILQ. Ask also the total and
total number of institutional population by sex.

Indicate these in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI

Application and POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. For
ILQs under Strategy 3, indicate these details
also in the POPCEN Form 11 (SAQ).

NOTE:
If the management cannot provide you with
the institutional population, estimate the
number based on your knowledge of the
area.

390
5. Select/indicate the appropriate Result of Visit.

Code 1 – Completed - For ILQs under Strategy

3 wherein the ILQ manager/head/person-in-
charge opted to accomplish and submit the SAQ
immediately.

Code 2 – Entire Institutional Population is

Absent/Away during the Enumeration Period
– For ILQs under Strategy 3 wherein the ILQ manager/head/person-in-charge and all members
of the ILQ are away. This result of visit is only applicable for initial visits; the EN shall revisit the
ILQ to administer the SAQ.

Code 3 – Refused – This result of visit is applicable only after all means of administering the
SAQ have been exhausted. In this case, ask for the headcount of institutional population by
sex.

Code 5 – Not Yet Completed (For Callback) – for either of the following:
• For ILQs under Strategy 1
• For ILQs under Strategy 3 if the ILQ manager/head/person-in-charge agreed to
administer the SAQ and be collected on a certain date

Code 9 – Others, Specify

6. Select/specify the corresponding mode of data

collection

Code 0 – Administrative Data – for ILQs

under Strategy 1

Code 1 – Self-Administered Questionnaire –

for ILQs under Strategy 3

7. If Result of Visit is Code 5 – Not Yet Completed (For Callback) and mode of data collection is
Code 1 – Self-Administered Questionnaire, specify the appointment date in:

a. POPCEN Form 11 SAQ (Page 11A)

b. POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application (Remarks portion)

REMARKS

C/O TS 07/25 9 AM

8. If ROV is Code 5 – Not Yet Completed (For Callback) and mode of data collection is Code 1 –
Self-Administered Questionnaire, provide them with the required number of POPCEN Form 11
SAQ. Make sure that the geo-ID portion of the POPCEN Form 11 (Page 11D) that you will
provide to the ILQ is completely filled out. Indicate also the date of visit. Explain to the
respondent the sections of the SAQ.

391
9. Fill-out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 (Sticker). Write the date
of listing in this form.

If result of visit is Code 5 – Not Yet Completed (For

Callback), write “X” in the box corresponding to “callback".

10. In the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, write all the necessary

information.

If result of visit is Code 2 – Entire Institutional Population

is Absent/Away, write “C/O EN” in the remarks portion
(Column 19).

If result of visit is Code 5 – Not Yet Completed (For

Callback), write “C/O TS” and date and time when the
forms will be collected in the remarks portion (Column 19).

11. Once your TS collected the accomplished questionnaires from the ILQ, ask from him/her these
forms during your weekly meetings. Verify the population count in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1
with POPCEN Form 11. Correct any inconsistencies by copying the entries in POPCEN Form
11 to POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

392
 13 Instruction in Accomplishing POPCEN-
CBMS Form 12: Notice of Listing/

11 Enumeration

This chapter provides detailed instructions on how to fill-

out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 Notice of Listing/
Enumeration. This form will be used for the enumeration of
households/institutional living quarter (ILQ), where
POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 or POPCEN Form 11 was utilized.
POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 is a sticker that will be used to
monitor and control the progress of listing and enumeration
both for ENs and the supervisors. Its presence indicates
that a particular building, housing units, household, or ILQ
had already been listed/enumerated for 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS.

After you have completed the geotagging (listing) or

interview of the household/ILQ, you are tasked to
accomplish the POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 and post it in the
door, gate, or in any visible spot that can be easily seen. Be
guided with the following in accomplishing this form.

Before you post POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 in the building/housing unit/ILQ, write the following on
the line provided:

1. Enumeration Area (EA) Number – Copy the EA Number from the geographic identification
portion of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 or 11.

2. Building Serial Number (BSN) – Copy the BSN from the geographic identification portion of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 or 11.

3. Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) – Copy the HUSN from the geographic identification
portion of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. If the building is an ILQ, line out the words “Housing Unit
Serial Number”.

4. Household Serial Number (HSN)/Institutional Serial Number (ISN) – Copy the HSN or ISN
from the geographic identification portion of POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 or POPCEN Form 11,
respectively. The entry in this portion should be either an HSN or ISN. If the entry is an HSN,
line out the word “Institutional”. Otherwise, line out the word “Household” if the entry is an
ISN.

5. Date Enumerated – Indicate on the line provided the date when the household was listed
and/or enumerated or when the ILQ was listed. For example, if you have successfully
interviewed the household on July 15, 2024, write ‘07/15/2024’.

393
 ILLUSTRATION 13.1 ILLUSTRATION 13.2
FILLED OUT POPCEN-CBMS FORM 12 FILLED OUT POPCEN-CBMS FORM 12
FOR A HOUSEHOLD FOR AN ILQ

6. CB Indicator – Write ‘X’ in the box corresponding to ‘CB’ if the household was not enumerated
during your first visit. Write also ‘X’ for ILQs that were provided with SAQ. Indicate on the line
below the date when the household will be revisited or the SAQ will be collected. Line out ‘X’
once the household is successfully interviewed on the next visit.

7. CBMS Indicator – Write ‘X’ in the box corresponding to ‘With CBMS’ if the household agreed
to be interviewed in CBMS.

8. Supervision Indicator – Leave this portion blank.

This will be filled in by the supervisor/s when they
observed an interview or conducted a spot-check/re-
interview on a household.

9. Post the sticker on a convenient and conspicuous part of the main entrance to the housing unit.

10. See to it that the sticker is properly posted before leaving the household. Avoid posting it on a
wet, greasy/oily, or very rough surface. Make sure also that it is posted airtight to avoid water
and other elements from seeping under it.

● If a housing unit is occupied by two or more households, indicate in one sticker the HSN of
these households by writing the first HSN and the last HSN, separated by a hyphen. Thus,
for a housing unit with three households and HSNs 00034, 00035, and 00036, simply write
‘00034-00036’ on the line for the HSN. See Illustration 13.3.

394
 ILLUSTRATION 13.3
FILLED OUT POPCEN-CBMS FORM 12
FOR THREE HOUSEHOLDS
IN ONE HOUSING UNIT

● If a housing unit is occupied by “non-usual residents”, write ‘77777’ on the line provided for the
HSN; ‘88888’ if it is occupied by household whose “members are excluded from the
enumeration”; ‘99999’ if “VACANT”; or ‘88889’ if “VACATION/REST HOUSE”. See Figure 13.4.

● If all housing units in a building are vacant, post one POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 and indicate
the range of the HUSNs on the line provided. See Illustration 13.5.

ILLUSTRATION 13.4 ILLUSTRATION 13.5

FILLED OUT POPCEN-CBMS FORM 12 FILLED OUT POPCEN-CBMS FORM 12
FOR A NON-USUAL RESIDENCE FOR A VACANT BUILDING WITH
THREE HOUSING UNITS
● If all housing units on one floor are vacant, post one POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 and indicate
the range of the HUSNs on the line provided in a place that can be easily seen.

● If housing units in a building have one occupied unit and three are vacant, post in every
housing unit a POPCEN-CBMS Form 12.
395
 ● If a household needs to be revisited after a failed interview during the first visit, indicate on
the lines provided the EA Number, BSN, HUSN, and HSN. Then, write ‘X’ in the box for
“CB” and the date the household was listed before posting the sticker. Once the household
is successfully interviewed on the next visit, write the date the enumeration was completed
beside the date of listing. In this case, there will be two dates indicated, one for listing and
another one for enumeration. Do not forget to line out ‘X’ in the box for CB. See Illustration
13.6.

● Mark the “WITH CBMS” box with an ‘X’ when the household has data in Sections B-O
(even though these are incomplete. Such mark is important for the supervisor to be able to
visually check coverage of CBMS.

ILLUSTRATION 13.6
FILLED OUT POPCEN-CBMS FORM 12 FOR A HOUSEHOLD SCHEDULED FOR
A CALLBACK AND AFTER A SUCCESSFUL CALLBACK

Filled out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 for a Filled out POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 for a
household listed on August 7, 2024, and household successfully interviewed during
scheduled for callback on August 10, 2024 the callback on August 10, 2024

396
 14 Enumeration Scenarios

12
14.1. Enumeration Scenarios

The following illustrations are the enumeration scenarios that you will encounter during the
2024 POPCEN-CBMS data collection. Be guided accordingly.

397
 ILLUSTRATION 14.1
CAPI Application Process Flow for Regular Households

398
 ILLUSTRATION 14.2
CAPI Application Process Flow for Special Cases

399
 ILLUSTRATION 14.3
CAPI Application Process Flow for Demolished

400
 ILLUSTRATION 14.4
CAPI Application Process Flow for Completed Interview in POPCEN but Not Yet Completed (With Appointment Date) in CBMS

401
 ILLUSTRATION 14.5
CAPI Application Process Flow for Completed Interview in POPCEN but Not Yet Completed (Without Appointment Date) in CBMS

402
 ILLUSTRATION 14.6
CAPI Application Process Flow for Completed Interview in POPCEN but Refusal in CBMS

403
 ILLUSTRATION 14.7
CAPI Application Process Flow for Completed Interview in POPCEN but Terminated in CBMS

404
 ILLUSTRATION 14.8
CAPI Application Process Flow for Entire Household is Absent/Away During the Enumeration Period

405
 ILLUSTRATION 14.9
CAPI Application Process Flow for Refusal

406
 ILLUSTRATION 14.10
CAPI Application Process Flow for Not Yet Completed for Both POPCEN and CBMS

407
 ILLUSTRATION 14.11
CAPI Application Process Flow for Others in POPCEN but Refusal in CBMS

408
 ILLUSTRATION 14.12
CAPI Application Process Flow for SAQ of Household

ILLUSTRATION 14.13
CAPI Application Process Flow for SAQ of Institutional Population

409
14.2. How to Handle Enumeration Problems

Some of the problems that you may encounter during the enumeration are listed below. If you
encounter other difficulties not covered in this manual, do not hesitate to ask for the assistance of your
TS.

1. No eligible respondent is at home, or the entire household is away

If you do not find any possible respondent at home during your first visit or if the entire
household is temporarily away, you must make a callback at your earliest opportunity. Exert all
efforts to contact the respondent or obtain from the neighbor’s preliminary information about
the household.

A callback (CB) is a revisit to a household whose respondent had not been interviewed
by the EN during the initial/previous visit. A respondent who requested to conduct an interview
later during the same day will not be considered as a callback. It is important to schedule
callbacks on a different date and time to reduce the rate of nonresponse. You shall plan
callbacks efficiently by checking when the respondents will most likely be around/at home.

Inquire from the other members of the household, household helper, or neighbor about the
best day and time to schedule a callback. Then, make an appointment with the household for
a scheduled interview using POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 (Appointment Slip to Household/ILQ).

2. Household refuses to be interviewed

The respondent can be at home but does not want to be interviewed because he/she is
about to leave, busy, or not feeling well at the time of your visit. Moreover, a respondent may
deliberately refuse to give the required information or just refuse to be interviewed for no valid
reason or explanation at all. In cases like these, exert all efforts to persuade the respondent to
grant you an interview or to make an appointment.

In persuading the respondent you may need to emphasize that:

● the information that they will provide in the POPCEN-CBMS collection will be
treated with strict confidentiality;
● the POPCEN-CBMS data collection covers all individual persons and living
quarters in the area; and
● the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS is a very important undertaking; the information
collected is needed by the government as a guide in the preparation of plans and
programs for the country's development.

You may also encounter a confrontational type of respondent who will question you about
certain aspects of the POPCEN-CBMS. You will not gain much if you argue with him/her. It is
better not to say anything controversial and just let him/her air his/her views. Very often, after
voicing his/her views and hearing your calm answers, he/she will become cooperative.

It is important to note that a refusal should not be taken as a result of final visit. If you still
fail to obtain an interview after all efforts have been exhausted, refer the matter to your TS.
In case the household refused only to entertain an interview for the CBMS data items (Sections
B to O), proceed to ask their reason for their refusal. Note that a refusal is NOT covered in the
standard quota of completed household interviews per day.

410
 If the number of refusals in the barangay/EA indicates a “planned refusal” campaign or
resistance of some sectors/residents in the area, notify promptly your TS so that appropriate
action could be made.

3. Households in high-rise buildings and exclusive villages

Your supervisors have identified areas that have a potentially high rate of refusals or
callbacks such as exclusive subdivisions/villages, townhouses, and condominiums. In this
case, you will still need to interview the households residing in these areas using POPCEN-
CBMS Form 2.

Coordinate with the building administrator or the owners’ association to encourage their
participation in the activity. Present a letter from the barangay, an order from the city/municipal
LGU or a document exemplifying your legitimate purpose of conducting the 2024 POPCEN-
CBMS. You may also connect with your city/municipal LGU focal person so that he/she can
assist you in covering these households. Be prepared to conduct interviews in late hours, via
telephone or online or during weekends given the nature of the presence of responsible
household members who usually go out of their housing units in daytime. These special
arrangements should also be made known to the POPCEN-CBMS supervisors so they can
assist you and monitor your activities.

If the household refuses to be interviewed, provide the household or the official managers
of the homeowner’s association with the required number of self-administered questionnaires
(SAQs), that is, POPCEN-CBMS Form 10. It must be made clear, however, when the forms
will be picked up.

4. Households found in temporary evacuation centers for conflict or disaster-

/calamity-affected areas

Seek the assistance of the concerned local government officials in obtaining the following
information on households staying in the temporary evacuation centers:

● Expected duration or length of stay

● Address in the conflict-, disaster- or calamity-affected areas where they came from
● Number of households affected

Households staying in temporary evacuation centers at the time of the POPCEN-CBMS

enumeration shall be listed using a separate POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. They shall be assigned
with the usual HSNs, which are unique and sequential within the barangay/EA. However, a
special serial number (‘55555’) will be assigned to the buildings and housing units. These
specific instructions will be discussed in detail in Chapter 7. Moreover, households in temporary
evacuation centers will also be interviewed using POPCEN-CBMS Form 2. Inform your TS
about this matter. Report also how these calamities will affect the timetable in covering areas
of your assignment.

5. Critical areas

An area is said to be critical when it is: (a) an election hotspot, (b) an epidemic area, or (c)
has a peace and order problem, among others. Your supervisor will provide you with a list of
critical areas in the city/municipality, which have been identified before the enumeration.

411
 If during your enumeration you find out that the barangay/EA assigned to you is a critical
area, inform your TS immediately and discuss with him/her the best strategies to apply in such
a situation.

The safety of all POPCEN-CBMS hired personnel should be underscored. POPCEN-

CBMS supervisors in coordination with the city/municipal LGU should make solid strategies to
cover critical areas, and at the same time ensure safety of all concerned POPCEN-CBMS
personnel.

6. Political intervention

If the Punong Barangay or any local official insists that the listing forms/accomplished
census questionnaires be shown to him/her, explain politely that you are prohibited by law to
divulge the information that you have gathered and that the forms were already collected by
your supervisors from the PSO of the PSA. Reason out also that the data that you have
gathered will still be subjected to validation and evaluation. Refer the problem immediately to
your TS so that he/she can help you handle the situation.

As a POPCEN-CBMS hired personnel, you are responsible for upholding data quality and
data security. Any deliberate effort to manipulate data and information and/or unintentional/
intentional breach will at the least be grounds for your dismissal from service.

7. Lost or damaged POPCEN-CBMS materials

If your tablet or some of the questionnaires are lost or damaged due to unforeseen/
uncontrollable circumstances during the POPCEN-CBMS enumeration, you must immediately
report the matter to your TS for appropriate action.

Your TS, on the other hand, must report the matter to your Census-CBMS area supervisor
(CAS) or PSA supervisor.

8. Other untoward incidents

In case you encounter any POPCEN-CBMS-related untoward incident, such as dog bite,
accident, or sickness during your enumeration, report the matter immediately to your TS.
The TS must, in turn, report the matter to your CAS or PSA supervisor.

412
 15 Instructions in Accomplishing POPCEN-
CBMS Forms 13, 14, and 15

This chapter contains detailed instructions on how you will accomplish POPCEN-CBMS Form 13
(Transmittal/Receipt Form), POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 (Appointment Slip for Household/Barangay
Official) and POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 (Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator). The POPCEN-
CBMS Form 13 is used to monitor the transfer of equipment, forms, and documents. Meanwhile, the
POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 is used by the EN and TS to set appointments for callback with households
or with barangay officials for the household interview and barangay data collection, respectively. The
POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 is an important document for ENs as it summarizes progress of data
collection which will then be reported to the team supervisor and submitted to the PSA/LGU to claim
compensation for services related to undertaking the 2024 POPCEN-CBMS.

15.1 Instructions in Filling Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 13 - Transmittal/Receipt Form

The 2024 POPCEN-CBMS Form 13 will be used whenever questionnaires, forms, maps, and other
census supplies and materials are transmitted and/or received between the EN and the TS, the TS and
the CAS, as well as between the CAS and the PSO Focal Person/Head CAS.

This form will also be used to return incomplete or incorrectly filled-out questionnaires to the EN
and to transmit all unused census forms and materials to the CAS upon completion of the listing and
enumeration. The form serves as proof for both the transmitting and receiving personnel that the
transfer of the specified number of items actually occurred.

Whenever ICT equipment, questionnaires, forms, materials, or supplies are transmitted, the
receiving personnel should check the quantity transmitted and record the actual quantity received in
2024 POPCEN-CBMS Form 13. In case of discrepancies in the quantity transmitted and received, the
receiving personnel should promptly inform the transmitting personnel of the discrepancy so that
necessary actions and/or corrections can be made.

Guidelines in Accomplishing the POPCEN-CBMS Form 13:

1. Accomplish this form in duplicate, i.e., one copy to the receiving personnel and the other
for you as the transmitting officer.

2. Fill out the geo-ID portion with the names and codes of the region, province/HUC, and
city/municipality in the lines and boxes provided.

3. Column 1 – Area/Description of Materials

Write the barangay name and EA number. Write also in this column the description
of the materials such as questionnaires, forms, manuals, equipment, and supplies to
be transmitted. For example, write “TABLET AND OTHER ICT DEVICES” to refer to
the tablet along with its paraphernalia such as charger and power bank. Also indicate
if the forms for transmittal are unused.

4. Column 2 – Unit
Write in Column 2 the unit of each material transmitted, e.g., booklet, piece, set,
etc.

413
 Examples:
● Booklet for POPCEN-CBMS Forms 1, 2, and 11
● Piece for CBMS Form 3
● Piece for POPCEN-CBMS Form 12 (sticker)
● Piece for POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 (Daily Accomplishment Report of
Enumerator)
● Set of tablet, charger, and other tablet paraphernalia.

5. Column 3 – Date Transmitted

Write in this column the date when you submitted the materials. Follow the MM/DD
date format.

6. Column 4 – Quantity Transmitted

Write in this column the quantity of POPCEN-CBMS forms, materials and/or
equipment that you will submit/return to your TS.

7. Column 5 – Date Received

When you are the receiving personnel, write in this column the date when you
received the materials. Follow the MM/DD date format.

8. Column 6 – Quantity Received

When you are the receiving personnel, check and write in this column the quantity
of POPCEN-CBMS forms, materials and/or equipment received from your TS. If the
quantity received does not match with the quantity transmitted, you should inform your
TS about the discrepancy.

9. Column 7 – Name/Signature
When you are the receiver, write your name or affix your signature in this column.

10. Column 8 – Remarks

Write remarks (if there’s any) on the materials/transmittal process in this column.

11. The portion on Transmitted by: is found at the lower-left corner of the form. Write your
name as the transmitting personnel, your position/designation, and the date when you
transmitted the materials on the space provided then affix your signature.

12. The portion on Received by: is found at the lower-right corner of the form. The receiving
personnel will write his/her name, position/designation, and the date of receipt of materials
on the space provided. Then, he/she should sign the document. As an EN, let it be standard
practice to ask for a copy of the transmittal form for your record.

13. The portion on Sheet ___ of ___ Sheets is found at the upper-right corner of the form.
The first line is intended for the number that will indicate the order of POPCEN-CBMS
Form 13 and shall be accomplished consecutively starting from ‘1’ for the first sheet, ‘2’ for
the second sheet, and so on. The second line indicates the total number of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 13 used for your transmittal. It shall be filled out only after you have completely
determined the total number of POPCEN-CBMS Form 13 used for the transmittal.

14. At the end of the enumeration, when you transmit the materials and unused forms to your
TS, write “UNUSED FORMS” on a line in Column 1. Then, list below the description of the
unused forms and materials to be returned. Then, ask the TS to write the date received,
quantity received, and his/her name and signature in Columns 5, 6, and 7, respectively.

Refer to Illustration 15.1 for an example of filled-out POPCEN-CBMS Form 13.

414
 ILLUSTRATION 15.1
Filled-Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 13

415
416
15.2 Instructions in Filling Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 – Appointment Slip to the
Household/ILQ

Fill out this form if during your first visit, there is no responsible or eligible respondent in the
household who could provide you with accurate information, hence, necessitating a callback at a later
date. This will serve as your appointment slip with a responsible member of the household for an
interview. You will also provide this form to the managers/members of ILQs that were provided with
SAQ.

Try to ascertain the availability of the person whom you wish to interview and consider his/her
available time in making the appointment. If you are making an appointment with the household, inquire
from other household member/s, household help/caretaker, or neighbors of the household for the best
day and time of that day to make a callback. For ILQ, inquire from the security guard or other staff of
the ILQ.

Follow the instructions below in filling out the POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 when setting an
appointment with a household for the interview or setting the collection date of the SAQ:

1. Write ‘X’ in the box corresponding to ‘Household’ or ‘ILQ’. If the appointment slip will be
provided to a household, leave the box for ILQ blank. On the other hand, if the appointment slip
will be provided to an ILQ, leave the box for household blank.

2. Indicate on the line provided the date you accomplished the form.

3. Write your name on the corresponding line for POPCEN-CBMS Enumerator/Supervisor. You
may also write your mobile number beside your name.

4. Indicate on the line provided the date you visited the household or ILQ.

5. Write on the corresponding lines the date and time when you will revisit the household, or when
your TS will pick up the POPCEN Form 11. Make sure to reflect the same date and time in
Column 19 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. If you are using the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI application,
do not forget to indicate in the application your date and time for callback. You must maintain a
record of your appointments so that you can keep track of your scheduled visits.

6. The signature of the possible respondent may also be requested to be affixed on the POPCEN-
CBMS Form 14 to ensure that the contents of the appointment slip is understood.

7. Request for the contact number from the possible respondent or the member of household who
received the POPCEN-CBMS Form 14, if possible. Indicate his/her number in the POPCEN-
CBMS Form 14 or POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application.

8. Provide information on the contact person of the PSA Provincial Statistical Office (name of the
Chief Statistical Specialist/OIC, office address, email address, and contact number).

Leave the POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 to any member of the household (such as the son/daughter of
the household head or domestic helper) or ILQ (such as caretaker, security guard, or other staff) to
make the household/ILQ aware of your future visit. The signature of the possible respondent may also
be requested to be affixed on the POPCEN-CBMS Form 14 to ensure that the contents of the
appointment slip is understood.

If no one can receive the appointment slip, put it in the mailbox or in a conspicuous place near the
entrance/door. To help you monitor your schedule of callbacks, you shall also record the callback date
and time using the CAPI application and/or in your notebook/calendar.

417
 ILLUSTRATION 15.2
Filled Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 14

15.3 Instructions in Accomplishing POPCEN-CBMS FORM 15 – Daily Accomplishment Report

of Enumerator

POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 is a one-page form designed to record your daily accomplishments, that
is, the number of buildings, housing units, households, ILQs, and household/institutional population that
you have listed/interviewed. Moreover, the number of households with special serial numbers will also
be recorded. This form, which will be used to monitor the progress of enumeration in your assigned
barangay/EA, will be submitted to your supervisor during your weekly meeting.

For PAPI, the entries in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 will come from the accomplished POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1. For CAPI, the entries will come from the digital version of the daily accomplishment
report that is automatically generated in the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application. Bear in mind that all

418
information gathered in the POPCEN-CBMS will be kept STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL. Hence, you
should neither give nor show the information from POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 or from other accomplished
POPCEN-CBMS Forms to unauthorized PSA and non-PSA personnel.

The POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 is divided into three parts, namely: Geographic Identification
(Geo-ID) Panel, Accomplishment Record, and Submission, Verification, and Certification Portion.

1. The Geographic Identification Panel contains the name and codes of the province,
city/municipality, and barangay, and enumeration area (EA) number. Boxes are also
provided to record week numbers and status of enumeration.

a. Copy from the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 the name and code of the province,
city/municipality, and barangay and the EA number to the corresponding lines and
boxes provided. See Illustration 15.3.

b. For the week number, write ‘1’ if the report that you will submit corresponds to the
first week of enumeration, ‘2’ for the second week, ‘3’ for the third week, and so
on, until the last week of enumeration.

c. On the box provided for the status of enumeration, write ‘1’ if the status of
enumeration in your assigned EA is still ongoing, ‘2’ if you have completely covered
your area, and code '3’ if the enumeration was halted due to armed conflict,
political intervention, or other reasons.

2. The Accomplishment Record portion consists of the number of geotagged buildings,

number of households successfully enumerated, number of households for callback, total
household and ILQ member count by sex, number of households with special BSN and
HUSN (55555 and 60000), number of Form 2 with special HSNs (77777, 88888, 88889,
and 99999), number of uploaded POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (HPQ), and other
accomplishments.

The basis for the information to be entered in the POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 is mainly
the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 (Listing Record).

3. The Submission portion is where you will write your complete name, the date when you
submit this Form. On the other hand, the Verification portion is where the TS will write
his/her name, the date he/she verified the entries in this Form. The Certification portion is

419
 where the CAS will write his/her name and the date he/she certified the entries in the row
totals of this Form.

Below are additional instructions in filling out POPCEN-CBMS Form 15:

1. Accomplish POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 in duplicate copies. One (1) copy will be submitted
to your TS every meeting.

2. If you are assigned to cover more than one EA, accomplish POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 for
each EA assigned to you.

3. Below are illustrative examples on how to use the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 information in
accomplishing the Geographic Identification Panel and Accomplishment Record for the
POPCEN-CBMS Form 15.

ILLUSTRATION 15.3
How to fill out the Geographic Identification of POPCEN-CBMS Form 15

1 1
QUEZON CITY 8 13 LAGING HANDA 052
00 0 0 70 00

QUEZON CITY 813 007 00 0

00 1
LAGING HANDA 052 1

Note that you will only write ‘2’ in the box for status of enumeration on the last
POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 accomplished for a completely enumerated EA. Hence, in
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1, there should also be an entry of ‘00’ for the date of visit
(Column 1) after the last household has been enumerated.

420
 ILLUSTRATION 15.4
Example of a Completed Status of Enumeration

GO, TOBBY MATTIAS GO, ELIZA PONCE 091234

16 1 00087 00295 00329 8 3 5 1 16:30 17:00 1 1 1
5678
75 DON ALEJANDRO ROCES AVE.

00

8 1 3 0 0 7 0 0 0
0 0 7
0 5 3 2

4. The following are detailed instructions on how to accomplish out Columns 2 to 21 of

POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 everyday with the required data based on POPCEN-CBMS
Form 1.

a. Column 2 – Date: Write the actual date (MM/DD) of enumeration that corresponds
to the entries.

Columns 3 to 20: In filling out these columns, always refer to Column 2 (Day of Visit).
Entries in these columns should be those listed/ enumerated on the same day.

b. Column 3 – Number of Geotagged Buildings: Write in this column the total

number of geotagged buildings successfully listed.

Refer to Column 3 (BSN) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in counting the number

geotagged of buildings. Count the number of unique BSNs in Column 04 of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 with reference to the date being reported in Column 2 of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 15.

c. Column 4 & 5 – Number of Households Successfully Enumerated: Write in this

column the total number of households successfully enumerated or interviewed.

Refer to Column 06 (HSN), Column 15 (Result of Visit) and Column 19

(Remarks) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in counting the number of households.
Count the number of HSNs in Column 06 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 with reference
to the date being reported in Column 2 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 15. Only include
households successfully interviewed with reference to the result of visit (Code 1 -
Completed) and successfully enumerated callbacks.

d. Column 6 – Number of Households for Callback: Write in this column the

number of households which are scheduled to be interviewed at a later date,
households with unsuccessful interview even after all efforts have been exerted or
refusal.

Refer to Column 06 (HSN) and Column 19 (Remarks) of POPCEN-CBMS

Form 1 in counting the number of households for callback. Count the number of
HSNs in Column 6 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 with reference to the date being
reported in Column 2 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 15. Only include households with

421
 “A-mm/dd”, “R-TS”, “REFUSAL”, and “C/O EN or TS” in the remarks portion of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

e. Columns 7 to 9 – Total, Male, and Female Household Member Count: Refer to

Column 06 (HSN), Columns 09 to 11 (Total, Male, and Female Count), and
Column 19 (Remarks) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in getting the sum of the total,
male, and female household population successfully enumerated.

f. Column 10 – Number of Institutional Living Quarters: Write in this column the

total number of ILQs successfully listed and/or provided with SAQ. Refer to
Column 07 (ISN) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in counting the number of ILQs. Count
the number of ISNs in Column 07 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 with reference to the
date being reported in Column 2 of POPCEN-CBMS Form 15.

g. Column 11 to 13 – Total, Male, and Female Institutional Population: Refer to

Column 07 (ISN) and Columns 09 to 11 (Total, Male, and Female Count) of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in getting the sum of the total, male, and female
institutional population successfully listed and/or provided with SAQ.

h. Column 14 – Number of Households with BSN and HUSN 55555 (Relocation):

Write in this column the number of households enumerated in temporary
evacuation center/relocation area. Refer to Column 02 (Date of Visit) and
Column 06 (HSN) of the POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 designated for temporary
evacuation center/relocation area in counting the number of households.

i. Column 15 – Number of Households with BSN and HUSN 60000 (Homeless):

Write in this column the number of homeless households. Refer to Column 2
(Day of Visit) and Columns 04 and 05 (BSN and HUSN “60000”) of POPCEN-
CBMS Form 1 in counting the number of households living in the street or without
a shelter.

j. Column 16 – Number of Special HSN 77777: Write in this column the number of
housing units occupied by non-usual residents (NUR). Refer to Column 02 ( Date
of Visit) and Column 06 (HSN “77777”) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

k. Column 17 – Number of Special HSN 88888: Write in this column the number of
housing units occupied by foreign ambassadors, ministers, consuls, or other
diplomatic representatives. Refer to Column 02 (Date of Visit) and Column 06
(HSN 88888) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

l. Column 18 – Number of Special HSN 88889: Write in this column the number of
vacation/rest houses (VRH). Refer to Column 02 (Date of Visit) and Column 06
(HSN 88889) of POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

m. Column 19 – Number of Special HSN 99999 (VHU/VBLDG): Write in this column

the number of vacant building (VBLDG) and vacant housing unit (VHUs). Refer to
Column 2 (Date of Visit), Column 05 (HUSN), and Column 06 (HSN ‘99999’) of
POPCEN-CBMS Form 1 in counting the number of VHUs.

n. Column 20 – Number of uploaded POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (HPQ): Write in this

column the number of uploaded POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 (HPQ). Refer to the EN
app (uploaded) in counting the number of uploaded Form 2. In case the
implemented mode of data collection in the EA is PAPI only, the basis of
entries in this column is the number of accomplished paper POPCEN-CBMS
Form 2 submitted to TS for his/her review or scrutiny.

422
 o. Column 21 – Remarks (Other accomplishments): Write in this column the
number of buildings with BSN “00000” you have geotagged. Also write in this
column any other accomplishments. Other accomplishments may include
convening meetings with building administrator, apartment owner or caretaker,
barangay official, who are necessary to ensure that all areas within the
EA/barangay are visited by the EN. Write any important information that will provide
explanation or clarification on the counts or entries reported in this form.

p. Row Totals (Summary Counts) for Columns 3 to 20: Write the following in the
last row for TOTAL:

● Column 3 - the sum of the number of geotagged buildings;

● Column 4 - the sum of household successfully enumerated in POPCEN;
● Column 5 - the sum of household successfully enumerated in CBMS;
● Column 6 - the sum of households for callback;
● Columns 7 to 9 - the sum of total, male, and female household population,
respectively;
● Column 10 - the sum of ILQs listed and/or for callback;
● Columns 11 to 13 - the sum of total, male, and female institutional
population, respectively;
● Column 14 - the sum of households found in temporary evacuation
center/relocation are (BSN and HUSN 55555);
● Column 15 - the number of homeless household (BSN and HUSN 60000);
● Column 16 - the sum of NURs (HSN 77777);
● Column 17 - the sum of households excluded from enumeration such as
foreign ambassadors, ministers, consuls, or other diplomatic
representatives. (HSN 88888);
● Column 18 - the sum of VRHs (HSN 88889);
● Column 19 - the sum of VHUs/VBLDGs (HSN 99999); and
● Column 20 - the sum of number of uploaded POPCEN-CBMS Form 2
(HPQ).

5. Fill out the Submission, Verification, and Certification Portion

a. Name and Signature of the EN, Date the Form was Submitted, and EN Code:
Print your name and affix your signature on the line provided for “Submitted by:”
Write your code and the date when you submit this form.

b. Name and Signature of your Team Supervisor, Date the Form was Verified,
and TS Code: Your TS will print and sign his/her name and write his/her code and
the date when he/she reviewed or verified the entries in the form.

c. Name and Signature of your Census-CBMS Area Supervisor, Date the

Summary Count was Certified, and CAS Code: Your CAS will print and sign
his/her name and write his/her code and the date when he/she certified the entries
in the form.

In case when the EN uses the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application, the Daily
Accomplishment Report can be generated thru the reports module of the POPCEN-CBMS
CAPI app.

423
 Follow the instructions below on how to generate the POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 -
Daily Accomplishment Report of Enumerator using the CAPI Application:

1. In the home tab of the POPCEN-CBMS CAPI Application,

tap on the menu icon on the upper left corner of the screen.
2. Under the reports tab, tap on the “Form 15 (EN
Accomplishment Report)”
3. Indicate the week number, status of enumeration then set
the “Start Date” and “End Date” of the duration of the
POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 you want to generate. Add
necessary remarks if there’s any, especially the number of
buildings with BSN = 00000 you tagged during the whole
week.
4. Tap on “Generate”.
5. You now have a digital version of your POPCEN-CBMS
Form 15 which you can use as basis on your
accomplishment report to be submitted to your TS during
your weekly meeting..

Refer to Illustration 15.5 for an example of filled out POPCEN-CBMS Form 15.

ILLUSTRATION 15.5
Filled Out POPCEN-CBMS Form 15

424
 Data Protection and Data Breach
16 Notification
This chapter discusses what to consider as personal information, how to protect POPCEN-CBMS
data, how to notify when data breach occurs, and penalties for data privacy violations.

16.1 Personal Information (PI)

The Data Privacy Act of 2012 is an act protecting individual personal information in Information and
Communications System (ICS) in the government and private sectors. The POPCEN-CBMS collects
personal information, thus, we are covered by the Act.

Personal information refers to any information, whether recorded in a material form or not, that
is:

1. from which the identity of an individual is apparent (e.g. Juan dela Cruz),
2. can be reasonably or directly ascertained by the entity holding the information
(e.g. NSCRG)
3. when put together with other information would directly and certainly identify an individual

Within the personal information, some personal data are classified as Sensitive Personal
Information (SPI) which must not be easily disclosed, such as:

a. Individual’s race, ethnic origin, marital status, age, color and religious, philosophical,
political affiliations
b. Individual’s health, education, genetic or sexual life, or to any proceeding for any offense
committed or alleged to have been committed by the individual
c. Government-issued personal numbers such as SSS, GSIS, PhilHealth, Pag-IBIG, LTO and
previous health records and tax returns

The POPCEN-CBMS collects this personal information, hence, all POPCEN-CBMS personnel are
responsible in protecting and securing this information against any accidental or unlawful destruction,
alteration and disclosure, as well as against any other unlawful processing, and against natural dangers
such as accidental loss or destruction, and human dangers such as unlawful access, fraudulent misuse,
unlawful destruction, alteration and contamination.

16.2 How to Protect POPCEN-CBMS Data

In order to protect the POPCEN-CBMS data, all POPCEN-CBMS personnel must follow the dos
and don’ts in handling POPCEN-CBMS data:

1. Follow PSA standard protocols in data transmission and submission AT ALL TIMES.

2. Report incidents to your TS such as lost/stolen tablets, lost questionnaires,

lost accomplished questionnaires, among others. Report IMMEDIATELY to your TS.

3. NEVER SHARE ANY INFORMATION of the households that participated in the interview.

425
 4. NEVER contact any household and its household members beyond the bounds of your
duties as enumerator. This can be considered as stalking or harassment which is
punishable by law.

5.
NOT to leave any printed personal and sensitive information without sufficient safeguards
against loss, unauthorized access or disclosure in accordance with PSA policy. That is,
leaving questionnaires, documents, and other POPCEN-CBMS materials with personal/
privileged/sensitive personal information in unlocked/unguarded room or area.

6. NOT to take pictures where there are exposed personally identifiable information.

7. NOT to share the ID and/or password to anyone, even with co-workers. The owner of the
ID/password will be accountable for any misuse.

8. NOT to leave computer/tablet unlocked.

9. NOT to allow entry of unauthorized personnel in headquarters or data processing center.

10. STRICTLY PROHIBITED to share any POPCEN-CBMS-related documents and

applications to unauthorized POPCEN-CBMS personnel.

11. STRICTLY PROHIBITED to upload any POPCEN-CBMS-related documents and

applications to any unauthorized platforms, and to save copies to any unauthorized storage
devices.

12. STRICTLY PROHIBITED to post on any social media or website the photos or any videos
of respondents that exposes their identities.

13. STRICTLY PROHIBITED to make videos on how to navigate any applications related to
the POPCEN-CBMS. Making this kind of videos out of goodwill to help your co-workers is
NOT an acceptable and justifiable excuse.

16.3 Data Breach Notification

Section 3(f) of NPC Circular 16-03 Personal Data Breach Management defines personal data
breach as a breach of security leading to the accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration,
unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, personal data transmitted, stored, or otherwise processed.

A personal data breach may be in the nature of:

1. Availability breach resulting from loss, accidental or unlawful destruction of personal data;
2. Integrity breach resulting from alteration of personal data; and/or
3. Confidentiality breach resulting from the unauthorized disclosure of or access to personal
data.

The POPCEN-CBMS contains data sensitive personal information or any other information that
may be used to enable identity fraud. Other information shall include but not limited to:

a. Data about the financial or economic situation of the data subject;

b. Usernames, passwords, and other log-in data;
c. Biometric data
d. Copies of identification documents, licenses, or unique identifiers like PhilHealth, SSS,
GSIS, TIN number, or other similar information.

426
 If these data are acquired by an authorized person, this will likely to give rise to a real risk of serious
harm to any affected individual, especially the vulnerable groups. The minors, mentally ill, asylum
seekers, the elderly, patients, and those involved in criminal offenses are considered as vulnerable
groups.

In cases when a data breach occurs, the TS must be notified immediately, not later than 72 hours
upon knowledge of or reasonable belief that a personal data breach has occurred. Give the TS all
available information on the incident. The TS will make the incident report.

Depending on the nature of the incident, or if there is failure or delay in the notification, the National
Privacy Commission (NPC) may investigate the circumstances surrounding a personal data breach.
If this happens, the EN’s utmost cooperation is a must.

16.4 Penalty for Data Privacy Act Violations

Violation to the Data Privacy Act of 2012 is punishable with jail term and up to millions of pesos.
It’s not only confined in the systems/applications used. Processes and even one’s attitude towards data
handling will be dealt with. Consent is given but does not necessarily mean that the PSA can use or
distribute the information freely. Personal information needs to be used only for the purpose it was
designed for.

Jail Term AND Fine (in Pesos) *

Punishable Act
PI SPI PI SPI
Access due to
negligence
1 - 3 years 3 - 6 years 500K - 2M 500K - 4M
Unauthorized
processing
Unauthorized 18 months to
2 - 7 years 500K - 1M 500K - 2M
purposes 5 years
6 months to
Improper disposal 3 - 6 years 100K - 500K 100K - 1M
2 years
Intentional breach 1 - 3 years 500K - 2M
18 months to
Concealing breach ** ** 500K - 1M
5 years
Malicious disclosure 18 months to 5 years 500K - 1M
Unauthorized
1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 500K - 1M 500K - 2M
disclosure
Combination of acts 3 - 6 years 1M - 5M

Notes:
* K – in thousands
M – in millions
** The Data Privacy Act of 2012 does not provide details of fines and imprisonment for Concealing Breaches involving Personal
Information (PI).

So, beware and be aware!

427
 Administrative and Financial
17 Matters
This chapter describes the procedure for reporting and submission of forms to your supervisor,
review of your completed work, process of payment, accomplishment of forms required for financial
claims, and other administrative matters.

17.1 Reporting and Submission of Forms to Your Team Supervisor

During enumeration, you must report to your Team Supervisor (TS) once a week, preferably every
Wednesday, to discuss the progress of your work and the problems you encountered in the field, if any.
During these meetings, sync or submit all accomplished questionnaires to the TS. Submit also the
POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 (Accomplishment Report).

17.2 Review Of Your Completed Work by Your Team Supervisor

Your TS will review/monitor your work frequently. The details of these reviews will depend on the
quality of your work and how well you followed the procedures in this manual.

Each review should include the following:

1. A detailed check of the map to determine if all buildings are properly marked/plotted and
listed in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.
2. A detailed check to ensure the completeness of entries in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1. All
households listed in the form have corresponding POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 and all ILQs
were provided with POPCEN Form 11.
3. A detailed check to ensure the completeness and consistency of entries in POPCEN CBMS
Form 2 and to verify if all households who agreed to share their information to the national
government agencies with social protection programs have a corresponding signed CBMS
Form 3 (Consent Form/Waiver).
4. A detailed check on the remaining inconsistencies found by HCAS/CAS/Clerk if all findings
were addressed and all error warnings were given justifications/ample notes on the data
files submitted.
5. A detailed check of the entries in POPCEN-CBMS Form 15 in comparison with the entries
in POPCEN-CBMS Form 1.

17.3 Important Prerequisite to Consider Your Work as Completed

Your assigned CAS needs to check if there are still inconsistencies in your submitted work per EA.
If the CAS finds inconsistencies in your submitted work, the CAS will provide you a list of these
inconsistencies by household. As an enumerator, you need to verify these inconsistencies. That is, if
there are responses that needs field verification, you need to go back to that particular household and
verify their responses. Put these verifications as remarks in the Notes per data item for easier reference.

428
17.4 Submitting Your Completed Work

Upon completion of the barangay/EA assigned to you, submit/return the following materials and/or
devices (whichever are applicable) to your TS using the Transmittal/Receipt Form or as prescribed by
the PSA provincial office:

1. All accomplished POPCEN-CBMS Forms

2. All unused questionnaires, forms, and other materials
3. Certification of Punong Barangay
4. Certificate of Work Completed
5. Barangay/EA/Block Maps
6. EN’s Manual
7. POPCEN-CBMS Identification Card
8. Tablet, power bank, and other accessories

17.5 Daily Time Record (CSC Form 48)

The Daily Time Record (DTR) is used to monitor your attendance during your fieldwork. This form
consists of seven columns and 31 rows (for 31 days in a month). The columns for “A.M.” and “P.M.”
spanners have corresponding columns for ARRIVAL and DEPARTURE. The ARRIVAL column
corresponds to the time you started enumerating the first household for the day and the DEPARTURE
column corresponds to the time you finished enumerating the last household for the day.

Accomplish this form properly and completely before submitting to your supervisor. Write your
name and signature using a black ballpen. Do NOT use stamp pad. See Illustration 17.1 for an example
of filled-out DTR.

ILLUSTRATION 17.1
Filled Out Daily Time Record (DTR)

429
17.6 Issuance of Certificate of Appearance

Request for a Certificate of Appearance from the Barangay duly signed by the Punong Barangay
or his/her duly designated Barangay Official. This certificate will serve as your supporting document for
the payment of your wages or other financial claims. You will not be paid of your wages or claims for
traveling expenses without this certification.

The PSA form on Certificate of Appearance provided to you may be used if the barangay does not
have its own form on Certificate of Appearance. See Illustration 17.2 for example.

ILLUSTRATION 17.2
Filled-Out Certificate of Appearance

430
17.7 Daily Output and Remuneration

17.7.1 Daily Output

The average daily output expected of you is 10 households per day. However, this quota
may vary depending on the terrain and geographic characteristics of the barangay/
EA assigned to you. The PSO has the authority to adjust your daily output under this
circumstance.

17.7.2 Wages Of Hired Personnel

Wages will be paid upon submission of required documents through your supervisor who,
in turn will submit these to the PSO for processing. Schedule for payments and the required
documents is below:

Payment Supporting Paper

st
1 Payment: 1. Daily Time Record (DTR)
Within working days after the receipt of Attendance
complete requirements from all CAS 2. Notarized Contract of Service
3. Certificate of Appearance from
Period Covered: Head CAS
Wages (Training) 4. Five days enumeration output
5. Daily accomplishment report
(verified by the TS/PSO personnel)

2nd to 7th Payment: 1. DTR

Within five working days after the receipt of 2. Certificate of Appearance from
complete requirements of EN Barangay Official
3. 10 days enumeration output
Period Covered: 4. Daily accomplishment report
Wages (Enumeration) (verified by the TS/PSO personnel)

8th and Last Payment: 1. DTR

431
Within five working days after the receipt of 2. Certificate of Appearance from
complete requirements of EN Barangay Official
3. 10 days enumeration output
Period Covered: 4. Daily accomplishment report
Wages (Enumeration) including fixed (verified by the TS/PSO personnel)
transportation allowance & transportation 5. Certificate of Work Completed
during the training. 6. Clearance
7. ID/Manual/Workbook
8. Accomplished and unused
questionnaires/forms

432
 Appendices
Appendix 1 Common PSOC and PSIC
Appendix 2 Approximating the Floor Area Using Pace Factor
Appendix 3 Specific Cases and Examples of Assigning BSN, HSN, and HUSN
Appendix 4 List of Predominant Indigenous Peoples Ethnic Groups: Major and Sub-Groups
Combined Per Province
Appendix 5 Age as of Last Birthday Conversion Table
Appendix 6 List of Rare Diseases
Appendix 7 List of Suggested Occupations Related to Agricultural Activities
Appendix 8 List of Suggested Occupations Related to Fish Activities

433
 Appendix 1
Common PSOC and PSIC
PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
Accounting and Bookkeeping Local 84111 2 – Government
Clerks Government Unit
431101 – Accounting Salesclerk (LGU) or
431102 – Accounts Clerk National Agency
431103 – Accounts Payable of the Gov’t
Practitioner If private, report 1 – Private establishment
431104 – Audit Clerk the specific type 5 – Worked with pay in own family
431105 – Bookkeeping Clerk of activity of the operated farm or business
431106 – Budgeting Aide company 6 – Worked without pay in own family
431107 – Budgeting Clerk operated farm or business
431108 – Cost Computing Clerk
General Office Clerks (Report the 1 – Private establishment
411001 – Administrative Clerk specific type of
411002 – Enumerator Clerk activity of the
411003 – Field Clerk company)
411004 – Fiscal Clerk
411005 – Laboratory Clerk
Local/National 84111 2 – Government
411006 – List/Addresses Clerk
Government
411007 – Maintenance Clerk
411008 – Office Clerk
411009 – Office Equipment Clerk
411010 – Receiving Clerk
411011 – Records/Personnel Clerk
411012 – Telefax Clerk
411013 – Teleprinter Clerk
411014 – Telex Clerk
411015 – Timekeeper Clerk
Apartment Owner Apartment 68141 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Business Services and Operation employee
Administration Managers Not
Elsewhere Classified
121901 – Administrative Services
Manager
121902 – Cleaning Services Manager
121903 – Cleaning Services
Managing-Proprietor
121904 – Facilities Manager
121905 – Impresario
121906 – Personal Care Services
Managing-Proprietor
121907 – Production & Operations
Manager (Extra Territorial
Organization)
121908 – Production and
Operations/Business Services
Manager
121909 – Production and
Operations/Cleaning Manager
121910 – Production and
Operations/Personal Care Manager
121911 – Project Manager
121912 – Purchasing Manager
121913 – Safety Manager
121914 – Specialized Manager
121915 – Telephone Manager
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
121916 – Telegraph Manager
Avon Dealer Cosmetics 47723 1 – Private establishment
Sales Demonstrators Retailing
524201 – Demonstrator
524202 – Product Demonstrator
524203 – Promo Girl
524204 – Promo Staff
524205 – Promodizer
524206 – Sales Merchandiser
532101 – Barangay Health Worker LGU 84111 2 – Government
(BHW)
Barangay Tanod LGU 84111 2 – Government
Security Guards
541401 – Aviation Security Guard
541402 – Bailiff
541403 – Bodyguard
541404 – Bouncer
541405 – Civilian Guard
541406 – Confidential Agent
541407 – Customs Gatekeeper
541408 – Doorkeeper
541409 – Gatekeeper/Roving Guard
541410 – Guard Patrol
541411 – Harbor Patrol
541412 – Lady Guard
541413 – Marshall
541414 – Motorcycle Escort
541415 – Museum Guard
541416 – Private Police Guard
541417 – Security Agent
541418 – Security
Patrolman/Patrolwoman
541419 – Surveillance Officer
541420 – Watchman/ Watchwoman
514203 – Beautician / Hairdresser Beauty Parlor / 96105 1 – Private establishment
Personal 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Services employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
421201 – Bet Collector Gaming Activities 92001 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
515301 – Building Caretaker Domestic 96401 0 – Worked for private household
Services
711901 – Building Maintenance (Report the 1 – Private establishment
specific type of 2 – Government
activity of the
company)
Call Center Agent Call Center 82211 1 – Private establishment
Contact Center Information Clerks
422201 – Call Center Agent
422202 – Call Center
Assistant/Representative
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
422203 – Customer Contact Center
Information Clerk
422204 – Customer Service Assistant
422205 – Customer Service
Representative
524601 – Carinderia / Resto Helper Carinderia / 56111 1 – Private establishment
Resto 5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
Carinderia Owner Carinderia 56111 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Restaurant Manager employee
141201 – Cafe Manager 4 – Employer in own family operated
141202 – Catering Services farm or business
Manager/Proprietor
141203 – Production and
Operations/Restaurant Manager
141204 – Restaurant Proprietor
711502 – Carpenter Building 41001 1 – Private establishment
Construction 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
621301 – Charcoal maker (mag- charcoal making 02203 1 – Private establishment
uuling) (in the forest) 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
521104 – Cigarette Vendor Cigarette 47231 1 – Private establishment
Retailing 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
742205 – Computer Technician Computer Repair 95221 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
Computer/Internet Shop Owner Internet Shop 61902 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
132301 – Construction Contractor Building 41001 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Construction employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
312301 – Construction Foreman Building 41001 1 – Private establishment
Construction
931203 – Construction Laborer Road 42101 1 – Private establishment
Construction
931303 – Construction Laborer Building 41001 1 – Private establishment
Construction
341206 – Daycare Worker (college Day Care 84121 2 – Government
grad)
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
531102 – Daycare Worker (college Day Care 84121 2 – Government
undergrad)
Domestic Helper Domestic 96401 0 – Worked for private household
Domestic Cleaner/Helper Services
911101 – Houseboy
911102 – Household Attendant
911103 – Housemaid
911104 – Market Aide
753101 – Dressmaker Dress Shop14221 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
142005 – E-load Retailer E-load Retailing 47891 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
921103 – Farm Helper Palay Farming 0112 1 – Private establishment
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
611201 – Farmer – Corn Corn Farming 6112 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
Farmer – Palay Palay Farming 01121- 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Rice Farmer 01123 employee
611101 – Upland 4 – Employer in own family operated
611102 – Lowland farm or business
611103 – Rainfed
611104 –
Irrigated
Farmer – Vegetable Vegetable 01171- 1 – Private establishment
Farming 01281 3 – Self-employed without any paid
611301 – Eggplant Farmer employee
611302 – Cabbage Farmer 4 – Employer in own family operated
611303 – Tomato Farmer farm or business
611304 – Roots Vegetable Farmer
611305 – Pechay Farmer
611306 – Soybeans Farmer
611307 – Mongo Beans Farmer
611308 – Peanut Farmer
611309 – Sweet Potato Farmer
611310 – Cassava Farmer
611311 – White Potato (Irish Potato)
Farmer
611312 – Ube Farmer
611313 – Gabi Farmer
441502 – Filing Clerk (Report the 1 – Private establishment
specific type of 2 – Government
activity of the
company)
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
Fish cage / fish pen operator fish cage / fish 03211- 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Milkfish and Tilapia Producers pen operation 03214\5 employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
622101 – Bangus Farm Producer farm or business
622102 – Tilapia Farm Producer
622103 – Fish Farmer
622104 – Fish Hatchery Manager
622105 – Oyster Farmer
622106 – Seafood Farmer
622605 – Fisherman Inland Fishing 03121- 3 – Self-employed without any paid
03123 employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
921602 – Fishery Helper Inland Fishing 03121- 1 – Private establishment
03123 5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
522101 – Food Retail Operator Food Retailing 47211- 3 – Self-employed without any paid
(Owner) (fruits/ 47217 employee
vegetables/fish/b 4 – Employer in own family operated
akery farm or business
products/etc.)
933403 – Food Retail Store Helper Food Retailing 47211- 1 – Private establishment
(fruits/ 47217 5 – Worked with pay in own family
vegetables/fish/b operated farm or business
akery 6 – Worked without pay in own family
products/etc.) operated farm or business
521103 – Food Vendor (in market stall) Food Retailing 47211- 1 – Private establishment
47217 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
521102 – Food Vendor (Lutong Ulam) Carinderia/ 56101- 1 – Private establishment
Food Retailing 56106 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
521202 – Food Vendor (street food) Retailing not in 47995 1 – Private establishment
store or market 3 – Self-employed without any paid
(Naglalako) employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
612605 – Game fowl Raiser (Owner) Game fowl 01475 3 – Self-employed without any paid
farming employee
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business

524501 – Gasoline Boy/Girl Gasoline Station 47301 1 – Private establishment

932103 – Hand Packer Manufacturing of 1 – Private establishment
(Manufacturing) _____ (report the 5 – Worked with pay in own family
type of product) operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
323005 – Herbalist (Albularyo) Albularyong 86901 1 – Private establishment
Panggagamot 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
921201 – Hog Farm Helper Hog Raising 01451 1 – Private establishment
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
612701 – Hog Raiser (Owner) Hog Raising 01451 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
133008 – ICT Manager / Proprietor 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
332103 – Insurance Agent Life insurance / 65111 / 1 – Private establishment
non-life 65121
insurance
1330 – Internet Shop Owner Internet Shop 61904 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
Janitor (Report the 1 – Private establishment
Cleaners and Helpers in Offices specific type of 2 – Government
Hotels and Other Establishments activity of the
911201 – Cleaner Aircraft company)
911202 – Cleaner Hotel
911203 – Cleaner Office
911204 – Cleaner Trains & Buses
911205 – Cleaning Crew Restaurants
& Food Chains
911206 – Lavatory Attendant
911207 – Room Attendant
832205 – Jeepney Driver (Boundary Jeepney 49321 1 – Private establishment
Basis) Operation
132415 – Jeepney Driver/Operator Jeepney 49321 3 – Self-employed without any paid
(Own Jeep) operation employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
421201 – Kristo sa Sabungan Cockpit 92001 1 – Private establishment
Operation
912102 – Launderer, hand Domestic 96401 0 – Worked for private household
Services
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
932901 – Manufacturing Laborer Manufacturing of 1 – Private establishment
_____________ 5 – Worked with pay in own family
(report the type operated farm or business
of product) 6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
132103 – Manufacturing Proprietor (all Manufacturing of 3 – Self-employed without any paid
kinds) _____ (report the employee
type of product) 4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
132103 – Manufacturing Ladies/Babies’ 14121 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Proprietor/Manager Garments employee
Manufacturing 4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
132103 – Manufacturing Men’s Garments 14111 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Proprietor/Manager Manufacturing employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
521104 – Market Vendor (Any non-food 1 – Private establishment
items retailing) 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
711305 – Mason Building 41001 1 – Private establishment
Construction 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
325504 – Massage Therapist Massage Clinic 96101 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
723106 – Mechanic (vehicle) Talyer 45201- 1 – Private establishment
45205 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
524206 – Merchandiser Grocery or 47111 / 1 – Private establishment
supermarket / 47191 5 – Worked with pay in own family
Department store operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
524404 – Online Seller Online Selling of 47913 3 – Self-employed without any paid
_____ (report the employee
name of product) 4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
818309 – Packing Machine Operator Manufacturing of 1 – Private establishment
_____ (report the 5 – Worked with pay in own family
type of product) operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
933306 – Pahinante Trucking 52291- 1 – Private establishment
services 52294 5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
713101 – Painter (building/house) Building 41001- 1 – Private establishment
Construction 41002 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
933102 – Pedicab/padyak Driver Pedicab 49322 1 – Private establishment
Operation 5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
712608 – Plumber (Tubero) Plumbing 43221 1 – Private establishment
Services 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
335510 – Police Inspector/Detectives PNP 84231 2 – Government
541205 – Policeman PNP 84231 2 – Government
912103 – Presser, hand (Plantsadora) Domestic 96401 0 – Worked for private household
Services
133014 – Proprietor (Photo copying) Photocopying 82191- 3 – Self-employed without any paid
services 82193 employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
441502 – Records Clerk (Report the 1 – Private establishment
specific type of 2 – Government
activity of the
company)
524201 – Sales Demonstrator (for Direct Selling 47991- 1 – Private establishment
direct selling) (door-to-door) 47995 5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
522106 – Salesman Department 1 – Private establishment
Store / Sale of 5 – Worked with pay in own family
(name of operated farm or business
product) 6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
121906 – Salon Owner Beauty salon / 96101 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Personal employee
Services 4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
933403 – Sari-sari Store Helper Sari-sari Store 47113 1 – Private establishment
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
522101 – Sari-sari Store Owner Sari-sari Store 47113 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
Scrap Merchant / Scavenger / Scrap buying 46991- 1 – Private establishment
Magbobote / Mangangalakal 46996 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
Refuse Sorters 4 – Employer in own family operated
961201 – Magbobote farm or business
961202 – Recycling Worker 5 – Worked with pay in own family
961203 – Scrap Merchant operated farm or business
961204 – Sorter Newspaper and Other 6 – Worked without pay in own family
Paper Products operated farm or business
961205 – Waste Picker
541417 – Security Guard Security Services 80101 1 – Private establishment
Sewer Ladies/Babies’ 14121 1 – Private establishment
Sewing Embroidery and related Garments 5 – Worked with pay in own family
workers Manufacturing operated farm or business
753301 – Alterer 6 – Worked without pay in own family
753302 – Doll Toy Maker operated farm or business
753303 – Embroiderer (Multi-Head
Machine)
753304 – Fur Sewer (Hand)
753305 – Garments Sewer
753306 – Hand Embroiderer
753307 – Hand Sewer
753308 – Hand Sewer Leather
753309 – Hi-Speed Sewer
753310 – Machine Sewer
753311 – Maker Umbrella
753312 – Reviser (Textile and
Garments)
753313 – Stitcher
753314 – Stuffed Toymaker
753109 – Tailor Tailoring Shop 14211 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
234104 – Teacher – Elementary Elementary 85211/ 1 – Private establishment
Education 85212 2 – Government
233002 – Teacher – Highschool Secondary 85311/ 1 – Private establishment
Education 85312 2 – Government
234204 – Teacher – Pre-school Pre-School 85111/ 1 – Private establishment
Education 85112 2 – Government
322203 – Traditional Midwife (Hilot) Nagpapa-anak 86901 1 – Private establishment
(own account) 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
832103 – Tricycle Driver (Boundary Tricycle 49322 1 – Private establishment
basis) operation
132415 – Tricycle Driver/Operator Tricycle 49322 3 – Self-employed without any paid
(Own tricycle) operation employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
 PSIC
PSOC Code – Occupation Industry Possible Valid Class of Worker
Code
753110 – Trimmer Ladies/Babies’ 14121 1 – Private establishment
Garments 5 – Worked with pay in own family
Manufacturing operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
Truck Driver Hardware 47521 – 1 – Private establishment
Heavy Truck and Lorry Drivers 47528 5 – Worked with pay in own family
833201 – Concrete Mixer Driver operated farm or business
833202 – Dump Truck Driver 6 – Worked without pay in own family
833203 – Fire Truck Driver operated farm or business
833204 – Heavy Truck Driver
833205 – Road Train Driver
833206 – Shuttle-Car Operator (Mine)
833207 – Trailer Driver
833208 – Garbage Truck Driver
521104 – Ukay-ukay vendor Ukay-ukay 47741- 1 – Private establishment
retailing 47744 3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
5 – Worked with pay in own family
operated farm or business
6 – Worked without pay in own family
operated farm or business
143101 – Videoke Rental Owner Videoke Rental 77296 3 – Self-employed without any paid
Operation employee
4 – Employer in own family operated
farm or business
342302 – Zumba Instructor Zumba 96108 1 – Private establishment
3 – Self-employed without any paid
employee
 Appendix 2
Approximating the Floor Area Using Pace Factor

Pacing refers to the normal steps that a person does in walking.

Distances can be measured on foot, but a simple and careful pacing procedure is required. Distance
is calculated by counting the number of steps between two points and multiplying the number by the
average length of your pace, or your so-called pace factor.

To determine your average length of pace, proceed as follows:

1) With a measuring tape or any similar device, measure the distance between two points –
about 10 meters.

2) Walk the distance at least 3 times in each direction (a total of 6 times). Walk normally; that
is, your step must not be unusually long or unusually short. Count the number of steps
taken each time.

3) Compute the average number of your paces for the six trips. For example, if the counts of
steps taken on the six trips are 12, 13, 11, 12, 14, and 13, add up the six counts and divide
the sum by 6 (75 / 6) to get the average pace, which is 12.5.

4) Divide the distance that was laid to get the average length of pace by the average number
of paces. In this example, 10 meters is divided by 12.5 (10/12.5) to get an average of 0.8.

Given your pace factor, you can now approximate the length and width of the housing unit to get its
floor area.

For example, you counted 20 paces from one end of the wall of the housing unit to the opposite
end of the wall, and you counted another 15 paces from another distance perpendicular to the first
distance you paced. The length of the housing unit would be (20 x 0.8), or equal to 16 meters. The width
of the housing unit, on the other hand would be (15 x 0.8), or equal to 12 meters. Therefore, the
estimated floor area of the housing unit is 192 square meters.
 Appendix 3
Specific Cases and Examples of Assigning BSN, HSN, and HUSN

I. Assigning of Building Serial Number (BSN)

Case Action/s to be Taken
1. A garage or a small structure is Check the map if a BSN was assigned to the structure.
structurally separated from the house and If there is, do not list this building and make the
a household member may only be appropriate action on the map.
sleeping in it.
2. Another household resides (eating and Check the map if a BSN was assigned to the structure,
sleeping) in a garage or a small structure if none, assign a new BSN using the 4000 series.
that is structurally separated from the
house.
3. Two or more households live in one Use the same BSNs found in the map for this structure
building or there are two or more housing for all the households/housing units residing/found in the
units in the building. same building.
4. A household occupies two buildings, each Check the map if there were BSNs assigned to the two
of which had complete facilities. buildings, if none, assign different BSNs using the 4000
series.

II. Assigning of Housing Unit Serial Number (HUSN) and Household Serial Number (HSN)
Case Action/s to be Taken
1. Two or more households a. Assign the same HUSN for the households.
are living in the same b. Assign a different HSN for each household.
housing unit.
2. A household resides within a. Use the BSN of the building in the ILQ where the household resides.
the premises of an ILQ, that b. Assign HUSN and HSN for the household.
is, in a place where
institutional population
resides.
3. A housing unit is occupied a. Assign corresponding HUSN.
by a household whose b. Assign HSN ‘88888’ for that household. To indicate that the housing
members are to be unit is occupied by persons who are excluded from the enumeration.
excluded from the c. Write a remark (Remark/s Column), for example, “Household of
enumeration, such as Foreign Missionary”.
foreign diplomats or foreign d. Fill out a corresponding POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for every housing
citizens who are staying in unit occupied by persons who are excluded from enumeration. Fill
the country for less than a out the geographic and housing portions only.
year.
4. The household of a foreign For the foreign diplomat:
diplomat has members who
constitute a separate a. Assign corresponding HUSN.
household in this census, b. Write ‘88888’ for HSN.
for instance, household
help. For the separate household:

Assign corresponding HUSN for the household help if in separate housing unit
and assign an HSN for the household help.

However, if the foreign diplomat and the household help are living in the
same housing unit, assign HUSN and HSN for the household help only.
 Case Action/s to be Taken
5. A vacant housing unit a. Assign corresponding HUSN.
(VHU). b. Assign ‘99999’ for the HSN.
c. Fill out a corresponding POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for the VHU. Fill out
the geographic and housing portions only.
6. All housing units in a a. Count all the housing units in the building that are vacant or ask the
building are vacant administrator for the number of VHUs.
(VBLDG). b. Record the first and the last HUSN in the listing.
c. Assign ‘99999’ for the HSN.
d. Fill out a corresponding POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for every VHU in
the building. Fill out the geographic and housing portions only.
7. A building with one vacant a. Write VHU in column 6.
housing unit and the rest b. Assign ‘99999’ (for vacant housing unit) as HSN.
are occupied. c. Assign corresponding HUSN and HSN for the rest of the housing unit
that are occupied.
8. A housing unit used only a. Assign corresponding HUSN.
during vacation, weekends, b. Assign ‘88889’ for the HSN to indicate that the housing unit/rest
or only during certain times house and that the occupants of this housing unit have residence
of the year is considered somewhere else and will be listed there.
vacant even though at the c. Fill out a corresponding POPCEN-CBMS Form 2 for every housing
time of your visit, somebody unit used as vacation or rest house. Fill out the geographic and
is occupying it. The housing portions only.
occupant should be
enumerated in their usual
residence and not in this
housing unit.
9. A household who is a non- a. Assign corresponding HUSN.
usual resident. b. Assign one HSN which is ‘77777’.
c. Fill-out geo-ID and housing portion only of the corresponding
POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.
10. A household occupies two a. Assign HUSN to the first 446ldg..
buildings, each with b. Assign corresponding HSN.
complete facilities. c. Assign different HUSN to the second 446ldg..
d. Assign ‘77777’ for HSN to indicate that the second housing unit is
occupied by the same household.
e. Fill out geo-ID and housing portion only of the corresponding
POPCEN-CBMS Form 2.

NOTE: HSN ‘77777’ is also used for households occupying a housing

unit which is not their usual residence, e.g., household residing near
workplace but goes home to their usual residence every weekend.
11. A household, which was For the first household (callback):
scheduled for callback, has a. List the household on the line with the assigned HUSN and HSN
been assigned HUSN and
HSN. But during the revisit, For the second household:
it was found that the a. List the household on the line following the last household listed.
housing unit has two b. Use the same BSN and HUSN as in the first household.
households. c. Assign another HSN to this household. HSN will follow the sequential
HSN of the last household listed prior to the callback.
 Appendix 4
LIST OF PREDOMINANT INDIGENOUS PEOPLES ETHNIC GROUPS: MAJOR AND SUB-GROUPS
COMBINED PER PROVINCE

Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Ethnic

Ethnic Groups Ethnic Groups Groups

CAR CAR (cont.) CAR (cont.)

Abra Kalinga (cont.) Mountain Province

Itneg/Tinguian Kalinga - Lubo Applai
Itneg/Tinguian - Adasen Kalinga - Mangali Applai - Kachakran/Kadaclan
Itneg/Tinguian - Balatok Kalinga - Taloctoc Balangao
Itneg/Tinguian - Banao Kalinga - Pangol Balangao - Lias
Itneg/Tinguian - Belwang Kalinga - Gaang Baliwon
Itneg/Tinguian - Binongan Kalinga - Dacalan Baliwon - Fiallig/Fialika
Itneg/Tinguian - Gubang Kalinga - Guilayon Baliwon - Gaddang
Itneg/Tinguian - Inlaud Kalinga - Nanong Baliwon - I-sadanga
Itneg/Tinguian - Mabaka Kalinga - Dallac Baliwon - Miligan
Itneg/Tinguian - Maeng Kalinga - Biga Bontok
Itneg/Tinguian - Masadiit Kalinga - Tobog Bontok - Majukayong
Itneg/Tinguian - Muyadan Kalinga - Gaddang Kankanaey
Apayao Kalinga - Culminga Kankanaey - Hak'ki
Isneg/Isnag Kalinga - Malbong
Benguet Kalinga - Minanga Region I
Ibaloy Kalinga - Dao-Angan
Iwak Kalinga - Banao Ilocos Norte
Kalanguya Kalinga - Salegseg Imalawa
Kankanaey Kalinga - Gubang Isnag/Isneg
Karao Kalinga - Mabaca Kankanaey
Baguio Kalinga - Poswoy Tingguian
Ibaloy Kalinga - Ab-Abaan Yapayao
Kankanaey Kalinga - Buaya Ilocos Sur
Itneg/Tingguian Kalinga - Balatoc Applai
Isneg Kalinga - Dangtalan Bago
Isnag Kalinga - Cagaluan Bontok
Iwak Kalinga - Balinciagao Ibaloy
Kalanguya Kalinga - Ableg/Dalupa Ibanag
Karao Kalinga - Limos Ifugao
Bago Kalinga - Pinukpuk Itneg/Tingguian
Ayangan Kalinga - Magaogao Kalanguya
Tuwali Kalinga - Aciga Kankanaey
Kalinga Kalinga - Ballayangan Mangyan
Balangao Kalinga - Ammacian La Union
Gaddang Kalinga - Dugpa Applai
Bontok Kalinga - Uma Bago
Applai Kalinga - Lubuagan Bontok
Ifugao Kalinga - Mabongtot Ibaloy
Ayangan Kalinga - Tanglag Ifugao
Ayangan - Henanga Kalinga - Tulgao Itneg
Kalanguya Kalinga - Dananao Kalinga
Kalanguya - Yattuka Kalinga - Tongrayan Kankanaey
Tuwali Kalinga – Bangad Tingguian
Tuwali - Kele-i Kalinga - Basao Pangasinan
Kalinga Kalinga - Guina-Ang Abelling/Aberling
Kalinga Kalinga - Sumadel Applai
Kalinga - Butbut Bago
Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Ethnic
Ethnic Groups Ethnic Groups Groups

Region I (cont.) Region II (cont.) Region III (cont.)

Pangasinan (cont.) Isabela (cont.) Aurora (cont.)

Balangao Tuwali Ibaloi
Bontok Yogad Ibukid
Ibaloy Nueva Vizcaya Ifugao
Ibanag Ayangan Kalinga
Ifugao Bago Kankanaey
Itneg/Tingguian Bontok Bataan
Iwak Bugkalot/Ilongot Aeta/Ayta
Kalanguya Dumagat Aeta/Ayta - Abellen
Kalinga Gaddang Aeta/Ayta - Ambala
Kankanaey Ibaloi Aeta/Ayta - Mag-antsi
Ibanag Aeta/Ayta - Mag-indi
Region II Isinai Aeta/Ayta - Magbukun
Batanes Itneg/Tinguian Aeta/Ayta - Sambal
Ivatan Iwak/I-wak Bulacan
Cagayan Kalanguya Dumagat
Agta Kalanguya-Ikalahan Dumagat -Kabolowen
Agta-Agay Kalinga Dumagat -Remontado
Agta-Dupanigan Kankanaey Nueva Ecija
Agta-Labin Tuwali Aeta/Ayta
Agta Isirigan Quirino Aeta/Ayta - Ambala
Applai Agta Aeta/Ayta - Sambal
Ayangan Applai Applai
Bago Ayangan Bago
Ibanag Bago Bontok
Ibatan Bontok Bugkalot/Ilongot
Isnag Bugkalot/Ilongot Dumagat
Itawes Gaddang Gaddang
Kalinga Ibaloi Ibaloi
Kankanaey Ibanag Ifugao
Malaueg Isinai Isneg
Itneg/Tinguian Itawes Kalanguya
Tuwali Itneg /Tinguian Kalinga
Yapayao Kalanguya Kankanaey
Isabela Kalinga Tinguian
Agta Kankanaey Pampanga
Agta-Dumagat Malaueg Ayta/Aeta
Applai Pan-anayon Aeta/Ayta - Ambala
Ayangan Tuwali Aeta/Ayta - Mag-antsi
Bago Yogad Aeta/Ayta - Mag-indi
Bontok Region III Sama Badjao
Bugkalot Tarlac
Calinga Aurora Aeta/Ayta
Dumagat Agta Aeta/Ayta - Abelling/Abellen
Gaddang Alta Aeta/Ayta - Mag-antsi
Ibaloy Applai Zambales
Ibanag Bontok Ayta
Itawes Bugkalot/Ilongot Ayta - Abeling
Itneg/Tinguian Dumagat Ayta – Ambala
Kalanguya Dumagat - Kabolowen Ayta - Mag-indi
Kalinga Dumagat - Tagebolus Ayta - Sambal
Kankanaey Dumagat - Edimala Kankanaey
Parananum Ibaloi Kalinga
Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Ethnic
Ethnic Groups Ethnic Groups Groups

Region III (cont.) Region V Region VI (cont.)

Region IV-A Albay (cont.) Negros Occidental

Agta-Tabangnon Ata
Quezon
Agta-Taboy Bukidnon
Aeta/Ayta
Ati Bukidnon - Karulano
Agta/Dumagat
Camarines Norte Bukidnon - Magahat
Badjao
Dumagat Bukidnon - Ituman
Dumagat
Kabihug Ati
Rizal Kabihug - Manide
Dumagat-Remontado Camarines Sur Region VII
Batangas Agta
Bohol
Aeta Agta-Cimaron
Ati
Badjao Agta-Tabangnon
Badjao
Kabihug
Eskaya
Region IV-B Kabihug - Manide
Cebu
Catanduanes
Occidental Mindoro Ati
Agta
Alangan Mangyan Badjao
Agta-Tabangnon
Buhid Mangyan Negros Oriental
Masbate
Gubatnon-Ratagnon Ata
Agta
Mangyan Bukidnon
Agta-Tabangnon
Hanunuo Mangyan Bukidnon - Magahat
Ati
Iraya Mangyan
Sorsogon
Tau-buid Mangyan Region VIII
Agta
Oriental Mindoro
Agta-Cimaron Biliran
Alangan Mangyan
Agta-Tabangnon Mamanwa
Bangon Mangyan
Leyte
Buhid Mangyan
Region VI Badjao
Hanunuo Mangyan
Mamanwa
Iraya Mangyan Aklan
Manobo
Tadyawan Mangyan Ati
Samar
Tau-buid Mangyan Bukidnon
Mamanwa
Palawan Bukidnon - Akeanon
Manobo
Agutaynen Iraynon
Batak Panay Bukidnon
Region IX
Cagayanen Antique
Cuyonen Ati Zamboanga del Norte
Molbog Bukidnon Kolibugan
Palawan-o Bukidnon - Iraynon Samal
Palawan-o - Tao’t-Bato Cuyonon/Cuyonen Sama-Bangingi /Sama
Palawan-o - Ken-ey Iraynon Subanen/Subanon
Tagbanua Panay-Bukidnon Dapitan City/Dipolog City
Tagbanua-Calamian Capiz Kolibugan
Tagbanua Tandulanen Bukidnon Subanen
Romblon Bukidnon - Pan-ayanon Zamboanga del Sur
Ati Ati Bajau
Bantoanon Guimaras Iranun
Sibuyan Mangyan- Ati Kolibugan
Tagabukid Iloilo Sama-Bangingi
Ati Samal
Region V Panay-Bukidnon Subanen
Bukidnon Pagadian City
Albay
Bukidnon - Halawodnon Kolibugan
Agta
Subanen
Agta-Cimaron
Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Ethnic
Ethnic Groups Ethnic Groups Groups

Region IX (cont.) Region XI Region XI (cont.)

Zamboanga City Compostela Valley Davao del Sur (cont.)

Badjao Ata-Manobo Kagan
Bajau Bagobo Klata Mandaya
Jamma Mapun Bagobo Tagabawa Manobo
Kolibugan Dibabawon Tagakaulo
Sama-Bangingi/Sama Kagan Davao Occidental
Samal Mandaya Bagobo Klata
Subanen/Subanon Mangguangan Bagobo Tagabawa
Yakan Mansaka Blaan
Zamboanga Sibugay Sama Kagan
Bajau Sama Badjao Mandaya
Kolibugan Sama Laut Manobo
Sama-Bangingi/Sama Davao City Tagakaulo
Samal Ata
Subanen Ata-Manobo Region XII
Basilan Bajao
Cotabato
Bajau Blaan Bagobo-Klata
Erumanen ne Menuvu
Kolibugan Bagobo Tagabawa
Aromanen-Manobo/Eromanen-
Sama Bangingi/Sama Dibabawon
Manobo - Direrayaan
Subanen Kagan
Bagobo-Tagabawa
Yakan Mandaya
Blaan
Isabela City Mangguangan
Diangan
Badjao Manobo
Ibaloy (Resettled)
Kolibugan Mansaka
Manobo
Samal Matigsalug
Matigsalog
Subanen Obo-Monuvu
Tinonanon Monuvu
Yakan Tagakaulo
Teduray
Davao Oriental
Ubo
Region X Kagan
Saranggani
Mandaya
Bukidnon B’laan/Blaan
Manobo
Bukidnon Ubo
Mansaka
Higaonon Tasaday
Davao del Norte
Manobo Tboli/Taboli
Ata-Manobo
Manobo - Aromanon South Cotabato
Bagobo Klata
Manobo - Dunggoanon B'laan
Bagobo Tagabawa
Manobo - Kirenteken Manobo-Blit
Dibabawon
Manobo - Pulanguinon Manobo-Blit - Tasaday
Kagan
Matigsalug Tboli/Taboli
Mandaya
Umayamnon Sultan Kudarat
Mangguangan
Talandig B’laan
Manobo
Tigwahanon Manobo-Dulangan
Mansaka
Camiguin Teduray
Sama
Kamiguin
Sama Badjao
Lano del Norte Region XIII
Sama Laut
Higaonon
Davao del Sur Agusan del Norte
Misamis Occidental
Ata-Manobo Higa-onon
Subanen
Bagobo Klata Mamanwa
Misamis Oriental
Bagobo-Tagabawa Manobo
Higaonon
Bajao
Blaan
Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Region/Province/City/IP Ethnic
Ethnic Groups Ethnic Groups Groups

Region XIII (cont.) BARMM (cont.) Non-indigenous ethnic

groups (cont.)
Agusan del Sur Tawi-tawi
Davaweño
Banwaon Badjao
French
Higaonon Sama
German
Manobo Sama Badjao
Ilocano
Talaandig Sama Laut
Ilonggo
Surigao del Norte Tausug
Indian
Mamanwa
Indonesian
Surigao del Sur Other Muslim ethnic
Italian
Mamanwa groups identified by
Japanese
Mandaya NCMF
Kapampangan
Manobo Maguindanao
Karay-a
M'ranao
Korean, North
BARMM Palawani/Palawanon
Korean, South
Sangil
Basilan Masbateño/Masbatenon
Tausug
Badjau Pangasinense
Kolibugan Romblomanon
Non-indigenous ethnic
Sama Singaporean
groups
Sama Bangingi South African
Afghan
Samal Spanish
American
Subanen Surigaonon
Australian
Yakan Swiss
Bikol/Bicol
Lanao del Sur Tagalog
Bisaya/Binisaya
Sama Taiwanese
Boholano
Tausug Turkish
British
Yakan Waray
Canadian
Maguindanao Zamboangueño
Capizeño
Lambangian
Caviteño
Teduray
Caviteño-Chavacano
Sulu
Cebuano
Badjao
Chinese
Sama
Cotabateño
Sama Badjao
Cotabateño-
Sama Laut
Chavacano
Davao-Chavacano
 Appendix 9
Age as of Last Birthday Conversion Table
Years 1980 to 2024 Years 1935 to 1979 Years 1890 to 1934
Age if birthday occurs Age if birthday occurs Age if birthday occurs
Year of Before On or after Year of Before On or after Year of Before On or after
Birth July 01 July 01 Birth July 01 July 01 Birth July 01 July 01
2024 000… 1979 045 044 1934 090 089
2023 001 000 1978 046 045 1933 091 090
2022 002 001 1977 047 046 1932 092 091
2021 003 002 1976 048 047 1931 093 092
2020 004 003 1975 049 048 1930 094 093
2019 005 004 1974 050 049 1929 095 094
2018 006 005 1973 051 050 1928 096 095
2017 007 006 1972 052 051 1927 097 096
2016 008 007 1971 053 052 1926 098 097
2015 009 008 1970 054 053 1925 099 098
2014 010 009 1969 055 054 1924 100 099
2013 011 010 1968 056 055 1923 101 100
2012 012 011 1967 057 056 1922 102 101
2011 013 012 1966 058 057 1921 103 102
2010 014 013 1965 059 058 1920 104 103
2009 015 014 1964 060 059 1919 105 104
2008 016 015 1963 061 060 1918 106 105
2007 017 016 1962 062 061 1917 107 106
2006 018 017 1961 063 062 1916 108 107
2005 019 018 1960 064 063 1915 109 108
2004 020 019 1959 065 064 1914 110 109
2003 021 020 1958 066 065 1913 111 110
2002 022 021 1957 067 066 1912 112 111
2001 023 022 1956 068 067 1911 113 112
2000 024 023 1955 069 068 1910 114 113
1999 025 024 1954 070 069 1909 115 114
1998 026 025 1953 071 070 1908 116 115
1997 027 026 1952 072 071 1907 117 116
1996 028 027 1951 073 072 1906 118 117
1995 029 028 1950 074 073 1905 119 118
1994 030 029 1949 075 074 1904 120 119
1993 031 030 1948 076 075 1903 121 120
1992 032 031 1947 077 076 1902 122 121
1991 033 032 1946 078 077 1901 123 122
1990 034 033 1945 079 078 1900 124 123
1989 035 034 1944 080 079 1899 125 124
1988 036 035 1943 081 080 1898 126 125
1987 037 036 1942 082 081 1897 127 126
1986 038 037 1941 083 082 1896 128 127
1985 039 038 1940 084 083 1895 129 128
1984 040 039 1939 085 084 1894 130 129
1983 041 040 1938 086 085 1893 131 130
1982 042 041 1937 087 086 1892 132 131
1981 043 042 1936 088 087 1891 133 132

1980 044 043 1935 089 088 1890 134 133

 Appendix 6
List of Rare Diseases
No. Rare Disease Prevalence
1 Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia 1:20,027
2 Congenital Hyperinsulinism 1 in 11,300 to 1 in 50,000
3 Central Diabetes Insipidus 1:25,000
4 Prader-Willi Syndrome 1:10,000 to 1:30,000
5 Neonatal Diabetes 1 in 90,000-160,000
6 Rett Syndrome 1:10,000 -1:22,000
7 Smith- Magenis Syndrome 1:25,000
8 Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia 1:36,764
9 Retinoblastoma 1:185,000
10 Glioma 1:370,370
11 Wilms tumor 1:294,120
12 Hodgkin Lymphoma 1:500,000
13 Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis 1:22,275
14 Takayasu Arteritis 1:68,710
15 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus 1:10,309 - 30,303
16 Juvenile Systemic Sclerosis 1: 375,260
17 Polyarteritis Nodosa <1/100,000
18 Melioidosis 1: 375,260
19 Lyme Disease 1:12.5M
20 Cat-Scratch Disease 0.7:100,000
21 Inflammatory Bowel Diseases 1:20,000
22 Idiopathic Neonatal Hepatitis 1 in 32,307
23 Biliary Atresia 1:10,000-20,000
24 Choledochal Cyst 1:13,000-150,000
25 Eosinophilic Colitis 1:30,303
26 Mucopolysaccharidoses 1:25,000
27 Gaucher Disease 1:60,000
28 Pompe Disease 1:40,000
29 Osteogenesis Imperfecta 1:20,000
30 Maple Syrup Urine Disease 1:61,244
31 Conjoined twins 1:50,000-60,000
32 Gonadal dysgenesis 1:80,000
33 Herlyn-Werner-Wunderlich syndrome 1:>1,000,000
(OHVIRA)
34 Primary Fallopian Tube Cancer 1:243,902- 277,777
35 Sertoli-Leydig Cell Tumor less than 0.5% of all ovarian tumors
36 Uterine sarcoma 1:30,303-200,000
37 Unicornuate uterus 1:51,630
38 Distal vaginal agenesis 1:100,000 to 200,000
39 Galactosemia 1:30,000 to 100,000
40 Mucormycosis in Pregnancy 1:2,325,581
41 HIV in pregnancy 1:90,909
42 Fowler's Syndrome 1:500,000
43 SeSAME Syndrome <1/1,000,000
44 Ochoa Syndrome 150 cases reported
45 Cloacal Malformation (Persistent Cloaca) 1:20,000-25,000
46 Exstrophy of the Bladder 1:10,000-50,000
47 Aneurysms in Children 1: 1,111,111 - 2,000,000
48 Syndromic Craniosynostosis 1:30,000 – 1:100,000
49 DAVF in children at least 1 case reported
No. Rare Disease Prevalence
50 X-linked Dystonia (Lubag) 0.34:100,000 (1:294,117)
51 Erdheim Chester Disease 1500 cases worldwide
52 Basal Cell Nevus Syndrome (Gorlin Goltz 1-9:100,000
Syndrome)
53 Epidermolysis Bullosa 1/125,000
54 Generalized Pustular Psoriasis 1.76 per million
55 Ichthyotic Skin disorders 1:200,000-500,000
56 Neurofibromatosis Type 2 1:33,000-87,410
57 Primary systemic vasculitis 4.6-18.4:100,000
58 IgG4 related disease 2.2 per 100,000
59 Achalasia 0.03-0.27 per 100 000
60 gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST) 1.28 per 100,000
61 Yaws (Endemic Treponematoses) 1.1:100,000
62 Mycetoma 1:28653-55,248
63 X-linked agammaglobulinemia (XLA) 1:100,000 to 1:250,000
64 Chronic Granulomatous Disease 1: 160,000 to 1,000,000
65 Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome 1-4: 1,000,000
66 Severe Combined Immunodeficiency 1:50,000-100,00
67 Hyper IgE syndrome/ Job's Syndrome 1:1,000,000
68 Gastric Cancer 4.13 per 100,000
69 Pancreatic Cancer 0.7 per 20,000
70 Bladder Cancer 1.1 per 100,000
71 Primary CNS Cancer 1.9 per 100,000
72 Laryngeal Cancer 3.76 per 100,000
73 Scleroderma 1:692-32,258
74 Immune Mediated Inflammatory Myopathies 1 per
100,000 persons
75 Diamond Blackfan Anemia 1: 200,000
76 Aplastic Anemia 1:111,111 - 111-666
77 Polycythemia Vera 1:383,142 - 10,000,000
78 Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis 1:111,111-250,000
79 Behcet Disease 1-9:100,000
80 Primary Congenital Glaucoma 1:2,250-30,000
81 Spinal Muscular Atrophy 1:4166 - 20,000
82 Congenital Central Hypoventilation Syndrome 1:500,000
83 Interstitial Lung Disease 0.13:100,000
84 Hemophilia B 1:30,000
85 Evans Syndrome 1-9/1,000,000
86 Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria <1/1,000,000
87 Serous Ovarian Cancer 3.4:100,000
88 Juvenile Breast Hypertrophy 65 reported cases between 1910
and 2009
89 Achard-Thiers Syndrome Only few reported cases
90 Neuroendocrine Tumor, Cervix 36.54:100,000
(0.56% of all cervical cancers)
91 Uterine Leiomyosarcoma 0.35–0.64 per 100,000 women
92 Malignant Melanoma 2.8–3.1 per 100,000
93 There was only 1 case recorded in
Vulvar Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
the Philippines tumor registry (2018)
94 Rectal Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor 1.1-1.45:100,000
95 Pseudomyxoma Peritonei 1:45,455
96 Idiopathic Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension 1-9/1,000,000
 Appendix 7
List of Suggested Occupations Related to Agricultural Activities
Major Submajor
Minor Group Unit Group Keywords Note
Group Group
1- 13 - 131 - 1311 - Agricultural Production Manager Typically, managers in establishments or
Managers Production Production Agricultural And Agriculture General Manager enterprise with hierarchy of Managers,
And Managers in Forestry Chicken Farm Operations Manager and the production manager reports to a
Specialized Agriculture, Production Farm Managers and Overseers managing director.
Services Forestry and Managers Farm/Overseers Manager
Managers Fisheries Forestry/Hunting General Manager My assumption of farm manager:
Game Fowl Farm Operations Not a self-employed worker
Manager With employees to manage
Livestock Farm Operations Manager Not performing the task of employee
Plantation Manager Skill level 4
Poultry Farm Operations Manager
Production & Operations/Agriculture
Manager
Ranch Manager
1312 - Aquaculture Production Manager
Aquaculture And Fishing Operations Manager
Fisheries General Manager, Fishing
Production Production And Operations/Fishing,
Managers Hunting and Forestry Manager
Shore Captain (Fishing)
Trawler Manager
611 - Market 6111 - Rice
Gardeners Farmers
and Crop
Growers
6112 - Corn
Farmers
6113 -
Vegetable,
Legumes and
Root Crops
Farmers
6114 -
Sugarcane
Farmers
6115 - Coconut
Farmers
Major Submajor
Minor Group Unit Group Keywords Note
Group Group
6116 - Other
Field Crop
Farmers
6117 - Tree And
Shrub Crop
Growers
6118 -
Gardeners,
Horticultural and
Nursery Growers
6119 - Other
Market
Gardeners and
Crop Growers,
Not Elsewhere
Classified
 Appendix 8
List of Suggested Occupations Related to Fish Activities